Service Manual

Transcript

SERVICE MANUAL Published in Feb. ’00 842A3110 KM-4230/5230 S/M (MCE) CAUTION Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions. CAUTION Double-pole/neutral fusing. Service Manual Safety precautions This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our service personnel to ensure the safety of their customers, their machines as well as themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel are advised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with the warnings and precautions described here before engaging in maintenance activities. Safety warnings and precautions Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel and customers from physical danger and to prevent damage to their property. These symbols are described below: DANGER: High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol. WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol. CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol. Symbols The triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including danger and caution. The specific point of attention is shown inside the symbol. General warning. Warning of risk of electric shock. Warning of high temperature. indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is shown inside the symbol. General prohibited action. Disassembly prohibited. indicates that action is required. The specific action required is shown inside the symbol. General action required. Remove the power plug from the wall outlet. Always ground the copier. 1. Installation Precautions WARNING • Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified. Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electric shock. When using an extension cable, always check that it is adequate for the rated current. ............................................................... • Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding the copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wire to an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion or electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following: gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and water pipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................ CAUTION: • Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier may tip over, causing injury. ........................................................................... • Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire or electric shock. ..................................................................................... • Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source or near flammable material. This may cause fire. ....................................... • Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to keep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation may cause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ............................... • Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. .... • Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped. Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly or topple, leading to injury. .......................................................................... • Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner or developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in the stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into the eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain medical attention. .................................................................................... • Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and precautions in the copier’s instruction handbook. ................................... 2. Precautions for Maintenance WARNING • Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting machine disassembly. ............................................................................ • Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service manual and other related brochures. ...................................................... • Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features including safety mechanisms and protective circuits. ............................. • Always use parts having the correct specifications. ............................... • Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service manual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a piece of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ........... • When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a distance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scale and measure carefully. ........................................................................... • Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a ground connection. ................................................................................. • Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the power plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or electric shock. ......................................................................................... • Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers. Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. .............................................. • Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high potentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. ............. CAUTION • Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as ties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught in rotating sections. ..................................................................................... • Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away from chains and belts. ............................................................................. • Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be extremely hot. ......................................................................................... • Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean. Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. ......................... • Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except for routine replacement. ............................................................................... • Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage components when removing them; always hold the plug itself. .............. • Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If necessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........ • Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire to avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................ • Remove toner completely from electronic components. ......................... • Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or damaged. ................................................................................................ • After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors and wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Special attention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire and missing screws. ...................................................................................... • Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine according to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling. Replace with new ones if necessary. ...................................................... • Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions below: ..................................................................................................... · Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to spill. Wipe spills off completely. · Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents. · Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the covers or turning the main switch on. · Always wash hands afterwards. • Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause sparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. ......................... • Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power plug from the wall outlet immediately. .................................................. 3. Miscellaneous WARNING • Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents such as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxic gas. ......................................................................................................... 2A3/4 CONTENTS I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1-1 Specifications 1-1-1 Specifications ................................................................................ 1-2 Handling Precautions 1-2-1 Drum ............................................................................................. 1-2-2 Developer and toner ...................................................................... 1-3 Mechanical Construction 1-3-1 Parts names and their functions .................................................... 1-3-2 Machine cross section ................................................................... 1-3-3 Drive system ................................................................................. 1-3-4 Mechanical construction ................................................................ 1-1-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-3-1 1-3-4 1-3-5 1-3-8 II ELECTRICAL SECTION 2-1 Electrical Parts Layout 2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .................................................................... 2-1-1 2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed 2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ............................................................... 2-2-1 2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .............................................. 2-2-2 2-2-3 Original misfeed detection ........................................................... 2-2-14 2-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions ......................................... 2-2-15 2-3 Operation of the PCBs 2-3-1 Power source PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-1 2-3-2 Engine PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-3 2-3-3 Main PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-4 2-3-4 Memory copy PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-6 2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-8 2-3-6 CCD PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-9 2-3-7 DF driver PCB ............................................................................. 2-3-11 2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB,operation unit right PCB,and operation unit left PCB ................................................................ 2-3-12 2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................ 2-3-16 III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION 3-1 Installation 3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ............................................................ 3-1-1 3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ........................................................... 3-1-29 3-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) .......................................... 3-1-30 3-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option) ................................ 3-1-33 3-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part) ................................... 3-1-35 3-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ................................... 3-1-38 3-1-7 Installing the key counter (option) ............................................... 3-1-41 3-1-8 Installing the dehumidfier heaters (service part) ......................... 3-1-44 3-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitorig system device (optional for 120 V specifications only) ....................................... 3-1-47 1-1-1 2A3/4 3-2 Maintenance Mode 3-2-1 Maintenance mode ........................................................................ 3-2-1 3-2-2 Copier management .................................................................... 3-2-99 3-3 Assembly and Disassembly 3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly .................................. 3-3-1 3-3-2 Paper feed section ........................................................................ 3-3-3 3-3-3 Optical section ............................................................................. 3-3-23 3-3-4 Main charging section ................................................................. 3-3-42 3-3-5 Drum section ............................................................................... 3-3-45 3-3-6 Developing section ...................................................................... 3-3-51 3-3-7 Transfer and separation section .................................................. 3-3-56 3-3-8 Cleaning section .......................................................................... 3-3-59 3-3-9 Fixing section .............................................................................. 3-3-64 3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section ...................................................... 3-3-80 3-3-11 SRDF section .............................................................................. 3-3-89 3-3-12 Large paper deck section (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........................................ 3-3-102 3-4 PCB Initial Settings 3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ............................................................... 3-4-1 3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs .................................................... 3-4-2 3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) ........................................ 3-4-3 3-5 Self-Diagnosis 3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ................................................................................ 3-5-1 3-6 Troubleshooting 3-6-1 Image formation problems ............................................................ 3-6-1 3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ........................................................................... 3-6-18 3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ................................................................. 3-6-33 3-6-4 Electrical problems ...................................................................... 3-6-73 3-6-5 Mechanical problems .................................................................. 3-6-97 3-7 Appendixes Timing chart No. 1 .................................................................................... 3-7-1 Timing chart No. 2 .................................................................................... 3-7-2 Timing chart No. 3 .................................................................................... 3-7-3 Timing chart No. 4 .................................................................................... 3-7-4 Timing chart No. 5 .................................................................................... 3-7-5 Timing chart No. 6 .................................................................................... 3-7-6 Timing chart No. 7 .................................................................................... 3-7-7 Timing chart No. 8 .................................................................................... 3-7-8 Timing chart No. 9 .................................................................................... 3-7-9 Timing chart No. 10 ................................................................................ 3-7-10 Timing chart No. 11 ................................................................................ 3-7-11 Timing chart No. 12 ................................................................................ 3-7-12 Power source PCB 1/2 ........................................................................... 3-7-13 Power source PCB 2/2 ........................................................................... 3-7-14 Engine PCB 1/2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-15 Engine PCB 2/2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-16 Main PCB 1/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-17 Main PCB 2/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-18 Main PCB 3/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-19 Main PCB 4/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-20 1-1-2 2A3/4 Main PCB 5/9 .......................................................................................... Main PCB 6/9 .......................................................................................... Main PCB 7/9 .......................................................................................... Main PCB 8/9 .......................................................................................... Main PCB 9/9 .......................................................................................... Memory copy PCB 1/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 2/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 3/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 4/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 5/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 6/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 7/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 8/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 9/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 10/12 ........................................................................ Memory copy PCB 11/12 ........................................................................ Memory copy PCB 12/12 ........................................................................ Scanner motor PCB ................................................................................ CCD PCB ................................................................................................ DF driver PCB ......................................................................................... Operation unit main PCB 1/2 .................................................................. Operation unit main PCB 2/2 .................................................................. Operation unit right PCB ......................................................................... Operation unit left PCB ........................................................................... Deck main PCB ...................................................................................... Interface PCB ......................................................................................... SRDF connection diagram ...................................................................... General connection diagram (42 ppm copier) ........................................ General connection diagram (52 ppm copier) ........................................ SRDF wiring diagram .............................................................................. Large paper deck wiring diagram ........................................................... 3-7-21 3-7-22 3-7-23 3-7-24 3-7-25 3-7-26 3-7-27 3-7-28 3-7-29 3-7-30 3-7-31 3-7-32 3-7-33 3-7-34 3-7-35 3-7-36 3-7-37 3-7-38 3-7-39 3-7-40 3-7-41 3-7-42 3-7-43 3-7-44 3-7-45 3-7-46 3-7-47 3-7-48 3-7-49 3-7-50 3-7-51 1-1-3 THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION KM-4230/5230 S/M (MCE) I Theory and Construction Section I 2A3/4 CONTENTS 1-1 Specifications 1-1-1 Specifications ...................................................................................... 1-1-1 1-1-5 2A3/4 1-1-1 Specifications Copier (42 ppm copier) Type …………………………… Desktop Copying system ……………… Dry, indirect electrostatic system Originals ……………………… Sheets and books Maximum size: A3/11" × 17" Original feed system ………… Fixed Copy paper …………………… Drawer and duplex unit: Plain paper (64 – 80 g/m2) Bypass table: Plain paper (60 – 160 g/m2) Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper, colored paper, letterhead and envelopes (only when used as a printer) Note: Use the bypass table for special paper. Copying sizes ………………… Maximum: A3/11" × 17" Minimum: A6R/51/2" × 81/2" During duplex copying Maximum: A3/11" × 17" Minimum: A5R/51/2" × 81/2" Magnification ratios …………… Manual mode: 25 – 400%, 1% increments Auto copy mode: Fixed ratios Metric 1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.06/1:0.75/ 1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25 Inch 1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.29/1:1.21/1:0.78/ 1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25 Copy speed …………………… At 100% magnification in memory copy mode: A4/11" × 81/2": 42 copies/min. A4R/81/2" × 11": 32 copies/min. A3/11" × 17": 24 copies/min. B5 : 42 copies/min. B5R : 36 copies/min. B4 (257 × 364)/81/2" × 14": 28 copies/min. When the SRDF is used (at 100% magnification): A4/11" × 81/2": 42 copies/min. First copy time ………………… 4.5 s or less (A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification, upper drawer, manual copy density control) Warm-up time ………………… 120 s or less (room temperature 20˚C/68˚F, 65%RH) Paper feed system …………… Automatic feed Capacity: Drawers: 550 sheets Manual feed Capacity: Bypass: 100 sheets Photoconductor ……………… OPC (drum diameter 60 mm) Charging system ……………… Single positive corona charging, 670 – 730 µA Exposure light source ………… Semiconductor laser Exposure scanning system … Polygon mirror 1-1-1 2A3/4 Developing system …………… Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush) Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29T black toner Toner density control: toner sensor Toner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge Transfer system ……………… Single negative corona charging, –210 µA Separation system …………… Single AC corona charging Fixing system ………………… Heat roller Heat source: halogen heaters (main 850 W, sub 850 W) Control temperature: 180˚C/356˚F (at normal ambient temperature) Abnormally high temperature protection devices: 140˚C/284˚F thermostat Fixing pressure: 210 N Charge erasing system ……… Exposure by cleaning lamp Cleaning system ……………… Cleaning blade Scanning system ……………… Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor Bit map memory ……………… 12 MB (standard) Image storage memory ……… 32 MB (standard) Resolution ……………………… 600 × 600 dpi Light source …………………… Inert gas lamp (12 W) Dimensions …………………… 627 (W) × 748 (D) × 841 (H) mm 2411/16" (W) × 297/16" (D) × 331/8" (H) Weight ………………………… 129 kg/283.8 lbs Floor requirements …………… 1287 mm (W) × 748 (D)mm 505/16" (W) × 297/16" (D) Functions ……………………… (1) Self-diagnostics (2) Preheat (3) Automatic copy density control (4) Original size detection (5) Automatic paper selection (6) Automatic magnification selection (7) Enlargement/reduction copy (8) Fixed ratio selection (9) Size zoom mode (10) XY zoom mode (11) Photo mode (12) Duplex copy (13) Margin copy (14) Print page numbers function (15) Split copy (16) Border erasing (17) Sheet copy (18) Transparency backing sheet function (19) Form overlay (20) Combine copy (21) Booklet + cover copy (22) Sort copy (23) Invert copy (24) Mirror image mode 1-1-2 2A3/4 (25) Program copy (26) Setting change mode (27) Job build mode (28) Department control (29) Weekly timer (30) Language selection Power source ………………… 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10.5 A 220 – 240 V AC, 50 or 60 Hz, 4.9 A Power consumption …………… 1300 W (for 120 V specifications) 1200 W (for 220-240 V specifications) Options ………………………… Paper feed desk, large paper deck, finisher, key counter, key card*, printer unit, memory copy board, additional memory (16 MB/32 MB), booklet stitcher, MMD host monitoring system device* and copy tray*. * for 120 V specifications only 1-1-3 2A3/4 Copier (52 ppm copier) Type …………………………… Console Copying system ……………… Dry, indirect electrostatic system Originals ……………………… Sheets and books Maximum size: A3/11" × 17" Original feed system ………… Fixed Copy paper …………………… Drawer and duplex unit: Plain paper (64 – 80 g/m2) Bypass table: Plain paper (60 – 160 g/m2) Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper, colored paper, letterhead and envelopes (only when used as a printer) Note: Use the bypass table for special paper. Copying sizes ………………… Maximum: A3/11" × 17" Minimum: A6R/51/2" × 81/2" During duplex copying Maximum: A3/11" × 17" Minimum: A5R/51/2" × 81/2" Magnification ratios …………… Manual mode: 25 – 400%, 1% increments Auto copy mode: Fixed ratios Metric 1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.06/1:0.75/ 1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25 Inch 1:1 ± 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.29/1:1.21/1:0.78/ 1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25 Copy speed …………………… At 100% magnification in memory copy mode: A4/11" × 81/2": 52 copies/min. A4R/81/2" × 11": 35 copies/min. A3/11" × 17": 26 copies/min. B5 : 52 copies/min. B5R : 42 copies/min. B4 (257 × 364)/81/2" × 14": 31 copies/min. When the SRDF is used (at 100% magnification): A4/11" × 81/2": 42 copies/min. First copy time ………………… 4.5 s or less (A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification, upper drawer, manual copy density control) Warm-up time ………………… 180 s or less (room temperature 20˚C/68˚F, 65%RH) Paper feed system …………… Automatic feed Capacity: Drawers: 550 sheets Manual feed Capacity: Bypass: 100 sheets Photoconductor ……………… OPC (drum diameter 60 mm) Charging system ……………… Single positive corona charging, 670 – 730 µA Exposure light source ………… Semiconductor laser Exposure scanning system … Polygon mirror Developing system …………… Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush) Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29T black toner 1-1-4 2A3/4 Toner density control: toner sensor Toner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge Transfer system ……………… Single negative corona charging, –210 µA Separation system …………… Single AC corona charging Fixing system ………………… Heat roller Heat source: halogen heaters (main 850 W, sub 850W) Control temperature: 190˚C/374˚F (at normal ambient temperature) Abnormally high temperature protection devices: 140˚C/284˚F thermostat Fixing pressure: 210 N Charge erasing system ……… Exposure by cleaning lamp Cleaning system ……………… Cleaning blade Scanning system ……………… Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor Bit map memory ……………… 12 MB (standard) Image storage memory ……… 32 MB (standard) Resolution ……………………… 600 × 600 dpi Light source …………………… Inert gas lamp (12 W) Dimensions …………………… 627 (W) × 748 (D) × 1131 (H) mm 2411/16" (W) × 297/16" (D) × 449/16" (H) Weight ………………………… 160 kg/352 lbs Floor requirements …………… 1287 mm (W) × 748 (D)mm 505/16" (W) × 297/16" (D) Functions ……………………… (1) Self-diagnostics (2) Preheat (3) Automatic copy density control (4) Original size detection (5) Automatic paper selection (6) Automatic magnification selection (7) Enlargement/reduction copy (8) Fixed ratio selection (9) Size zoom mode (10) XY zoom mode (11) Photo mode (12) Duplex copy (13) Margin copy (14) Print page numbers function (15) Split copy (16) Border erasing (17) Sheet copy (18) Transparency backing sheet function (19) Form overlay (20) Combine copy (21) Booklet + cover copy (22) Sort copy (23) Invert copy (24) Mirror image mode (25) Program copy (26) Setting change mode (27) Job build mode 1-1-5 2A3/4 (28) Department control (29) Weekly timer (30) Language selection Power source ………………… 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10.5 A 220 – 240 V AC, 50 or 60 Hz, 4.9 A Power consumption …………… 1200 W (for 120 V specifications) 1300 W (for 220-240 V specifications) Options ………………………… Finisher, key counter, key card*, printer unit, additional memory (16 MB/32 MB) , MMD host monitoring system device* and copy tray* * for 120 V specifications only SRDF Original feed system ………… Automatic feed Originals ……………………… Sheets Original weights ……………… Single-sided original mode: 35 – 160 g/m2 Double-sided original mode: 50 – 120 g/m2 Original paper ………………… Plain paper, thermal paper, art paper, colored paper Original sizes ………………… A3 – A5R, folio/11" × 17" – 81/2" × 51/2" No. of originals ………………… Up to 50 sheets (A3, B4, folio, 11" × 17", 81/2" × 14") Up to 70 sheets (up to A4/11" × 81/2") Up to 50 sheets in the auto selection mode Art or thermal paper must be fed individually. Power source ………………… Electrically connected to the copier Large paper deck Paper …………………………… Plain paper (64 – 80 g/m2) Paper size ……………………… A4/11" × 81/2", B5 Capacity ……………………… 3000 sheets (1500 sheets × 2) No. of stacks …………………… 2 Power source ………………… Electrically connected to the copier 1-1-6 2A3/4 CONTENTS 1-2 Handling Precautions 1-2-1 Drum ................................................................................................... 1-2-1 1-2-2 Developer and toner ........................................................................... 1-2-1 1-1-7 2A3/4 1-2-1 Drum Note the following when handling or storing the drum. • When removing the image formation unit, never expose the drum surface to strong direct light. • Keep the drum at an ambient temperature between –20°C/–4°F and 40°C/104°F and at a relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature and humidity. • Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the drum. • Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or stained with oil, clean it. • If the machine is left open for more than 5 minutes for maintenance, remove the drum and store it in the drum storage bag (Part No. 78369020). 1-2-2 Developer and toner Store the developer and toner in a cool, dark place. Avoid direct light and high humidity. 1-2-1 2A3/4 CONTENTS 1-3 Mechanical Construction 1-3-1 1-3-2 1-3-3 1-3-4 Parts names and their functions ......................................................... 1-3-1 Machine cross section ........................................................................ 1-3-4 Drive system ....................................................................................... 1-3-5 Mechanical construction ..................................................................... 1-3-8 (1) Paper feed section ...................................................................... 1-3-8 (1-1) Paper feed from the drawers ............................................ 1-3-8 (1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table .................................... 1-3-13 (2) Main charging section ................................................................ 1-3-16 (3) Optical section ............................................................................ 1-3-19 Original scanning ........................................................................ 1-3-20 Image printing ............................................................................ 1-3-22 (4) Developing section .................................................................... 1-3-25 Formation of magnetic brush ..................................................... 1-3-27 Toner density control ................................................................. 1-3-29 Correcting toner feed start level ................................................ 1-3-31 Toner level detection ................................................................. 1-3-34 Toner hopper lockup detection .................................................. 1-3-35 (5) Transfer and separation section ................................................ 1-3-36 Charger wire cleaning ............................................................... 1-3-38 (6) Cleaning section ........................................................................ 1-3-40 (7) Charge erasing section ............................................................. 1-3-41 (8) Fixing section ............................................................................ 1-3-43 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature .................... 1-3-45 Fixing temperature control ......................................................... 1-3-46 Paper separation ....................................................................... 1-3-48 (9) Feedshift and eject section ........................................................ 1-3-49 (10) Duplex section ........................................................................... 1-3-51 Duplex copying operation timing ............................................... 1-3-54 (11) SRDF ......................................................................................... 1-3-57 (11-1) Original feed section ....................................................... 1-3-57 Original feed timing ......................................................... 1-3-59 (11-2) Original switchback section ............................................ 1-3-60 Operation of original switchback ..................................... 1-3-62 (11-3) Original conveying section .............................................. 1-3-63 Original switchback/conveying timing ............................. 1-3-65 (12) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........... 1-3-67 (12-1) Right cassette primary paper feed .................................. 1-3-69 (12-2) Left cassette primary paper feed .................................... 1-3-72 (12-3) Raising and lowering the lifts .......................................... 1-3-74 (12-4) Detecting the paper level ................................................ 1-3-76 1-1-9 E A A A E E A A E E 2A3/4 1-3-1 Part names and their functions • 42 ppm copier ^ & * ( 1 2 ) ⁄ 3 7 9 0 5 4 6 ! ¤ ‹ › fl ° fi ‚ Á ‡ · Œ Á # 8 @ % ¨ „ ´ ‰ ˇ ˆ $ Figure 1-3-1-a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Contact platen Original size indictor lines Operation panel Bypass table Insert guide Support guide Front cover Right cover Duplex unit Re-feeding section ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) Duplex unit cover Upper drawer Length guide tab Width guide tab Lower drawer DF original reversing cover Original set indicator Original insertion guides Original table DF opening/closing lever ⁄ ¤ ‹ › fi fl ‡ ° · ‚ Original ejection cover Paper ejection guide Main switch Left cover Copy tray*1 Toner cartridge Toner cartridge release lever Image formation unit release button Image formation unit handle Paper transfer unit release lever Œ Paper feed section knob „ Fixing unit ´ Fixing unit handle ‰ Fixing knob ˇ Fixing unit release lever Á Handles for transport ¨ Paper feed desk*2 ˆ Large paper deck*2 *1: Optional for 120 V specifications. *2: Optional. 1-3-1 E E A A E A A E A E E A E A A E A A E E 2A3/4 • 52 ppm copier () fl ‡ 1 2 ° Î 3 7 5 4 ‹ 6 0 8 9 @ $ ! fi ‚ Œ „ ´ ‰ ˇ Á Ø ∏ Å Í # & ^ › · Î * ⁄¤ ¨ ˆ % Figure 1-3-1-b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) ⁄ ¤ Contact platen Original size indictor lines Operation panel Bypass table Insert guide Support guide Front cover Right cover Upper drawer Length guide tab Width guide tab Lower drawer Large paper deck Deck side cover Drawer Deck front cover Lifts Paper side guides DF original reversing cover Original set indicator Original insertion guides Original table ‹ › fi fl ‡ ° · ‚ Œ „ ´ DF opening/closing lever Original ejection cover Paper ejection guide Main switch Left cover Copy tray* Toner cartridge Toner cartridge release lever Image formation unit release button Image formation unit handle Paper transfer unit release lever ‰ Paper feed section knob ˇ Duplex unit Á Re-feeding section ¨ Duplex unit cover ˆ Duplex unit handle Ø Fixing unit ∏ Fixing unit handle Å Fixing knob Í Fixing unit release lever Î Handles for transport * Optional for 120 V specifications. 1-3-2 E E A A E A E A A E E A A A E E A A E E 2A3/4 Metric 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) ⁄ ¤ ‹ › fi Inch Punch mode key Punch mode indicator Staple sort mode key Staple sort mode indicator Sorter mode key Sort mode indicator Group mode indicator Brightness adjustment control Data indicator Program key Manual key Add job key Copier/printer switching key Touch panel Numeric keys Stop/clear key Print key Print indicator Reset key Auto selection key Auto selection indicator Energy saver key Energy saver indicator Interrupt key Interrupt indicator Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel 1-3-3 E E A A E A A E A E E A E A A E A A E E 2A3/4 1-3-2 Machine cross section ! 3 Large paper deck (page 1-3-67) 4 2 1 7 8 9 6 5 Paper path 0 Figure 1-3-4 Machine cross section—Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) Light path Paper and original path Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross section—copier and SRDF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! Paper feed section (page 1-3-8) Main charging section (page 1-3-16) Optical section (page 1-3-19) Developing section (page 1-3-25) Transfer and separation section (page 1-3-36) Cleaning section (page 1-3-40) Charge erasing section (page 1-3-41) Fixing section (page 1-3-43) Feedshift and eject section (page 1-3-49) Duplex section (page 1-3-51) SRDF (page 1-3-57) 1-3-4 E E A A E A E A A E E A A A E E A A E E 2A3/4 1-3-3 Drive system 7 8 8 6 8 3 5 4 7 3 1 4 2 9 ® 2 ß @ 0 ` 1 ÷ π ø å« ¬ ∑ … ∆ Ω © ˙ ç ≥ “ ¥ fi › fl ¨ Í ˇ Á ´ Å ∏ Ó & ^ˆ „ Œ ¶ º ⁄ ¤‡ ° ! # $ ‹ Ø % ‚ ˚ ª * œ ≤ µ √ ≈ ∫ ) 6 † ∂ ƒ ( 8 5 ‘ • · Î ‰ ˝ Ò Ï Ô  ¸ ˛ Ç ¡ ™ Ú £ ◊  ¯ ˘ ı˜ ¿ ¢ ∞ § As viewed from the machine front Figure 1-3-5 Drive system—copier 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Drive motor gear Idle pulley 63/35 Cleaning drive belt Idle pulley 40/38 Blade thrust gear Cleaning spiral gear Idle pulley 80/26 Drum drive belt Drum drive tension pulley Drum drive pulley ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) Gear 35/29 Developing drive gear Gear 31 Gear 24 Gear 20 Registration clutch gear Upper registration roller gear Lower registration roller gear Gear 39/25 Gear 30 ⁄ ¤ ‹ › fi fl ‡ ° · ‚ Œ „ ´ ‰ ˇ Á ¨ ˆ Ø ∏ Å Í Î Ï ˝ Ó Ô  Ò Ú ¸ ˛ Ç ◊ ı ˜  ¯ ˘ ¿ ¡ ™ £ ¢ Gear 37 Gear 20 Bypass paper feed clutch gear Gear 18 Gear 16 Lower bypass paper feed pulley gear Gear 16 Bypass forwarding pulley gear paper feed motor gear Gear 55/45 Feed clutch 5 gear Gear 30 Feed clutch 4 gear Gear 47 Gear 40 Gear 28 Gear 34 Lower feed roller gear Upper feed roller gear Gear 30 Gear 28 Feed clutch 1 gear Idle pulley 38/23 Paper feed drive belt Idle pulley 31/42 Feed clutch 2 gear Upper paper feed clutch gear Upper paper feed pulley gear Gear 21 Forwarding pulley gear Gear16 Lower paper feed pulley gear Paper feed tension pulley Idle pulley 31/42 Lower paper feed clutch gear Upper paper feed pulley gear Gear 21 Forwarding pulley gear Gear 16 Lower paper feed pulley gear Feed clutch 3 gear Feed roller 3 pulley Feed drive belt Feed idle pulley ∞ § ¶ • ª º œ ∑ ® † ¥ ø π “ ‘ « å ß ∂ ƒ © ˙ ∆ ˚ ¬ … Ω ≈ ç √ ∫ µ ≤ ≥ ÷ ` 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Tension pulley 10 Feed roller 4 pulley Paper conveying motor gear Idle gear 43 Duplex unit input gear Pulley 63/32 Paper conveying drive belt Pulley 36/32 Idle gear 36/36 Idle gear 30 Gear 26 Paper conveying roller Paper conveying belt Paper conveying pulley Fixing drive gear Idle gear 30 Idle gear 26 Idle gear 26 Gear 19 Pulley 22 Gear 19 Feedshift drive belt Tension pulley 22 Pulley 22 Gear 20/28 Idle gear 29 Idle gear 30 One-way gear Idle gear 20 Eject speed switching clutch gear Gear 26 Idle gear 26 Idle gear 20 Gear 23 Pulley 28 Eject drive belt Tension pulley 28 Eject roller pulley Scanner motor pulley Scanner drive belt Scanner drive pulley Scanner wire drum Scanner wire Scanner wire pulley 1-3-5 E E A A E A A E A E E A E A A E A A E E 2A3/4 4 3 # 95 6 8 6 9 5 1 7 ! 0 3 0 1 4 7 8 2 $ 2 ! & As viewed from machine front Figure 1-3-6 Drive system—SRDF (inside front of machine) 1 2 3 4 5 6 @ Lower original conveying pulley 25/18 Gear 18/25 Eject gear 18 Middle original conveying pulley 18 Upper original conveying pulley 18 JAM release gear 24 7 8 9 0 ! Joint gear 14 JAM release gear 14 Tension pulley Eject drive belt Conveying drive belt 2 0 1 78 6 9 ^ * % As viewed from machine rear Figure 1-3-7 Drive system—SRDF (inside rear of machine) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Original feed motor pulley Pulley 35/22/22 Idle gear 26 Original feed clutch gear DF original feed pulley 28 DF forwarding pulley 20 Tension pulley Original feed drive belt DF forwarding belt 0 ! @ # $ % ^ & * DF registration pulley 28/18 Idle gear 15 Idle gear 20 Switchback gear 18 DF registration drive belt Gear 22/35 Original conveying motor pulley Gear 28 Original conveying drive belt 1 ^ 2 !@ $ # % 5 3 4 As viewed from machine front Figure 1-3-8 Drive system—Duplex section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Forwarding pulley 27 0 Gear 18 ! Gear 26 @ Paper conveying pulley 40 # Paper conveying drive belt $ Paper conveying tension pulley % Paper conveying pulley 20 ^ Paper conveying pulley 20 Duplex joint gear Gear 28 Duplex registration gear 20/30 Gear 26 Switchback roller gear Forwarding drive gear 18 Pulley 22 Forwarding belt 1-3-6 E E A A E A E A A E 2A3/4 2 9 7 % 5 ( $ * % 3$ ) 8 6 $ $ 5 fl 5 % ¤ & ⁄ › $ $ ¤ # fi 4 fi # ⁄ ^ ‹ @ # $ (5 5 6 0 1 ! & As viewed from machine front Figure 1-3-9 Drive system—Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) 1 Belt 180-6 2 Paper feed clutch 1 3 Paper feed clutch 2 4 Paper conveying clutch 5 Gear 20 6 Gear 26 7 Gear 50-20 8 Gear 35-1-20 9 Pulley 18 0 Gear 43-20 ! Pulley S2M-18 @ Gear 16 # Roller 0.8-20 $ % ^ & * ( ) ⁄ ¤ ‹ › fi fl Pulley 20, gear 32 One-way drum Pulley 18-OW Pulse gear Belt 258 Belt 234 Belt 144 Gear 1.0-24 Lift pulley Left lift belt assembly Right lift belt assembly Paper deck motor gear Pulley 16 1-3-7 2A3/4 1-3-4 Mechanical construction (1) Paper feed section The paper section consists of the primary feed and secondary feed subsections. Primary feed conveys paper from the upper drawer, lower drawer or bypass table to the upper and lower registration rollers, at which point secondary feed takes place and the paper travels to the transfer section in sync with the printing timing. (1-1) Paper feed from the drawers ·$ ^ * % Ø& „ ) Í Å ⁄ Î 0 ‚ 1 2 ¤ 3 ! Œ 1 2 ´ ) 7 ˆ8 5 9 ‡ ° ∏ 4 6 ⁄ ‹ 3 @ › # ‰ fi # ˇ ( fl # Á ( # ¨ Figure 1-3-10 Drawer paper feed and secondary paper feed sections 1-3-8 2A3/4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) ⁄ ¤ ‹ › Forwarding pulley Upper paper feed pulley Lower paper feed pulley Upper feed roller Lower feed roller Upper feed guide plate Middle feed guide plate Lower feed guide plate Feed roller 1 Feed roller 2 Feed roller 3 Feed roller 4 Feed pulley Upper registration roller Lower registration roller Upper registration guide Lower registration guide Lower pre-transfer guide Feed guide Drawer lift Lift operation plate Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) fi fl ‡ ° · ‚ Œ „ ´ ‰ ˇ Á ¨ ˆ Ø ” Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) Feed clutch 4 (FCL4) Feed clutch 5 (FCL5) Registration clutch (RCL) Upper paper switch (PSW-U) Lower paper switch (PSW-L) Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U) Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L) Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) Feed switch (FSW) Registration switch (RSW) Upper paper length switch (PLSW-U) Å Lower paper length switch (PLSW-L) Í*Upper paper width switch (PWSW-U) Î*Lower paper width switch (PWSW-L) * For inch specifications only. 1-3-9 2A3/4 Each drawer consists of a lift driven by the lift motor and other components. Each drawer can hold up to 550 sheets of paper. Paper is fed from the drawer by the rotation of the forwarding pulley and upper paper feed pulley. The lower paper feed pulley prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time, via the torque limiter. CN13-4 CN13-7 CN8-B11 CN13-10 CN13-13 RCL CN8-B2 RSW CN13-1 FSW FCL5 CN12-A2 FCL4 CN8-B9 CN12-A4 FCL1 PFSW1 CN12-A8 LICSW-U CN15-3 CN15-9 CN15-13 CN12-A10 CN15-4 CN15-10 CN15-14 EPCB PSW-U FCL2 PFCL PFSW2 U LICSW-L PSW-L FCL3 PFCL L PFSW3 PFSW4 Figure 1-3-11 1-3-10 Drawer paper feed section block diagram 2A3/4 Image ready Print key FCL4 174 ms 35 ms FSW RSW 100 ms FCL5 74 ms 80 ms RCL PFM 250 ms DM PFCL-U 100 ms 50 ms FCL2 PFSW2 FCL1 58 ms 163 ms 35 ms 28 ms PFSW1 A BC D E F G H J K Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100% Timing chart 1-3-1 Paper feed from the upper drawer 1-3-11 2A3/4 A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, and 250 ms later the drive motor (DM) turns on to start drive for the paper feed section. B 100 ms after the print key is pressed, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns on, and the upper and lower paper feed pulleys rotate to start the primary paper feed. C 50 ms after the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns on, feed clutch 2 (FCL2) turns on, and feed roller 2 rotates. D 28 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) on, feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on, and feed roller 1 to rotates. E 163 ms after paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turns on, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCLU) turns off. F 174 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) on, feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turns on, and the lower feed roller rotates at high speed to create slack in the paper before registration. G 58 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turns off, feed clutch 2 (FCL2) turns off. H 35 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feed clutches 1 and 4 (FCL1 and FCL4) turn off. I 74 ms after image ready signal turn on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, causing the upper and lower registration rollers to rotate to start secondary paper feed. Simultaneously, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed. J 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns off. K 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns off. 1-3-12 2A3/4 (1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table ! 0 9 $ 2 6 5 @ # 7 43 1 8 Figure 1-3-12 Bypass paper feed section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Bypass table Bypass upper guide Bypass lower guide Bypass stopper Bypass friction plate Bypass forwarding pulley Bypass upper paper feed pulley Bypass lower paper feed pulley 9 Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) 0 Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) ! Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) @ Bypass paper length switch (BYPPLSW) # Bypass paper width switch (BYPPWSW) $ Bypass table extended detection switch (BYPEDSW) The bypass table can hold up to 100 sheets of paper at one time. When the start key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, unlocking the bypass stopper and lowering the bypass forwarding pulley until it comes into contact with the paper. This conveys paper placed on the bypass table to the bypass upper and lower paper feed pulleys. The bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) then turns on, transmitting the drive motor (DM) drive to these pulleys to start primary paper feed. The bypass lower paper feed pulley rotates opposite to the paper feed direction so that the torque limiter prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time. 1-3-13 2A3/4 CN14-A8 CN14-A4 BYPPSW CN14-A7 CN8-B11 BYPSOL BYP PFCL RCL CN8-B2 RSW CN13-1 FSW CN12-A2 FCL5 FCL4 CN8-B9 EPCB Figure 1-3-13 Bypass paper feed section block diagram Image ready Print key FSW RSW 115 ms FCL5 65 ms 100 ms 74 ms RCL 80 ms PFM 250 ms DM 100 ms BYPSOL 300 ms BYPPFCL AB C 90 ms 200 ms DE G F H I J Auto copy density control, copy paper: A5R/51/2" × 81/2", magnification ratio 25% Timing chart 1-3-2 1-3-14 Paper feed from the bypass table 2A3/4 A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, and 250 ms later the drive motor (DM) turn on to start drive for the paper feed section. B 100 ms after the print key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on. The bypass stopper is then unlocked, and the bypass forwarding pulley lowers to forward the paper. C 300 ms after the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on, and the upper and lower bypass paper feed pulleys rotate to start primary paper feed. D 115 ms after the leading edge of the paper turn the feed switch (FSW) on, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on, and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed to create slack in the paper before registration. E 200 ms after the feed switch (FSW) turns on, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns off. F 90 ms after feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns off. G 65 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feed clutch 5 (FCL 5) turns off. H 74 ms after the image ready signal turns on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, and the upper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed. Simultaneously, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and lower feed roller rotates at low speed. I 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns off. J 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns off. 1-3-15 2A3/4 (2) Main charging section The main charging section consists of the drum and the main charger assembly. The main charger assembly charges the drum so that a latent image is formed on the surface, the charger grid ensuring the charge is applied uniformly. Main charger assembly Main charger grid Tungsten wire Drum Figure 1-3-14 1-3-16 Main charging section 2A3/4 ! 0 3 1 6 4 9 7 8 5 2 Figure 1-3-15 Main charger 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! Main charger front housing Main charger rear housing Main charger front lid Main charger rear lid Main charger shield CN5-B1 CN5-B13 CN5-B11 CN5-B12 24 V DC MC REM MC ALM GRID CONT Tungsten wire Charger spring Charger terminal Charger pin Main charger grid Grid tension plate CN1-13 MC CN1-1 CN1-3 TB CN1-2 Grid HVTPCB Drum EPCB Figure 1-3-16 Main charging section block diagram 1-3-17 2A3/4 Print key CFM1 360 ms ESW 520 ms MC REM 300 ms 290-30000 ms PFM A B C Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100% Timing chart1-3-3 Main charging A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on. B 520 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, main charging (MC REM) starts. C 300 ms after cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) turns off, main charging (MC REM) is completed. 1-3-18 2A3/4 (3) Optical section The optical section consists of the scanner, mirror frame and image scanning unit for scanning and the laser scanner unit for printing. 6 9 4 $5 8 0 1 7 2 3 @ ! # Figure 1-3-17 Optical section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Scanner Mirror frame Mirror 1 Mirror 2 Mirror 3 Exposure lamp (EL) Reflector 8 9 0 ! @ # $ Image scanning unit Lens Optical rail Laser scanner unit (LSU) CCD PCB (CCDPCB) Scanner motor (SM) Scanner home position switch (SHPSW) 1-3-19 2A3/4 Original scanning The original image is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL) and scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) in the image scanning unit via the three mirrors, the reflected light being converted to an electrical signal. The scanner and mirror frame travel to scan on the optical rails on the front and rear of the machine to scan from side to side. The speed of the mirror frame is half the speed of the scanner. When the SRDF is used, the scanner and mirror frame stop at the DF original scanning position to start scanning. Original SHPSW CCDPCB CN3-1– CN1-1– CN3-6 CN1-6 CN2-4 INPCB CN5-1– CN5-16 CN11-1– CN11-11 CN12-1– CN12-7 CN1-1– CN1-16 SMPCB CN2-1 EL CN2-1– CN2-6 CN4-2 SM LSU CN7-1– CN7-2 CN1-1– CN1-140 Drum EPCB Figure 1-3-18 Optical section block diagram 1-3-20 CN9-1– CN9-4 CN8-1– CN8-5 CN7-1– CN7-13 CN1-1– CN1-140 MPCB 2A3/4 Print key 410 P Fwd. rotation SM Rev. rotation 414 P 9921 P 110 P SHPSW FVSYNC signal A B C D Manual copy density control, copy paper: A3/11" × 17", magnification ratio 100% Timing chart 1-3-4 Scanner operation A When the print key is pressed, the scanner motor (SM) reverses for 410 pulses and then rotates forward. B 414 pulses after the scanner motor rotates forward, the FVSYNC signal turns on for 9921 pulses for scanning. C The scanner motor (SM) reverses to return the scanner to the home position. D 110 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner motor (SM) turns off, and the scanner stops at its home position. 1-3-21 2A3/4 Image printing The image data scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) is processed on the main PCB (MPCB) and transmitted as image printing data to the laser scanner unit (LSU). By repeatedly turning the laser on and off, the laser scanner unit forms a latent image on the drum surface. • Laser scanner unit Collimator lenses Laser diodes (LD) Beam spritter LD control PCB Lens 1 Lens 3 Lens 2 Polygon mirror BD sensor mirror Polygon motor (PM) Oject mirror Lens 4 Motor drive PCB BD sensor Cylindrical correcting lens Figure 1-3-19 1-3-22 Laser scanner unit (1) 2A3/4 5 1 7 2 6 3 5 4 8 9 0 5 Drum Figure 1-3-20 Laser scanner unit (2) 1 Laser diodes: Generate the laser beams that form the latent image on the drum. 2 Collimator lenses: Collimate the diffused laser beams emitted from the laser diodes into cylindrical beams. 3 Beam splitter: Refracts the laser beam emitted from one of the laser diodes so that it becomes parallel to the other laser beam, and sends those two beams to lens 1. 4 Polygon mirror: 6-faced mirror that rotates at approximately 29527 rpm. Each face reflects the laser beams toward the drum in the horizontal (main) scan direction. The motion of the beams across the drum forms one scan line. 5 Lenses 1, 2, 3 and 4: Maintain scanning speed across the drum and beam diameters constant. These lenses also correct the vertical alignment of the polygon mirror so that the focal plane of the laser beams are always on the drum. 6 Object mirror: Reflects the laser beams onto the drum surface. 7 BD sensor mirror: Directs a laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the horizontal sync signal. 8 Cylindrical correcting lens: Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected by the BD sensor mirror. 9 BD sensor: Detects the laser beam reflected by BD sensor mirror, and sends the detection signal to the main PCB (MPCB). The main PCB (MPCB) uses this signal to determine the horizontal scanning signal timing. 0 Glass dust filter: Prevents dust from entering the unit. 1-3-23 2A3/4 The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 1-3-19. 70 µm 65 µm Figure 1-3-21 Scanning in the main direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror, while scanning in the auxiliary direction is provided by the rotating drum, forming a static latent image on the drum. The static latent image of the letter “A”, for example, is formed on the drum surface as shown in Figure 1-3-22. Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surface irradiated by the laser. The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightly overlap each other. Main scanning direction Auxilary scanning direction : laser beam is on Figure 1-3-22 1-3-24 2A3/4 (4) Developing section The developing section consists of the developing unit and the toner recycling assembly. Developing unit Toner sub hopper Figure 1-3-23 Developing section The developing unit consists of the developing roller where a magnetic brush is formed, the doctor blade and the developing spirals that agitate the developer. The toner recycling assembly consists of the toner main and sub-hoppers. In t he main hopper new toner from the toner cartridge is mixed with residual toner recovered from the cleaning section. The mixture is conveyed by the sub-hopper to the developing unit. The toner level detection sensor (TLDS) checks whether or not toner remains in the main hopper. 1-3-25 2A3/4 Toner cartridge paddle Toner cartridge spiral Toner cartridge Toner recycle paddle B Toner hopper lockup sensor Toner recycle spiral Toner level sensor Cleaning unit Toner recycle paddle A Cleaning spiral Toner feed motor Main hopper spiral Developing unit Toner sub hopper Toner main hopper Sub hopper spiral Toner recycle motor Toner flow Figure 1-3-24 1-3-26 Toner recycling 2A3/4 Formation of magnetic brush The developing roller consists of a magnet roller with five poles and a sleeve roller. Rotation of the sleeve roller around the magnet roller entrains developer, which in turn forms a magnetic brush at pole N1 on the magnet roller. The height of the magnet brush is regulated by the doctor blade; the developing result is affected by the position of the poles on the magnet roller and the position of the doctor blade. A developing bias voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer (HVTPCB) is applied to the developing roller to provide image contrast. 4 6 7 A Magnetic poles on the developing roller S2 74.5° 85.5° N3 N1 59° 2 S1 43.5° 5 1 3 A: Distances beteen the doctor blade and developing roller: 0.53 ± 0.05 mm Figure 1-3-25 1 2 3 4 Developing unit housing Developing roller Toner sensor (TNS) Doctor blade N1: N2: N3: S1: S2: N2 830 × 10–4 T 630 × 10–4 T 450 × 10–4 T 860 × 10–4 T 700 × 10–4 T Forming a magnetic brush 5 Developing spiral A 6 Developing spiral B 7 Developing spiral C 1-3-27 2A3/4 CN2-A5 CN2-A6 CN2-A7 CN2-A8 TFM– TFM+ TRM– TRM+ TRM TFM TLDS CN2-B3 TLS CN2-A10 CN2-B11 CN2-B9 CN5-B10 CN5-B8 CN5-B1 EPCB TNS TNS SIG TNS CONT DB REM DB CONT 24 V DC CN1-4 CN1-6 CN2 DB CN1-13 HVTPCB Figure 1-3-26 Developing section block diagram Toner density is detected by the toner sensor (TNS). The sensor section of the toner sensor detects the ratio of toner to carrier in the developer near it and converts it into a voltage. As more toner is used, the ratio of toner to carrier decreases, increasing the toner sensor output voltage. When the ratio drops below the specified value, the increase in toner sensor output voltage triggers toner replenishing. When toner is added and the ratio of toner to carrier returns to normal, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the point where toner replenishing stops. 1-3-28 2A3/4 Toner density control Toner density control is conducted using the TARGET value as the reference which is the toner sensor initial output value set by maintenance item U130 when developer is loaded for the first time. Toner being replenished message Toner sensor output voltage (V) Toner request message (Toner cartridge to be replaced.) Aging: 1 min: during copying Toner empty detection level Toner empty reset level Toner feed start level (TARGET by U130) Toner feed stop level Copying AB Figure 1-3-27 CD EF G H IJ Toner density control A When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner feed start level, the toner feed motor (TFM) and the toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently—on for 0.5 s and off for 1.5 s, and on for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s, respectively—to replenish toner. B As toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feed stop level and replenishing stops. C Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently— on for 0.5 s and off for 0.5 s—to replenish toner until the toner sensor output voltage reaches the toner empty reset level after exceeding the toner feed start level. D The toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently—on for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s, and on for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 s, respectively—to replenish toner until the toner sensor output voltage reaches the toner empty detection level after exceeding the toner feed reset level E When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner empty detection level after toner replenishing is carried out, the toner being replenished message appears. Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) then operate intermittently—on for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 s—for 1 min. for aging. If the voltage fails to fall to the toner empty reset level, the toner request message appears. 1-3-29 2A3/4 F When the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner empty reset level, the toner being replenished message disappears, and both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operates intermittently—on for 0.5 s and off for 0.5 s—to replenish toner. G When toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feed stop level and replenishing stops. H After the toner cartridge is replaced, both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently—on for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 s—to replenish toner. I When the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner feed stop level, the toner request message disappears. Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) then operate intermittently—on for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s—to replenish toner. J When toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner feed stop level and replenishing stops. 1-3-30 2A3/4 Correcting toner feed start level The toner feed start level is corrected based on the absolute humidity and the drive time so that toner density becomes proper depending on the change of the humidity and the drive time. • Correction based on the absolute humidity Correction at the toner feed start level (V) D 0.74 C B 0 A Maintenance item U130 performed. – 0.16 0 3.09 10.8 35.9 Absolute humidity (g/m3) Figure 1-3-28 Correction based on the absolute humidity A When maintenance item U130 is carried out for initial developer setting, the toner sensor control voltage (CONTROL) is set so that the toner sensor outputs 2.01 V when the absolute humidity is 10.8 g/m3. B When the absolute humidity is between 0 and 10.8 g/m3, the toner feed start level is decreased with the absolute humidity so that the toner sensor output voltage drops. C When the absolute humidity is between 10.8 and 35.9 g/m3, the toner feed start level is increased with the absolute humidity so that the toner sensor output voltage rises. D When the absolute humidity exceeds 35.9 g/m3, the toner feed start level is increased by 0.74 V to regulate the toner sensor output. 1-3-31 2A3/4 Computing the absolute humidity The external humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) and external temperature thermistor (ETTH) are located on the humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB). The external humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) converts the relative humidity detected by the humidity sensing element into a voltage and sends it to the engine PCB (EPCB). The main PCB (MPCB)computes the absolute humidity based on this EHUMSENS signal and the temperature (ETTH signal) detected by the external temperature thermistor (ETTH). EPCB HUMPCB ETTH 4 ETTH 3 GND 2 EHUMSENS 1 5V CN5-A1 CN5-A2 Humidity sensing element CN5-A3 EHUMSENS Figure 1-3-29 1-3-32 CN5-A4 Absolute humidity computation block diagram 2A3/4 • Correction based on the total drive motor time The toner feed start level is also corrected based on the total time the drive motor (DM) has been on from execution of maintenance item U130, so that the toner sensor output is regulated properly. Correction at the toner feed start level (V) E 0.76 0.46 0.36 C 0.24 D B 0 10 30 50 150 Drive time (h) A Maintenance item U130 performed. Figure 1-3-30 Correction based on the total drive motor time A When maintenance item U130 is carried out for initial developer setting, the total drive motor time is cleared and the correction for the toner feed start level is reset to 0. B When the total drive time reaches 10 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with a constant value of 0.24 V. C When the total drive time reaches 30 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with a constant value of 0.36 V. D When the total drive time reaches 50 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with a constant value of 0.46 V. E When the total drive time exceeds 150 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with a constant value of 0.76 V. 1-3-33 2A3/4 Toner level detection The toner level in the toner main hopper is monitored by the toner level detection sensor (TLDS). It converts the presence or absence of toner in the toner main hopper into a voltage and sends it to the main PCB (MPCB), which triggers a message to request the toner cartridge to be replaced before the recycled toner ratio in the toner main hopper reaches a significant level. Toner request message Toner empty detection Toner empty detection reactivated. reactivated. Toner cartridge to be U 130 performed. replaced. Toner empty detection Toner empty detection ignored. ignored. TFM: on 1 min. 5 min. 10 s 10 s 10 s Toner feed motor (TFM) 4.5 V Toner level detection sensor output voltage 0.5 V A B Figure 1-3-31 C D Toner level detection A When the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output voltage drops below 0.5 V while the toner feed motor (TFM) is on, the toner motor drive time starts to be counted. B If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output voltage remains below 0.5 V for 10 s, the toner request message appears. Note: When the toner request message is displayed under these conditions, the available copy mode and the number of copies that can be made are restricted as set in maintenance item U258 (see page 3-2-74). C Toner empty detection is ignored for 1 min. (the toner feed motor on time) after the toner cartridge has been replaced. If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output remains at 4.5 V or above for 10 s, toner empty detection is reactivated. D Toner empty detection is ignored for 5 min. (the toner feed motor on time) after maintenance item U130 has been performed for developer initial setting. If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output remains at 4.5 V or above for 10 s, toner empty detection is reactivated. 1-3-34 2A3/4 Toner hopper lockup detection The amount of recycled toner in the toner main hopper is monitored by the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS). It converts the presence or absence of toner in the toner main hopper into a voltage and sends it to the main PCB, which prevents toner main hopper lockup as the amount of the recycled toner in the hopper increases. Toner feed start level Toner feed stop level Toner recycle motor 1 min 4.5 V Toner hopper lockup sensor output voltage (V) 0.5 V A Figure 1-3-32 B C D Toner hopper lockup detection A When the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage is below 0.5 V, toner is replenished to control toner density. B When the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage exceeds 4.5 V while toner sensor output voltage is below the toner feed start level, toner is not replenished. C When the toner sensor output voltage is over the toner feed start level while the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output level is over 4.5 V, the toner feed motor (TFM) does not operate, while the toner recycle motor (TRM) operates continuously. D When the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage is over 4.5 V, the on-time of the toner recycle motor (TRM) is counted. When the continuous on-time exceeds 1 min., C740 (toner hopper problem) is displayed. 1-3-35 2A3/4 (5) Transfer and separation section Drum separation claw Tungsten wires Transfer charger assembly Figure 1-3-33 Transfer and separation section The transfer and separation section consists of the transfer charger assembly and drum separation claws. The transfer charger assembly consists of the transfer charger that applies a high voltage to transfer the toner image from the drum surface onto the paper, and the separation charger that helps the paper separate from the drum surface. In the transfer charger, a high voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) is applied to the both ends of the tungsten wire. The separation charger uses the AC voltage applied from the high-voltage transformer PCB to neutralize the residual charge on the paper after the transfer process. The paper can then separate from the drum under its own weight. The separation claws ensure that the paper separates reliably from the drum. 1-3-36 2A3/4 CN5-B7 CN5-B6 CN5-B5 CN5-B4 CN5-B3 CN5-B1 TC REM TC CONT SC REM SC CONT ST ALM 24 V DC CN1-7 CN1-8 CN1-9 CN1-10 CN1-11 CN1-13 CN8-B5 HVTPCB Drum CCM REV CCM FWD CN8-B4 EPCB SC TC CCM Figure 1-3-34 Transfer and separation section block diagram 1-3-37 2A3/4 Charger wire cleaning The charger wires are cleaned by the transfer charger cleaning pad and separation charger cleaning pad traveling along each wire. The pads are placed on a slider which moves back and forth along the charger cleaning spiral as the spiral is turned by the charger cleaning motor (CCM). The two shield cleaning sponges travel along the transfer charger shield, cleaning the inside of the shield. 6 4 7 2 3 # 1 5 8 ! 0 @ Figure 1-3-35 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Transfer charger front housing Transfer charger rear housing Transfer charger front lid Transfer charger rear lid Transfer charger shield Separation guide Tungsten wire for transfer 1-3-38 9 $ Transfer charger assembly 8 Tungsten wire for separation 9 Transfer charger cleaning pad 0 Separation charger cleaning pad ! Shield cleaning sponges @ Charger cleaning pad slider # Charger cleaning spiral $ Charger cleaning motor (CCM) 2A3/4 Image ready Secondary paper feed start Secondary paper feed end Print key CFM1 360 ms ESW 520 ms 300 ms MC REM 290-30000 ms PFM SC REM 700 ms RSW 74 ms RCL 80 ms 210 ms TC REM A B 270 ms C E D Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 8 / ", magnification ratio 100% 1 2 Timing chart 1-3-5 Transfer and separation A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on. B 700 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, separation charging (SC REM) starts. C 210 m after the registration clutch (RCL) turn on to start secondary paper feed, transfer charging (TC REM) starts. D 270 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, transfer charging (TC REM) ends. E 290 to 30000 ms after the main charging (MC REM) ends, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns off and separation charging (SC REM) ends. 1-3-39 2A3/4 (6) Cleaning section The cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade and brush that remove residual toner from the drum surface after the transfer process, and the cleaning spiral that carries the residual toner back to the toner recycling assembly. 1 2 4 3 5 Figure 1-3-36 1 2 3 4 5 1-3-40 Cleaning section Drum Cleaning blade Cleaning brush Cleaning spiral Lower cleaning seal 2A3/4 (7) Charge erasing section The cleaning lamp (CL) consists of 36 LEDs which remove residual charge from the drum surface. Cleaning lamp Figure 1-3-37 CN2-A2 Charge erasing section CL REM CL Drum EPCB Figure 1-3-38 Charge erasing section block diagram 1-3-41 2A3/4 Print key 50 ms CL 600 ms PFM A B C Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100% Timing chart 1-3-6 Charge erasing A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on. B 50 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, the cleaning lamp (CL) lights to remove the residual charge from the drum surface after the residual toner is removed by the cleaning section. C 600 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns off, the cleaning lamp (CL) turns off. 1-3-42 2A3/4 (8) Fixing section 1 ! 5 @ 3 2 4 7 0 Figure 1-3-39 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fixing unit upper cover Fixing unit front guide Fixing unit upper guide Fixing unit lower left guide Heat roller Press roller Heat roller separation claws 98 6 # Fixing section 8 9 0 ! @ # Fixing heater M (H1) Fixing heater S (H2) Eject switch (ESW) Fixing unit thermostat (TH) Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) Press roller separation claws 1-3-43 2A3/4 The fixing section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-39. When paper reaches the fixing section after the transfer process, it passes between the press roller and heat roller, which is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2). Pressure is applied by the pressure springs so that the toner on the paper is melted, fused and fixed onto the paper. When the fixing process is completed, the paper is separated from the heat roller by its separation claws and is ejected from the copier to either the eject section or duplex section. TH PRY Heat roller TB3 FTH CN10-1 H1 H2 CN10-2 EPCB Figure 1-3-40 1-3-44 Fixing section block diagram CN3-B7 FTH CN3-B8 5 V DC CN4-5 H2 REM CN6-8 CN6-7 H1 REM CN4-4 PSPCB 2A3/4 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature 4 5 3 1 2 Figure 1-3-41 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature 1 Heat roller 2 Fixing heater M (H1) 3 Fixing heater S (H2) 4 Fixing unit thermostat (TH) 5 Fixing unit themistor (FTH) The heat roller is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2) inside it; its surface temperature is detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) and is regulated by the fixing heaters turning on and off. If the fixing section becomes abnormally hot, either the fixing unit thermistor detects it or fixing unit thermostat (TH) operates, in each case, shutting the power to the fixing heaters off. 1-3-45 Copying enabled Primary stabilization fixing temperature 175°C/347°F Secondary stabilization fixing temperature *1 Fixing temperature control Aging end 2A3/4 *2 MSW 2s *3 PRY H1 H2 Charger wire cleaning CCM 3s DM 200 ms PCM 270 ms CL 50 ms 600 ms DB REM Full speed Half speed CFM1 Half speed PCFM IFFM 1s PM AB *1: 42 ppm: 180°C/356°F 52 ppm: 190°C/374°F CD E *2: 42 ppm: 60 s 52 ppm: 120 s Timing chart 1-3-7 F G H I *3: 42 ppm: 116 s 52 ppm: 176 s Fixing temperature control A 2s after the main switch (MSW) is turned on, the power relay (PRY) and fixing heater M (H1) turn on to heat the heat roller. The charger cleaning motor (CCM) also turns on to clean the charger wire, and cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at half speed. B 1 s after fixing heater M (H1) turns on, the polygon motor (PM) in the laser scanner unit turns on. 1-3-46 2A3/4 C When the fixing temperature reaches 175°C/347°F, the copier enters primary stabilization. 50 ms later the cleaning lamp (CL) and developing bias (DB REM) turn on and primary stabilization starts. D 200 ms after the cleaning lamp (CL) turns on, the drive motor (DM) turns on. E 270 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, the paper conveying motor (PCM), paper conveying fan motor (PCFM) and image formation section fan motor (IFFM) turn on and cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at full speed. F When the fixing temperature reaches 180°C/356°F (42 ppm) or 190°C/374°F (52 ppm), the copier enters secondary stabilization. Fixing heater M (H1) is turned on and off to keep the fixing temperature at 180°C/356°F (42 ppm) or 190°C/374°F (52 ppm) and aging starts. G 116 s (42 ppm) or 176 s (52 ppm) after the power relay (PRY) turns on or 60 s (42 ppm) or 120 s (52 ppm) after the copier enters secondary stabilization (whichever event occurs first), copying is enables. H 3 s after copying is enabled, the drive motor (DM), paper conveying motor (PCM) and image formation section fan motor (IFFM) turn off, and aging ends. Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at half speed. I 600 ms after aging ends, the cleaning lamp (CL), developing bias (DB REM) and paper conveying fan motor (PCFM) turn off. • Fixing control temperature correction Depending on the ambient temperature, the fixing control temperature is corrected as follows. Table 1-3-1 Copy setting Fixing control temperature Correction for low ambient temperature (Ambient temperature: 17°C/ 62.6°F or below) Paper feed from upper and lower drawers, bypass table and large paper deck 42 ppm: 190°C/374°F (10°C/18°F higher) 52 ppm: 195°C/383°F (5°C/9°F higher) Correction for high ambient temperature (Ambient temperature: 37°C/ 98.6°F or higher) Continuous copying of 100 or less sheets in duplex copy mode 42 ppm: 160°C/320°F (20°C/36°F lower) 52 ppm: 170°C/338°F (20°C/36°F lower) Fixing heater M or S (H1 or H2) is turned on for 5 s from the start of the copying operation so that the fixing control temperature becomes 190°C/374°F (10°C/18°F higher for 42 ppm) or 195°C/383°F (5°C/9°F higher for 52 ppm). 1-3-47 2A3/4 Paper separation Paper is separated in the fixing section by the separation claws as shown in Figure 1-342. Heat roller Heat roller separation claws Press roller separation claws Press roller Figure 1-3-42 1-3-48 Paper separation 2A3/4 (9) Feedshift and eject section The feedshift and eject section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-43. When fixing is complete, the conveying path is switched by the feedshift guide to eject the paper to either the copy tray or duplex unit. 2 3 4 1 ( 5 6 # 7 8 $ * @ ^ % & 9 0 ! Figure 1-3-43 Feedshift and eject section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Eject roller Eject pulley Upper eject guide Feedshift guide Upper right feedshift guide Right feedshift roller Left feedshift roller Lower right feedshift guide Lower left feedshift guide Lower feedshift guide ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( Lower feedshift roller Feedshift pulley Left switchback eject guide Right middle switchback eject guide Right switchback feed roller Left switchback feed roller Lower right switchback eject guide Feedshift switch (FSSW) Switchback eject switch (SBESW) 1-3-49 2A3/4 CN3-A8 CN3-A9 FSSOL1 FSSOL2 FSSOL CN3-B9 ESW CN3-A1 SBE SW FSSW CN3-A4 EPCB Figure 1-3-44 1-3-50 Feedshift and eject section block diagram 2A3/4 (10) Duplex section In duplex copy mode, the paper copied onto the first face (rear face) is sent to the duplex section for side registration and switchback, and refeed for copying onto the second face (front face). 4 1 @ 3 $ 8 0 6 2 # 5% 7 ^ 9 &! Figure 1-3-45 Duplex section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Duplex forwarding pulley Upper refeed guide Paper tapping guide Refeed pulley Switchback roller Duplex upper registration roller Duplex lower registration roller Duplex conveying roller Duplex conveying pulley 0 ! @ # $ % Duplex eject roller Duplex eject pulley Side registration guides Switchback feedshift guide Stock switch (STKSW) Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) ^ Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) & Duplex eject switch (DUPESW) 1-3-51 2A3/4 When the paper is sent to the duplex section, the duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) lowers, which forwards the paper by means of the rotation of the duplex forwarding pulley until it is caught by the switchback roller. In duplex copy mode, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on to operate the switchback feedshift guide. The paper is then sent to the duplex paper conveying section by the rotation of the switchback roller. During switchback ejection, the paper is conveyed to the feedshift and eject section and ejected with the copied face down. 3 4 1 5 2 In duplex copy mode During switchback ejection Figure 1-3-46 1 2 3 4 5 1-3-52 Duplex refeed mechanism Duplex forwarding pulley Switchback feedshift guide Paper tapping guide Refeed pulley Switchback roller 2A3/4 CN9-12 CN10-1– CN10-5 CN9-11 CN9-8 CN10-8 CN10-14 CN9-7 CN9-16 SBFSSOL1 SBFSSOL2 CN10-10 CN10-12 EPCB SBFSSOL STKSW DUPFWDSOL DUPRSW SRM SRHPSW DUP PCSW DUPESW DUP PTSOL Figure 1-3-47 Duplex section block diagram 1-3-53 2A3/4 Duplex copying operation timing Image ready 1160 ms FSSOL SBFSSOL FSSW 30 ms DUPFWDSOL 80 ms DUPPTSOL 60 ms Fwd. rotation SRM Rev. rotation SRHPSW 12 P 74 ms RCL ESW STKSW A BC DE F Copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification Timing chart 1-3-8 Feedshift and side registration A 74 ms after the image ready signal turns on during copying onto the first face (back), the registration clutch (RCL) turns on to start secondary paper feed. B 1160 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) turns on, operating the feedshift guide to switch the paper path to the duplex unit. C When the leading edge of the paper turns the eject switch (ESW) on, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on, operating the switchback guide to switch the paper path to the duplex unit conveying section. D 60 ms after copying onto the first face (back) is competed and the trailing edge of the paper turns the feedshift switch (FSSW) off, the side registration motor (SRM) rotates forward for 12 pulses for side registration. At the same time, the duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) turns on, and the paper tapping guide lowers to hold down the trailing edge (leading edge during refeed) of the paper that was conveyed to the duplex section. E 30 ms after the duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) turns on, the duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turns on, operating the duplex forwarding pulley to forward the paper until it is caught by the switchback roller. F 80 ms after the stock switch (STKSW) turns off, the duplex tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) and duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turn off. 1-3-54 2A3/4 1160 ms FSSOL 360 ms SBFSSOL Fwd. rotation SRM Rev. rotation 500 ms 500 ms 500 ms 5P SRHPSW DUPRSW DUPPCSW DUPESW 232 ms FCL1 FCL4 30 ms 35 ms FSW RSW FCL5 74 ms 100 ms 80 ms RCL ESW ABCD E FG H IJ KL M Copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", 100% magnification Timing chart 1-3-9 Refeed A 232 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the duplex eject switch (DUPESW) on, feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on and feed roller 1 rotates. B 30 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) on, feed clutch 4 turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at high speed to create slack in the paper before registration. C 35 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feed clutch 1 (FCL1) and feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turn off. D 74 ms after feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turns off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, and the upper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed. At the same time feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed. E 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns off. F 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns off. G 1160 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) turns off. H 360 ms after copying onto the second face (front) is completed and the eject switch (ESW) turns off, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off. I 500 ms after the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off, the side registration motor (SRM) reverses to move the side registration guides outwards. 1-3-55 2A3/4 J When the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns on, the side registration motor (SRM) turns off. K 500 ms after the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns on, the side registration motor (SRM) rotates forward to move the side registration guides inwards. L When the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns off, the side registration motor (SRM) turns off. M 500 ms after the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns off, the side registration motor (SRM) reverses for 5 pulses, and the side registration guide stops at its home position. 1-3-56 2A3/4 (11) SRDF (11-1) Original feed section The original feed section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-48. An original placed on the original table is conveyed to the original switchback section or the original conveying section. # @ 3 7 $2 5 1 8 0 4 ! 6 9 Figure 1-3-48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Original table DF forwarding pulleys DF original feed pulley DF separation pulley DF original feed upper guide DF original feed lower guide Original stopper Original feed section 8 9 0 ! @ # $ DF registration pulley DF registration roller DF registration guide Original set switch (OSSW) Original feed switch (OFSW) Original feed clutch (OFCL) Original feed solenoid (OFSOL) 1-3-57 2A3/4 OFSOL OFCL OFSW OSSW CN5-B1 – CN5-B6 CN6-B2 CN5-A5 CN5-B12 – CN5-B13 CN6-B5 OFM DFDPCB Figure 1-3-49 Original feed section block diagram 1-3-58 2A3/4 Original feed timing 200 ms OFSOL A 200 ms OFSOL R OFCL Fwd. rotation OFM Off Rev. rotation 556 P*1 20 ms OFSW OSBSW OCM 288 P*2 + 30 ms DFTSW A B C D *1 Burst of OFM pulses *2 Burst of OCM pulses Timing chart 1-3-10 Original feed (in double-sided original mode) A The OFSOL A signal turns on for 200 ms and then the original feed solenoid (OFSOL) turns on, lowering the DF forwarding pulleys and releasing the original stopper to convey the original forward. The original feed clutch (OFCL) simultaneously turns on, rotating the DF original feed pulley to start primary original feed. The original feed motor (OFM) rotates forward during this operation. B 556 OFM pulses after the leading edge of the original turns the original feed switch (OFSW) on, the original feed clutch (OFCL) and original feed motor (OFM) turn off. 20 ms later, the rotation of the motor switches to the reverse direction and secondary original feed is performed by rotation of the DF registration roller. C 288 OFM pulses plus 30 ms after the leading edge of the original turns the DF timing switch (DFTSW) on, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off. D After ejection of the original, as the original conveying motor (OCM) turns off, the OFSOL R signal turns on for 200 ms and the original feed solenoid (OFSOL) turns off. 1-3-59 2A3/4 (11-2) Original switchback section The original switchback section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-50. The original from the original feed section or original conveying section is reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section. 8 1 2 7 3 5 4 6 Figure 1-3-50 Original switchback section 1 2 3 4 Switchback pulley Switchback roller Switchback feedshift guide Left switchback guide 1-3-60 5 6 7 8 Switchback guide Original switchback switch (OSBSW) Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) 2A3/4 SBPSOL SBFSSOL CN5-B8 CN6-A5 CN5-A2 – CN5-A3 OSBSW DFDPCB Figure 1-3-51 Original switchback section block diagram 1-3-61 2A3/4 Operation of original switchback In the double-sided original mode, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on, changing the position of the switchback feedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the original switchback section to where the original is fed. The switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) then turns off, allowing the switchback feedshift guide to return to the original position by which the path of the original is switched back to the original conveying section. The now reversed original is carried to the original conveying section and the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, releasing the switchback pulley to prevent an original jam in the original switchback section. Switchback pulley Switchback feedshift guide Figure 1-3-52 1-3-62 2A3/4 (11-3) Original conveying section The original conveying section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-53. Synchronized with the copier scanning operation, the original is conveyed across the slit glass and ejected when scanning is complete. In the double-sided original mode, the eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) turns on, moving the eject feedshift guide to switch the path of the original. When the scanning of the first face (reverse face) of the original is complete, the original is conveyed to the original switchback section again. % 1 07 2 $ 3 ! 5 4 9 6 @ # 8 Figure 1-3-53 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Original conveying section Upper original conveying pulley Upper original conveying roller Lower original conveying roller Front scanning pulley Middle original conveying roller Middle original conveying pulley Eject pulley Eject roller 9 0 ! @ # $ % Original conveying guide Eject feedshift guide Upper eject guide Lower eject guide Slit glass (copier) DF timing switch (DFTSW) Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) 1-3-63 2A3/4 OCM EFSSOL CN5-A7 CN6-A14 CN5-A8 – CN5-A13 DFTSW DFDPCB Figure 1-3-54 1-3-64 Original conveying section block diagram 2A3/4 Original switchback/conveying timing Fwd. rotation OFM Off Rev. rotation Scanning speed 100 ms 556 P*1 30 ms 20 ms OFSW 288 P*2 115 P*1 SBFSSOL SBPSOL OSBSW Scanning speed OCM EFSSOL DFTSW A B C D E FG *1 Burst of OFM pulses *2 Burst of OCM pulses Timing chart 1-3-11 Reversing the first face of the original A During primary original feed, when the original feed switch (OFSW) turns on, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) also turns on, changing the position of the switchback feedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the original switchback section. B 556 OFM pulses plus 20 ms after the original feed switch (OFSW) turns on, the rotation of the original feed motor (OFM) switches to the reverse direction and the original is conveyed to the switchback section by the rotation of the switchback roller. The switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) simultaneously turns on to operate the switchback pulley. C When the trailing edge of the original turns the original switchback switch (OSBSW) off, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off, the switchback feedshift guide returns to the original position. D 115 OFM pulses after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off. 100 ms later, the original feed motor (OFM) rotates forward, switching the rotational direction of the switchback roller. The original in the original switchback section is then reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section. E Simultaneously as the original feed motor (OFM) starts rotating forward, the original conveying motor (OCM) turns on to convey the original onto the slit glass. The eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) simultaneously turns on, changing the position of the eject feedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the original switchback section. F When the original is conveyed onto the slit glass, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns on. 288 OCM pulses later, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL). G 30 ms after the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off. 1-3-65 2A3/4 Scanning request signal : On Scanning speed Fwd. rotation Off OFM Rev. rotation OFSW 327 P*1 100 ms 100 ms 115 P*1 SBFSSOL SBPSOL OSBSW 564 P*1 30 ms OCM 30 ms 288 P*2 2337 P*2 + 30 ms Scanning speed EFSSOL DFTSW A BC D E FG H I J *1 Burst of OFM pulses *2 Burst of OCM pulses Timing chart 1-3-12 Reversing of the second face of the original and ejection A 564 OFM pulses after the scanning of the first face (reverse face) of the original completes and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns on, operationg the switchback pulley. B When the trailing edge of the original turns the original switchback switch (OSBSW) off, the eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) turns off and the eject feedshift guide returns to the original position, switching the path of the original to the eject section. Simultaneously, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off and the switchback feedshift guide returns to the original position. C 30 ms after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original conveying motor (OCM) turns off. D 115 OFM pulses after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off. E 100 ms after the original feed motor (OFM) turns off, the motor starts rotating forward, switching the rotational direction of the switchback roller. The original in the original switchback section is then reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section. F 327 OFM pulses plus 100 ms after the original feed motor (OFM) turns off, the motor starts rotating forward again and the original conveying motor (OCM) turns on simultaneously, conveying the original onto the slit glass. G 288 OFM pulses after the original is conveyed onto the slit glass and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns on, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off. H 30 ms after the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off. I When the scanning request signal turns on, scanning of the second face (front face) of the original starts. J 2337 OCM pulses plus 30 ms after scanning of the second face (front face) of the original completes and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off, the original conveying motor (OCM) turns off, completing the ejection of the original. 1-3-66 2A3/4 (12) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) The large paper deck consists mainly of the right and left cassettes and separation section. The right cassette primary paper feed section sends paper from the lift to the upper and lower deck separation rollers. When the right cassette becomes empty, the left cassette primary paper feed section conveys paper onto the lift of the right cassette. The upper and lower deck separation rollers in the separation section convey paper received from the right cassette primary paper feed section into the copier, preventing multiple sheets from being fed at one time. 6 5 43 42 6 41 9 7 8 # # 0 ! @ $ $ Figure 1-3-55 Mechanical construction (1) 1 Deck paper feed roller 1 2 Deck paper conveying roller 3 Deck paper feed roller 2 4 Pickup arm 5 Paper conveying base 6 Lift 7 Paper guide U 8 Deck side cover 9 Upper deck separation roller 0 Lower deck separation roller ! Bracket @ Paper guide D # Guide pulley $ Air damper 1-3-67 2A3/4 68 4 0 !3 2 57 $9 1 % ^ ¤ ⁄ ( ) *# @& Figure 1-3-56 Mechanical construction (2) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! @ Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) Paper empty sensor (PESENS) Deck level switch 1 (DLSW1, front) Deck level switch 2 (DLSW2, front) Upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1, rear) Upper limit switch 2 (UPSW2, rear) Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) Paper conveying clutch (CCL) Paper deck motor pulse sensor 1 (PDMSENS1) # Paper deck motor pulse sensor 2 (PDMSENS2) 1-3-68 $ Deck open/closed safety switch (DOSSW) % Side cover switch (SCSW) ^ Deck paper conveying motor (CM) & Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) * Paper deck motor 2 (PDM2) ( Paper level detection sensor 1 (PLDSENS1) ) Paper level detection sensor 2 (PLDSENS2) ⁄*Dehumidifier heater 1 (DH1) ¤*Dehumidifier heater 2 (DH2) * Service part. 2A3/4 (12-1) Right cassette primary paper feed As paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turns on, the drive is transmitted to deck paper feed roller 1 and the upper and lower deck separation rollers, starting primary paper feed from the right cassette. The upper and lower deck separation rollers ensure that the paper is fed one sheet at a time and that it is fed into the copier correctly. To prevent multiple sheets from being fed, there is a torque limiter on the lower deck separation roller. Paper feed signal from the copier 100 ms 64 P (70 ms) PFSW4 (copier) PPSENS1 PPSENS2 PPSENS3 FCL3 (copier) PFCL1 A BC Timing chart 1-3-13 Right cassette primary paper feed A The paper feed signal from the copier turns paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) on, starting primary paper feed. B 64 pulses after paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) on the copier has been turned on by the leading edge of the paper, paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turns off. C 70 ms after paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) on the copier has turned on, copier feed clutch 3 (FCL3) turns on to feed the paper to complete primary paper feed. 1-3-69 2A3/4 FCL3 Feed pulley Paper path Feed roller 4 Upper deck separation roller Copier PFCL1 Deck paper feed roller 1 PFSW4 Lift Lower deck separation roller Figure 1-3-57 Right cassette paper feed section 1-3-70 2A3/4 • When the right cassette is empty, its lift serves as a guide for the paper being conveyed from the left cassette lift. PFSW4 (copier) PFCL1 PFCL1 CN5-6 CN1-4 PFCL1 CN4-4 CN9-5 PFSW4 (copier) I/FPCB PDMPCB Figure 1-3-58 Right cassette primary paper feed section block diagram 1-3-71 2A3/4 (12-2) Left cassette primary paper feed As the last sheet in the right cassette is fed, paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) and the paper conveying clutch (CCL) turn on for primary feed from the left cassette. Deck paper feed roller 2 and the deck paper conveying roller start to rotate to convey paper from the left cassette onto the right cassette lift. PFSW4 (copier) PPSENS1 PPSENS2 PPSENS3 43 P CCL PFCL2 A BC D Timing chart 1-3-14 Left cassette primary paper feed A When copier paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) is turned on by the last paper from the right cassette, paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turns on to start primary paper feed. B The paper conveying clutch (CCL) turns on as soon as the leading edge of the paper from the left cassette turns paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) on. C Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turns off as soon as the leading edge of the paper from the left cassette turns paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) on, completing primary paper feed. D 43 pluses after the leading edge of the paper from the left cassette turns paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) on, the paper conveying clutch (CCL) turns off and the paper stops in the right cassette. 1-3-72 2A3/4 PFSW4 (copier) Paper path PFCL2 PPSENS2 CCL PPSENS3 Deck paper feed roller 2 PPSENS1 Deck paper conveying roller Figure 1-3-59 Left cassette paper feed section PFSW4 (copier) PFCL2 CCL PPSENS3 PPSENS2 PPSENS1 PFSW4 (copier) PPSENS2 PPSENS3 PFCL2 CCL PPSENS1 PPSENS2 CN2-6 CN4-8 PPSENS3 CN2-11 CN4-2 PFCL2 CN1-5 CN5-4 CCL CN1-6 CN5-2 PPSENS1 CN1-9 CN7-2 I/FPCB CN9-5 CN1-6 CN1-11 CN4-5 CN4-6 CN4-9 PDMPCB Figure 1-3-60 Left cassette primary paper feed section block diagram 1-3-73 2A3/4 (12-3) Raising and lowering the lifts The following is a description of the right cassette lift operating mechanism. The left cassette lift operates in the same manner. Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) drives the right lift belt assembly that winches the belt up and hence raises the lift until it is stopped by deck level switch 1 (DLSW1). When paper is loaded on the lift and the deck is closed, the lift is raised until deck level switch 1 (DLSW1) turns on. When desk level switch 1 (DLSW1) is turned off as the paper on the lift is used, paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) starts to raise the lift until the switch turns on. Deck level switch 1 Lift Lift belt assembly Winch shaft Air damper Paper deck motor 1 Figure 1-3-61 Raising and lowering the lift When the deck is opened for removing a jammed paper or other purposes, the winch shaft is released from its holder on paper deck motor 1 (PDM1), allowing the lift to descend under its own weight. The air damper buffers the impact of the descending lift. 1-3-74 2A3/4 DLSW1 DLSW2 PDM2 PDM1 DLSW1 DLSW2 CN3-3 CN3-9 DLSW1 CN2-7 DLSW2 CN2-9 I/FPCB CN1-7 CN1-9 PDM1 CN7-1 PDM2 CN7-4 PDMPCB Figure 1-3-62 Lift block diagram 1-3-75 2A3/4 (12-4) Detecting the paper level The lift rises as paper in the deck is used. When the remaining number of sheets in either right or left cassette reduces to around 100 to 250 sheets, the projection on the lift belt assembly pushes against the sensor lever which turns the relevant paper level detection sensor 1 or 2 (PLDSENS1/2) on. When both paper level detection sensors 1 and 2 (PLDSENS1, 2) have turned on, the message “Low on paper.” is shown on the copier touch panel. This message is not shown when only one of them is on. As more copies are made with the message on, paper path sensors 1, 2 and 3 (PPSENS1, 2, 3) or the paper empty sensor (PESENS) start to detect absence of paper, and the message on the copier touch panel changes to “Place paper in deck.” Sensor lever Sensor lever Paper level detection sensor 1 Paper level detection sensor 1 Lift belt assembly Lift belt assembly When paper level detection sensor 1 is off When paper level detection sensor 1 is on Figure 1-3-63 Detecting the paper level PLDSENS2 PLDSENS1 CN2-3 CN2-6 PDMPCB Figure 1-3-64 Paper level detection system block diagram 1-3-76 ELECTRICAL SECTION KM-4230/5230 S/M (MCE) II Electrical Section II 2A3/4 CONTENTS 2-1 Electrical Parts Layout 2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .......................................................................... 2-1-1 (1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-1-1 (2) SRDF ......................................................................................... 2-1-11 (3) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........... 2-1-15 1-1-11 2A3/4 2-1-1 Electrical parts layout (1) Copier 6 12 11 8 10 9 5 7 4 15 1 14 2 3 13 Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-1 Copier (PCBs) 1. Main PCB (MPCB) ....................................... Controls the other PCBs, electrical components and optional devices; image processing. 2. Power source PCB (PSPCB) ....................... Generates 24 V DC, +12 V DC and 5 V DC; controls fixing heaters M and S. 3. Engine PCB (EPCB) .................................... Interfaces output and input signals to and from electrical components and optional devices. 4. High-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) ... Main charging. Generates developing bias, and high voltages for transfer and separation. 5. Scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) .................... Controls the scanner motor. 6. Inverter PCB (INPCB) .................................. Controls the exposure lamp. 7. CCD PCB (CCDPCB) .................................. Reads the image off originals. 8. Operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) ............ Controls the operation unit. 9. Operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) ............. Consists of operation keys and display LEDs. 10. Operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) ................ Consists of the operation keys, backlight and display LEDs. 2-1-1 2A3/4 11. LCD ............................................................. Displays copy modes and messages. 12. Touch panel ................................................. Consists of a touch-sensitive layer which detects presses of operation keys displayed on the LCD. 13. Humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB) ............... Detects the absolute humidity. • External humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) ... Detects the external humidity. • External temperature thermistor (ETTH) ... Detects the external temperature. 14. Memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) ................. Reads and outputs the image. 15.*Memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2) ................. Reads and outputs the image. * 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. 2-1-2 2A3/4 2 1 3 4 Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-2 Copier (switches and sensors in the scanning system) 1. Scanner home position switch (SHPSW) .... Detects the scanner in the home position. 2. Original detection switch (ODSW) ............... Operates the original size sensors. 3. Original size sensors 1 (OSD1) ................... Detects the original size. 4.*Original size sensors 2 (OSD2) ................... Detects the original size. * For inch specifications only. 2-1-3 2A3/4 7 10 8 9 19 18 17 1 11 3 5 12 4 2 13 14 15 6 16 Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-3 Copier (switches in the paper feed and conveying system) 1. Upper paper switch (PSW-U) ...................... Detects the presence of paper in the upper drawer. 2. Lower paper switch (PSW-L) ....................... Detects the presence of paper in the lower drawer. 3. Upper paper length switch (PLSW-U) ......... Detects the length of paper in the upper drawer (inch specifications). Detects the presence of the upper drawer (metric specifications). 4. Lower paper length switch (PLSW-L) .......... Detects the length of paper in the lower drawer (inch specifications). Detects the presence of the lower drawer (metric specifications). 5.*Upper paper width switch (PWSW-U) ......... Detects the width of paper in the upper drawer. 6.*Lower paper width switch (PWSW-L) .......... Detects the width of paper in the lower drawer. 7. Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) ................. Detects the presence of paper on the bypass table. * For inch specifications only. 2-1-4 2A3/4 8. Bypass paper length switch (BYPPLSW) .... Detects the length of paper on the bypass table. 9. Bypass paper width switch (BYPPWSW) .... Detects the width of paper on the bypass table. 10. Bypass table extended detection switch ...... Detects when the bypass table support (BYPEDSW) guide is extended to use long paper. 11. Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U) ................. Detects the upper drawer lift reaching the upper limit. 12. Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L) .................. Detects the lower drawer lift reaching the upper limit. 13. Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) ..................... Controls feed clutch 4. 14. Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) ..................... Controls feed clutch 1, 2 and 3, and the upper paper feed clutch. 15. Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) ..................... Controls the lower paper feed clutch. 16. Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) ..................... Controls feed clutch 3. 17. Feed switch (FSW) ...................................... Controls the secondary paper feed start timing. 18. Registration switch (RSW) ........................... Controls the secondary paper feed end timing. 19. Eject switch (ESW) ...................................... Detects paper jam in the fixing section. 2-1-5 2A3/4 1 9 8 7 6 3 2 4 5 Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-4 Copier (switches and sensors) 1. Main switch (MSW) ...................................... Turns the AC power on and off. 2. Safety switch 1 (SSW1) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when the front cover is opened; resets paper jam detection. 3. Safety switch 2 (SSW2) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when the left cover is opened; resets paper jam detection. 4. Safety switch 3 (SSW3) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when the right cover is opened; resets paper jam detection. 5.*Heater switch (HSW) ................................... Turns the optical and drawer heaters on and off. 6. Toner sensor (TNS) ..................................... Detects the toner density in the developing section. 7. Toner level sensor (TLDS) .......................... Detects the toner level in the toner hopper. 8. Toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) .............. Detects the amount of recycled toner in the toner hopper. 9. Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) ......................... Detects the heat roller temperature. * Service part. 2-1-6 2A3/4 1 12,13 2 7 8 10 9 11 4 3 5 6 Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-5 Copier (motors) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Scanner motor (SM) .................................... Drives the scanner. Drive motor (DM) ......................................... Drives the image formation section. Paper feed motor (PFM) .............................. Drives the paper feed section. Paper conveying motor (PCM) .................... Conveys paper. Upper lift motor (CLM-U) ............................. Drives the upper drawer lift. Lower lift motor (CLM-L) .............................. Drives the lower drawer lift. Toner feed motor (TFM) .............................. Replenishes toner. Toner recycle motor (TRM) ......................... Replenishes recycled toner. Charger cleaning motor (CCM) ................... Cleans the transfer and separation charger wires. Image formation unit fan motor (IFFM) ........ Collects scattered toner. Paper conveying section fan motor ............. Assists paper advance along the paper (PCFM) conveying path and exhausts heat. Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) ........................ Cools the machine interior. Cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) ........................ Cools the machine interior. 2-1-7 2A3/4 11 10 9 8 6 7 3 4 1 5 2 Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-6 Copier (clutches and solenoids) 1. Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) .............. Primary paper feed from the upper drawer. 2. Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) .............. Primary paper feed from the lower drawer. 3. Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 1. 4. Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 2. 5. Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) ................................... Controls the drive of feed rollers 3 and 4. 6. Feed clutch 4 (FCL4) ................................... Controls the drive of the lower feed roller at high speed. 7. Feed clutch 5 (FCL5) ................................... Controls the drive of the lower feed roller at low speed. 8. Eject speed switching clutch (ESCL) ........... Switches the paper ejection speed. 9. Registration clutch (RCL) ............................ Secondary paper feed. 10. Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) ........ Primary paper feed from the bypass table. 11. Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) ......................... Operates the bypass forwarding pulley. 2-1-8 2A3/4 2 8 1 11 10 3 9 12 7 5 4 Machine front side Machine inside 6 Machine back side Figure 2-1-7 Copier (feedshift and duplex sections) 1. Feedshift switch (FSSW) ............................. Detects a paper jam in the feedshift section. 2. Switchback eject switch (SBESW) .............. Detects a paper jam in the switchback eject section. 3. Stock switch (STKSW) ................................ Detects the presence of paper in the duplex unit. 4. Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) ........ Detects a paper jam in the duplex section. 5. Duplex paper conveying switch ................... Detects a paper jam in the duplex (DUPPCSW) paper conveying section. 6. Duplex eject switch (DUPESW) ................... Detects a paper jam in the duplex eject section. 7. Side registration home position switch ........ Detects the side registration guides in (SRHPSW) the home positions. 8. Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) ........................ Operates the feedshift guide. 9. Duplex forward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) .... Operates the duplex forwarding pulley. 10. Switchback feedshift solenoid ..................... Operates the switchback feedshift (SBFSSOL) guide. 11. Duplex paper tapping solenoid .................... Operates the paper tapping guide. (DUPPTSOL) 12. Side registration motor (SRM) ..................... Operates the side registration guides. 2-1-9 2A3/4 1 8 10 7 2 5 4 3 6 9 Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-8 Copier (other electrical components) 1. Exposure lamp (EL) ..................................... Exposes originals. 2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ...................................... Removes residual charge from the drum surface. 3. Fixing heater M (H1) .................................... Heats the heat roller. 4. Fixing heater S (H2) .................................... Heats the heat roller. 5. Fixing unit thermostat (TH) .......................... Prevents overheating in the fixing section. 6. Relay (PRY) ................................................. Turns the AC power and 24 V DC power supplies to the fixing section on and off. 7. Laser scanner unit (LSU) • Polygon motor (PM) .................................. Drives the polygon mirror. • Laser diode (LD) ........................................ Generates the laser beam. 8.*Optical heater (OPH) ................................... Dehumidifies the optical section. 9.*Drawer heater (CH) ..................................... Dehumidifies the drawer section. 10. Total counter (TC) ....................................... Displays the total number of copies produced. * Service part. 2-1-10 2A3/4 (2) SRDF 2 1 Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-9 SRDF (PCBs) 1. DF driver PCB (DFDPCB) ........................... Controls electrical components of SRDF. 2. Original set LED PCB (OSLEDPCB) ........... Indicates presence of originals on the SRDF or an original jam. 2-1-11 2A3/4 2AD-1 2 7 4 5 3 8 6 1 Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-10 SRDF (switches and sensors) 1. DF safety switch 1 (DFSSW1) ..................... Breaks the safety circuit when the SRDF is opened; resets original jam detection. 2. DF safety switch 2 (DFSSW2) ..................... Breaks the safety circuit when the DF original reversing cover is opened; resets original jam detection. 3. Original set switch (OSSW) ......................... Detects the presence of an original. 4. Original feed switch (OFSW) ....................... Detects primary original feed end timing. 5. Original switchback switch (OSBSW) .......... Detects an original jam in the original switchback section. 6. DF timing switch (DFTSW) .......................... Detects the original scanning timing. 7. Original size length switch (OSLSW) ........... Detects the length of the original. 8. Original size width switch (OSWSW) ........... Detects the width of the original. 2-1-12 2A3/4 1 2 Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-11 SRDF (motors) 1. Original feed motor (OFM) ........................... Drives the original feed and switchback sections. 2. Original conveying motor (OCM) ................. Drives the original conveying section. 2-1-13 2A3/4 2 4 5 1 3 Machine front side Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-12 SRDF (clutches and solenoids) 1. Original feed solenoid (OFSOL) .................. Moves the DF forwarding pulleys vertically. 2. Switchback feedshift solenoid ..................... Moves the switchback feedshift guide. (SBFSSOL) 3. Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) .............. Moves the eject feedshift guide. 4. Switchback pressure solenoid ..................... Moves the switchback pulley. (SBPSOL) 5. Original feed clutch (OFCL) ......................... Controls the drive of the DF original feed pulley. 2-1-14 2A3/4 (3) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) 2 Machine front side 1 Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-13 Large paper deck (PCBs) 1. Deck main PCB (PDMPCB) ........... Controls other PCBs and electrical components. 2. Interface PCB (I/FPCB) .................. Interfaces between the deck main PCB and other electrical components. 2-1-15 2A3/4 7 8 3 1 10 2 6 4 5 14 13 12 Machine front side 9 11 Machine inside Machine back side Figure 2-1-14 Large paper deck (switches and sensors) 1. Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paper on the lifts. 2. Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paper on the lifts. 3. Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paper on the lifts. 4. Paper empty sensor (PESENS) ...... Detects the absence of paper in the left cassette. 5. Deck level switch 1 (DLSW1) .......... Detects the right cassette lift in the home position. 6. Deck level switch 2 (DLSW2) .......... Detects the left cassette lift in the home position. 7. Upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1) ......... Detects the right cassette lift being raised past the limit. 8. Upper limit switch 2 (UPSW2) ......... Detects the left cassette lift being raised past the limit. 9. Side cover switch (SCSW) .............. Detects if the deck side cover is opened or closed. 10. Deck open/closed safety switch ...... Detects if the deck is open or closed. (DOSSW) 11. Paper deck motor pulse sensor 1 .... Detects abnormal paper deck motor 1 rotation. (PDMSENS1) 12. Paper deck motor pulse sensor 2 .... Detects abnormal paper deck motor 2 rotation. (PDMSENS2) 13. Paper level detection sensor 1 ........ Detects the paper level in the right cassette. (PLDSENS1) 14. Paper level detection sensor 2 ........ Detects the paper level in the left cassette. (PLDSENS2) 2-1-16 2A3/4 5 6 4 1 8 2 3 Machine front side Machine inside 7 Machine back side Figure 2-1-15 Large paper deck (other electrical components) 1. Deck paper conveying motor .......... Drives the large paper deck. (CM) 2. Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) ........... Raises the right cassette lift. 3. Paper deck motor 2 (PDM2) ........... Raises the left cassette lift. 4. Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) .......... Regulates drive transmission to deck paper feed roller 1, and the upper and lower deck separation rollers. 5. Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) .......... Regulates drive transmission to deck paper feed roller 2. 6. Paper conveying clutch (CCL) ........ Regulates drive transmission to the deck paper conveying roller. 7.*Dehumidifier heater 1 (DH1) ........... Dehumidifies paper in the right cassette. 8.*Dehumidifier heater 2 (DH2) ........... Dehumidifies paper in the left cassette. * Service part. 2-1-17 2A3/4 CONTENTS 2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed 2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ..................................................................... 2-2-1 2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .................................................... 2-2-2 (1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-2-2 (2) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optonal/52 ppm: standard) ............ 2-2-11 (3) Paper feed desk (optional for 42 ppm only) .............................. 2-2-13 (4) Finisher (optional) ...................................................................... 2-2-13 2-2-3 Original misfeed detection ................................................................ 2-2-14 2-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions ............................................... 2-2-15 1-1-13 2A3/4 2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection When a paper jam occurs, the machine immediately stops operation and displays a message on the touch panel in the operation unit indicating a paper jam, the jam location and the jam code. To remove the jammed paper, open either the drawer, duplex unit, front cover, right cover or left cover as necessary. To reset the paper misfeed detection, open and close the respective cover to turn safety switches 1, 2 or 3 off and on. Metric 7 2 3 6 1 4 5 Inch 7 2 3 6 1 4 5 Figure 2-2-1 Misfeed location indication 1 2 3 4 Paper feed section Paper conveying section Fixing and eject section Duplex section 5 Large paper deck 6 Finisher* 7 SRDF * Optional. 2-2-1 2A3/4 2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions (1) Copier BYPPFCL RCL SBESW ESW RSW FSSW FSW PFSW1 DUPFWDSOL DUPRSW DUPPCSW DUPESW PFCL-U PFSW2 PFCL-L PFSW3 PFSW4 Figure 2-2-2 Copier 2-2-2 2A3/4 1. Jam at power-on (jam code 00) • One or more of the switches in the paper conveying system is on when the main switch is turned on. 2. Paper feed section • No paper feed from copier upper drawer (jam code 10) Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 656 ms after the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) is turned on; even if retry of this operation is carried out twice after turning off the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) for 1 second, the switch again fails to turn on within the same time. PFSW2 Off 1s 1s PFCL-U On 656ms 656ms 656ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-1 • No paper feed from copier lower drawer (jam code 11) Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) does not turn on within 656 ms after the lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) is turned on; even if retry of this operation is carried out twice after turning off the lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) for 1 second, the switch again fails to turn on within the same time. PFSW3 Off 1s 1s PFCL-L On 656ms 656ms 656ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-2 • No paper feed from bypass (jam code 14) The feed switch (FSW) does not turn on within 1120 ms of the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the switch again fails to turn on within 1120 ms of the retry. FSW Off 1s BYPPFCL On 1120 ms 1120 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-3 2-2-3 2A3/4 • Jam in copier vertical paper conveying section (jam code 18) The feed switch (FSW) does not turn on within 780 ms of paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) turning on. Off PFSW1 FSW On 780 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-4 Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 733 ms of paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turning on. Off PFSW2 PFSW1 On 733 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-5 Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 814 ms of paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) turning on. Off PFSW3 PFSW2 On 814 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-6 • Jam in converging section (jam code 20) The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 444 ms of the feed switch (FSW) turning on. Off FSW RSW On 444 ms On Timing chart 2-2-7 2-2-4 Off 2A3/4 • Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21) Paper feed switch 2 or 3 (PFSW2 or 3) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on. PFSW2 PFSW3 Off 1470 ms On Timing chart 2-2-8 • Multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section (jam code 22) Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn off within 733 ms of paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turning off. Off PFSW2 PFSW1 On 733 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-9 Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn off within 814 ms of paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) turning off. Off PFSW3 PFSW2 On 814 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-10 Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn off within 833 ms of duplex eject switch (DUPESW) turning off. Off DUPESW PFSW1 On 833 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-11 2-2-5 2A3/4 • Multiple sheets before registration section (jam code 23) The feed switch (FSW) does not turn off within 1340 ms of paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) turning off. Off PFSW1 On 1340 ms FSW Off On Timing chart 2-2-12 The feed switch (FSW) does not turn off within 2528 ms of turning on during bypass paper feed. FSW Off 2528 ms On Timing chart 2-3-13 3. Paper conveying section • Jam in registration/transfer section (jam code 30) The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within 764 ms of the feed switch (FSW) turning off. Off FSW RSW On 764 ms On Timing chart 2-2-14 2-2-6 Off 2A3/4 4. Fixing section • Jam in fixing section (jam code 40) The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on within 2552 ms of the registration clutch (RCL) turning on. Off RCL ESW On 2552 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-15 5. Eject section • Jam in eject section (jam code 50) The eject switch (ESW) does not turn off within 2528 ms of turning on. ESW 2528 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-16 • Jam in switchback eject section (jam code 51) The switchback eject switch (SBESW) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on. SBESW 1470 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-17 2-2-7 2A3/4 6. Feedshift section • Jam in feedshift section (jam code 52) The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn on within 1400 ms of the eject switch (ESW) turning on. Off ESW On FSSW Off 1400 ms On Timing chart 2-2-18 The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn off within 1400 ms of the eject switch (ESW) turning off. Off ESW On FSSW 1400 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-19 7. Duplex section • Jam in duplex stock section (jam code 60) The switchback eject switch (SBESW) does not turn on within 856 ms of the duplex forward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turning on. Off DUPFWDSOL On SBESW 856 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-20 2-2-8 2A3/4 The duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) does not turn on within 707 ms of the duplex forward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turning on. Off DUPFWDSOL On DUPRSW 707 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-21 • Duplex paper conveying section (jam code 61) The duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) does not turn on within 860 ms of the duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) turning on. Off DUPRSW On DUPPCSW 860 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-22 The duplex eject switch (DUPESW) does not turn on within 860 ms of the duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) turning on. Off DUPPCSW On DUPESW 860 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-23 Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 833 ms of the duplex eject switch (DUPESW) turning on. Off DUPESW On PFSW1 833 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-24 2-2-9 2A3/4 Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on. DUPRSW Off 1470 ms On Timing chart 2-2-25 Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) does not turn off within 860 ms of the duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) turning off. Off DUPRSW On DUPPCSW 860 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-26 The duplex eject switch (DUPESW) does not turn off within 860 ms of the duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) turning off. Off DUPPCSW On DUPESW 860 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-27 2-2-10 2A3/4 (2) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) PFSW4 PFCL2 PPSENS3 PPSENS2 PPSENS1 PFCL1 Figure 2-2-3 Large paper deck • No paper feed from large paper deck (jam code 12) Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) does not turn on within 672 ms of paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the switch again fails to turn on within 672 ms of the retry. PFSW4 Off 1s PFCL1 On 672 ms 672 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-28 • Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21) Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on. PFSW4 1470 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-29 2-2-11 2A3/4 • Paper failing to reach PPS2 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 15) Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) does not turn on within 260 ms of paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turning on. Off PFCL2 PPSENS3 On 260 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-30 • Paper failing to reach PPS1 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 16) Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) does not turn on within 150 ms of paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) turning on. Off PPSENS3 PPSENS2 On 150 ms Off On Timing chart 2-2-31 • Paper failing to reach PPS0 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 17) Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) does not turn on within 405 ms of paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) turning on. Off PPSENS2 PPSENS1 On 405 ms On Timing chart 2-2-32 2-2-12 Off 2A3/4 (3) Paper feed desk (optional for 42 ppm only) (see the paper feed desk service manual) • No paper feed from paper feed desk upper drawer (jam code 12) • No paper feed from paper feed desk lower drawer (jam code 13) • Jam in paper feed desk vertical paper conveying section (jam code 19) (4) Finisher (optional) (see the finisher service manual) • Initial clogging jam (jam code 00) • Jam in paper entry section (jam code 81) • Jam in eject section of non-sort tray (jam code 82) • Jam in paper conveying section of internal tray (jam code 83) • Jam in eject section of sort tray (jam code 84) 2-2-13 2A3/4 2-2-3 Original misfeed detection When an original jams, the machine immediately stops operation and a message is shown on the touch panel in the operation unit. The SRDF original set indicator also flashes red. To remove the jammed original, open the SRDF or DF original reversing cover. To reset the original misfeed detection, open and close the SRDF or DF original reversing cover to turn DF safety switch 1 or 2 off and on. OSBSW OFSW OFM OCM DFTSW Figure 2-2-4 Original misfeed detection 2-2-14 2A3/4 2-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions • Initial movement confirmation JAM When the DF START signal is received, switches other than the original set switch (OSSW) and the original size length switch (OSLSW) on the original table are on. • No paper feed (jam code 70) During the primary feed of the second or later original in the single-sided or doublesided original mode, the original feed switch (OFSW) does not turn on within 3150 original feed motor (OFM) pulses from the start of forward rotation of the original feed motor (OFM). Off OFM On (Fwd.) OFSW 3150 P* Off On * Burst of OFM pulses Timing chart 2-2-33 • An original jam in the original feed/conveying section (jam code 71) During the secondary original feed in the single-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 3425 original feed motor (OFM) pulses from the start of reverse rotation of the original feed motor (OFM). Alternatively, during continuous original feed in the single-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) does not turn on for the second time under the above conditions. Off OFM On (Rev.) DFTSW 3425 P* Off On * Burst of OFM pulses Timing chart 2-2-34 During the secondary original feed in the single-sided original mode, the original feed switch (OFSW) has not turned off before the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off. 2-2-15 2A3/4 During original switchback operation in the double-sided original mode, the original feed switch (OFSW) remains on when the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off. Off OSBSW On Off OFSW On Timing chart 2-2-35 During the secondary original feed in the single-sided or double-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 10200 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on. 10200 P* DFTSW Off On * Burst of OCM pulses Timing chart 2-2-36 In the single-sided or double-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off within 2016 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on. DFTSW 2016 P* Off On * Burst of OCM pulses Timing chart 2-2-37 While scanning the first face (reverse face) of an original in the double-sided original mode, the original switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn on within 3591 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on. Off DFTSW On OSBSW 3591 P* Off On * Burst of OCM pulses Timing chart 2-2-38 2-2-16 2A3/4 • An original jam in the original switchback section (jam code 72) During the switchback operation of an original in the double-sided original mode, the original switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn on within 2520 original feed motor (OFM) pulses from the start of reverse rotation of the original feed motor (OFM). Off OFM On (Rev.) OSBSW 2520 P* Off On * Burst of OFM pulses Timing chart 2-2-39 During switchback operation of an original in the double-sided original mode, the original switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn off within 5100 original feed motor (OFM) pulses from the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turning on. OSBSW 5100 P* Off On * Burst of OFM pulses Timing chart 2-2-40 During the secondary original feed in the double-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 1528 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the original conveying motor (OCM) turning on. Off OCM On DFTSW 1528 P* Off On * Burst of OCM pulses Timing chart 2-2-41 2-2-17 2A3/4 CONTENTS 2-3 Operation of the PCBs 2-3-1 2-3-2 2-3-3 2-3-4 2-3-5 2-3-6 2-3-7 2-3-8 Power source PCB .............................................................................. 2-3-1 Engine PCB ........................................................................................ 2-3-3 Main PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-4 Memory copy PCB .............................................................................. 2-3-6 Scanner motor PCB ............................................................................ 2-3-8 CCD PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-9 DF driver PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-11 Operation unit main PCB,operation unit right PCB,and operation unit left PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-12 (1) Operation unit left PCB .............................................................. 2-3-14 (2) Operation unit right PCB ........................................................... 2-3-15 2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optonal/52 ppm: standard) ...................... 2-3-16 (1) Paper deck motor drive circuits ................................................. 2-3-17 (2) Clutch drive circuit ..................................................................... 2-3-18 (3) Operational principle of reflective photosensors PPSENS1, PPSENS2, PPSENS3 and PESENS ......................................... 2-3-19 (4) Reset circuit ............................................................................... 2-3-20 1-1-15 2A3/4 2-3-1 Power source PCB PSPCB Rectifier circuit L D001 Noise filter circuit L1* ~ TRNS Noise filter circuit L2 N C101 + Q1 Zero-cross circuit H2 H1 Q2 R129 TR2 C PWM control circuit (IC1) TR3 D PT2 PT1 A B H2 REM H1 REM SLEEP SIG T1 D201 24 V DC output circuit IC2 24 V DC Q201 GND D202 A PC1 B PC2 C PC3 L201 5.1 V DC output circuit IC3 (main) 12 V DC output circuit IC6 12 V DC GND Overvoltage/ overcurrent detection D circuits Q302 5.1 V DC GND Z CROSS SIG * For 120 V specifications only. Figure 2-3-1 Power source PCB block diagram 2-3-1 2A3/4 The power source PCB (PSPCB) is a switching regulator which converts an AC input to generate 24 V DC, 5.1 V DC and 12 V DC. It consists of the components shown in Figure 2-3-1; noise filter circuit, rectifier circuit, switching control circuit, 24 V DC output circuit, 5.1 V DC output circuit, 12 V DC output circuit, fixing heater control circuit, overvoltage detection circuit, overcurrent detection circuit. The noise filter circuits, consisting mainly of the noise filter circuit in the power source section and capacitors, attenuates external noise and prevents switching noise generated by the power source circuit and the heater control circuit from leaving the machine via the AC line. The rectifier circuit full-wave rectifies the AC input which has passed through the noise filter circuit using the diode bridge D001. The switching control circuit turns the FETs Q1 and Q2 on and off via the PWM controller IC1 to apply the AC component from the DC voltage smoothed via the electrolytic capacitor C101 to the primary coil of the transformer TRNS. The 24 V DC output circuit smoothes the current induced on the secondary coil of the transformer TRNS via diodes D201 and D202, and outputs a more stable 24 V DC by the function of shunt regulator IC2. The output status of 24 V DC is fed back to the PWM control IC1 in the switching control circuit via the photocoupler PC1, and based on the feedback, the PWM control IC1 outputs stable 24 V DC constantly by controlling the switching duty pulse width for the FETs Q1 and Q2. The 5.1 V DC output control circuit IC3 receive 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuit and output stable 5.1 V DC by the function of the DC/DC converter control IC3. The 12 V DC output circuit receive 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuit and outputs stable 12 V DC by the function of a power supply regulator. In the energy saving mode, the FETs Q210 and Q302 are opened when they receive a sleep signal from the main PCB (MPCB), thus cutting off the output of 24 V DC and a part of 5.1 V DC. Since input to the 12 V DC control circuit IC4 is also cut off, output of 12 V DC also ceases. As a result, all outputs except the sub-output from the 5.1 V DC output circuit IC3 are cut off, by which means energy consumption is lowered to the Energy Star accreditation level while in the stand-by mode. Abnormal rise of voltage for all DC outputs and overcurrent in all outputs except the 24 V DC and 12 V DC outputs are monitored by the overvoltage and overcurrent detection circuits, and if any abnormal rise is detected, alarm signals are fed back to the PWM control circuit IC1 on the primary side via photocoupler PC2, by which means power supply is shut down. Overload of the 24 V DC output is monitored by resistor R129 as the total sum of current on the primary side, and if any abnormal condition is detected, the operation of the PWM control circuit IC1 stops and the power supply is shut down. Overload of the 12 V DC output circuit is controlled by the overcurrent protection function of power source regulator IC4. When the abnormal output condition is removed, the 12 V DC output returns to the normal output condition. The fixing heater control circuit sends zero-crossing signal (Z CROSS SIG) via the photocoupler PC3 to the main PCB (MPCB). These signals are in turn converted into signals to control the on/off timing and phases, which are then input to the power source PCB (PSPCB) as the H1 REM and H2 REM signals. The phototriacs PT1 and PT2 are turned on by the H1 REM and H2 REM signals, and electricity flows through triacs TR2 and TR3 to turn the fixing heaters on. 2-3-2 2A3/4 2-3-2 Engine PCB EPCB Paper feed desk*1 Large paper deck*2 Finisher*3 Communication interface MMD*4 Main PCB Switches, sensors Motors Driver IC Clutches, solenoids High-voltage transformer PCB *1: Optional for 42 ppm only. *2: 42 ppm: Optional/52 ppm: standard *3: Optional. *4: Optional for 120 V specifications only. Figure 2-3-2 Engine PCB block diagram The engine PCB (EPCB) transmits the status of each switch to the main PCB (MPCB) and transmits the control signals output from the main PCB (MPCB) through driver ICs to motors, clutches and solenoids. It also receives and transmits input and output signals to and from optional devices via a communication interface. 2-3-3 2A3/4 2-3-3 Main PCB CCDPCB Printer Board*1 SCAN DATA Operation unit main PCB EPROM IC45 Data bus Address bus MAIN CPU IC23 PRT DATA MPCB IC18,19 IC28 SELA SELB SHD IC29 EPROM IC54 SCANNER CPU IC53 MIP IC41 SRDF Memory copy PCB1 Communication microcomputer 1 IC33 BUCKUP RAM IC15 Scanner motor PCB Memory copy PCB2*2 SRAM IC13 ENGINE CPU IC66 DUAL PORT RAM IC44 EPROM IC57 FIFO IC36 SELC VTC IC47 LSU VIDEO DATA SRAM IC55 XIO IC60 Address bus Data bus XIO IC63 Communication microcomputer 2 IC56 Engine PCB IC58 BUFFER IC IC70,71,72 Communication line Image data Booklet stitcher* *1: Optional *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard Figure 2-3-3 Main PCB block diagram 2-3-4 2A3/4 The main PCB (MPCB) consists of the main CPU (IC23), the engine CPU (IC66), the scanner CPU (IC53), communication microcomputers (IC33 and IC56), SRAMs (IC13 and IC55), battery-integrated RAM for back-up (IC15), EPROMs (IC45, IC54, and IC57), a dual port RAM (IC44), ASICs for input and output control (XIO:IC60 and IC63), ASICs for controlling image data input (SHD:IC29 and MIP:IC41), an ASIC for controlling image data output (VTC:IC47)etc. The main CPU (IC23) controls the engine CPU (IC66) and the scanner CPU (IC53), and controls the flow of image data transmitted between the MIP (IC41), memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1), memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2), and the printer board. The scanner CPU (IC53) controls the SHD (IC29) and the MIP (IC41), and sets the processing for image signals from the CCD PCB (CCDPCB). Also it controls driving of the scanner and the SRDF via the scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) and the SRDF DF driver PCB (DFDPCB). The engine CPU (IC66) controls the operation of motors, clutches, and solenoids, output of image data, and communication with optional devices via the engine PCB (EPCB). 2-3-5 2A3/4 2-3-4 Memory copy PCB Communication control interface Address bus Data bus CPU U17 Clock frequency 31.8 MHz Image input interface Clock frequency 3.6864 MHz SRAM U4,11 Image output interface EPROM U1 ASIC U16 Clock frequency 24.39 MHz CODEC U26 Clock frequency 39.86 MHz Address bus DRAMs U13, 14, 15, 18, 19, 20 Data bus CODEC U25 Address bus Sort memory Data bus FF Figure 2-3-4 Memory copy PCB 1 block diagram 2-3-6 2A3/4 The following is a description of memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1). Memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2) is identical to memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1). Memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) consists of CPU U17, ASIC U16, SRAMs U4 and U11, DRAMs U13, U14, U15, U18, U19 and U20, EPROM U1, and CODECs U25 and U26. The memory copy PCB mainly serves to read images from the scanner based on the control signals from the main PCB (MPCB), and output the images to the engine (the component where printing to paper and driving of mechanisms are executed). It also performs editing operations such as image rotation, image summary and image synthesizing. Since the original scanning speed of the scanner and the printing speed of the engine (the component where printing to paper and driving of mechanisms are executed) are different, and their operations not synchronized, memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) also serves as a buffer to deal with the speed and timing differences between them. 2-3-7 2A3/4 2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB SMPCB SM Vref SM M1–M3 SM CWB SM CLK SM ENABLE Driver IC1 SM A SM A SM B SM SM B 5 V DC Scanner control PCB SHPSW ODSW OSD1 OSD2* DT2 EL ON REM PG Power source PCB EL 24 V DC INPCB EL * For inch specification only. Figure 2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB block diagram The scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) drives the scanner motor (SM), turns the exposure lamp (EL) on and off, and relays signals from the scanner home position switch (SHPSW), original size sensor 1, 2 (OSD1, 2) and the original detection switch (ODSW). The scanner motor (SM) is driven by turning the output for motor phase switchover on and off (SM A, SM A, SM B, SM B). It is activated by the driver IC1 processing the currently set reference signal (SM Vref), mode signals (SM M1 - M3, SM CWB), phase changeover clock (SM CLK), drive/stop signals (SM ENABLE) from the main PCB. The exposure lamp (EL) is turned on when the signal (EL ON REM) from the scanner control PCB (SCPCB) is inverted by DT2 and the resulting lamp on/off signal (EL) goes low. Signals from the scanner home position switch (SHPSW), original size sensor 1, 2 (OSD1, 2) and the original detection switch (ODSW) are relayed to the main PCB (MPCB). 2-3-8 2AD-1 2A3/4 2-3-6 CCD PCB Main PCB CCDPCB 11 clks CCD IC1 Odd Even Clock driver IC2 4 clks IC3 Emitter follower circuit IC5 Emitter follower circuit IC4 Clock generation Image processing circuit Figure 2-3-6 CCD PCB block diagram The CCD PCB (CCDPCB) receives clock signals φ SHIFT, φ CLK, φ RS, φ CLP and generate eleven signals based on those clock signals necessary to drive the CCD IC1. When clock signals are input, the CCD IC1 outputs analog signals which are divided into even pixel signals and odd pixel signals depending on the set density of the image, which are transmitted to the main PCB (MPCB) via the emitter follower circuit and differential amplifiers IC4 and IC5. 2-3-9 2A3/4 2-3-7 DF driver PCB DFDPCB 24 V DC 24 V DC OCM A OCM B OCM A OCM B Motor driver IC OCM 24 V DC Main PCB Motor driver IC 24 V DC OFM A OFM B OFM A OFM B OFM Switches Clutches, solenoids Figure 2-3-7 DF driver PCB block diagram The DF driver PCB (DFDPCB) consists of a motor drive ICs and several other components. It mainly serves to drive the original feed motor (OFM) and the original conveying motor (OCM), under the control of signals received form the main PCB (MPCB). It also relays the 24 V DC power supply to the SRDF clutches and solenoids and the 5 V DC power supply to various switches and drives, and relays inputs and outputs of other signals. 2-3-10 2A3/4 2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB, and operation unit left PCB OMPCB CFL Address bus OLPCB Data bus CFL lighting circuit unit EPROM IC12 Main PCB CPU IC19 Scan signal EPROM IC16 Return signal Key switch/LED display ODSW SRAM IC9 Touch panel Touch panel circuit ORPCB Reset circuit Scan signal Return signal Key switch/LED display Address decode circuit unit LCD controller IC11 Chip select LCD –23 V DC DC-DC converter IC8 Address bus Data bus SRAM IC20 Figure 2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB, and operation unit left PCB block diagram 2-3-11 2A3/4 On the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), the major component is the CPU IC19, which directly controls the operation of the machine in response to a control program located in EPROM IC12 and executed from SRAM IC9. EPROM IC16 contains font data for the LCD display and LCD controller IC11 controls the LCD panel display from instructions contained in SRAM IC20. The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB), consisting of key switches and LEDs, is controlled by scan signals and LED lighting signals from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB). The operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) consists of key switches, LEDs and the CFL lighting drive circuit. Key switches and LEDs are controlled by scan signals and LED lighting signals from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), and the CFL lighting drive circuit. This circuit generates AC power for CFL lighting drive and is controlled by the turning on and off of CFL lighting signals by the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB). 2-3-12 2A3/4 (1) Operation unit left PCB CNA-5 CNA-6 CNA-7 KEY1 KEY4 KEY6 KEY2 KEY5 KEY7 KEY3 D1 D2 D3 CNA-8 CNA-9 CNA-10 LED16 LED15 LED14 LED9 LED8 LED11 R15 R9 R10 R11 R12 R6 TR3 LED10 CNA-11 CNA-12 CNA-13 CNA-14 LED4 DIGLED L1 DIGLED L2 DIGLED L3 DIGLED L4 LED3 CNA-16 CNA-18 LED2 N.C R5 TR2 LED1 5V R4 LED13 R3 TR1 LED12 R2 R13 R1 LED7 Operation unit main PCB LED6 SCAN L1 SCAN L2 SCAN L3 LED5 DIGKEY L1 DIGKEY L2 DIGKEY L3 R14 Figure 2-3-9 Operation unit left PCB block diagram Selection of key switches and the lighting of LEDs are determined by scan signals (SCAN L1 - L3) and LED signal selection signals (DIGLED L1 - L4). The key switch operated is identified by the scan signals (SCAN L1 - L3) and the return signals (DIGKEY L1 - L3). As an example, to light LED 1, the LED lighting selection signal (DIGLED L1) should be driven low in synchronization with a low level on the scan signal (SCAN L1). Transistor TR1 conducts and LED1 is lit. LEDs can be lit dynamically by repeating such operations. As an example, if KEY1 is pressed, the corresponding key switch is turned on feeding the low level of the scan signal back to the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via the return signal (DIGKEY L1). The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) locates the position where the line outputting the scan signal and the line inputting the return signal cross, and thereby determines which key switch was operated. 2-3-13 2A3/4 (2) Operation unit right PCB DIGKEY R4 KEY12 KEY16 KEY20 KEY9 KEY13 KEY17 KEY21 KEY10 KEY14 KEY18 KEY22 KEY11 KEY15 KEY19 KEY23 CNB-2 CNB-3 CNB-4 D4 SCAN R1 SCAN R2 Operation unit main PCB SCAN R3 SCAN R4 D5 CNB-7 CNB-8 R7 R8 TR4 CNB-13 LED17 5V DIGLED R1 DIGLED R2 DIGLED R3 DIGLED R4 D7 CNB-6 BZ BUZZER D6 CNB-5 LED20 DIGKEY R3 CNB-1 KEY8 LED19 DIGKEY R1 DIGKEY R2 TB LED18 N.C. CNB-14 CNB-9 CNB-10 CNB-11 CNB-12 R17 R18 R19 R20 Figure 2-3-10 Operation unit right PCB block diagram The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) consists of key switches and LEDs. Depending on the scan signals (SCAN R1 - R4) and the LED lighting selection signals (DIGLED R1 - R4) received from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), the LED to be lit is selected, and the key switch pressed is identified by the scan signals (SCAN R1 - R4) and the return signals (DIGKEY R1 - R4). As an example, to light LED17, the LED lighting selection signal (DIGLED R1) should be driven low in synchronization with a low level on the scan signal (SCAN R1). Transistor TR4 conducts and LED17 is lit. LEDs can be lit dynamically by repeating such operations. As an example, if KEY8 is pressed, the corresponding key switch is turned on feeding the low level of the scan signal back to the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via the return signal (DIGKEY R1). The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) locates the position where the line outputting the scan signal and the line inputting the return signal cross, and thereby determines which key switch was operated. 2-3-14 2A3/4 2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) Main PCB Engine DECK TXD PCB DECK RXD PFSW4 CM Communication circuit Deck paper conveying motor drive circuit Latch CPU IC7 CCL Clutch drive circuit PDM1 drive circuit PDM1 ROM PFCL2 LED drive circuit PDMSENS1 PFCL1 PDM2 drive circuit PDM2 PDMSENS2 Reset circuit Deck open/close detection 24 V DC 5 V DC PGND SGND +24 V DC +5 V DC SGND PLDSENS1 PLDSENS2 Oscillator circuit I/FPCB PPSENS1 PPSENS2 PPSENS3 PESENS DLSW1 UPSW1 DLSW2 SCSW DOSSW PDMPCB Figure 2-3-11 Deck main PCB block diagram The deck main PCB (PDMPCB) consists of the CPU IC7, which serially communicates with the main PCB (MPCB) via the engine PCB (EPCB); the deck paper conveying motor drive circuit; the paper deck motor drive circuits; the clutch drive circuit; the reset circuit; and the LED drive circuit. It controls the entire large paper deck. 2-3-15 2A3/4 ( 1 ) Paper deck motor drive circuits +24 V DC +24 V D1 DC SIG R25 1 +5 V DC 1 R4 2 IC8.4Y 14 12 11 10 IC8.3Y A 8 1 A 13 B CPU 9 B B IC7 Q3 C 2 2 3 K 1 B A 2 +5 V DC 1 2E 1 R24 1 K A D4 2 C 2 3 Q1 B E 1 C 2 AGROUND CN7-2 PDM1 CN7-1 Q5 +5 V DC E 3 GROUND 58 8 9 IC6.4 2 1 CN1-8 UPSW1 R36 PDMPCB Figure 2-3-12 Paper deck motor 1 drive circuit The following is a description of the paper deck motor 1 drive circuit. Paper deck motors 1 and 2 are identical. When pin 14 of the CPU IC7 goes low, transistor Q1 is turned on causing paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) to rotate. When transistor Q1 is turned off, paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) stops. A brake circuit ensures the prompt stopping of the motor. When transistor Q1 turns off, transistor Q3 turns on, supplying 24 V DC to CN7-1 thereby preventing paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) from rotating further under momentum. When the right cassette lift is raised past the limit, upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1) turns on, taking the level at pin 58 of the CPU IC7 low, which turns transistor Q1 and hence paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) off. This level change is also passed to pin 9 of a protective circuit consisting of IC8.3, forcing paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) off directly in case the CPU IC7 fails. 2-3-16 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Clutch drive circuit +24 V DC 9 16 COM1 COM2 CPU IC7 19 3 6 11 14 01 02 03 04 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 CN4-1 2 7 10 15 CN4-6 CCL IC4 PDMPCB Figure 2-3-13 Paper conveying clutch drive circuit When pin 19 of the CPU IC7 goes low, pin 2 of IC4 goes low, which turns the paper conveying clutch (CCL) on. The other clutches are controlled in the same manner. 2-3-17 2A3/4 (3) Operating principle of reflective photosensors PPSENS1, PPSENS2, PPSENS3 and PESENS Off LED On Phototransistor +5 V DC 5 6 5 IC5.3 CPU IC7 76 8 Q14 R15 9 IC9.4 R43 R42 R44 PPSENS 3 I/FPCB PDMPCB Off On Figure 2-3-14 Reflective photosensor (PPSENS3) circuit The following is the operating principle of paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3). Paper path sensors 1 and 2 (PPSENS1, PPSENS2) and the paper empty sensor (PESENS) operate in the same manner. Pulsating signal from pin 5 of the CPU IC7 turns Q14 on and off, causing the LED on the sensor PCB to flash. When the flashing LED light reflects on the paper, the phototransistor turns on and off. The on/off signal is then inverted by IC9.4 and the paper presence signal (pulse) is input at pin 76 of the CPU IC7. If there is no paper, the phototransistor remains off and 5 V DC is input at pin 76 of the CPU IC7. 2-3-18 2A3/4 ( 4 ) Reset circuit +5 V DC IC1 1 R2 R1 2 +5 V DC 2 3 CK RES Vcc 5 1 8 RES C7 2 1 1 4 CT GND C1 2 1 R23 2 6 VREF VS GROUND + 1 7 C17 2 1 C2 2 +5 V DC 50 7 CPU IC7 GROUND Figure 2-3-15 Reset circuit VCC VSH VSL 0.8 V DC CK TCK CT RES B A Figure 2-3-16 CPU reset operation timing chart (abridged) IC1 monitors the supply voltage and also determines if the CPU IC7 is operating correctly. If the supply voltage VCC drops below VSL (approx. 4.2 V DC), the reset signal (RES) is output to the CPU IC7 (A in the timing chart). IC1 monitors the clock signal (CK) from pin 50 of the CPU IC7 which goes low periodically. If the CPU IC7 fails, IC1 detects that the clock signal (CK) has stopped and sends a reset signal (RES) to the CPU IC7 (B in the timing chart). To reset the CPU IC7, pin 8 (RES) of IC1, which usually outputs 5 V DC, goes low and takes the level at pin 7 of the CPU IC7 low. 2-3-19 III III Set Up and Adjustment Section SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION KM-4230/5230 S/M (MCE) 2A3/4 CONTENTS 3-1 Installation 3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .................................................................. 3-1-1 (1) Installation environment .............................................................. 3-1-1 (2) Installation procedure .................................................................. 3-1-2 3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ................................................................. 3-1-29 3-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................................................ 3-1-30 3-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option) ..................................... 3-1-33 3-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part) ......................................... 3-1-35 3-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ......................................... 3-1-38 3-1-7 Installing the key counter (option) ..................................................... 3-1-41 3-1-8 Installing the dehumidfier heaters (service part) ............................... 3-1-44 3-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device (optional for 120 V specifications only) ............................................. 3-1-47 1-1-17 2A3/4 3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ( 1 ) Installation environment 1. Temperature: 10 - 35°C/50 - 95°F 2. Humidity: 15 - 18%RH 3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 10 A 220 - 240 V AC, 4.8 A 4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz ±0.3%/60 Hz ±0.3% 5. Installation location • Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not be exposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams. • Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperature changes, and hot or cold air directed onto the machine. • Avoid dust and vibration. • Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine. • Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowance inclination: 1° ). • Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic or alkaline vapors, inorganic gasses, NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents. • Select a room with good ventilation. 6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine. Machine front: 1000 mm/393/8" Machine rear: 100 mm/4" Machine right: 700 mm/275/8" Machine left: 600 mm/235/8" i g e h d c b f a Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions a: 811 mm/3115/16" b: 1131 mm/441/2" c: 627 mm/2411/16" d: 1279 mm/503/8" e: 748 mm/297/16" f: 1506 mm/595/16" g: 455 mm/1715/16" h: 1827 mm/7115/16" i: 35 mm/13/8" 3-1-1 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Installation procedure Start Unpack. Remove the tapes. (42 ppm) Remove the tapes. (52 ppm) Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2. Apply toner to the cleaning blade (maintenance item U160). Remove the developing unit. Release the cleaning blade. Load developer. Exit maintenance mode. Install the drum. Install a toner cartridge. Adjust the fixing pressure. Connect the power cord. Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130). Install the feed bottom protector (only for 42 ppm).*1 Adjust the height adjuster.*2 Install the copy tray*3 and paper size label sheet. Check the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start level (maintenance items U131 and U156). Make test copies. Completion of the machine installation. *1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed. *2: When the paper feed desk or the large paper deck is installed. *3: For 220 - 240 V specifications only. 3-1-2 2A3/4 • 42 ppm Light source unit 1 pins Light source unit 2 pin Cleaning blade pin Copy tray*2 Drum Paper size label sheet Feed bottom protector*1 Figure 3-1-2-a *1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed. *2: For 220-240 V specifications only. 3-1-3 2A3/4 • 52 ppm Light source unit 1 pins Light source unit 2 pin Cleaning blade pin Copy tray* Drum Paper size label sheet Figure 3-1-2-b * For 220-240 V specifications only. 3-1-4 2A3/4 Unpack. • 42 ppm 2345 ( ⁄ 6 7 8 % ¤ $ 9 ) ^ 1 0 & @ ! # * Figure 3-1-3-a Unpacking 1 2 3 4 5 Copier Desk retainer Paper size label sheet M4 × 6 TP screws BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws 6 Power cord* 7 Drum set 8 9 0 ! @ # $ % Right pad Left pad Bottom pads Skid Top plate Inner frame Outer case Tray spacer ^ & * ( ) ⁄ ¤ Machine cover Machine bottom cover Hinge joint Plastic bag Bar code labels Copy tray* Feed bottom protector * For 220 - 240 V specifications only. 3-1-5 2A3/4 • 52 ppm ( 2& * $ # 9 5 ^ 6 @ 4 % 0 1 3 8 7 ! Figure 3-1-3-b Unpacking 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Copier Paper size label sheet Bottom pads Outer case Right pad Left pad Skid 8 9 0 ! @ # $ Inner frame Tray spacer Machine cover Hinge joint Bar code labels Plastic bag Drum set *1: For 120 V specifications only. *2: For 220 - 240 V specifications only. 3-1-6 % ^ & * ( Top spacer Upper case Business reply mail*1 Power cord*2 Copy tray*2 2A3/4 Remove the tapes. (42 ppm) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the two tapes holding the front cover. Remove the two tapes holding the duplex unit. Remove the two tapes holding the drawers. Remove the two tapes holding the right cover. Open the front cover and remove the three tapes holding the SRDF. Remove the two tapes holding the power cord.* Remove the tape binding the power cord. SRDF Front cover Power cord* Right cover Duplex unit Drawers Figure 3-1-4 * For 120 V specifications only. 3-1-7 2A3/4 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Remove the two tapes holding the feed bottom protector and then the protector. Remove the two tapes holding the DF original reversing cover. Remove the tape holding the paper ejection guide. Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2. Remove the tape holding the left cover. Feed bottom protector DF original reversing cover Paper ejection guide Light source unit 1 pins Light source unit 2 pin Left cover Figure 3-1-5 3-1-8 2A3/4 13. Open the duplex unit and remove the two tapes holding the duplex cover. Duplex cover Duplex unit Figure 3-1-6 14. Open the drawers and remove the two tapes from each of them. Figure 3-1-7 3-1-9 2A3/4 15. Open the SRDF and remove the paper from the contact glass. 16. Remove the protective film from the edge of the contact glass. 17. Remove the tape holding the original detection switch. SRDF Protective film Paper Original detection switch Figure 3-1-8 3-1-10 2A3/4 Remove the tapes. (52 ppm) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the tape holding the front cover. Remove the two tapes holding the drawers. Remove the tape holding the right cover. Remove the tape holding the deck side cover. Open the front cover and remove the three tapes holding the SRDF. Remove the two tapes holding the power cord.* Remove the tape binding the power cord. SRDF Front cover Power cord* Right cover Deck side cover Drawers Figure 3-1-9 * For 120 V specifications only. 3-1-11 2A3/4 8. 9. 10. 11. Remove the two tapes holding the DF original reversing cover. Remove the tape holding the paper ejection guide. Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2. Remove the tape holding the left cover. DF original reversing cover Light source unit 1 pins Light source unit 2 pin Left cover Figure 3-1-10 3-1-12 Paper ejection guide 2A3/4 12. Open the front cover and then the duplex unit. Remove the two tapes holding the duplex cover. Duplex cover Duplex unit Figure 3-1-11 13. Open the drawers and remove the tape from each of them. Figure 3-1-12 3-1-13 2A3/4 14. Open the SRDF and remove the paper from the contact glass. 15. Remove the protective film from the edge of the contact glass. 16. Remove the tape holding the original detection switch. SRDF Protective film Paper Original detection switch Figure 3-1-13 3-1-14 2A3/4 Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2. 1. Remove the two pins for light source unit 1 and the pin for light source unit 2. Light source unit 1 pins Light source unit 2 pin Figure 3-1-14 Remove the developing unit. 1. Open the front cover. 2. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right. Paper transfer section release lever * Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-15 3-1-15 2A3/4 3. While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation unit out. Image formation unit release button Image formation unit * Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-16 4. Remove the two screws and open the image formation rail. Screw Image formation rail Screw Figure 3-1-17 3-1-16 2A3/4 5. Detach the 1-pin connector of the developing unit and 4-pin connector of the toner sub-hopper. 6. Slide the joint toward the machine rear. While sliding the shutter toward the machine front, close the shutter. 7. Lift the toner sub-hopper slightly and turn it toward the machine right. 4-pin connector Developing unit Shutter Joint 1-pin connector Toner sub-hopper Figure 3-1-18 8. Hold the front and rear of the developing unit and remove it from the image formation unit. Developing unit Figure 3-1-19 Removing the developing unit 3-1-17 2A3/4 Load developer. 1. Remove the two screws and unlock the two hooks to remove the developing unit upper cover. Caution: Place the developing unit on a level surface when loading developer. Hook Screws Hook Developing unit upper cover Figure 3-1-20 2. Shake the developer bottle well to agitate the developer. 3. While turning the developing gear in the direction of the arrow in the diagram, uniformly pour developer into the developing unit. Caution: Never turn the developing gear in the reverse direction. Developing gear Developer Figure 3-1-21 Loading developer 4. Refit the developing unit upper cover using the two screws. 3-1-18 2A3/4 Install the drum. 1. Remove the two screws and detach the main charger assembly. 2. Remove the two screws and open the upper cleaning cover. Screws Main charger assembly Screw Screw Upper cleaning cover Figure 3-1-22 3. Remove the screw from each of the front and rear drum retainers and then the retainers. Screw Screw Front drum retainer Rear drum retainer Figure 3-1-23 3-1-19 2A3/4 4. Fit the front and rear drum retainers to the drum and install the drum to the image formation unit. 5. Secure each of the front and rear drum retainers using the screws removed in step 3. • When installing the drum, orient correctly with the thinner end of the drum flange shaft at the machine front and the thicker end at the machine rear. Front drum retainer Drum Rear drum retainer Screw Screw Image formation unit Figure 3-1-24 Installing the drum 6. Close the upper cleaning cover and secure using the two screws. 7. Fit the main charger assembly to the image formation unit and secure using the two screws. • When installing the main charger assembly, fix with the assembly pushed all the way toward the machine front. 8. Fit the developing unit to the image formation unit. 9. Return the toner sub-hopper to the original position. 10. Open the shutter by sliding toward the machine rear and connect it to the joint. 11. Plug the 1-pin connector of the developing unit and 4-pin connector of the toner sub-hopper. 12. Close the image formation rail and secure using the two screws. 3-1-20 2A3/4 13. While pressing the image formation unit safety lock release plate, put the image formation unit back into the machine. Image formation unit safety lock release plate Image formation unit * Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-25 14. Return the paper transfer section release lever to the original position to secure the paper conveying section. Adjust the fixing pressure. 1. While lifting the fixing unit release lever, pull the fixing unit out from the machine. Fixing unit release lever Fixing unit * Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-26 Pulling out the fixing unit 3-1-21 2A3/4 2. To adjust the fixing pressure, tighten the fixing pressure nuts on the front and rear of the fixing unit clockwise until each nut clamps the angle bracket against the locking nuts underneath. Locking nuts Fixing pressure nut Angle bracket Figure 3-1-27 Adjusting the fixing pressure 3. While lifting the fixing unit release lever, slide the fixing unit back into the machine. 4. Close the front cover. 3-1-22 2A3/4 Connect the power cord. 1. Connect the power cord to the machine.* 2. Insert the power plug into the wall outlet. Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130). 1. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode by entering “10871087” using the numeric keys. • The machine enters the maintenance mode immediately after the transfer charger wire cleaning completes. 2. Enter “130” using the numeric keys and press the print key. 3. Press the print key to execute the maintenance item. • In approximately 2.5 minutes, the toner feed start level and toner sensor control voltage are automatically set and the settings displayed on the touch panel. Display example CONTROL: 156 (Toner sensor control voltage) TARGET: 100 (Toner feed start level) HUMID: 91 (Absolute humidity) 4. Press the stop/clear key. Check the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start level (maintenance items U131 and U156). 1. Run maintenance items U131 and U156 and check that the values set in maintenance item U130 are displayed on the touch panel. 2. Press the stop/clear key. Apply toner to the cleaning blade (maintenance item U160) 1. Enter “160” using the numeric keys and press the print key. 2. Press the print key to execute the maintenance item. • Toner is applied to the drum and then the drive stops automatically. 3. Press the stop/clear key. * For 220 - 240 V specifications only. 3-1-23 2A3/4 Release the cleaning blade. 1. Open the front cover. 2. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right to unlock the paper conveying section. 3. While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation unit out. 4. After checking that toner is applied to the drum, loosen the cleaning blade pin at the left of the image formation unit and slide the cleaning blade lever in the direction of the arrow. • The cleaning blade is now unlocked and comes into contact with the drum. 5. Retighten the cleaning blade pin to secure the cleaning blade lever. Cleaning blade lever Cleaning blade pin Figure 3-1-28 6. While pressing the image formation unit safety lock release plate, slide the image formation unit back into the machine. 7. Return the paper transfer section release lever to the original position to secure the paper conveying section. 8. Close the front cover. Exit maintenance mode. 1. Enter “001” using the numeric keys and press the print key. • The machine exits the simulation mode. Install a toner cartridge. 1. Shake the toner cartridge upside-down and side-to-side to agitate the toner. Figure 3-1-29 3-1-24 2A3/4 2. After the machine has stabilized, open the front cover. 3. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the left. Toner cartridge release lever * Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-30 4. Insert the toner cartridge by aligning the two arrows on the top of the toner cartridge with the two markings on the machine. 5. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the right to secure the toner cartridge. Markings Toner cartridge release lever Toner cartridge * Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-31 6. Close the front cover. 3-1-25 2A3/4 Install the feed bottom protector (only for 42 ppm).*1 1. Remove the screws from the right front lower cover B and right rear lower cover and then detach the covers. 2. Fit the feed bottom protector using two M4 x 6 TP screws. 3. Refit all removed parts. Screw Screw Right rear lower cover M4 × 6 TP screws Right front lower cover B Feed bottom protector Figure 3-1-32 *1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed. 3-1-26 2A3/4 Adjust the height adjusters.*2 1. Turn the four height adjusters at the bottom of the machine so that the machine is level. Height adjuster Figure 3-1-33 *2: When the paper feed desk or the large paper deck is installed. Install the copy tray*3 and paper size label sheet. 1. Install the copy tray.*3 2. Load paper so that the copying side (the side facing upward when unpacked) faces downward. • When loading paper on the bypass table, load so that the copying side (the side facing upward when unpacked) faces upward. • Loading paper upside down may cause a paper jam. Copying side (side facing upward when unpacked) Figure 3-1-34 *3: For 220 - 240 V specifications only. 3-1-27 2A3/4 3. Slide the paper size label sheet into the front of drawer. Paper size label sheet Figure 3-1-35 4. If the user requests the side guides to be fixed, fix according to the paper size using four M3 × 8 flat-head screws. Screws Side guides Screws Figure 3-1-36 5. Set the paper size on the operation panel. (For 220 - 240 V specifications only) Make test copies. 1. Place an original and make test copies. Check if the center lines of the large paper deck, the bypass table and each drawer are correct. If not, adjust the center lines. Completion of the machine installation. 3-1-28 2A3/4 3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes Factory settings are as follows: Maintenance item No. U253 U254 U255 U256 U258 U260 U263 U264 Contents Switching between double and single counts Turning auto start function on/off Setting auto clear time Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off Switching copy operation at toner empty detection Changing the copy count timing Setting DF copy ejection orientation Setting date display order U344 U347 Sets the number of copies for switching the copy eject tray in the finisher Setting the number of digits of ID-code Setting the ejection method in the booklet stitcher Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode Setting preheat/energy saver mode Setting auto drawer size detection U348 U350 Setting the copy density adjustment range Setting the ID-code error output U330 U333 U334 U343 Factory setting Double count ON 90 ON SINGLE MODE, 0 EJECT Face down Month-day-year (inch) Day-month-year (metric) 100 4 digits 2 BIN Simplex copy Energy Star ON (inch) OFF (metric) SPECIAL AREA ON 3-1-29 2A3/4 3-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit (42 ppm: option/52 ppm: standard) Memory copy kit installation requires the following parts: Memory copy kit (P/N 2AC82020) Contents of the kit • Memory copy PCB (assembly, P/N 2AC01120) • Three (3) BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060) 1. Detach the SRDF connector. 2. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the eight screws holding the main PCB cover and then the cover. Screws Main PCB cover M4 Screws Screws Figure 3-1-37 3-1-30 2A3/4 4. Insert the connector of the memory copy PCB into the connector of the main PCB. 5. Clip the memory copy PCB over the board support. Memory copy PCB Main PCB Board support Connector Connector Figure 3-1-38 6. Secure the memory copy PCB using the three BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws. Memory copy PCB Screw Screw Screw Figure 3-1-39 3-1-31 2A3/4 7. Insert the connector of the machine into the connector on the memory copy PCB. Memory copy PCB Connector Connector Figure 3-1-40 8. Refit all removed parts. 3-1-32 2A3/4 3-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option) Installation of add-on image memory to the memory copy PCB requires the following part: Image memory (16 MB or 32 MB 72-pin SIMM) 1. Detach the SRDF connector. 2. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the eight screws holding the main PCB cover and then the cover. • To install an add-on image memory to memory copy PCB 2 only, proceed to step 5. Memory copy PCB 2 Screws Main PCB cover M4 Screws Screws Memory copy PCB 1 Figure 3-1-41 3-1-33 2A3/4 4. Remove the six screws holding the sequence cover and then the cover. Screws M4 Sequence cover Screws Screws Figure 3-1-42 5. Fit an image memory into the add-on memory slot on the memory copy PCB. Memory copy PCB 2 Add-on memory slot 1 2 Memory copy PCB 1 Image memory Figure 3-1-43 6. Refit all removed parts. 3-1-34 2A3/4 3-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part) Optical heater installation requires the following parts: Optical heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specifications Optical heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specifications Heater switch (P/N 68427020) Dehumidifier relay cable (P/N 2AC60020) Two BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060) 1. Detach SRDF connector. 2. Remove the SRDF. 3. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 4. Remove the two screws holding the upper rear cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the two screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover. 6. Remove the contact glass. 7. Move the scanner toward the machine right. 8. Pass the 2-pin connector of the optical heater cable to the machine rear through the two cable holes. 9. Fit the optical heater using the two screws. Screws Scanner Optical heater Cable holes Connector Figure 3-1-44 3-1-35 2A3/4 10. Route the dehumidifier relay cable using the five wire saddles. 11. Insert the 2-pin connector of the optical heater into the 2-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable. 12. Insert the 2-pin connector of the main PCB into the 2-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable. 13. Insert the 4-pin connector of the main PCB into the 4-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable. Optical heater (cable) 2-pin connector 2-pin connector Wire saddle Wire saddle Dehumidifier relay cable 4-pin connector Wire saddle 4-pin connector 2-pin connector Main harness 2-pin connector Wire saddle 1-pin connectors Wire saddle Main harness Figure 3-1-45 3-1-36 2A3/4 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. Remove the cap in the lower left cover. Refit the lower left cover using the two screws. Insert the heater switch instead. Plug the two 1-pin connectors of the dehumidifier relay cable onto the terminals of the heater switch. Lower left cover Cap Heater switch Heater switch 1-pin connector Dehumidifier relay cable 1-pin connector Figure 3-1-46 19. Refit all removed parts. 3-1-37 2A3/4 3-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part) Drawer heater installation requires the following parts: Drawer heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specifications Drawer heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specifications Heater switch (P/N 68427020) Dehumidifier relay cable (P/N 2AC60020) Two M4 × 8 S tight screws (P/N B3324080) Binding band SG-130 (P/N M2107120) 1. Remove the four screws holding the upper drawer and then the drawer. 2. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the lower drawer. 4. Pass the 2-pin connector of the drawer heater cable to the machine rear through the cable hole in the left back corner of the machine. 5. Fit the drawer heater using the two screws. 6. Attach the binding band to the drawer heater cable and insert the band into the hole in the bottom of the machine. 2-pin connector Binding band Cable hole Screws Drawer heater Figure 3-1-47 3-1-38 2A3/4 7. 8. 9. 10. Detach the SRDF connector. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. Route the dehumidifier relay cable using the five wire saddles. Insert 2-pin connector of the drawer heater into the 2-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable. 11. Insert the 2-pin connector of the main harness into the 2-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable. 12. Insert the 4-pin connector of the main harness into the 4-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable. Wire saddle Wire saddle Dehumidifier relay cable Wire saddle 4-pin connector 4-pin connector Main harness 2-pin connector Wire saddle 2-pin connector Drawer heater cable 2-pin connector Connector 1-pin connectors Main harness Wire saddle Figure 3-1-48 3-1-39 2A3/4 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. Remove the cap in the lower left cover. Refit the lower left cover using the two screws. Insert the heater switch instead. Plug the two 1-pin connectors of the dehumidifier relay cable onto the terminals of the heater switch. Cap Heater switch Heater switch 1-pin connector Dehumidifier relay cable 1-pin connector Figure 3-1-49 18. Refit all removed parts. 3-1-40 2A3/4 3-1-7 Installing the key counter (option) Key counter installation requires the following parts: Key counter set (P/N 66069781) Contents of the set: • Key counter cover (P/N 66060010) • Key counter retainer (P/N 66060030) • Key counter cover retainer (P/N 66060021) • Key counter mount (P/N 66060040) • Key counter assembly (P/N 29236240) • Four (4) M4 × 6 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304060) • Two (2) M4 × 10 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304100) • One (1) M4 × 6 chrome TP-A screw (P/N B4104060) • Two (2) M3 × 6 bronze flat-head screws (P/N B2303060) • One (1) M3 bronze nut (P/N C2303000) 1. Fit the key counter assembly to the key counter retainer using the two screws and nut. 2. Fit the key counter mount to the key counter cover using the two screws, and attach the key counter retainer to the mount using the two screws. M4 × 6 screws (B4304060) Key counter retainer (66060030) Key counter mount (66060040) M3 nut (C2303000) Key counter cover (66060010) M4 × 6 screws (B4304060) Key counter assembly (29236240) M3 × 6 flat-head screws (B2303060) Figure 3-1-50 3-1-41 2A3/4 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the screw holding right front lower cover B and then the cover. Remove the screw holding the right rear lower cover and then the cover. Remove the two screws and detach the middle right cover from the machine. Cut out the aperture plate on the middle right cover using nippers. Screw Aperture plate Middle right cover Screw Figure 3-1-51 3-1-42 2A3/4 7. Pass the 4-pin connector of the key counter through the apertures in the key counter cover retainer and middle right cover, and insert into the 4-pin connector inside the machine. 8. Seat the projection of the key counter cover retainer in the aperture in the middle right cover, and fasten them both to the machine using the two screws. 9. Refit the screw to the machine front side of the middle right cover. 10. Fit the key counter cover with the key counter assembly inserted to the key counter cover retainer on the machine. 4-pin connector 4-pin connector Aperture Middle right cover Key counter cover retainer (66060021) M4 × 10 screw (B4304100) Key counter cover M4 × 10 screw (B4304100) M4 × 6 screw (B4104060) Screw Figure 3-1-52 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Insert the key counter into the key counter assembly. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode. Run maintenance item U204 and select “KEY COUNTER.” Exit the maintenance mode. Check that the message requesting the key counter to be inserted is displayed when the key counter is pulled out. 16. Check that the counter counts up as copies are made. 3-1-43 2A3/4 3-1-8 Installing the dehumidifier heaters (service part) Dehumidifier heater installation requires the following parts: Two dehumidifier heaters (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specifications Two dehumidifier heaters (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specifications Two heater bases (P/N 54107410) Eight BVM4 x 06 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060) Eight EDS-2 edgings (P/N M2104210) Relay wire (P/N 53310390) Six SG-110 V0 bands (P/N M2107200) 1. Fit the dehumidifier heaters to the heater bases using two screws for each. Heater base Screws Dehumidifier heater Heater base Screws Left Dehumidifier heater Right Figure 3-1-53 2. Remove the two screws from each of the deck right cover, deck left cover and deck rear cover and then the covers. 3. Open the large paper deck. 4. Detach the deck paper conveying motor connector. 5. Remove the spring from the deck paper conveying motor bracket. 6. Remove the four screws holding the deck paper conveying motor bracket and then the bracket. 7. Remove the two screws holding the deck paper conveying unit assembly and then the assembly. Spring Screws Connector Deck paper conveying motor bracket Deck paper conveying unit assembly Figure 3-1-54 3-1-44 Screws 2A3/4 8. Fit the dehumidifier heater assemblies to the right and left of the large paper deck using two screws for each. Screws Screws Dehumidifier heater assembly Dehumidifier heater assembly Left Right Figure 3-1-55 9. Fit the edgings to the two U-shaped cutouts in the rear frame. 10. Pull the dehumidifier heater wires out to the machine rear through the edgings. Edging Edging Dehumidifier heater wires Left rear of the deck Right rear of the deck Figure 3-1-56 3-1-45 2A3/4 11. Detach the open connector from the connector of the main wire on the machine rear. Main wire Open connector Figure 3-1-57 12. Insert the dehumidifier heater connectors into the relay wire connectors (see A in Figure 3-1-58). 13. Insert the main wire connector into the relay wire connector (see B in Figure 3-158). 14. Tidy up the large paper deck wires and relay wire using the six bands and route the wires while clipping the bands into holes in the rear frame. A B Main wire Bands Band Relay wire Band Figure 3-1-58 15. Refit all removed parts. 3-1-46 Bands 2A3/4 3-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device (optional for 120 V specifications only) 1. Remove the two screws holding the signal cable cover and then the cover. Signal cable cover Screws Figure 3-1-59 2. Pull the 10-pin connector out of the machine, remove the jumper and insert the connector into the 10-pin connector of the signal cable. Secure the signal cable using the two screws removed in step 1. 10-pin connector 10-pin connector Signal cable Jumper Screws Figure 3-1-60 3-1-47 2A3/4 3. Fit the MMD host monitoring system device to the rear cover using the two bronze binding tap-tight screws M3 × 16. 4. Insert the connector of the signal cable into the connector of the MMD host monitoring system device, and tighten the two screws on the signal cable. MMD host monitoring system device Screw Screws (bronze binding tap-tight M3 × 16) Screw Rear cover Figure 3-1-61 5. Insert one connector of the modular connector cable into the "LINE" jack on the MMD host monitoring system device and the other into a telephone jack. Modular connector cable LIN E Figure 3-1-62 3-1-48 TE L 2A3/4 CONTENTS 3-2 Maintenance Mode 3-2-1 Maintenance mode ............................................................................. 3-2-1 (1) Executing a maintenance item .................................................... 3-2-1 (2) Maintenance mode items list ....................................................... 3-2-4 (3) Contents of maintenance mode items ......................................... 3-2-8 3-2-2 Copier management ......................................................................... 3-2-99 (1) Executing a copier management item ....................................... 3-2-99 (2) Department management ........................................................ 3-2-100 (3) Week timer .............................................................................. 3-2-101 (4) Copy default ............................................................................ 3-2-102 (5) Machine default ....................................................................... 3-2-105 (6) Language ................................................................................ 3-2-107 1-1-19 2A3/4 3-2-1 Maintenance mode The copier is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain and service the machine. ( 1 ) Executing a maintenance item Start Enter 10871087. Enter the number of the maintenance item to be executed using the numeric or Up/Down keys. · · · · · · · Entering the maintenance mode · · · · · · · Selecting a maintenance item Press the print key. The maintenance item is run. Press the stop/clear key. Yes Run the item again? No Yes Run another maintenance mode? No Enter 001 using numeric or Up/Down · · · · · · · Exiting the maintenance mode keys, and press the print key. End 3-2-1 2A3/4 • Data setting Data is changed by pressing the Up/Down keys, and the new data is set by pressing the print key. In a maintenance item where multiple items can be changed, the item to be changed is selected by pressing on it on the touch panel. Correcting position of FOLIO 3 LENGTH DATA : 330 WIDTH DATA : 210 U035 330 Metric /C 1 6 5 2 Inch Stop/ Clear Start 6 4 5 Figure 3-2-1 1 Adjustment window ············· Displays the data to be set. 2 Up/Down keys ····················· Changes the setting. 3 Items ··································· Displays the selected item in reverse. 4 Current setting ···················· Displays the previously set data by pressing the print key. 5 Print key ······························ Sets the changed setting. 6 Stop/clear key ····················· Cancels the change. 3-2-2 2A3/4 • Operation execution The specified operations and auto adjustments are performed by pressing the print key. In a maintenance item where multiple operations can be performed, the item to be executed is selected by pressing on it on the touch panel. Drive motors and fans ON U030 Metric /C MAIN MOTOR 1 3 CONV MOTOR FEED MOTOR Inch 2 Stop/ Clear Start 3 2 Figure 3-2-2 1 Items ··································· Displays the selected item in reverse. 2 Print key ······························ Starts operation. 3 Stop/clear key ····················· Stops operation. • Interrupt copy mode Outputting a test copy or VTC pattern is required in some maintenance items. Such an output is enabled by pressing the interrupt key to enter interrupt copy mode. However, since this function is restricted depending on maintenance items, only outputting may be enabled, or a test copy even from an original may not be as good as that made in normal copy mode. To return the screen from interrupt copy mode to maintenance mode, press the interrupt key again. 3-2-3 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Maintenance mode item list Section General Item No. Outputting an own-status report — U001 Exiting the maintenance mode — U002 Setting the factory default data — U003 Setting the service telephone number — U004 Setting the machine number — U005 Copying without paper — U019 Displaying the ROM version — Initializing all data — U021 Initializing memories — U022 Initializing backup data — U030 Checking motor operation — U031 Checking switches for paper conveying — U032 Checking clutch operation — U033 Checking solenoid operation — U034 Adjusting the print start timing Adjusting leading edge registration Adjusting leading edge registration (second face) Adjusting the print center line –4 0 0 Setting folio size Length Width 330 210 Setting envelope size Length Width 242 162 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper before registration Drawer feed Bypass feed Duplex feed – 20 –5 – 25 U035 U036 U051 Optical U052 Adjusting the side margins for duplex copying 0 U053 Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed Drive motor/paper conveying motor 8 U060 Adjusting the scanner input properties Text/text and photo/photo mode 12 U061 Turning the exposure lamp on — U063 Adjusting the shading position 0 * Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020 3-2-4 Initial setting* U000 Initialization U020 Drive, paper feed, paper conveying and cooling system Maintenance item contents 2A3/4 Section Optical High voltage Item No. Maintenance item contents Initial setting* U065 Adjusting the scanner magnification Main scanning direction/auxiliary scanning direction 0 U066 Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration 0 U067 Adjusting the scanner center line 0 U070 Adjusting the DF magnification 0 U071 Adjusting the DF scanning timing 0 U072 Adjusting the DF center line 0 U073 Checking scanner operation — U080 Adjusting exposure in toner economy mode –6 U088 Setting the input filter (moiré reduction mode) U089 Outputting a PG pattern — U091 Checking shading — U092 Adjusting the scanner automatically — U093 Setting the exposure density gradient Text/text and photo/photo mode 0 U099 Checking and setting the original size detection sensor U100 Setting the surface potential U101 Setting high voltages Developing bias Transfer voltage Separation voltage OFF — 150 220/57 140 100 U102 Setting the cleaning interval for the transfer charger 1 U110 Checking/clearing the drum count — U111 Checking/clearing the drum drive time — Developing U130 Initial setting for the developer — U131 Setting the toner sensor control voltage U132 Replenishing toner forcibly — U133 Collecting the recycled toner — U135 Checking toner motor operation — U136 Turning the toner level detection function on/off ON U137 Checking the toner level detection sensor — U155 Displaying the toner sensor output — 153 * Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020 3-2-5 2A3/4 Section Item No. Developing U156 Changing the toner control level Toner feed start level Toner empty level 114 20 Checking/clearing the developing drive time — U158 Checking/clearing the developing count — Applying toner to the cleaning blade — Setting the fixing control temperature 42ppm 52ppm Normal stabilization control temperature Primary stabilization temperature Secondary stabilization temperature Aging time after secondary stabilization 180 175 180 60 190 175 190 120 U162 Stabilizing fixing forcibly — U196 Turning the fixing heater on — U198 Setting the fixing phase control ON Turning all LEDs on — Initializing the touch panel — Setting the MMD host monitoring system — Operating DF separately — Setting the presence or absence of a key card or key counter — Operation U200 panel and U201 support equipment U202 U203 U204 OFF U206 Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender U209 Setting date and time — U243 Checking the operation of the DF motors, clutches and solenoids — U244 Checking the DF switches — U245 Checking messages — U247 Checking the operation of the large paper deck and paper feed desk — U248 Setting the paper eject device • Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in punch mode • Punch limit • Punch-hole scrap count • Booklet stitcher stapling position adjustment U250 Setting the maintenance cycle U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count U252 Setting the destination U253 Switching between double and single counts * Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020 3-2-6 Initial setting* U157 Fixing and U160 cleaning U161 Mode setting Maintenance item contents 0 75000 — 0 150 — — SINGLE COUNT 2A3/4 Section Mode setting Item No. Initial setting* U254 Turning auto start function on/off ON U255 Setting auto clear time 120 U256 Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off ON U258 Switching copy operation at toner empty detection SINGLE MODE, 0 U260 Changing the copy count timing U263 Setting DF copy ejection orientation U264 Setting date display order — U265 Setting OEM purchaser code — U330 Sets the number of copies for switching the copy eject tray in the finisher EJECT FACE-DOWN 100 4 digits U333 Setting the number of digits of ID-code U334 Setting the ejection method in the saddle finisher U343 Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode U344 Setting preheat/energy saver mode U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication U347 Setting auto drawer size detection U348 Setting the copy density adjustment range U350 Setting the ID-code error output ON Adjusting margins in image printing — Adjusting margins for reading an original on the contact glass — U404 Adjusting margins for DF original reading — U901 Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feed locations — U904 Checking/clearing the service call counts — U905 Checking/clearing counts by optional devices — U906 Resetting partial operation control — U907 Checking and resetting the count value on each ejection location — U908 Checking the count value of the electronic counter — U990 Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp to light — U992 Checking/clearing the printer count — Image U402 processing U403 Others Maintenance item contents 2 BIN OFF Energy Star applied 0 ON NORMAL * Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020 3-2-7 2A3/4 ( 3 ) Contents of maintenance mode items Maintenance item No. U000 Description Outputting an own-status report Description Outputs lists of the current settings of the maintenance modes, and paper jam and service call occurrences. Purpose To check the current setting of the maintenance modes, or paper jam or service call occurrences. Before initializing or replacing the backup RAM, output a list of the current settings of the maintenance modes to reenter the settings after initialization or replacement. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the item to be output. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display Output list MAINTENANCE List of the current settings of the maintenance modes List of the paper jam occurrences List of the service call occurrences JAM SERVICE CALL 3 Press the print key. The interrupt copy mode is entered and a list is output. When A4/11" × 81/2" paper is available, a report of this size is output. If not, specify the paper feed location. When output is complete, the screen for selecting an item is displayed. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-8 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U001 Description Exiting the maintenance mode Description Exits the maintenance mode and return to the normal copy mode. Purpose To exit the maintenance mode. Method Press the print key. The normal copy mode is entered. U002 Setting the factory default data Description Restores the machine conditions to the factory default settings. Also an OEM purchaser code can be input. Purpose To reset the values such as an electronic counter. Also to move the mirror frame of the scanner to the position for transport (position in which the frame can be fixed). Start Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Method 1 Select a mode. Display MODE1(ALL) MODE2(SELECT) Description Normal factory default settings. Factory default settings except for language*. 2 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to input the OEM code. 3 Press the print key. * The maintenance No. selection screen will appear again. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-9 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U003 Description Setting the service telephone number Description Sets the telephone number to be displayed when a service call code is detected. Purpose To set the telephone number to call service when installing the machine. Method Press the print key. The currently set telephone number is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a telephone number (up to 15 digit) using the numeric keys. To enter symbols such as hyphens and parentheses, select as required from the symbols displayed on the touch panel as shown below. To move the cursor, press either of the arrows in the bottom row. * ( — ← # ) (Space) → 2 Press the print key. The phone number is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-10 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U004 Description Setting the machine number Description Displays and changes the machine number. Purpose To check or set the machine number. Method Press the print key. The currently set machine number is displayed. Setting 1 Enter the last six digits of the machine number using the numeric key. Do not enter the first two digits, 3 and 7. 2 Press the print key. The machine number is set. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-11 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U005 Description Copying without paper Description Simulates the copy operation without paper feed. Purpose To check the overall operation of the machine. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display PPC PPC + DF Operation Only the copier operates. Both the copier and SRDF operate (continuous operation). 3 Press the interrupt key. The copy mode screen is displayed. 4 Set the operation conditions required on the copy mode screen. Changes in the following settings can be made. • Paper feed locations • Magnifications • Simplex or duplex copy modes • Number of copies: in simplex copy mode, continuous copying is performed when set to 999; in duplex copy mode, continuous copying is performed regardless of the setting. • Copy density • Keys on the operation panel other than the energy saver key 5 To control the paper feed pulley, remove all the paper in the drawers, or the drawers. With the paper present, the paper feed pulley does not operate. 6 Press the print key. The operation starts. Copy operation is simulated without paper under the set conditions. When operation is complete, the screen for selecting an item is displayed. 7 To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-12 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U019 Description Displaying the ROM version Description Displays the part number of the ROM fitted to each PCB. Purpose To check the part number or to decide if the ROM version is new from the last digit of the number. Method 1 Press the print key. The last six digits of the part number indicating the ROM version are displayed. 2 Change the screen using The Up/Down keys. Display MAIN ENGINE MMI FONT SCANNER MEM1 MEM2* Description Main ROM IC Engine ROM IC Operation ROM IC Font ROM IC Scanner ROM IC Memory copy ROM IC Memory copy ROM IC * 42 ppm: optional 52 ppm: standard Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U020 Initializing all data Description Initializes all the backup RAM on the main PCB to return to the original settings. Purpose Used when replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse. 3 Press the print key. All data in the backup RAM is initialized, and the original settings for Japan specifications are set. When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns to the same status as when the main switch is turned on. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without executing initialization, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-13 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U021 Description Initializing memories Description Initializes the setting data other than that for adjustments due to variations between respective machines, i.e., settings for counters, service call code detection and modes. As a result, initializes the backup RAM according to the specifications depending on the destination selected in U252. Purpose Used to return the machine settings to the factory settings. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse. 3 Press the print key. All data other than that for adjustments due to variations between machines is initialized. When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns to the same status as when the main switch is turned on. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without executing initialization, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-14 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U022 Description Initializing backup data Description Initializes only the data set for the optical section. Purpose To be executed after replacing the scanner unit. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press SCANNER on the touch panel. EXECUTE is displayed. 3 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse. 4 Press the print key. The data for the optical section (U060 to 099, U403, U404 and U990) is initialized. Completion To exit the maintenance mode, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-15 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U030 Description Checking motor operation Description Drives each motor. Purpose To check the operation of each motor. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the motor to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse and the operation starts. Display MAIN MOTOR CONV MOTOR FEED MOTOR Operation The drive motor operates and developing bias is applied. The paper conveying motor operates. The paper feed motor operates. 3 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop key after operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-16 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U031 Description Checking switches for paper conveying Description Displays the on-off status of each paper detection switch on the paper path. Purpose To check if the switches for paper conveying operate correctly. Method 1 Press the print key. A list of the switches, the on-off status of which can be checked, are displayed. 2 Turn each switch on and off manually to check the status. When the on-status of a switch is detected, that switch is displayed in reverse. Display FEED1 SW FEED2 SW FEED3 SW FEED4 SW FEED SW Switches Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) Feed switch (FSW) R SW EJE SW BRA SW REV SW Registration switch (RSW) Eject switch (ESW) Feedshift switch (FSSW) Switchback eject switch (SBESW) DUP PESW DUP1 SW DUP2 SW DUP3 SW Stock switch (STKSW) Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) Duplex eject switch (DUPESW) Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-17 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U032 Description Checking clutch operation Description Turns each clutch on. Purpose To check the operation of each clutch. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the clutch to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the clutch turns on for 1 s. Display SB FEED F FEED S FEED FEED L Clutches Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) Feed clutch 5 (FCL5) FEED H FEED 1 FEED 2 FEED 3 Feed clutch 4 (FCL4) Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) REGIST EJECT SP Registration clutch (RCL) Eject speed switching clutch (ESCL) 3 To turn each clutch on while a motor is driving, press the interrupt key before selecting the clutch. The drive motor, paper feed motor and paper conveying motor turn on, and the selected clutch remains on until the stop/clear key is pressed. If the upper or lower paper feed clutch is turned on while a motor is driving, paper is conveyed by the rotation of the paper feed pulley, resulting in a paper jam. Be sure to remove the paper drawers before turning either of these clutches on. 4 To stop the motor drive, press the interrupt copy key. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-18 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U033 Description Checking solenoid operation Description Turns each solenoid on. Purpose To check the operation of each solenoid. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the solenoid to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the solenoid turns on for 1 s. Display SB LIFT BRANCH END PRE TRAY FEE Solenoids Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) Duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) Duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) TRAY CHG Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) MSW OFF The main switch turns off. MSW OFF is selected when the operation of the main switch is checked in auto shutoff mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U034 Adjusting the print start timing Adjustment See pages 3-3-18 and 19. 3-2-19 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U035 Description Setting folio size Description Changes the image area for copying onto folio size paper. Purpose To prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paper from not being copied by setting the actual size of the folio paper used. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display Setting Setting range Initial setting LENGTH DATA Length 330 to 356 mm 330 WIDTH DATA Width 220 to 220 mm 210 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U036 Setting envelope size Description Changes the image area for printing onto an envelope when the optional printer unit is installed. Purpose To prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paper from not being printed by setting the actual size of the envelop used. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display Setting Setting range Initial setting LENGTH DATA Length 162 to 242 mm 242 WIDTH DATA Width 98 to 162 mm 162 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-20 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U051 Description Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper before registration Adjustment See page 3-3-22. U052 Adjusting the side margins for duplex copying Adjustment See page 3-3-88. U053 Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed Description Performs fine adjustment of the speeds of the drive motor and paper conveying motor. Purpose Used to adjust the speed of the respective motors when the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction is not correct after the motor is replaced. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display Description Setting range Initial setting MAIN MOTOR Drive motor speed adjustment 0 to 14 8 CONV MOTOR Paper conveying motor speed adjustment 0 to 14 8 Increasing the setting makes the motor speed faster and the image longer, and decreasing it makes the speed slower and the image shorter. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, a VTC pattern shown below is output in interrupt copy mode. Correct values for an A3/11" x 17" output are: A = 150 mm B = 300 mm A B Figure 3-2-3 3-2-21 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U053 Description Adjustment 1 Output an A3/11" × 17" VTC pattern in interrupt mode. 2 Measure A and B on the VTC pattern (Figure 3-2-3), and perform the following adjustments if they are different from the correct sizes: A: Drive motor adjustment B: Paper conveying motor adjustment Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U060 Adjusting the scanner input properties Description Adjusts the image scanning density in text, text and photo, or photo mode. Purpose Used when the entire image appears too dark or light in the specified mode. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display TEXT γ adj MIX γ adj PHOTO γ adj Description Density in text mode Density in text and photo mode Density in photo mode Setting range 0 to 23 0 to 23 0 to 23 Initial setting 12 12 12 Increasing the setting makes the density lower, and decreasing it makes the density higher. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original can be made in interrupt copy mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Supplement The following settings are also reset to the initial values by performing this maintenance item: • Exposure density gradient set in maintenance mode (U093) • Auto and manual exposure set in the copy default item of the copier management mode 3-2-22 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U061 Description Turning the exposure lamp on Description Turns the exposure lamp on. Purpose To check the exposure lamp. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Press the print key. The exposure lamp lights. 3 To turn the exposure lamp off, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U063 Adjusting the shading position Description Changes the shading position. Purpose Used when white lines continue to appear longitudinally on the image after the shading plate is cleaned. This is due to flaws or stains inside the shading plate. To prevent this problem, the shading position should be changed so that shading is possible without being affected by the flaws or stains. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for adjustment is displayed. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Description Shading position Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step –2 to +2 0 0.17 mm Increasing the setting moves the shading position toward the machine right, and decreasing it moves the position toward the machine left. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original can be made in interrupt copy mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-23 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U065 Description Adjusting the scanner magnification Adjustment See pages 3-3-36 and 37. U066 Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration Adjustment See page 3-3-39. U067 Adjusting the scanner center line Adjustment See page 3-3-38. U070 Adjusting the DF magnification Adjustment See page 3-3-96. U071 Adjusting the DF scanning timing Adjustment See page 3-3-98. U072 Adjusting the DF center line Adjustment See page 3-3-97. 3-2-24 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U073 Description Checking scanner operation Description Simulates the scanner operation under arbitrary conditions. Purpose To check scanner operation. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the item to be changed. The selected item is displayed in reverse. 3 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display ZOOM SIZE LAMP Operating conditions ZOOM Magnification Original size LAMP on and off of the exposure lamp Setting range 25 to 400% See below. 0 (off) or 1 (on) Original sizes for each setting in SIZE Setting 8 9 18 36 39 40 41 Original size A4 B5 11" × 81/2" A3 B4 A4R B5R Setting 42 47 52 53 55 56 58 Original size A5R Folio 11" × 17" 11" × 15" 81/2" × 14" 81/2" × 11" 51/2" × 81/2" 4 Press the print key. Scanning starts under the selected conditions. 5 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-25 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U080 Description Adjusting exposure in toner economy mode Description Adjusts the image density in the eco-print mode. Purpose To increase or decrease the image density in the eco-print mode. Method Press the print key. The screen for execution is displayed. Setting 1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys. * Since this value is related to the automatic exposure adjustment in the copy initial setting mode, ensure that the exposure step of the automatic exposure is at the center before adjusting. Display Exposure in toner economy mode Setting range 0 to –12 Initial value –6 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion Press the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-26 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U088 Description Setting the input filter (moiré reduction mode) Description Turns moiré reduction mode on and off by switching the input filter on and off. Purpose Used to prevent regular density unevenness (moiré) on halftone image areas of the copy image in text mode and text and photo mode. Such moiré is more likely to appear when an enlargement or reduction copy is made in text mode from an original containing large halftone image areas. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display Description ON Moiré reduction mode OFF Normal copy mode Initial setting: OFF If moiré on the copy image is significant, change the setting to ON. Note that when the moiré reduction mode is turned on, the resolution may be slightly reduced. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-27 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U089 Description Outputting a PG pattern Description Selects and outputs the PG pattern created in the copier. Purpose When performing respective image printing adjustments, used to check the machine status apart from that of the scanner with a non-scanned output PG pattern. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the PG pattern to be output. Display PG pattern to be output Purpose GRAYSCALE To check the laser scanner unit engine output characteristics. MONO-LEVEL To check the drum quality. 256-LEVEL To check resolution reproducibility in printing. 1 DOT-LINE To check fine line reproducibility. To adjust the position of the laser scanner unit (lateral squareness) 3-2-28 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U089 Description 3 To change the output conditions for MONO-LEVEL, change the setting using The Up/Down keys. Description Setting range Initial setting Output conditions 0 to 255 0 for MONO-LEVEL Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing it makes the density lower. Entirely white paper is output when the setting is 0, and entirely black paper is output when it is 255. 4 Press the interrupt key. The screen for copy mode is displayed. 5 Press the print key. A PG pattern is output. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-29 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U091 Description Checking shading Description Performs scanning under the same conditions as before and after shading is performed, displaying the original scanning values at nine points of the contact glass on the touch panel. Purpose To check the change in original scanning values before and after shading. The results may be used to decide the causes for fixing unevenness (uneven density) of the gray area of an image: either due to optical (shading or CCD) or other problems. Also to check the causes for a white or black line appearing longitudinally. 3-2-30 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U091 Description Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display Operation SHD BEFORE Performs scanning before shading and displays the result. SHD AFTER Performs scanning after shading and displays the result. 3 Press the print key. Operation starts. Scanning is performed under the selected conditions and the result is displayed. When scanning is performed before shading, the scan value at the machine center should be slightly different from those at the machine front and rear. When scanning is performed after shading, there should be no difference between respective values. Any differences between the values at machine front and rear indicates that scanner problem causes the fixing unevenness. If the displayed results indicate no shading problems, the fixing unevenness (uneven copy density) is caused by factors other than in the scanner section (shading or CCD). If a black line appears, the cause may assumed to be based on the results of the scanning operation before shading: if a white line appears, they may be assumed based on the results of the scanning operation after shading. Note that depending on the thickness and location of the black or white line, it may not be possible to use this method to determine the cause. This is because the displayed values obtained from scanning at the limit of nine points are insufficient to provide significant information. 20 mm from the machine left : 011 024 015 200 mm from the machine left : 001 000 000 400 mm from the machine left : 004 004 000 100 mm from the machine Machine center center toward machine front 100 mm from machine center toward machine rear Figure 3-2-4 4 Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-31 2A3/4 2AD-1 Maintenance item No. U092 Description Adjusting the scanner automatically Description Makes auto scanner adjustments in the order below using the specified original. • Adjusting the scanner center line (U067) • Adjusting the scanner magnification in the main scanning direction (U065) • Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration (U066) • Adjusting scanner magnification in the auxiliary direction (U065) When this maintenance item is performed, the settings in U065, U066 and U067 are also changed. Purpose Used to make respective auto adjustments for the scanner. Method 1 Place the specified original (P/N: 2AC68240) on the contact glass. 2 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 3 Press the print key. Auto adjustment starts. When adjustment is complete, each adjusted value is displayed. Display SCAN CENTER ADJ MAIN SCAN ADJ SCAN TIMING ADJ SUB SCAN ADJ Description Scanner center line Scanner magnification in the main scanning direction Scanner leading registration Scanner magnification in the auxiliary direction If a problem occurs during auto adjustment, an error code is displayed and operation stops. Should this happen, determine the details of the problem and either repeat the procedure from the beginning, or adjust the remaining items manually by running the corresponding maintenance items. Completion Press the stop/clear key after auto adjustment is complete. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. If the stop/clear key is pressed during auto adjustment, adjustment stops and no settings are changed. 3-2-32 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U093 Description Setting the exposure density gradient Description Changes the exposure density gradient in manual density mode, depending on respective image modes (text, text and photo, photo). Purpose To set how the image density is altered by a change of one step in the manual density adjustment. Also used to make copy image darker or lighter. Start 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the image mode to be adjusted. The screen for the selected item is displayed. Display Description TEXT Density in text mode MIXED Density in text and photo mode PHOTO Density in photo mode Setting 1 Select the item to be adjusted. The selected item is displayed in reverse and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Adjust the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display DARKER LIGHTER Description Change in density when manual density is set dark Change in density when manual density is set light Setting range Initial setting 0 to 3 0 0 to 3 0 Increasing the setting makes the change in density larger, and decreasing it makes the change smaller. Image density Dark Setting: 3 Set to LIGHTER Setting: 0 Set to DARKER Light Light Center Dark Density adjustment Density adjustment range: Normal Density adjustment range: Special area Figure 3-2-5 Exposure density gradient 3-2-33 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U093 Description 3 Press the print key. The value is set. 4 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original can be made in interrupt copy mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U099 Checking and setting the original size detection sensor Description Checks the operation of the original size detection sensor and sets the sensing threshold value. Purpose To adjust the sensitiveness of the sensor and size judgement time if the original size detection sensor malfunctions frequently due to incident light or the like. Start 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select an item. * The screen for executing each item is displayed. Display Description DATA Displaying detection sensor transmission data B/W LEVEL Setting detection sensor threshold value Setting original size judgment time Method to display the data for the sensor 1 Press the print key. The detection sensor transmission data is displayed. Rear of machine : 123 123 123 Center of machine : 123 123 123 Front of machine : 255 255 255 Figure 3-2-6 2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. 3-2-34 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U099 Description Setting 1 Select an item to be set. Display LEVEL WAIT TIME ORIGINAL AREA SIZE Description Detection sensor threshold value Original size judgment time* Original size detection position display (mm) Detected original size display * Time from activation of the original detection switch (ODSW) to original size judgment Method to set the detection threshold value 1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys. * A larger value increases the sensor sensitivity, and a smaller value decreases it. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. 3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Method to set the original size judgment time 1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys. * A larger value increases the original size judgment time, and a smaller value decreases it. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. 3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-35 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U100 Description Setting the surface potential Description Changes the surface potential by changing the grid control voltage. Also performs main charging. Purpose To set the surface potential or check main charging. Also used when reentering data after replacing the backup RAM or initializing the set data. Start Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Display Description MC DATA Changing the grid control voltage MC ON Turning the main charger on MC ON/OFF Turning the main charger on and off LASER ON/OFF Turning the main charger on and the laser scanner unit on and off Method for main charger output 1 Select the main charger output on the screen for selecting an item: select one from MC ON, MC ON/OFF or LASER ON/OFF on the touch panel. The selected operation starts. 2 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key. Setting the grid control voltage 1 Press the MC DATA on the touch panel of the screen for selecting an item. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Description Grid control voltage Setting range Initial setting 0 to 255 150 Increasing the setting makes the surface potential higher, and decreasing it makes the potential lower. Change in value per step: approximately 3.6 V 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original can be made in interrupt copy mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item when main charger output stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-36 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U101 Description Setting high voltages Description Changes the developing bias voltage, transfer voltage and separation voltage by changing the developing bias control voltage, transfer control voltage and separation control voltage. Also checks the transfer output voltage. Purpose To check and change high voltages other than the main charger voltage. Start 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select an item to be set or checked. The screen for the selected item is displayed. Display DEV BIAS SET TC SET AC SET Description Setting the developing bias Setting and checking the transfer voltage Setting the separation voltage Setting the developing bias 1 Select the item to be adjusted. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display DB DATA Operation Developing bias control voltage during image formation DB DATA2 Developing bias control voltage during no image formation Setting range 0 to 255 Initial setting 220 0 to 255 57 Increasing the setting makes the developing bias higher, and decreasing it makes the bias lower. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. 4 To return to the screen for selecting in item, press the stop/clear key. 3-2-37 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U101 Description Setting the transfer voltage 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display TC DATA Operation Transfer control voltage Setting range 0 to 255 Initial setting 140 Increasing the setting makes the transfer voltage higher, and decreasing it makes the voltage lower. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. 3 To check the transfer voltage output, press the TC ON on the touch panel. The currently set transfer voltage is output. 4 To stop the transfer voltage output, press the stop/clear key. 5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key after the transfer voltage output is stopped. Setting the separation voltage 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display AC DATA Description Separation control voltage Setting range 0 to 255 Initial setting 100 Increasing the setting makes the separation voltage higher, and decreasing it makes the voltage lower. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. 3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original can be made in interrupt copy mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-38 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U102 Description Setting the cleaning interval for the transfer charger Description Executes a cleaning operation for the transfer charger and changes the intervals at which the transfer charger is cleaned. Purpose To check the cleaning operation for the transfer charger. Also to change the intervals for the operation. Making the intervals longer decreases the stand-by time when starting copying. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 To execute the cleaning operation, press TEST RUN. The cleaning operation for the transfer charger is executed once. Setting 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Description Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step Transfer charger 1000 copies 0 to 20 1 cleaning operation intervals When set to 3, the transfer charger is cleaned every 3000 copies (3 by 1000) counted after the main switch is turned on. When set to 0, the transfer charger is not cleaned. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-39 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U110 Description Checking/clearing the drum count Description Displays the drum counts for checking or clearing the figure, which is used as a reference when correcting the main charger potential output. Purpose To check the drum status. Also used to clear the count after replacing the drum during regular maintenance. Since the count was cleared before shipping, do not clear it when installing. Method Press the print key. The drum counter count is displayed. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance No. is displayed. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-40 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U111 Description Checking/clearing the drum drive time Description Displays the drum drive time for checking or clearing a figure, which is used as a reference when correcting the high voltage based on time. Purpose To check the drum status. Also used to clear the drive time after replacing the drum. Method Press the print key. The drum drive time is displayed in minutes. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The time is cleared, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the time, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-41 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U130 Description Initial setting for the developer Description Automatically sets the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start level for the installed developer. Purpose To set the initial settings for the developer when installing the machine or replacing the developer. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press the print key. The initial settings for the developer is set, and the result is displayed. Display Description CONTROL Toner sensor control voltage TARGET Toner feed start level HUMID Absolute humidity The toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side of the screen. Supplement The following data is also renewed or cleared by performing this maintenance item: • Renewing the toner sensor control voltage (U131) • Renewing the toner feed start level (U156) • Clearing the developing drive time (U157) • Clearing the developing count (U158) • Resetting the toner feed start level and toner empty detection Completion After initial setting is complete, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-42 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U131 Description Setting the toner sensor control voltage Description Displays or changes the toner sensor control voltage automatically set in maintenance item U130. Purpose To check the automatically set toner sensor control voltage. Also to change the toner density if an image is too dark or light. Method Press the print key. The current setting for the toner sensor control voltage is displayed. Setting 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Description Toner sensor control voltage Setting range 0 to 255 Initial setting 153 Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing it makes the density lower. Increasing the setting too high may result in toner scattering. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-43 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U132 Description Replenishing toner forcibly Description Replenishes toner forcibly until the toner sensor output value reaches the toner feed start level. Purpose Used when the toner empty is detected frequently. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press the print key. Operation starts, and the current data is displayed. Toner is replenished until the toner sensor output value reaches the toner feed start level. To stop operation, press the start/clear key. Display TARGET (NOW) CONTROL (NOW) HUMID Description Current toner feed start level Current toner sensor control voltage Absolute humidity The current toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side of the screen. Completion Press the stop/clear key when toner replenishment stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U133 Collecting the recycled toner Description Transfers residual toner in the cleaning section, toner main hopper and toner sub hopper to the developing unit. Purpose To dispose of residual toner inside the machine when the developer is replaced. Be sure to run this maintenance item before replacing the developer. Failing to do so could lead to toner scattering. There is no need to run this maintenance item if the developer is to be loaded for the first time in such occasion as machine installation. 3-2-44 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U133 Description Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press ON on the touch panel. The selected item is displayed in reverse. 3 Press the print key. The toner recycle motor turn on and recycled toner collection is performed for approximately 5 minutes. The ON display on the touch panel flashes during the operation and returns to the normal state when it ends. To interrupt operation, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U135 Checking toner motor operation Description Drives the toner feed motor or toner recycle motor. Purpose To check the operation of the toner feed motor or toner recycle motor. Caution Note that driving either of the motors unnecessarily long may cause a toner jam, resulting in machine lockup. Be sure to drive each motor for just several seconds. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the motor to be driven. The selected motor is displayed in reverse, and operation starts. Description MOTOR 1 MOTOR 2 Operation Toner feed motor drive Toner recycle motor drive 3 To stop operation, press the stop clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-45 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U136 Description Turning the toner level detection function on/off Description Turning the control based on the toner level sensor output on/off. Purpose To enable copying using the toner in the developing section after the toner level in the toner hopper decreases, by turning the control function off Method Press the print key. Setting 1 Press ON or OFF to change the operation. Display Description ON Controls based on the detection by the toner sensor detection sensor. OFF Ignores the detection by the toner level detection sensor. Initial setting: ON 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U137 Checking the toner level detection sensor Description Displays the detection status of the toner level detection sensor and toner hopper lockup detection sensor. Purpose To check the toner level and recycle toner level in the toner hopper. Method 1 Press the print key. The detected status of the each sensor is displayed. Display Description TE1 SW Toner level detection sensor (toner level in the toner hopper) TE2 SW Toner hopper lockup detection sensor (recycle toner level) When there is toner or if the sensor connector is disconnected, on is detected , and the corresponding display is displayed in reverse. Completion Press the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-46 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U155 Description Displaying the toner sensor output Description Displays the toner sensor output value , and related data. Purpose To check the toner sensor output value. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press the print key. The current data is displayed. Display TARGET (NOW) Description Current toner feed level (corrected value for humidity and drive time) CONTROL (NOW) Current toner sensor control voltage HUMID Absolute humidity The current toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side of the screen. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-47 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U156 Description Changing the toner control level Description Changes the toner feed start level set in maintenance item U130 or the toner empty level to be determined by the difference from the toner feed start level. Purpose To check the toner feed start level and toner empty level. Method Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Display Description TARGET Toner feed start level EMPTY Difference between the toner feed start level and toner empty level Setting for the toner feed start level 1 Press TARGET. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key. Description Toner feed start level Setting range 0 to 255 Initial setting 114 Increasing the setting makes the toner density lower. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Setting for the toner empty level 1 Press EMPTY. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key. Description Difference between the toner feed start level and the toner empty level Setting range 0 to 255 Initial setting 20 Increasing the setting makes the toner empty level higher: the toner density is lower when the toner empty is detected. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-48 2AD-1 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U157 Description Checking/clearing the developing drive time Description Checks or clears the developing drive time, which is used as a reference when correcting the toner control. It is automatically cleared when U130 is executed. Purpose To check the developing drive time after replacing the developer. Method Press the print key. The developing drive time is displayed in minutes. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance No. is displayed. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the time, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U158 Checking/clearing the developing count Description Checks or clears the developing count, which is used as a reference when correcting the toner control. It is automatically cleared when U130 is executed. Purpose To check the developing count after replacing the developer. Method Press the print key. The developing count is displayed. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance No. is displayed. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-49 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U160 Description Applying toner to the cleaning blade Description Applies toner to the cleaning blade. Purpose To apply toner to the drum to coat the cleaning blade. To be executed when replacing or cleaning the cleaning blade or the drum. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press the print key. Operation starts. When the operation is complete, the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without performing operation, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-50 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U161 Description Setting the fixing control temperature Description Changes the fixing control temperature. Purpose Normally no change is necessary. However, can be used to prevent curled or creased paper, or solve a fixing problem on thick paper. Also used to output a test pattern for measuring fixing pressure. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key. Display Description CONTROL TEMP Normal stabilization fixing temperature FIRST TEMP Primary stabilization fixing temperature SECOND TEMP Secondary stabilization fixing temperature RUNNING TIME Aging time after secondary stabilization Setting range 100 to 200 (°C) Initial setting 42 ppm 52 ppm 180 190 100 to 200 (°C) 175 175 100 to 200 (°C) 180 190 60 120 0 to 120 (s) The respective temperatures are to be set such that CONTROL TEMP SECOND TEMPFIRST TEMP. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, a test pattern for measuring fixing pressure is output in interrupt copy mode (see page 3-379). Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-51 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U162 Description Stabilizing fixing forcibly Description Stops the stabilization fixing drive forcibly, regardless of fixing temperature. Purpose To forcibly stabilize the machine before the fixing section reaches stabilization temperature. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press the print key. The forced stabilization mode is entered, and stabilization operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. To exit the forced stabilization mode, turn the power off and on. Completion To exit this maintenance item without executing forced fixing stabilization, press the stop clear key. U196 Turning the fixing heater on Description Turns the fixing heater on. Purpose To check fixing heaters M or S. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the heater to be turned on. The selected heater turns on for 3 s and then turns off. Display MAIN SUB Description Fixing heater M (H1) Fixing heater S (H2) Completion Press the stop/clear key when fixing motors M and S are off. The screen for selecting the maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-52 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U198 Description Setting the fixing phase control Description Sets the use of fixing phase control to reduce electrical noise generated by the copier. Purpose Normally no change is necessary. If electrical noise generated by the copier causes flickering of the lights around the copier, select fixing phase control to reduces the noise. Method Press the print key. Setting 1 Press ON or OFF to change operation. Display Description ON Fixing phase control present OFF Fixing phase control absent Initial setting: ON for metric and OFF for inch specifications 2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U200 Turning all LEDs on Description Turns all the LEDs on the operation panel on. Purpose To check if all the LEDs on the operation panel light Method Press the print key. All the LEDs on the operation panel light. Completion Press the stop/clear key or wait for 10 s. The LEDs turns off, and the screen for selecting a maintenance mode is displayed. 3-2-53 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U201 Description Initializing the touch panel Description Automatically correct the positions of the X- and Y-axes of the touch panel. Purpose To automatically correct the display positions on the touch panel after it is replaced. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed, and the + key displayed at the upper left of the touch panel flashes. 2 Press on the center of the + key. The + key on lower right flashes. 3 Press the center of the flashing +. Initialization of the touch panel is complete, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without initializing, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance mode No. is displayed. 3-2-54 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U202 Description Setting the MMD host monitoring system Description Initializes or operates the MMD host monitoring system* * Optional for 120 V specifications only. Purpose Used when setting up the machine or during regular maintenance or repair. Method 1 Press the print key. The basic status screen is displayed. 2 Operates the device following the instructions on the touch panel. Completion Press the stop/clear key on the basic screen. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. [Basic status] Maintenance item No. select screen Technician arrive Maintenance count clear Maintenance item No. select screen Service report (leave) Phone number setting Device initialization U202 1 2 3 4 5 Stop/ clear key • To initialize the MMD host monitoring system, run the following modes in order: · Phone number setting 4 · Device initialization 5 • During regular maintenance or service · Technician arrive 1 · Maintenance count clear 2 · Service report (leave) 3 3-2-55 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. Description 2 1 Stop/ clear key Maintenance parts check/clear Select parts & push clear Ready to send Push print key Print key Transmission start DRUM 00000000 DEVELOPER 00000000 FIXING ROLLER 00000000 BLADE 00000000 MAIN CHARGER 00000000 U202 Clear Basic status screen Maintenance parts check/clear Select parts & push clear U202 SEP.CLAW MOUNT00000000 SEP.CLAW ASS'Y 00000000 HEAT ROLLER 00000000 PRESS ROLLER 00000000 FIX HEATER M 00000000 Clear Checkmark the replaced parts. Clear Stop/ clear key Ready to send Push print key Print key Counts are cleared. Basic status screen 3-2-56 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. Description 3 Service report (leave) Select a mode U202 Preventive maintenance Repair PM & Repair Courtesy call Select an item. Ready to send Push print key Stop/ clear key Print key Transmission starts. Basic status screen 4 U202 Phone number setting Set mode Prefix code 0000000000 Host tel No. 0000000000 Suffix code Dial type Select an item and enter the digits using numeric keys. Press the interrupt key to enter a space. 0000000000 Tone Pulse10 Pulse20 Set Set Ready to send Push print key Stop/ clear key Print key The phone number is stored. Basic status screen 3-2-57 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. Description 5 Device initialization Select a mode U202 Standard Special by MODEL Stop/ clear key Stop/ clear key Retry initialization Special by MODEL Standard Device initialization Select a mode Device initialization Select a mode U202 Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key. Device initialization Select a mode Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key. Device initialization Select a mode U202 PPC ID 000000 Model Initialization ID 000000 Personal ID Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key. Device initialization Select a mode PPC ID Initialization ID Total count U202 000000 000000 Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key. Device initialization Select a mode U202 Model 000000 Personal ID Total count 00000000 U202 000000 000000 Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key. 000000 00000000 Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key. 5–1 3-2-58 000000 Model 000000 PPC ID U202 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. Description 5–1 Ready to send Push print key xxxx (Reason for failure) Check Print key Check Initialization starts. Yes Initialization succeeded? No MMD system problem? No Yes Initialization successful Screen depending on the reason for failure Check Check Device initialization Select a mode U202 Basic status screen Standard Special by MODEL Retry initialization Retry initialization 5–1 3-2-59 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U203 Description Operating DF separately Description Simulates the original conveying operation separately in the SRDF. Purpose To check the SRDF. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Set the magnification to between 25 and 200% using the Up/Down keys. 3 Place an original in the SRDF if running this simulation with paper. 4 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse and operation starts. Display Operation ADF MODE With paper, single-sided original RADF MODE With paper, double-sided original ADF MODE (NON-PAPER) Without paper, single-sided original (continuous operation) RADF MODE (NON-PAPER) Without paper, double-sided original (continuous operation) 5 To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key when the operation stops. The screen for selecting the maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-60 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U204 Description Setting the presence or absence of a key card or key counter Description Sets the presence or absence of the optional key card or key counter. Purpose A key card is not available for metric specifications. The setting for the HECON key card, which is supported by inch-specification machines, is not necessary in this maintenance item. Method Press the start key. Setting 1 Select the optional counter to be installed. The selected counter is displayed in reverse. Pressing the reversed item again resets the selection. Display Description KEY CARD The key card is installed. KEY COUNTER The key counter is installed. 2 Press the print key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-61 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U206 Description Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender Description Sets the presence or absence of the optional coin vender. Also sets the details for coin vender operation, such as mode and unit price. This is an optional device which is currently supported only by Japanese specification machines, so no setting is necessary. 3-2-62 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U209 Description Setting date and time Description Sets the real time clock, which is used as a reference when correcting drum time. Purpose To set the date and time after initializing data. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. The current setting for the year is displayed. 2 Set the year (last two digits of the year) using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. The current setting for the month is displayed. 3 Set the month using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. The current setting for the date is displayed. 4 Set the date using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. The current setting for the day of the week is displayed. 5 Set the day of the week using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. The current time setting for hours is displayed. Setting 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Description Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday 6 Set the time (hours, 0 to 23) using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. The current time setting for minutes is displayed. 7 Set the minutes using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. Setting is complete, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Supplement To return to the last screen, press the stop/clear key while setting. Completion To stop this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key at the screen for the year setting. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-63 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U243 Description Checking the operation of the DF motors, clutches and solenoids Description Turns the SRDF motors, clutches or solenoids on. Purpose To check the operation of the SRDF motors, clutches and solenoids. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and operation starts. Display F MOTOR C MOTOR FEED CL EJ JCT SL REV JCT SL FEED SL REVPRS SL Motors, clutches and solenoids Original feed motor (OFM) Original paper conveying motor (OCM) Original feed clutch (OFCL) Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) Original feed solenoid (OFSOL) Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) Operation In operation In operation On for 0.5 s On for 0.5 s On for 0.5 s On and off On and off 3 To turn each motor off, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-64 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U244 Description Checking the DF switches Description Displays the status of the respective switches on the SRDF. Purpose To check if respective switches on the SRDF operate correctly. Start 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the type of switches (SW or VR) to be checked. The screen for executing is displayed. Display Type of switches SW On/off switches VR Volume switch Method for the on/off switches 1 Turn the respective switches on and off manually to check the status. If the on-status of a switch is detected, the corresponding switch is displayed in reverse. Display Switches SET SW Original set switch (OSSW) FEED SW Original feed switch (OFSW) REV SW Original switchback switch (OSBSW) TMG SW DF timing switch (DFTSW) SZ A SW Original size length switch (OSLSW) 2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Method for the volume switch 1 Move the original insertion guides to check the detection status of the original size width switch. As shown on the next page, the detected original width is displayed as a numerical value with the decimals omitted. 3-2-65 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U244 Description Numerical value Original width to be detected 000 ···· 51/2" × 81/2" ···· 49.664 A5R ···· 50.176 ···· 61.440 ···· 61.952 B5R ···· 103.936 81/2" × 14"/ 81/2" × 11" ···· 104.448 Folio/A4R ···· 139.264 ···· 139.776 ···· 146.432 B4/B5 ···· 146.994 ···· 197.120 ···· 197.632 CF (11" × 15") ···· 197.720 11" × 17"/ 11" × 15"/ 11" × 81/2" ···· 223.232 A3/A4 256 For example, if any value between 105 and 139 is displayed when the original insertion guides are adjusted for A4R paper, it indicates that the original width is detected correctly. 2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-66 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U245 Description Checking messages Description Displays a list of messages on the touch panel of the operation panel. Purpose To check the messages to be displayed. Method 1 Press the print key. 2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys to display each message one at a time. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U247 Checking the operation of the large paper deck and paper feed desk Description Turns on motors and clutches of the large paper deck*1 or the upper and lower drawers of the optional paper feed desk*2. *1: 42 ppm:optional/52 ppm: standard. *2: Optonal for 42 ppm only. Purpose To check the operation of motors and clutches of the respective paper feed devices. Start 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the paper feed device to be checked. The screen for executing is displayed. Display 3000 DECK 500 × 2 DESK Paper feed device Large paper deck Upper and lower drawers of the paper feed desk Method 1 Press the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse and operation starts. • Large paper deck Display Motors and clutches LCF MOT Deck paper conveying motor (CM) L CL Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) PCL1 Paper conveying clutch (CCL) Operation On for 5 s On for 1s On for 1s PCL2 On for 1s Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) 3-2-67 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U247 Description • Upper and lower drawers of the paper feed desk Display DESK MOT FEED CL UPP CL LOW CL Motors and clutches Desk drive motor (DDM) Desk feed clutch (DFCL) Upper desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-U) Lower desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-L) Operation On for 5 s On for 1 s On for 1s On for 1s 2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U248 Setting the paper eject device Description Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper for the optional finisher in punch mode when it is attached. Also sets the punch limit and displays and clears the punch-hole scrap count. Adjusts the booklet stapling position for each paper size when the optional booklet stitcher is attached. Purpose • Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in punch mode Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper while in the punch section if, in punch mode, paper jams or is Z-folded frequently due to too much slack in the paper, or, the position of punch holes varies due to too little slack in the paper. • Punch limit setting Sets the punch limit to notify the user of the time to collect punch-hole scrap. • Punch-hole scrap count display (clearing) Used to manually clear the punch-hole scrap count if a message requiring collection of punch-hole scrap is shown on the touch panel after collection. If punch-hole scrap is collected with the copier power turned off, the punch-hole scrap count is not cleared and consequently this problem occurs. • Booklet stapling position adjustment Adjusts the booklet stapling position in the stitching mode if the position is not proper. 3-2-68 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U248 Description Start Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Display PUNCH TIMING Description Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in punch mode Punch limit/punch-hole scrap count PUNCH LIMIT SADDLE ADJUST Booklet stapling position adjustment Setting the amount of slack in the paper 1 Select PUNCH TIMING on the screen for selecting an item. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Description Setting range Punch timing Amount of slack in the paper –15 to +15 Initial setting 0 I f the position of punch holes varies, increase the setting to make the amount of slack larger. If paper jams or is Z-folded frequently, decrease the setting to make the amount of slack smaller. Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of slack by 1.25 mm. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. 4 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Setting the punch limit or displaying the punch-hole scrap count 1 Select PUNCH LIMIT on the screen for selecting an item. 2 Select the item to be set. 3 Change the setting using the numeric keys or the Up/Down keys. To clear the punch-hole scrap count, press the all clear/reset key. Display Description PUNCH LIMIT Punch limit (maximum number of punching times) PUNCH CNT Punch-hole scrap count (current number of punching times) Setting range Initial setting 0 to 999000 75000 0 to 999999 — PUNCH LIMIT can be changed in increments of 1000 times. When the punch-hole scrap count reaches the punch limit, “Check punch waste tank.” is displayed on the touch panel. 4 Press the print key. The value is set. 5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. 3-2-69 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U248 Description Setting the booklet stapling position 1 Select SADDLE ADJUST on the screen for selecting an item. 2 Select the size to be set. 3 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys. Display Description A4R B4R A3R Setting range Initial setting Adjustment of booklet stapling –125 to +125 0 position for A4R size Adjustment of booklet stapling –125 to +125 0 position for B4R size Adjustment of booklet stapling –125 to +125 0 position for A3R size Left stapling Right stapling Chang in value per step 0.25 mm 0.25 mm 0.25 mm Adjustment method Proper Increase the preset value. Upper side is longer. Lower side is longer. Decrease the preset value. Lower side is longer. Upper side is longer. 4 Press the print key. The value is set. 5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-70 2AD-1 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U250 Description Setting the maintenance cycle Description Displays and changes the maintenance cycle. Purpose To check and change the maintenance cycle. Method Press the print key. The current setting is displayed as follows: Maintenance cycle (number of copies) = setting × 1000 Setting 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Description Maintenance cycle Setting range 0 to 600 Initial setting Change in value per step 150 1000 (copies) For example, when set to 120, the maintenance cycle is set to 120000. Pressing the Up key when set to 600 rolls over the setting to 0. 2 Press the start key. The value is set , and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count Description Displays, clears and changes the maintenance count. Purpose To check the maintenance count. Also to clear the count during maintenance service. Method Press the print key. The maintenance count is displayed. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric key. 2 Press the print key. The count is set , and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-71 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U252 Description Setting the destination Description Switches the operations and screens of machines according to the respective destinations. Purpose To be executed after replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB or initializing the backup RAM by running maintenance item U020, in order to return the setting to the value before replacement or initialization. Method Press the print key. The screen for entering an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the destination. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display JAPAN METRIC INCH EUROPE METRIC ASIA PACIFIC Description Metric (Japan) specifications Inch specifications Metric (Europe) specifications Metric (Asia Pacific) specifications 2 Press the print key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Supplement The specified initial settings are provided according to the destinations in the maintenance items below. To change the initial settings in those items, be sure to run maintenance item U021 after changing the destination. • Initial setting according to the destinations Maintenance Title item No. 198 Setting the fixing phase control 253 Switching between double and single counts 255 Setting auto clear time 347 348 3-2-72 Setting auto drawer size detection Setting copy density adjustment range Japan Inch ON OFF Europe Metric, Asia Pacific ON SINGLE COUNT 120 s DOUBLE COUNT 90 s DOUBLE COUNT 90 s ON ON OFF NORMAL SPECIAL AREA SPECIAL AREA 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U253 Description Switching between double and single counts Description Switches the count system for the total count and other counts. Purpose According to user (copy service provider) request, select if A3/11" x 17" paper is to be counted as one sheet (single count) or two sheets (double count). Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select double or single count. Display Description DOUBLE COUNT Double count for A3/11" × 17" paper only Single count for all size paper SINGLE COUNT Initial setting: DOUBLE COUNT 2 Press the print key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting an maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-73 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U254 Description Turning auto start function on/off Description Selects if the auto start function is turned on. Purpose Normally no change is necessary. If incorrect operation occurs, turn the function off: this may solve the problem. Method Press the start key. The screen for entering an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select either ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display Description ON Auto start function on OFF Auto start function off Initial setting: ON 2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-74 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U255 Description Setting auto clear time Description Sets the time to return to initial settings after copying is complete. Purpose To be set according to frequency of use. Set to a comparatively long time for continuous copying at the same settings, and a comparatively short time for frequent copying at various settings. Method Press the print key. The value is set. Current settings are displayed. Setting 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down key. Description Auto clear time Setting range 0 to 270 Initial setting 90 The setting can be changed by 30 s per step. Pressing the Up key when set to 270 rolls over the setting to 0. When set to 0, the auto clear function is cancelled. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-75 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U256 Description Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off Description Selects if the auto preheat/energy saver function is turned on. When set to ON, the time to enter preheat/energy saver mode can be changed in copy management mode. Purpose According to user request, to set the preheat time to save energy, or enable copying promptly without the recovery time from preheat mode. Method Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display Description ON Auto preheat/energy saver function on OFF Auto preheat/energy saver function off Initial setting: ON 2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. When change from OFF to ON, the initial value of 15 min. is set. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. 3-2-76 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U258 Description Switching copy operation at toner empty detection Description Selects if continuous copying is enabled after toner empty is detected, and sets the number of copies that can be made after the detection. Method Press the print key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1 Select single or continuous copying. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display Description SINGLE MODE Enables only single copying. CONTINUE MODE Enables single and continuous copying. Initial setting: SINGLE MODE 2 Set the number of copies that can be made using the Up/Down keys. Description Number of copies after toner empty detection Setting range Initial setting 0 to 200 (copies) 0 The setting can be changed by 5 copies per step. When set to 0, the number of copies is not limited regardless of the setting for single or continuous copying. 3 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-77 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U260 Description Changing the copy count timing Description Changes the copy count timing for the total counter and other counters. Purpose To be set according to user (copy service provider) request. If a paper jam occurs frequently in the finisher when the number of copies is counted at the time of paper ejection, copies are provided without copy counts. The copy service provider cannot charge for such copying. To prevent this, the copy timing should be made earlier. If a paper jam occurs frequently in the paper conveying or fixing sections when the number of copies is counted before the paper reaches those sections, copying is charged without a copy being made. To prevent this, the copy timing should be made later. Method Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the copy count timing. Display Description COUNT:FEED When secondary paper feed starts. COUNT:EJEC When the paper is ejected. Initial setting: EJECT 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-78 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U263 Description Setting DF copy ejection orientation Description Sets the copy paper ejection orientation in DF copying. Purpose To set face up ejection to eject the same order as the originals when using special papers such as tracing paper and film as copy medium. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select an ejection orientation. Display Description FACE-DOWN (NORMAL) Face down ejection. FACE-UP (SPEED) Face up ejection with bitmap copy. FACE-UP (MEMORY) Face up ejection with memory copy. Initial setting: Face down 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-79 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U264 Description Setting date display order Description Sets the order of year, month, and day for output on a list and the like. Purpose Selects the order according to user request. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the order of display. Display YEAR-MONTH-DATE MONTH-DATE-YEAR DATE-MONTH-YEAR Description Year - month - day Month - day - year Day - month - year Initial setting: inch: Month - day - year metric: Day - month - year 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. U265 Setting OEM purchaser code Description Sets the OEM purchaser code. Purpose Sets the code when replacing the main PCB and the like. Method Press the print key. Setting 1 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to adjust the preset value. 2 Press the print key. The count is set , and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-80 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U330 Description Sets the number of copies for switching the copy eject tray in the finisher Description Sets the number of copies at which the copy eject tray will switch from the sub tray to the main tray. Purpose Selects the value according to user request. Method Press the print key. The screen for adjustment is displayed. Setting 1 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to adjust the preset value. Initial value Description Setting range Number of copies to be ejected on 1 to 100 (sheets) 100 the sub tray The copy eject tray is switched from the sub tray to the main tray when the number of copies ejected to the sub tray exceeds the preset value. 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-81 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U333 Description Setting the number of digits of ID-code Description Sets the number of digits of ID-code. Purpose Sets the number of digits according to user request. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the number of digits. Display 4 digits 7 digits Description The number of digits of ID-code is 4. The number of digits of ID-code is 7. Initial setting: 4 digits 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-82 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U334 Description Setting the ejection method in the booklet stitcher Description Sets whether or not the eject bin in use is switched to the other bin when the bin in use in the booklet stitcher overflows. Purpose Sets the value to 1 BIN to use one bin only for copying and the other bin only for printing. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select an ejection method. Display 2 BIN 1 BIN Description The eject bin is switched when a bin overflows. The eject bin is not switched even when a bin overflows. Initial setting: 2 BIN 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-83 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U343 Description Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode Description Switches the initial setting between duplex and simplex copy. Purpose To be set according to frequency of use: set to the more frequently used mode. Method Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select ON or OFF. Display Description ON Duplex copy OFF Simplex copy Initial setting: OFF 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-84 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U344 Description Setting preheat/energy saver mode Description Changes the control mode for preheat/energy saver, and sets the silent mode (low noise mode). Purpose According to user request, selects which has priority, recovery time from preheat or energy saving. Also sets polygon motor noise elimination in preheat. Method Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select control mode. Display INSTANT READY ENERGY STAR E 2000 SILENT MDOE Control in preheat mode Without decreasing the fixing control temperature, the display on the operation panel is turned off. The fixing control temperature is decreased by 30°C/54°F (42 ppm) or 20°C/36°F (52 ppm) and the copier is forcibly stabilized 30 s after exiting preheat mode. The fixing control temperature is decreased by 40°C/72°F (42 ppm) or 20°C/36°F (52 ppm). ON: Polygon motor off/OFF: Normal Initial setting: Energy Star applied 3 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-85 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U345 Description Setting the value for maintenance due indication Description Sets when to display a message notifying that the time for maintenance is about to be reached, by setting the number of copies that can be made before the current maintenance cycle ends. When the difference between the number of copies of the maintenance cycle and that of the maintenance count reaches the set value, the message is displayed. Purpose To change the time to display the maintenance due indication. Method Press the print key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1 Change the setting using the numeric or Up/Down keys. Description Setting range Display period for the next maintenance 0 to 9999 (remaining count before the end of the maintenance cycle) Initial setting: 0 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-86 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U347 Description Setting auto drawer size detection Description Turning the auto drawer size detection function on/off. Purpose To be used when turning the auto paper size (in the drawers) detection off and making copies onto only the specified size paper. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select ON or OFF. Display Description ON Detects the paper sizes in the drawers automatically. OFF Does not detect the paper sizes in the drawers automatically. Initial setting: ON for inch and OFF for metric specifications 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-87 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U348 Description Setting the copy density adjustment range Description Selects the adjustment range for copy density from NORMAL and SPECIAL AREA (for wider range). Purpose To change the setting according to user request. When especially dark or light density is requested, set to SPECIAL AREA. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the density range. Display Description SPECIAL AREA 25 steps (enlargement mode) NORMAL 13 steps Initial setting: SPECIAL AREA 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-88 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U350 Description Setting the ID-code error output Description Sets whether or not an error report is output when an ID-code error occurs. Purpose According to user request, changes the setting. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select ON or OFF. * The selected item is highlighted. Display Description ON Error report is output. OFF Error report is not output. Initial setting: ON 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. U402 Adjusting margins for image printing Adjustment See page 3-3-20. U403 Adjusting margins for reading an original on the contact glass Adjustment See page 3-3-40. U404 Adjusting margins for DF original reading Adjustment See page 3-3-100. 3-2-89 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U901 Description Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feed locations Description Displays or clears copy counts by paper feed locations. Purpose To check the time to replace consumable parts. Also to clear the counts after replacing the consumable parts. Method 1 Press the print key. The counts by paper feed locations are displayed. 2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys. Display BYPASS FIRST SECOND THIRD Paper feed locations Bypass table Copier upper drawer Copier lower drawer Paper feed desk*1 upper drawer FORTH LCF DUPLEX Paper feed desk*1 lower drawer Large paper deck*2 Duplex unit *1: Optional for 42 ppm only. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. When an optional paper feed device is not installed, the corresponding count is not displayed. Clearing 1 Select the count to be cleared. The selected item is displayed in reverse. To clear the counts for all paper feed locations, press ALL on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-90 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U903 Description Checking/clearing the paper jam counts Description Displays or clears the jam counts by jam locations. Purpose To check the paper jam status. Also to clear the jam counts after replacing consumable parts. Method 1 Press the print key. The jam count is displayed by jam codes. 2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys. Clearing 1 Press ALL on the touch panel. Jam counts cannot be cleared individually. 2 Press the print key. The count is cleared, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-91 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U904 Description Checking/clearing the service call counts Description Displays or clears the service call code counts by types. Purpose To check the service call code status by types. Also to clear the service call code counts after replacing consumable parts. Method 1 Press the print key. The jam count is displayed by service call codes. 2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys. Clearing 1 Select the count to be cleared. The selected count is displayed in reverse. To clear all counts, press ALL on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is cleared. When all counts are cleared, the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-92 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U905 Description Checking/clearing counts by optional devices Description Displays or clears the counts by optional devices. Purpose To check the use of the SRDF, finisher and booklet siticher. Also to clear the counts after replacing consumable parts. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the device, the count of which is to be checked. The count of the selected device is displayed. • SRDF (DF) Display Description CHANGE Original replacement count ADF No. of single-sided originals that has passed through the DF in ADF mode RADF No. of double-side originals that has passed through the DF in RADF mode • Finisher (SORTER) Display COPY COUNT STAPLE PUNCH STACKER SADDLE Description No. of copies that has passed Frequency the stapler has been activated Frequency the punch has been activated Frequency the stacker has been activated Frequency the booklet stitcher has been activated Clearing 1 Select the item to be cleared. The selected item is displayed in reverse. 2 Press the print key. The count is cleared. 3 To return to the screen for entering an item, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-93 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U906 Description Resetting partial operation control Description Resets the service call code for partial operation control. Purpose To be reset after partial operation is performed due to problems in the drawers or other sections below, and the related parts are serviced. The following sections can be the subject of the partial operation: SRDF Large paper deck Copier upper drawer Copier lower drawer Paper feed desk upper drawer Paper feed desk lower drawer Duplex unit Finisher Method 1 Press the print key. 2 Press RESET on the touch panel. 3 Press the print key to reset partial operation control. The maintenance mode is exited, and the machine returns to the same status when the main switch is turned on. 3-2-94 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U907 Description Checking and resetting the count value on each ejection location Description Displays and resets the count value of ejected sheets on each ejection location. Purpose Checks the replacement period for maintenance parts. Also resets the count value after replacing the maintenance parts. Method Press the print key. * The count value on each ejection location is displayed Display STRAIGHT SWITCH BACK . AUTO DUPLEX Description Straight ejection count Reversed ejection count Duplex tray ejection count Clearing 1 Select the item for which the count value is to be reset. * The selected item is highlighted. * To reset the count values for all ejection locations, press ALL on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is cleared. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-95 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U908 Description Checking the count value of the electronic counter Description Displays the count value of the electronic counter. Purpose Checks the value for maintenance work. Method Press the print key. * The count value of the total counter is displayed. Display Description COUNT Count value of electronic counter .Clearing The count value cannot be changed or cleared. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-96 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U990 Description Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp to light Description Displays, clears or changes the accumulated time for the exposure lamp to light. Purpose To check duration of use of the exposure lamp. Also to clear the accumulated time for the lamp after replacement. Method Press the print key. The accumulated time of illumination for the exposure lamp is displayed in minutes. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The accumulated time is cleared, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a six-digit accumulated time using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the accumulated time, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-97 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U992 Description Checking/clearing the printer count Description Displays, clears or changes the print count of the printer when the optional printer unit is installed. Purpose To check the frequency of use of the printer. Method Press the print key. The printer count is displayed. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a six-digit numerical value using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. 3-2-98 2A3/4 3-2-2 Copier management In addition to a maintenance function for service, the copier is equipped with a management function which can be operated by users (mainly by the copier administrator). In this copier management mode, default settings and the settings for the timer function can be changed. ( 1 ) Executing a copier management item Start Default/Special: on Management: on Enter an ID code Department management (see page 3-2-100) End: on Week timer/Weekly timer: on Enter an ID code Week timer (see page 3-2-101) End: on Copy default: on Enter an ID code Copy default (see page 3-2-102) End: on Machine default: on Enter an ID code Machine default (see page 3-2-105) End: on Language: on Language (see page 3-2-107) End 3-2-99 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Department management Registering a new department code Sets a department code and the limit of the number of copies for that department. 1. SET CODE: on 2. REGISTER: on 3. Enter a department code using the numeric keys: 7 digits for inch specifications and 4 digits for metric specifications. 4. REGISTER: on 5. Enter the limit using the numeric keys. Setting range is 1000 to 250000 (in every 1000) copies. Set to 0 for unlimited copies. 6. REGISTER: on 7. END: on 8. END: on Altering the copy limit 1. SET CODE: on 2. CORRECTION: on 3. Select the department code to be altered. 4. Enter the limit of the number of copies using the numeric keys. 5. REGISTER: on 6. END: on 7. END: on Clearing copy counts 1. 2. 3. 4. SET CODE: on CLEAR: on YES: on END: on Viewing copy counts Deleting a department code 1. SET CODE: on 2. DELETE: on 3. Select the department code to be deleted. 4. END: on 5. END: on 1. REFERENCE: on 2. END: on Printing a copy management report 1. Set A4/81/2" x 11" copy paper. 2. PRINT MANAGEMENT LIST: on Turning copy management function on/off 1. Select ON or OFF. 3-2-100 2A3/4 ( 3 ) Week timer Setting the time 1. TIMER SET: on 2. Set the current day of the week, hour and minute by pressing +/symbols (24-hour clock format). 3. ENTER: on Programming the week timer Set the on/off time for each day of the week. 1. WEEK TIMER: on 2. Select the day of the week to be set. 3. Select ON and set hours and minutes by pressing the +/symbols. 4. Select OFF and set hours and minutes by pressing the +/symbols. 5. ENTER: on 6. ENTER: on Canceling the timer function 1. CANCEL: on 2. Select the day of week to be canceled. 3. ENTER: on Turning the timer on/off 1. Select ON or OFF. 3-2-101 2A3/4 ( 4 ) Copy default Exposure mode Manual exposure adjustment. Selects auto or manual exposure to be given priority in initial mode. 1. Display EXPOSURE MODE using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select AUTO or MANUAL. Adjusts the exposure in manual density mode. 1. Display MANUAL EXPOSURE ADJUSTMENT using the Up/ Down keys. 2. CHANAGE: on 3. Adjust the exposure by pressing DARKER or LIGHTER. Setting is available for text, text and photo (mixed) and photo modes. 4. END: on Exposure steps Sets the exposure steps in manual exposure mode. 1. Display EXPOSURE STEPS using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select 7 STEPS or 13 STEPS. Copy quality Toner economy mode Sets the initial value of the toner economy mode at power on. 1. Display TONER ECONOMY using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Select ON or OFF 4. END: on Auto exposure adjustment Adjusts the exposure in auto density mode. 1. Display AUTO EXPOSURE ADJUSTMENT using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Adjust the exposure by pressing DARKER or LIGHTER. 4. END: on 3-2-102 Sets the image quality to be selected in initial mode. 1. Display COPY QUALITY using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select MIXED, TEXT or PHOTO. Output form Sets the initial value of the sort mode when setting originals. 1. Display OUTPUT FORM using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF Paper selection Set if the same sized paper as the original to be copied is automatically selected. 1. Display PAPER SELECTION using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select AUTO or MANUAL. 2A3/4 Job programming Custom size for border erase Selects whether all program numbers are selectable or program No. 1 is given priority. 1. Display JOB PROGRAMMING using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select REGULAR (for all program numbers) or OFF THE PLATEN (for program No. 1). Sets the custom size for border erase copying. 1. Display CUSTOM SIZE FOR BORDER ERASE using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Set the paper width by pressing the upper +/- symbols. Setting is available between 94 mm/311/16" and 214mm/87/16" in 8 mm/5/16" steps. 4. Set the paper length by pressing the lower +/- symbols. Setting is available between 60 mm/23/8" and 296 mm/115/8" in 4 mm/2/16". 5. END: on Default drawer Set the drawer to be selected after the all clear/reset key is pressed. 1. Display DEFAULT DRAWER using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on. 3. Select the default drawer. Front and back page margin Zoom mode Selects fixed or standard magnifications in reduction/enlargement mode. 1. Display ZOOM MODE using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select SIZE ZOOM or STANDARD ZOOM. Copy limit Sets the limit of the number of copies for multiple copying. 1. Display COPY LIMIT using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Enter the number of copies up to 999 using the numeric keys. 4. CHANGE: on Sets if individual margin settings for front and back page are available. 1. Display F & BP. MARGIN using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF. Drawer for insert sheet 1. Display DRAWER FOR INSERT SHEET using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Select the paper feed location. Drawer cover sheet/stitch Selects the drawer to be used for setting cover sheets in the stitching mode. 1. Display DRAWER COVER SHEET using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Select a drawer. 3-2-103 2A3/4 Rotate sort Sets if rotate sort is available in sort copy mode. Setting is not available when the finisher is installed. 1. Display ROTATE SORT using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF. Create shortcut Registers frequently used function keys, and displays them on the basic screen. 1. Display CREATE SHORTCUT #1 or CREATE SHORTCUT #2 using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Select a function. Create user choice #1-#5 Moves frequently used function keys to the basic screen for selecting a function. 1. Display one of CREATE USER CHOICE/Customize GUI #1 to #5 using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: ON 3. Select the function to be moved. 3-2-104 2A3/4 ( 5 ) Machine default Un-fixed size from bypass APS for special paper Sets if non-standard size paper is available when the paper is fed from the bypass table. 1. Display UN-FIXED SIZE FROM BYPASS using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF. Sets if auto paper selection is available for the paper feed location with the special paper. 1. Display APS FOR SPECIAL PAPER using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF. Auto drawer switching Key sound Sets if the auto drawer switching function is available. 1. Display AUTOMATIC DRAWER SWITCHING using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF. Sets if a beep sounds when a key on the key touch panel is pressed. 1. Display KEY SOUND using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF. Auto preheat time Drawer paper size Changes the paper size for the drawers displayed on the basic screen. 1. Display DRAWER PAPER SIZE for the drawer to be changed using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: ON 3. Select paper size. Sets the auto preheat time. 1. Display AUTO PREHEAT TIME using the Up/Down keys. 2. Set the time by pressing the +/symbols. Setting is available between 5 and 45 min. in 5 min. steps Auto shutoff time Special paper Selects the drawer for special paper. 1. Display SPECIAL PAPER using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: ON 3. Select the drawer. To cancel, select the same drawer again. 4. End: ON Sets the auto shutoff time. 1. Display AUTO SHUT-OFF TIME using the Up/Down keys. 2. Set the time by pressing the +/symbols. Setting is available between 15 and 270 min. in 15 min. steps. 3-2-105 2A3/4 Management code change Changes the management code to be used. 1. Display MANAGEMENT CODE CHANGE using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: ON. 3. Enter the code using the numeric keys. 4. CHANGE: ON Auto shutoff Sets if the auto shutoff function is available. 1. Display AUTO SHUT-OFF using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF. 3-2-106 2A3/4 ( 6 ) Language Switches the language to be displayed on the key touch panel. 1. Press on the language to be displayed. • Available languages are English, German, French, Italian and Spanish for metric specifications, and English, French and Spanish for inch specifications. 3-2-107 2A3/4 CONTENTS 3-3 Assembly and Disassembly 3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ........................................ 3-3-1 (1) Precautions ................................................................................. 3-3-1 (2) Running a maintenance item ....................................................... 3-3-2 3-3-2 Paper feed section .............................................................................. 3-3-3 (1) Detaching and refitting the forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper feed pulleys ............................................................. 3-3-3 (2) Detaching and refitting the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys ............................................................. 3-3-8 (3) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches (inch models only) ..................................................................... 3-3-14 (4) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblys ................................................................................. 3-3-16 (5) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster ................................. 3-3-17 (6) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacement ......................... 3-3-18 (6-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration .......................... 3-3-18 (6-2) Adjusting the center line of image printing ...................... 3-3-19 (6-3) Adjusting the margins for printing ................................... 3-3-20 (6-4) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypass and duplex feeds ................................................................... 3-3-22 3-3-3 Optical section .................................................................................. 3-3-23 (1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp ................................ 3-3-23 (2) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires ................................. 3-3-24 (2-1) Detaching the scanner wires .......................................... 3-3-24 (2-2) Refitting the scanner wires ............................................. 3-3-25 (3) Replacing the laser scanner unit ............................................... 3-3-28 (4) Replacing the ISU (reference) ................................................... 3-3-30 (5) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference) .................... 3-3-32 (6) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference) .......... 3-3-33 (5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit .............. 3-3-33 (5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU .................................... 3-3-35 (7) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main scanning direction ..................................................................... 3-3-36 (8) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary scanning direction ..................................................................... 3-3-37 (9) Adjusting the scanner center line .............................................. 3-3-38 (10) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration ....................... 3-3-39 (11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the contact glass ............................................................................. 3-3-40 3-3-4 Main charging section ....................................................................... 3-3-42 (1) Replacing the charger wire and main charger grid .................... 3-3-42 3-3-5 Drum section ..................................................................................... 3-3-45 (1) Replacing the drum ................................................................... 3-3-45 (2) Cleaning the drum ..................................................................... 3-3-48 1-1-21 2A3/4 3-3-6 Developing section ............................................................................ 3-3-51 (1) Replacing the developing unit upper seal ................................. 3-3-51 (2) Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush (developing roller) (reference) ................................................................................. 3-3-52 (3) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference) ............... 3-3-53 (4) Replacing the developing duct filter .......................................... 3-3-55 3-3-7 Transfer and separation section ....................................................... 3-3-56 (1) Replacing the charger wires and cleaning pads ........................ 3-3-56 3-3-8 Cleaning section ............................................................................... 3-3-59 (1) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade ................................ 3-3-59 (2) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brush ................................ 3-3-61 (3) Detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly ............................................. 3-3-63 3-3-9 Fixing section .................................................................................... 3-3-64 (1) Detaching and refitting fixing heaters M and S .......................... 3-3-64 (2) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermistor ....................... 3-3-68 (3) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermostats .................... 3-3-70 (4) Replacing the press roller .......................................................... 3-3-71 (5) Replacing the heat roller ........................................................... 3-3-73 (6) Replacing the heat roller separation claws ................................ 3-3-75 (7) Detaching and refitting the press roller separation claws .......... 3-3-76 (8) Replacing the cooling filter ........................................................ 3-3-77 (9) Replacing the ozone filter .......................................................... 3-3-78 (10) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference) ................................... 3-3-79 3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section ............................................................ 3-3-80 (1) Detaching and refitting the duplex forwarding pulley ................. 3-3-80 (2) Detaching and refitting the switchback roller, duplex upper registration roller .................................................. 3-3-81 (3) Adjusting the position of the side registration section ............... 3-3-87 (4) Adjusting the side registration amount ...................................... 3-3-88 3-3-11 SRDF section .................................................................................... 3-3-89 (1) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley and the DF forwarding pulleys .......................................................... 3-3-89 (2) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulley ...................... 3-3-91 (3) Adjusting the lateral squareness of the DF ............................... 3-3-94 (4) Adjusting the DF magnification .................................................. 3-3-96 (5) Adjusting the DF center line ...................................................... 3-3-97 (6) Adjusting the scanning start position when the DF is used ....... 3-3-98 (6-1) Adjusting the DF leading edge registration .................... 3-3-98 (6-2) Adjusting the DF traling edge registration ...................... 3-3-99 (7) Adjusting the margins for scanning the original from the DF ... 3-3-100 3-3-12 Large paper deck section (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ..... 3-3-102 (1) Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separation rollers ....................................................................................... 3-3-103 (2) Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly ................................................................................. 3-3-103 (3) Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1 ...................... 3-3-104 (4) Adjusting the position of the center adjuster (center line alignment) ............................................................. 3-3-105 1-1-22 2A3/4 3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ( 1 ) Precautions • Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before starting disassembly. • When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the board. • Do not touch any PCB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static charge. • Use only the specified parts to replace the fixing unit . Never substitute wire for thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged. When installing a thermostat, ensure the correct clearance, if specified, using a thickness gauge. • Use the following testers when measuring voltages: Hioki 3200 Sanwa MD-180C Sanwa YX-360TR Beckman TECH300 Beckman DM45 Beckman 330 (capable of measuring RMS values) Beckman 3030 (capable of measuring RMS values) Beckman DM850 (capable of measuring RMS values) Fluke 8060A (capable of measuring RMS values) Arlec DMM1050 Arlec YF1030C • Prepare the following as test originals: 1. NTC (new test chart) 2. NPTC (newspaper test chart) 3-3-1 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Running a maintenance item Start Enter "10871087" using the numeric keys. Enter the maintenance item number using the numeric keys or Up/Down keys. Maintenance mode is entered. The maintenance item is selected. Press the print key. The selected maintenance item is run. Press the stop/clear key. Yes Repeat the same maintenance item? No Yes Run another maintenance item? No Enter "001" using the numeric keys or Up/Down key and press the print key. End 3-3-2 Maintenance mode is exited. 2A3/4 3-3-2 Paper feed section ( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper feed pulleys Replace the forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys as follows. Removing the primary paper feed unit 1. Remove right front lower covers B and A and the right rear lower cover. 2. Open the front cover and the right cover. 3. Open the duplex unit and upper and lower drawer at the same time. 4. Remove the screw holding the primary paper feed unit and then the unit. Screw Primary paper feed unit Screw Figure 3-3-1 Detaching the primary paper feed unit 3-3-3 2A3/4 Removing the forwarding pulley 5. Raise the forwarding pulley retainer in the direction the arrows, and remove it from the primary paper feed unit. Forwarding pulley retainer Figure 3-3-2 Detaching the forwarding pulley retainer 3-3-4 2A3/4 6. Remove the stop ring, pull the forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow, and remove the forwarding pulley. Stop ring Forwarding pulley shaft Forwarding pulley Figure 3-3-3 Detaching the forwarding pulley Removing the upper paper feed pulley 7. Remove the two stop rings. 8. Remove the paper feed clutch wires from the notches on the rear of the paper feed housing. 9. Pull the upper paper feed shaft toward the rear of the primary paper feed unit (see the arrow below) and remove the upper paper feed pulley. Stop rings Upper paper feed shaft Upper paper feed pulley Notches Wires Paper feed clutch Figure 3-3-4 Detaching the upper paper feed pulley 3-3-5 2A3/4 Removing the lower paper feed pulley 10. Remove the stop ring on the rear of the primary paper feed unit. 11. Pull the lower paper feed shaft to the rear (see the arrow shown below). Lower paper feed shaft Stop ring Figure 3-3-5 12. Remove the lower paper feed pulley. Lower paper feed pulley Figure 3-3-6 Detaching the lower paper feed pulley 3-3-6 2A3/4 13. Replace the forwarding pulley and upper and lower paper feed pulleys. 14. Refit all removed parts. Caution: • When fitting the forwarding pulley, orient it correctly as shown in Figure 3-3-7. Machine front Machine rear Forwarding pulley Figure 3-3-7 • When fitting the upper paper feed pulley, keep its blue end toward the machine front. • After fitting the upper paper feed pulley, refit the wires which were removed in step 8 in the paper feed housing notches. • When refitting the clutch, be sure to refit the stop. 3-3-7 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys Replace the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys as follows. Removing the bypass paper feed unit 1. Open the right cover and bypass table, and remove right front lower cover B, the right rear lower cover and middle right cover. 2. Detach the connector under the bypass table and then the bypass table. Bypass table Connector Figure 3-3-8 Detaching the bypass table 3-3-8 2A3/4 3. Remove the connector and four screws holding the bypass paper feed unit, and then the unit. Bypass paper feed unit Connector Screws Screws Figure 3-3-9 Detaching the bypass paper feed unit Removing the bypass forwarding pulley 4. Remove the stop ring at the front of the bypass forwarding pulley retainer. 5. Pull out the bypass forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow, and remove the bypass forwarding pulley. Bypass forwarding pulley retainer Bypass forwarding pulley shaft Stop ring Bypass forwarding pulley Figure 3-3-10 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley 3-3-9 2A3/4 Remove the bypass uppedr paper feed pulley. 6. Remove the spring from the bypass forwarding pulley retainer. 7. Remove the stop ring. 8. Move the bushing in the direction of arrow A and remove it from the bypass forwarding pulley retainer. 9. Push the bypass solenoid lever in the direction of arrow B and remove the bypass forwarding pulley retainer in the direction of arrow C. Spring Stop ring B Bypass solenoid lever Bypass forwarding pulley retainer A Bushing C Figure 3-3-11 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley retainer 3-3-10 2A3/4 10. Remove the stop ring, gear, spring pin and bushing. 11. Slightly move the bypass paper feed shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove the shaft from the bypass front frame. Bypass front frame Spring pin Stop ring Bypass paper feed shaft Bushing Gear Figure 3-3-12 Detaching the bypass paper feed shaft 3-3-11 2A3/4 12. Remove the bushing and the bypass upper paper feed pulley from the bypass paper feed shaft. Bypass upper paper feed pulley Bushing Bypass paper feed shaft Figure 3-3-13 Detaching the bypass upper paper feed pulley Removing the bypass lower paper feed pulley 13. Remove the two screws holding the bypass separation retainer and then the retainer. Screws Bypass separation retainer Figure 3-3-14 Detaching the bypass separation retainer 3-3-12 2A3/4 14. Remove the stop ring and pull the joint shaft in the direction of the arrow. Stop ring Joint shaft Bypass separation retainer Figure 3-3-15 Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley (1) 15. Remove the stop ring and then the bypass lower paper feed pulley. Bypass lower paper feed pulley Stop ring Figure 3-3-16 Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley (2) 16. Replace the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys. 17. Refit all removed parts. Caution: When refitting the upper paper feed pulley, orient its blue end toward the machine rear. 3-3-13 2A3/4 ( 3 ) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches (Inch models only) Replace the upper and lower paper width switches as follows. Caution: After replacing a paper width switch, be sure to perform (5) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster. 1. Open the drawer. 2. Remove the four screws and take the drawer out of the machine. Screws Screws Drawer Figure 3-3-17 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the two screws and 8-pin socket from the rear of the drawer. Detach the 8-pin paper width switch connector from the 8-pin socket. Remove the three screws holding the rack adjuster. While raising the drawer lift in the direction of the arrow, remove the rack adjuster. Screws Rack adjuster 8-pin socket Drawer lift 8-pin connector Screws Figure 3-3-18 Detaching the rack adjuster 3-3-14 2A3/4 7. Remove the two screws from the back of the rack adjuster and then the paper width switch. Screws Paper width switch Figure 3-3-19 Detaching the paper width switch 8. Apply the specified grease to the printed surface of the new paper width switch (shaded area in the diagram) and fit the switch to the rack adjuster. Apply the specified grease. Figure 3-3-20 Paper width switch 9. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-15 2A3/4 ( 4 ) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies Replace the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies as follows. Detaching the upper registration cleaner assembly 1. Open the front cover and pull the image formation unit out. 2. Remove the screw holding the paper feed section knob and then the knob. 3. Remove the screw holding the inner right cover and then the cover. 4. Remove the screw holding the upper registration cleaner assembly. Replace the assembly. 5. Refit all removed parts. Detaching the lower registration cleaner assembly 1. Open the front cover. 2. Remove the screw holding the lower registration cleaner assembly. Replace the assembly. 3. Refit all removed parts. Upper registration cleaner assembly Screw Inner right cover Lower registration cleaner assembly Paper feed section knob Screw Figure 3-3-21 Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies 3-3-16 2A3/4 ( 5 ) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the original and the copy image on paper fed from the drawer. Start Original Make a test copy at 100%. Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 3-3-22 Is the center of the image aligned with that of the original? No Yes Loosen the three screws holding the rack adjuster and change the position of the adjuster so that the centers of the original and the copy image are aligned. • For example 1, move it toward the machine front ( ). • For example 2, move it toward the machine rear ( ). End Screws Rack adjuster Figure 3-3-23 Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster 3-3-17 2A3/4 ( 6 ) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacement Perform the following adjustment after refitting rollers and clutches. (6-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration Make the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges of the copy image and original. U 402 (P.3-3-20) U034 U066 (P.3-3-39) U071 (P.3-3-98) U403 (P.3-3-40) U404 (P.3-3-100) Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect, perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode. Leading edge registration (20 ± 1 mm) Start Enter maintenance mode. Correct image Enter "034" using the numeric keys. Figure 3-3-24 Press the print key. Selected the item to be adjusted. Output example 1 RCL ON DATA: Leading edge registration RCL ON DATA 2: Leading edge registration for duplex copying (second face) Press the print key Press the interrupt key. The new setting is stored Press the print key and make a test copy using A3/11" × 17" paper. If "RCL ON DATA 2" is selected, make a test copy in duplex copy mode. Is the leading edge registration within the range of 20 ± 1 mm ? Yes Press the stop/clear key to exit maintenance mode. End 3-3-18 No For output example 1, decrease the value using the Down key. For output example 2, increase the value using the Up key. Setting range: –30.0 - +30.0 Changing the value by 1 moves the leading edge by 0.5 mm. Reference Leading edge registration: –4.0 Leading edge registration for duplex copying (second face): 0 Output example 2 2A3/4 (6-2) Adjusting the center line of image printing Make the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of the copy image and original when paper is fed from the drawer. U 402 (P.3-3-20) U034 U067 (P.3-3-38) U072 (P.3-3-97) U403 (P.3-3-40) U404 (P.3-3-100) Caution: • Perform (5) Adjusting the position of rack adjuster before and after this adjustment. • Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect, perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode. Start Center line of printing Enter maintenance mode. Enter "034" using the numeric keys. Correct image Output example 1 Output example 2 Press the print key. Figure 3-3-25 Select "LSUOUT DATA." Press the print key. Press the interrupt key. The new setting is stored. Press the print key to make a test copy. Is the image correct? No For output example 1, decrease the value using the Down key. For output example 2, increase the value using the Up key. Yes Press the stop/clear key to exit maintenance mode. Setting range: –30.0 - +30.0 Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.5 mm. Reference: 0 End 3-3-19 2A3/4 (6-3) Adjusting the margins for printing Make the following adjustment if the margins are not correct. U 403 (P.3-3-40) U402 U404 (P.3-3-100) Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the margins are still incorrect, perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode. Start Enter maintenance mode. Touch panel first display A EDGE: printer left margin LEAD EDGE: printer leading edge margin C EDGE: printer right margin (TRAIL EDGE: printer trailing edge margin) Enter "402" using the numeric keys. Press the print key. Press the stop/clear key. Touch panel second display TRAIL EDGE: printer trailing edge margin TRAIL EDGE 2: printer trailing edge margin for duplex copying (second face) Select the items to be adjusted on the touch panel. Press the interrupt key. Press the print key. The new setting is stored. Press the print key to make a test copy using A3/11" × 17" paper. Are the margins correct? Yes B 3-3-20 A No Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Setting range (default) Printer leading edge margin: 0 - +10.0 (3.0) Printer trailing edge margin: –5.0 - +10.0 (5.0) Printer left/right margin: –5.0 - +10.0 (3.0) Printer trailing edge margin for duplex copying (secondface): –5.0 - +10.0 (4.0) Increasing the value makes the margin wider and decreasing it makes the margin narrower. Changing the value by 1 moves the margin by 0.1 mm for all. 2A3/4 B A Yes Proceed to another mode? No Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode. End Printer leading edge margin (3±1.0mm) Ejection direction (reference) Printer left margin (2±0.5mm) Printer right margin (2±0.5mm) Printer trailing edge margin (3±1.0mm) Normal copy mode (A3/11" × 17") Printer trailing edge margin for duplex copying (3±1.0mm) Duplex copy mode (first face, A3/11" × 17") Figure 3-3-26 3-3-21 2A3/4 (6-4) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypass and duplex feeds Make the following adjustment if the leading edge of the copy image is missing or varies randomly, or if the copy paper is Z-folded. Start Original Enter maintenance mode. Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 3-3-27 Enter "051" using the numeric keys. Press the print key. Select the item to be adjusted. Press the interrupt key. DECK DATA: Amount of slack at the registration roller for drawer feed BYPASS DATA: Amount of slack at the registration roller for bypass feed DUPLEX DATA: Amount of slack at the registration roller for duplex feed Press the print key. Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification. Is the leading edge of the image missing or varying randomly (copy example 1)? The new setting is stored. Yes Increase the value using the Up key. No Is the copy paper Z-folded (copy example 2)? No Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode. End 3-3-22 Yes Decrease the value using the Down key. Setting range: –30 - +20 Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of slack by 1 mm. Reference: DECK DATA: –20 BYPASS DATA: –5 DUPLEX DATA: –25 The greater the value, the larger the amount of slack; the smaller the value, the smaller the amount of slack. 2A3/4 3-3-3 Optical section ( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp Clean or replace the exposure lamp as follows. 1. Open the SRDF. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover. 3. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass, remove the contact glass. 4. Move the scanner to the cutouts at the center of the machine. Caution: When moving the scanner, do not touch the exposure lamp nor inverter PCB. 5. Detach the exposure lamp 2-pin connector from the inverter PCB. 6. Remove the two screws holding the exposure lamp and then the lamp. 7. Clean or replace the exposure lamp. 8. Refit all removed parts. Screw Exposure lamp Screw Cutout 2-pin connector Scanner Inverter PCB Cutout Figure 3-3-28 Detaching the exposure lamp 3-3-23 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires Take the following procedure when the scanner wires are broken or to be replaced. • After replacing the scanner wires, proceed to (5) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference). (2-1) Detaching the scanner wires 1. Detach the SRDF connector and remove the SRDF from the machine. 2. Remove the rear cover, upper rear cover and upper right cover. 3. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass, remove the contact glass. 4. Remove the upper left cover and slit glass. 5. Loosen the two screws securing the lamp wire and remove the wire from the inverter PCB. Caution: Remove the lamp wire completely from the machine. 6. Remove the screws holding the front cover and then the cover. 7. Remove the four screws holding the operation unit lower and inner covers and then the covers. 8. Detach the three connectors and clamp from under the operation unit main PCB. 9. Remove the six screws holding the operation unit and then the unit. 10. Remove the four screws holding the mirror 1 upper frame and then the frame. Screws Mirror 1 upper frame Screws Lamp wire Mirror 1 lower frame Wire retainers Figure 3-3-29 Detaching the mirror 1 upper frame 11. Remove the two screws from each of the wire retainers and then the retainers from the mirror 1 lower frame. 12. Remove the mirror 1 lower frame from the scanner unit. 3-3-24 2A3/4 13. Detach the round terminal of the scanner wire from the scanner wire spring on the left side of the scanner unit. 14. Remove the scanner wire. Scanner unit Round terminal Scanner wire spring Figure 3-3-30 Detaching the scanner wire (2-2) Refitting the scanner wires Caution: When fitting the wires, be sure to use those specified below. Machine front: 2AC12170 Machine rear: 2AC12420 (black) Refitting requires the following tool: Frame securing tool (P/N: 2AC68230) At the machine rear: 1. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes at the front and rear of the scanner unit to pin the mirror 2 frame in position. 2. Secure the two frame securing tools at the machine front and rear using the two screws for each. 3. Hook the round terminal on one end of the scanner wire onto the left catch on the inside of the scanner unit. ....................................................................................... 1 4. Loop the scanner wire around the rear groove in the scanner wire pulley on the mirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ........................................................ 2 5. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the machine right, winding from above to below. ........................................................................ 3 (Machine left) (Machine right) Front groove Wire guide 2 Rear groove Scanner wire pulley 6 Round terminal Catch 1 7 4 5 Round terminal 3 Scanner wire drum Scanner wire spring Figure 3-3-31 Refitting the scanner wires 3-3-25 2A3/4 6. Wind the scanner wire around the scanner wire drum four turns from the rear toward the hole in the drum. 7. Insert the locating ball on the scanner wire into the hole in the scanner wire drum. 8. Wind the scanner wire a further five turns from the locating ball toward the machine front. Locating ball Rear Scanner wire 4 turns 5 turns Front Figure 3-3-32 Winding the scanner wire 9. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the machine left, winding from below to above. .......................................................................... 4 10. Loop the scanner wire around the front groove in the scanner wire pulley on the mirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ........................................................ 5 11. Run the scanner wire around the wire guide at the machine left. ........................... 6 12. Hook the round terminal onto the scanner wire spring. .......................................... 7 13. Hook the other end of the scanner wire spring onto the catch at the machine left. 14. Repeat steps 2 to 13 for the scanner wire at the machine front. 15. Remove the two screws from each of the frame securing tools and then the tools. 16. Move the scanner from side to side to correctly locate the wire in position. 3-3-26 2A3/4 17. Loosen the two screws securing the mirror 2 frame. 18. Insert the mirror 1 lower frame into the scanner unit and seat it on the positioning holes. 19. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes in the front and rear of the scanner unit and determine the positions of the mirror 1 lower frame and mirror 2 frame. 20. While holding the scanner wire on the mirror 1 lower frame, secure the wire retainers at the front and rear of the mirror 1 lower frame using the two screws for each. Screws Frame securing tool Wire retainer Mirror 2 frame Mirror 1 lower frame Screws Frame securing tool Mirror 2 frame Wire retainer Mirror 1 lower frame Figure 3-3-33 Securing the scanner wire 21. Retighten the two screws securing the mirror 2 frame. 22. Remove the two screws holding each of the two frame securing tools and then the tools. 23. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-27 2A3/4 ( 3 ) Replacing the laser scanner unit Take the following procedure when the laser scanner unit is to be checked or replaced. Caution: After replacing the laser scanner unit, proceed to (5) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference). 1. Remove the SRDF, rear cover, upper rear cover, upper right cover and upper left cover. 2. Remove the screws holding the front cover and then the cover. 3. Pull the image formation unit out. 4. Remove the four screws holding the operation unit lower and inner covers and then the covers. 5. Detach the three connectors and clamp from under the operation unit main PCB. 6. Remove the six screws holding the operation unit and then the unit. 7. Remove the five clamps and two connectors at the front of the scanner unit. 8. Remove the five clamps and twelve connectors at the rear of the scanner unit. 9. Remove the screw holding the two grounding wires at the rear of the scanner unit and then the wires. 10. Remove the wires detached in steps 7, 8 and 9 from the scanner unit. 11. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass, remove the contact glass. 12. Remove the ISU and lower ISU covers, and detach the three connectors. 13. Remove the four screws with rubber mounts and then the scanner unit. Screws ISU cover Screws Screws Lower ISU cover Screws Screws Scanner unit Connectors Figure 3-3-34 Detaching the scanner unit 3-3-28 2A3/4 14. Detach the three connectors. 15. Remove the two screws holding the LSU adjuster mount and then the mount. 16. Remove the three pins and replace the laser scanner unit. 17. Refit all removed parts. Caution: When fitting the scanner unit, fit from directly above the machine to prevent deformation of the grounding point. Pins Connectors Laser scanner unit Connector Laser scanner unit Screws LSU adjuster mount Figure 3-3-35 Replacing the laser scanner unit 3-3-29 2A3/4 ( 4 ) Replacing the ISU (reference) Take the following procedure when the ISU is to be checked or replaced. Caution: After fitting the ISU, proceed to (5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU. 1. Remove the upper right cover. 2. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass, remove the contact glass. 3. Remove the ISU and lower ISU covers, and detach the two connectors. Screws ISU cover Screws Lower ISU cover Screws Screws Screws ISU Connectors Figure 3-3-36 Detaching the ISU and lower ISU covers 4. Remove the four screws holding the ISU and then the ISU. 5. Check or replace the ISU. 6. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-30 2A3/4 • Securing the ISU Two (2) positioning pins (P/N 18568120) 1. Secure the ISU using the two positioning pins. 2. Refit the four screws. 3. Remove the two positioning pins. Positioning pin Screws ISU Screws Positioning pin Figure 3-3-37 Installing the ISU 3-3-31 2A3/4 ( 5 ) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference) Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is longitudinally skewed (longitudinal squareness is not obtained). Caution: • Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern in maintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment. • Adjust the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypass and duplex feeds (page 3-3-22) first. Check for the longitudinal squareness of the copy image, and if it is not obtained, perform the longitudinal squareness adjustment. Start Correct image Place the original on the contact glass. Yes Retighten the two screws and refit the contact glass. No Remove the contact glass. Loosen the two screws and adjust the position of the mirror 2 frame. For copy example 1, move the frame in the direction of the white arrow (e). For copy example 2, move the frame in the direction of the black arrow (b). End Mirror 2 frame Screws Figure 3-3-39 Adjusting the position of the mirror 2 frame 3-3-32 Copy example 2 Figure 3-3-38 Press the print key and make a test copy at 100% magnification. Is the image correct? Copy example 1 2A3/4 ( 6 ) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference) Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is laterally skewed (lateral squareness not obtained). Caution: • Before making the following adjustment, open the front cover and remove the operation unit lower cover. • Perform (5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit first and check for lateral squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained, perform (5-2) Adjusting the position of ISU. (5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit Start Enter maintenance mode. Correct image Output example 1 Output example 2 Enter "089" using the numeric keys. Figure 3-3-40 Press the print key. Select "1 DOT-LINE." Retighten the three screws and refit the contact glass. Press the interrupt key. Press the print key and make a copy at 100% magnification. Is the image correct? Yes Press the stop/clear key. No Remove the contact glass. Loosen the three screws and adjust the position of the laser scanner unit by rotating the LSU adjustment shaft from the machine front using a straight screwdriver (see Figure 3-3-39). For output example 1, rotate the LSU adjustment shaft in the direction of the white arrow (e). For output example 2, rotate the LSU adjustment shaft in the direction of the black arrow (b). Exit maintenance mode. End 3-3-33 2A3/4 Pin holes Laser scanner unit LSU adjustment shaft Adjustment access hole in the machine front Figure 3-3-41 Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit 3-3-34 2A3/4 (5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU Caution: • Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern in maintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment. • Adjust the pin at the machine front only and never touch the one at the machine rear. Start Correct image Place the original on the contact glass. Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 3-3-42 Press the print key and make a test copy at 100% magnification. Is the image correct? Yes End Refit the contact glass. No Remove the contact glass and adjust the lateral squareness of the ISU by rotating the pin. For copy example 1, rotate the pin in the direction of the black arrow (\). For copy example 2, rotate the pin in the direction of the white arrow (e). Pin Figure 3-3-43 Adjusting the position of the ISU 3-3-35 2A3/4 ( 7 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main scanning direction Perform the following adjustment if the magnification in the main scanning direction is not correct. U 066 (P.3-3-39) U065 U403 (P.3-3-40) Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect, perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode. Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter "065" using the numeric keys. Original Press the print key. Copy example Figure 3-3-44 Select "MAIN SCAN ADJ" (main scanning direction). Press the print key. Press the interrupt key. Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification. Is the image correct? Yes Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode. End 3-3-36 The new setting is stored. No For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key. For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key. Setting range: –25 - +25 Reference: 0 Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%. Increasing the value makes the image wider, and decreasing it makes the image narrower. Copy example 2 2A3/4 ( 8 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary scanning direction Perform the following adjustment if the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction is not correct. U053 (P.3-2-20) U034 (P.3-3-18) U402 (P.3-3-20) U065 U066 (P.3-3-39) U403 (P.3-3-40) U070 (P.3-3-96) U071 (P.3-3-98) U404 (P.3-3-100) Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter "065" using the numeric keys. Original Press the print key. Copy example Copy example 2 Figure 3-3-45 Select "SUB SCAN ADJ" (auxiliary scanning direction). Press the print key. Press the interrupt key. The new setting is stored. Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification. Is the image correct? Yes Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode. No For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key. For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key. Setting range: –25 - +25 Reference: 0 Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%. Increasing the value makes the image longer, and decreasing it make the image shorter. End 3-3-37 2A3/4 ( 9 ) Adjusting the scanner center line Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of the copy image and original. U034 (P.3-3-19) U 402 (P.3-3-20) U067 U072 (P.3-3-97) U403 (P.3-3-40) U404 (P.3-3-100) Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. Scanner center line Start Enter maintenance mode. Original Copy sample 1 Enter "067" using the numeric keys. Figure 3-3-46 Press the print key. Press the print key. Press the interrupt key. The new setting is stored. Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification. Is the scanner center line correct? Yes Press the stop/clear key. Exit the maintenance mode. End 3-3-38 No For copy sample 1, decrease the value using the Down key. For copy sample 2, increase the value using the Up key. Setting range: –39.0 - +39.0 Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.17 mm Reference: 0 Copy sample 2 2A3/4 (10) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration Perform the following adjustment if there is regular error between the leading edges of the copy image and original. U034 (P.3-3-18) U 402 (P.3-3-20) U066 U403 (P.3-3-40) U071 (P.3-3-98) U404 (P.3-3-100) Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. Start Enter maintenance mode. Original Enter "066" using the numeric keys. Copy sample 1 Copy sample 2 Figure 3-3-47 Press the print key. Press the print key. Press the interrupt key. The new setting is stored. Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification. Is the scanner leading edge registration correct? No For copy sample 1, decrease the value using the Down key. For copy sample 2, increase the value using the Up keys. Yes Press the stop/clear key. Setting range: –32.0 - +32.0 Changing the value by 1 moves the leading edge by 0.17 mm. Reference: 0 Exit maintenance mode. End 3-3-39 2A3/4 (11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the contact glass Perform the following adjustment if the margins are not correct. U402 (P.3-3-20) U404 (P.3-3-99) U403 Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter "403" using the numeric keys. Press the print key. Touch panel display SCAN A MARGIN: scanner left margin SCAN B MARGIN: scanner leading edge margin SCAN C MARGIN: scanner right margin SCAN D MARGIN: scanner trailing edge margin Select the item to be adjusted on the touch panel. Press the interrupt key. Press the print key. The new setting is stored. Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification. Are the margins correct? Yes B 3-3-40 A Change the setting. Increasing the value using the Up key makes the margin wider. Decreasing the value using the Down key makes the margin narrower. No Setting range (default) Scanner left margin: 0 - +20 (2) Scanner leading edge margin: 4 - +20 (6) Scanner right margin: 0 - +20 (2) Scanner trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6) Changing the value by one moves the margin by 0.5 mm for all. 2A3/4 A B Yes Proceed to another mode? No Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode. End Scannerleading edge margin(3±1.0mm) Scanner left margin (2±1.0mm) Original Scanner right margin (2±1.0mm) Scanner trailing edge margin (3±1.0mm) Figure 3-3-48 3-3-41 2A3/4 3-3-4 Main charging section ( 1 ) Replacing the charger wire and main charger grid Take the following procedure when the charger wire is broken or to be replaced. • Use the specified tungsten wire for the charger wire. • The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the charger housing. • The cut end of the charger wire must not protrude more than 2 mm from under the charger wire retainer pin. • Use clean, undamaged tungsten wire. • Keep the charger wire taut by stretching it. • Clean the main charger shield when replacing the charger wire. • Do not use organic solvents such as alcohol or thinner to clean the main charger shield. 1. Draw the image formation unit out of the machine. 2. Remove the two screws and slide off the main charger assembly toward the machine rear. Screws Main charger assembly Figure 3-3-49 Detaching the main charger assembly 3-3-42 2A3/4 3. Remove the screw holding the grid tension plate and then the plate and main charger grid. 4. Remove the main charger front and rear lids. 5. Remove the charger spring from the charger wire retainer pin and charger terminal, and then the charger wire. Main charger grid Grid tension plate Main charger rear lid Charger wire retainer pin Main charger front lid Charger spring Charger wire Charger terminal Figure 3-3-50 Detaching the charger wire 3-3-43 2A3/4 Charger spring Charger terminal Projection Charger wire retainer pin Not more than 2 mm 13 ± 2 mm Charger terminal Projection Not more than 2 mm Charger spring Charger wire retainer pin Main charger front housing Main charger rear housing Figure 3-3-51 Installing the charger wire 6. Wind the new tungsten wire at least five turns around one end of the charger spring and trim the end. ∗ The width of the coiled charger wire and the cut end must be within 2 mm. 7. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the charger terminal of the main charger rear housing. 8. Pass the wire through the notch in the charger wire retainer pin and stretch it taut. ∗ The charger wire must be adjusted so that the charger spring stretches to 13 ± 2 mm and the spring end aligns with the rib on the main charger rear housing. 9. Hook the charger wire onto the projection on the main charger front housing. 10. Insert the charger wire retainer pin into the projection on the main charger rear housing to secure the charger wire. 11. Cut off the excess wire under the charger wire retainer pin. ∗ The cut end of the charger wire must protrude less than 2 mm. 12. Refit the main charger front and rear lids. 13. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-44 2A3/4 3-3-5 Drum section ( 1 ) Replacing the drum. Replace the drum as follows. • Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when detaching and refitting the drum. • Hold the drum at the ends and never touch the drum surface. • After removing the drum, keep it in the drum case or storage bag to protect the surface from light. 1. Open the front cover. 2. Lower the paper conveying section by turning the paper transfer section release lever as shown in Figure 3-3-52. ∗ While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation unit out from the machine. Image formation unit Image formation unit release button Paper transfer section release lever *Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-3-52 Drawing the image formation unit 3-3-45 2A3/4 3. Remove the two screws holding the main charger assembly and then the assembly. Screws Main charger assembly Figure 3-3-53 Detaching the main charger assembly 4. Loosen the cleaning blade pin. Move the cleaning blade lever in the direction of the arrow so that the cleaning blade is kept away from the drum and then tighten the cleaning blade pin. 5. Remove the two screws and open the upper cleaning cover on the left of the drum. 6. Remove the two screws and open the image formation rail in the direction of the arrow. Screw Cleaning blade lever Cleaning blade pin Screw Upper cleaning cover Screw Image formation rail Figure 3-3-54 3-3-46 Screw 2A3/4 7. Detach the 1-pin and 4-pin connectors. 8. While raising the toner sub-hopper slightly, slide the hopper toward the front of the image formation unit and turn the image formation unit to the right. Toner sub-hopper 1-pin connector 4-pin connector Figure 3-3-55 9. Move the developing unit to the right of the image formation unit and remove it from the unit. 10. Remove one screw each from the drum front and rear retainers and then the drum from the image formation unit. Drum rear retainer Drum front retainer Screw Drum Screw Developing unit Image formation unit Figure 3-3-56 Detaching the developing unit and the drum 3-3-47 2A3/4 11. Remove the drum front and rear retainers from the drum. Replace the drum. Drum rear retainer Drum front retainer Drum Figure 3-3-57 Detaching the drum front and rear retainers 3-3-48 2A3/4 12. Refit all removed parts. Important: ∗ After replacing the drum, run maintenance items U110 "Checking/clearing the drum count" and U111 "Checking/clearing the drum drive time." ∗ After running maintenance item U160, loosen the blade pin and position the cleaning blade against the drum. ∗ When installing the drum, orient correctly with the thinner end of the drum flange shaft at the machine front and the thicker end at the machine rear. Drum flange Drum flange Drum Machine front Machine rear Figure 3-3-58 ∗ When refitting the toner sub-hopper, align the toner sub-hopper hole with the developing unit hole and connect the coupling to the joint. ∗ When installing the main charger assembly, fix the assembly pushed all the way toward the machine front. Hole Toner sub-hopper Coupling Hole Joint Figure 3-3-59 3-3-49 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Cleaning the drum Clean the drum as follows when an image problems occur or if the drum is dirty. • Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when cleaning the drum. • Dust in the air and from the cleaning pad may damage the drum during operation. Avoid working in dusty places. • Clean the drum entirely even if it is only dirty locally. • Do not clean the drum with alcohol or other organic solvent. Required supplies: • Polishing cloth: specified synthetic cotton • Toner 1. Remove the drum from the imaging unit (see page 3-3-45). 2. Apply a polishing cloth to the drum and gently wipe the drum taking care not to damage the surface. 3. Apply toner to another cloth and wipe the drum surface with it in the same manner. 4. Refit the drum. 5. Refit all removed parts and let the machine stand for 30 minutes. 6. Make a test copy and check the image. Polishing cloth Drum Figure 3-3-60 Cleaning the drum 3-3-50 2A3/4 3-3-6 Developing section ( 1 ) Replacing the developing unit upper seal Take the following procedure when the developing unit upper seal is soiled. 1. Draw the image formation unit out and remove the developing unit. 2. Remove the two screws holding the developing unit upper seal and then the seal. 3. Clean or replace the developing unit upper seal. 4. Refit all removed parts. Developing unit upper seal Screws Figure 3-3-61 Detaching the developing unit upper seal 3-3-51 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush (developing roller) (reference) Perform the following adjustment if the image is abnormally dark or light. • Before starting this adjustment, ensure that the doctor blade is installed correctly and that the correct amount of developer is present. 1. Loosen the hexagonal socket head screw holding the developing sleeve front bushing using a hexagonal wrench. 2. Turn the developing roller shaft using a straight screwdriver until the distance between the top of the magnetic brush and the bottom of the developing unit housing is 15 mm (reference). 3. Tighten the hexagonal socket head screw to secure the developing roller shaft. ∗ If the distance is smaller than the specified value, carrier or background appears on the copy image. 4. After adjustment, make a test copy to check for performance. Developing sleeve front bushing Hexagonal socket head screw Developing roller shaft A A=15mm Figure 3-3-62 Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush 3-3-52 2A3/4 ( 3 ) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference) Perform the following adjustment if carrier or background appears on the copy image. 1. Remove the two screws holding the developing unit upper seal, and then the seal. ∗ When refitting the seal, fit while holding it upward. 2. Remove the two screws, disengage the two hooks and detach the developing unit upper cover. Developing unit upper cover Screws Hook Developing unit upper seal Hook Screws Figure 3-3-63 Detaching the developing unit upper cover 3-3-53 2A3/4 3. Measure the distance between the developing roller and the doctor blade with a thickness gauge as shown in Figure 3-3-64, and adjust the doctor blade until the correct distances are obtained at the center and ends of the developing unit housing; the 0.50 mm gauge should go into the gap and the 0.55 mm one should not. ∗ The smaller the distance, the lighter the image; the larger the distance, the darker the image. Adjustment screw Adjustment screw Developing roller Adjustment screw Doctor blade Figure 3-3-64 3-3-54 2A3/4 ( 4 ) Replacing the developing duct filter Replace the developing duct filter as follows. 1. Open the front cover. 2. Slide off the developing duct cover downward. 3. Replace the developing duct filter. Caution: When fitting the developing duct filter, ensure that the harder side of the filter faces the fan. 4. Refit all removed parts. Developing duct filter Developing duct cover Figure 3-3-65 Detaching the developing duct filter 3-3-55 2A3/4 3-3-7 Transfer and separation section ( 1 ) Replacing the charger wires and cleaning pads Take the following steps when the charger wire is broken or is to be replaced, or when replacing the cleaning pads. • Use only the specified tungsten wire for the charger wire. • The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the rear of the transfer charger housing. • The cut end of the charger wire must not protrude from under the charger wire retainer pin. • Keep the charger wire taut by stretching the charger spring. • Clean the charger shield when replacing the charger wire. 1. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right to lower the paper conveying section. 2. Remove the connector, pin and then the transfer charger assembly. Connector Paper transfer section release lever Transfer charger assembly Pin *Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-3-66 Detaching the transfer charger assembly 3-3-56 2A3/4 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the transfer charger front and rear lids. Remove the separation guide. Replace the transfer charger cleaning pad and separation charger cleaning pad. Remove the charger wire retainer pins, charger springs and then the charger wires. Transfer charger rear lid Separation guide Transfer charger front lid Charger springs Charger wires Charger wire retainer pins Transfer charger cleaning pad Separation charger cleaning pad Figure 3-3-67 Detaching the charger wires 3-3-57 2A3/4 7. Wind one end of the new wire at lease five turns around the end of the charger spring. 8. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the catch on the transfer charger terminal on the rear of the transfer charger housing. 9. Pass the charger wire through the notches in the front and rear of the transfer charger housing, and stretch it. 10. Insert the charger wire under the charger wire retainer pin into the hole at the front of the transfer charger housing. ∗ The charger wire must be adjusted so that the charger spring stretches to 12.5 ± 1.5 mm. ∗ Cut off the excess wire under the charger wire retainer pin. 11. Refit all removed parts. ∗ When installing the main charger assembly, fix the assembly pushed all the way toward the machine front. Front of the transfer charger housing Charger spring 12.5 ± 1.5 mm Charger wire retainer pin Not more than 2mm Not more than 1mm Transfer charger terminal Charger wire Transfer charger terminal Rear of the transfer charger housing Figure 3-3-68 Installing the charger wire 3-3-58 Not more than 2mm 2A3/4 3-3-8 Cleaning section ( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade Check or replace the cleaning blade as follows. 1. Draw the image formation unit out. 2. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 3. Remove the pin holding the cleaning blade and then the blade. 4. Check or replace the cleaning blade. Cleaning blade Pin Figure 3-3-69 Detaching the cleaning blade 3-3-59 2A3/4 5. Refit all removed parts. ∗ When installing the cleaning blade, take care not to trap the sponges at both ends. ∗ After replacing the cleaning blade, move it away from the drum and run maintenance item U160 (see page 3-2-50). Cleaning blade Sponge Sponge Figure 3-3-70 Installing the cleaning blade 3-3-60 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brush Clean or replace the cleaning brush as follows. 1. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 2. Remove the cleaning spring. Cleaning spring Figure 3-3-71 3. Shift the thrust spring toward the machine rear and detach the cleaning blade shaft. Cleaning blade shaft Thrust spring Cleaning blade shaft Figure 3-3-72 3-3-61 2A3/4 4. Detach the 2-pin connector and remove the cleaning unit from the image formation unit. 5. Remove the E-rings, bushings and gear from both ends of the cleaning brush. 6. Clean or replace the cleaning brush. 7. Refit all removed parts. ∗ When installing the cleaning brush, position the end with the D-section at the machine rear and take care not to pinch the cleaning lower seal assembly. 2-pin connector Cleaning lower seal assembly Cleaning unit D-section Bushing E-ring Bushing Cleaning brush Figure 3-3-73 3-3-62 Gear E-ring 2A3/4 ( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly. Clean or replace the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly as follows. 1. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 2. Remove the four screws holding the drum separation claw assembly and then the assembly. 3. Remove the two screws holding the cleaning lower seal assembly and then the assembly. 4. Replace the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly. Cleaning lower seal assembly Screw Screw Drum separation claw assembly Screws Figure 3-3-74 Detaching the drum claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly 5. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-63 2A3/4 3-3-9 Fixing section ( 1 ) Detaching and refitting fixing heaters M and S Replace fixing heaters M and S as follows. 1. While raising the fixing unit release lever, draw the fixing unit out of the machine. 2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit and then the unit. Fixing unit Fixing unit release lever Screw *Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-3-75 Detaching the fixing unit 3-3-64 2A3/4 3. Open the fixing unit cover in the direction of the arrow. 4. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit front cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the screw and two pins holding the fixing unit upper cover, and then the cover. Fixing unit upper cover Pins holding the fixing unit cover Screw Fixing unit front cover Screws Fixing unit cover Figure 3-3-76 Detaching the fixing unit front cover and cover 3-3-65 2A3/4 6. Detach the fixing heater wire and the fixing unit wire from the fixing unit thermostat. Fixing unit wire Fixing heater wire Fixing unit thermostat Figure 3-3-77 7. Detach the two connectors on the fixing heater wire on the rear of the fixing unit. Connector (white) Connector (red) Figure 3-3-78 3-3-66 2A3/4 8. Remove the screw holding the fixing heater front retainer and then the retainer. 9. Pull fixing heaters M and S out from the front of the fixing unit. Fixing heater front retainer S M Screw Fixing heater M Fixing heater S Figure 3-3-79 Detaching fixing heaters M and S 10. Replace fixing heaters M and S. ∗ When fitting, place fixing heater M on the right and S on the left, as viewed form the fixing unit front. ∗ Fit the white connector on the rear of the fixing unit to heater M, and the red one to heater S. 11. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-67 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermistor Replace the fixing unit thermistor as follows. 1. Detach the connector. 2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit thermistor and then the thermistor. Connector Fixing unit thermistor Screw Figure 3-3-80 Detaching the fixing unit thermistor 3-3-68 2A3/4 3. Replace the thermistor. ∗ When fitting the fixing unit thermistor, pass the projection on the thermistor through the hole in the fixing unit thermistor film and then insert into the cutout in the fixing unit stay. Fixing unit thermistor Projection Fixing unit stay Cutout Fixing unit thermistor film Figure 3-3-81 Installing the fixing unit thermistor 4. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-69 2A3/4 ( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermostats Replace the fixing unit thermostats as follows. Caution: Use the specified thermostat for replacement. Do not substitute a simple wire or similar; otherwise, the machine will be seriously damaged. 1. Remove the connectors of the fixing unit wire and the fixing heater wire from the fixing unit thermostat. Remove the connectors while pushing the projection on each connector. 2. Remove the two screws and then the fixing unit thermostat. 3. Replace the fixing unit thermostat. Fixing unit wire Screws Fixing unit thermostat Fixing heater wire Figure 3-3-82 Detaching the fixing unit thermostats 4. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-70 2A3/4 ( 4 ) Replacing the press roller Replace the press roller as follows. 1. Remove the two screws and open the fixing unit stay in the direction of the arrow. Fixing unit stay Screw Screw Figure 3-3-83 Detaching the fixing unit stay 3-3-71 2A3/4 2. Remove the press roller. Press roller Figure 3-3-84 Detaching the press roller 3. Remove the E-ring on either the front or rear end of the press roller and pull out the press roller shaft. E-ring E-ring Press roller shaft Figure 3-3-85 Detaching the press roller shaft 4. Replace the press roller. 5. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-72 2A3/4 ( 5 ) Replacing the heat roller Replace the heat roller as follows. 1. Remove fixing heaters M and S (see page 3-3-64). 2. Open the fixing unit stay (see page 3-3-71). 3. Loosen the screw holding each of the fixing unit front and rear frames and move the heat roller stopper in the direction of the arrow. 4. Remove the heat roller. Heat roller Heat roller stopper Fixing unit front frame Screw Heat roller stopper Screw Fixing unit rear frame Figure 3-3-86 Detaching the heat roller 3-3-73 2A3/4 5. Remove the circlip, bearing and bushing from the front end of the heat roller. 6. Remove the circlip, gear, bearing and bushing from the rear end of the heat roller. 7. Replace the heat roller. Circlip Bearing Gear Bearing Bushing Heat roller Bushing Circlip Figure 3-3-87 Refitting the heat roller 8. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-74 2A3/4 ( 6 ) Replacing the heat roller separation claws Replace the heat roller separation claws as follows. 1. Open the fixing unit cover. 2. Remove the E-ring from the heat roller separation claw shaft and the springs from the seven heat roller separation claws. 3. Remove the heat roller separation claws from the fixing unit upper guide. 4. Replace the heat roller separation claws. Heat roller separation claws E-ring Springs Fixing unit upper guide Fixing unit cover Figure 3-3-88 Detaching the heat roller separation claws 5. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-75 2A3/4 ( 7 ) Detaching and refitting the press roller separation claws Replace the press roller separation claws as follows. 1. Open the fixing unit cover. 2. Remove the two E-rings from each of the press roller separation claws and then the four claws. 3. Replace the press roller separation claws. Press roller separation claws Fixing unit cover Figure 3-3-89 Detaching the press roller separation claws 4. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-76 2A3/4 ( 8 ) Replacing the cooling filter Replace the cooling filter as follows. 1. Remove the screw holding the ozone filter retainer and then the retainer. 2. Replace the cooling filter. Cooling filter Screw Ozone filter retainer Figure 3-3-90 Detaching the cooling filter 3. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-77 2A3/4 ( 9 ) Replacing the ozone filter Replace the ozone filter as follows. 1. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. 2. Remove the four screws holding the middle right cover and then the cover. 3. Replace the ozone filter. Ozone filter Figure 3-3-91 Fitting the ozone filter 4. Refit all removed parts. 3-3-78 2A3/4 (10) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference) Adjust fixing pressure when paper creases, fixing is defective, or after the fixing pressure spring is replaced. 7.0±0.5 mm Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter "161" using the numeric keys and press the print key. • Fixing pressure: 210 N (both machine front and rear) Press the interrupt key. Press the print key. Figure 3-3-92 Press the interrupt key. Wait for 30 s and remove the jammed paper manually. Is the width of the black band printed on the image (indicating the part which stopped in the fixing section) 7.0 ± 0.5 mm? No Turn the fixing pressure nuts to adjust the fixing pressure. Yes Exit maintenance mode. Clean the heat and press roller if they are dirty. End Fixing pressure nuts Figure 3-3-93 3-3-79 2A3/4 3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section ( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the duplex forwarding pulley Replace the duplex forwarding pulley as follows. 1. Open the duplex unit. 2. Remove the stop ring and duplex forwarding pulley. 3. Refit all removed parts. ∗ When fitting the duplex forwarding pulley, align the projections of the duplex forwarding pulley with the slots in the forwarding pulley. Forwarding pulley Slots Duplex forwarding pulley Projections Stop ring Figure 3-3-94 3-3-80 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the switchback roller, duplex upper registration roller Replace the switchback roller and duplex registration roller as follows. • Detaching the switchback roller 1. Open the duplex unit. 2. Remove the two screws holding the duplex unit front cover and then the cover. (only for 42 ppm) 3. Loosen the three screws at the front of the duplex unit. Remove the two screws on the top and then the duplex unit cover. Screws Screws Duplex unit cover Duplex unit front cover Screws *Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-3-95 Detaching the duplex unit cover 3-3-81 2A3/4 4. Remove the four screws and the duplex unit from the rails. 5. Remove the two screws holding the duplex cover and then the cover. 6. Detach the 6-pin connector of the side registration section and the 3-pin connector of the side registration home position switch, and unlock the edging. 7. Remove the paper tapping guide by gently bending it and taking out of the hole in the machine rear first. 8. Remove the four screws holding the side registration section and slide off the section toward the machine right. 9. Remove the two screws holding the duplex paper conveying upper cover and then the cover. Screws 3-pin connector Screws 6-pin connector Screws Screw Duplex cover Duplex paper conveying upper cover Paper tapping guide Screw Side registration section Figure 3-3-96 Detaching the duplex cover and side registration section 3-3-82 2A3/4 10. Remove the screw holding the switchback feedshift solenoid and then the solenoid. Switchback feedshift solenoid Screw Figure 3-3-97 Detaching the switchback feedshift solenoid 11. Remove the E-ring and then the bushing at the front of the duplex unit. Bushing E-ring Figure 3-3-98 Detaching the switchback roller (1) 3-3-83 2A3/4 12. Remove the E-ring and then the fixing drive gear at the rear of the duplex unit. 13. Remove the pin, E-ring and bushing. 14. Remove the stop ring holding the switchback roller and then the roller from the shaft. ∗ When refitting the switchback roller, fit so that it turns in the same direction as the shaft when the shaft is turned in the direction of the white arrow. Stop ring Switchback roller Bushing E-ring Pin Fixing drive gear Shaft E-ring Figure 3-3-99 Detaching the switchback roller (2) 3-3-84 2A3/4 • Detaching the duplex upper registration roller 1. Remove the duplex unit front cover (42 ppm only) and then the duplex unit cover. 2. Remove the screw holding the switchback feedshift solenoid and then the solenoid. 3. Remove the E-ring and then the bushing at the tront of the duplex unit. Bushing E-ring Figure 3-3-100 Detaching the duplex upper registration roller (1) 3-3-85 2A3/4 4. Remove the two screws holding the stock switch mount and then the mount. 5. Remove the E-ring the at the rear of the duplex unit and then the duplex registration gear. 6. Remove the spring pin and bushing, and then the duplex upper registration roller. Duplex upper registration roller Stock switch mount Bushing Screws Spring pin Duplex registration Bushing Figure 3-3-101 Detaching the duplex upper registration roller (2) 3-3-86 2A3/4 ( 3 ) Adjusting the position of the side registration section Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the original and copy image during duplex copying (second face). Start Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 3-3-102 Make a test copy at 100% and using the largest size paper in duplex mode. Loosen the four screws holding the side registration section, move the section and retighten the screws. Is the center of the image aligned with that of original? Yes No • For copy example 1, move the section toward the machine front ( ). • For copy example 2, move the section toward the machine rear ( ). End Screws Screws Side registration section *Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-3-103 Adjusting the position of the side registration section 3-3-87 2A3/4 ( 4 ) Adjusting the side registration amount Perform the following adjustment if paper is fed askew during refeed from the duplex unit. Side registration rear guide Paper Start Enter maintenance mode. Side registration front guide Enter "052" using the numeric keys. A : 1 mm Press the print key. Select "STEPPER DATA." Figure 3-3-104 Press the print key. Press "TEST RUN." The new setting is stored. Press the interrupt key to make a test copy using A3/11" x 17" paper. Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. • Increasing the value makes the gap narrower, decreasing it makes the gap wider. • Setting range: –20 - +20 Reference: 0 Changing the value by 1 changes the gap by 0.3 mm. After paper is stocked in the duplex unit, open the unit and move the paper all the way to the side registration rear guide. Is gap A between the paper and the side registration front guide within 1 mm? Yes Remove the paper and reinstall the duplex unit. Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode. End 3-3-88 No Remove the paper and reinstall the duplex unit. 2A3/4 3-3-11 SRDF section ( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley and the DF forwarding pulleys Clean or replace the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys as follows. 1. Open the DF original reversing cover. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper original feed section cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the two stop rings and then the original feed pulley assembly by sliding out the bushings. Stop ring Bushing Original feed pulley assembly Stop ring Bushing Figure 3-3-105 Detaching the original feed pulley assembly • Detaching the DF original feed pulley 4. Remove the two stop rings and then the DF original feed pulley from the original feed front shaft. DF forwarding belt DF forwarding pulleys Original feed front shaft DF forwarding pulley 20 Stop rings One-way clutch DF original feed pulley Figure 3-3-106 Detaching the DF original feed pulley 3-3-89 2A3/4 • Detaching DF forwarding pulleys 5. Remove the stop ring and bushing. While lifting the forwarding shaft, remove the DF forwarding pulleys. 6. Clean or replace the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys. 7. Refit all removed parts. ∗ When fitting the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys, ensure that the side having the one-way clutch faces the machine rear. One-way clutch DF forwarding pulleys DF original feed pulley 28 Forwarding shaft DF forwarding belt Stop ring Bushing Figure 3-3-107 Detaching the DF forwarding pulleys 3-3-90 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulley Clean or replace the DF separation pulley as follows. 1. Open the DF reversing cover. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper original feed section cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the two screws holding the DF rear cover. 4. Remove the screw holding the fulcrum pin and then the pin. 5. Detach the 6-pin connector and remove the original table. Fulcrum pin Screw 6-pin connectors Original table Figure 3-3-108 3-3-91 2A3/4 6. Remove the two screws holding the DF original feed lower guide and the two screws holding the DF original feed upper guide. 7. Loosen the other two screws on the DF original feed lower guide. 8. While lifting the DF original feed upper guide and pressing the original set switch actuator, remove the DF original feed lower guide. DF original feed upper guide Screw Screws (To be loosened only) DF original feed lower guide Screw Screws Original set switch actuator Figure 3-3-109 9. Detach the original set switch 3-pin connector. 10. Remove the two screws holding the separation pulley retainer. Separation pulley retainer 3-pin connectors Figure 3-3-110 3-3-92 2A3/4 11. Remove the two stop rings and pin to remove the DF separation pulley from the separation shaft. 12. Clean or replace the DF separation pulley. 13. Refit all removed parts. ∗ When fitting the DF separation pulley, ensure that the side having the one-way clutch faces the machine rear. DF separation pulley Stop rings One-way clutch Pin Separation shaft Figure 3-3-111 Detaching the DF separation pulley 3-3-93 2A3/4 ( 3 ) Adjusting the lateral squareness of the DF Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is skewed laterally (lateral squareness is not obtained). Caution: • Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern in maintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment. • Adjust the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypass and duplex feeds (page 3-3-22) and the scanner image lateral squareness (reference, page 3-3-33) first. Check for lateral squareness of the copy image and if squareness is not obtained, adjust the lateral squareness of the DF. Start Place the original on the SRDF. Press the print key to make a test copy. Is the image correct? Yes No Adjust the position of the SRDF. • For copy example 1, rotate the adjustment screw in the direction of the white arrow (e). • For copy example 2, rotate the adjustment screw in the direction of the black arrow (b). End Original Copy example 1 Figure 3-3-112 3-3-94 Copy example 2 2A3/4 • Adjusting 1. Open the SRDF. 2. Loosen the screw securing the right leg of the SRDF on the right. 3. Adjust the position of the SRDF by rotating the adjustment screw behind the right leg of the SRDF. 4. Retighten the screw loosened in step 2. 5. Refit all removed parts. Screw SRDF right leg Adjustment screw Figure 3-3-113 3-3-95 2A3/4 ( 4 ) Adjusting the DF magnification Adjust magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction if magnification is incorrect when the DF is used. U053 (P.3-2-21) U034 (P.3-3-18) U402 (P.3-3-20) U065 (P.3-3-37) U066 (P.3-3-39) U403 (P.3-3-40) U070 U071 (P.3-3-98) U404 (P.3-3-100) Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. Main scanning direction Start Enter maintenance mode. Auxiliary scanning direction Enter "070" using the numeric keys. Original Copy example 1 Figure 3-3-114 Press the print key. Press the print key. Press the interrupt key. The new setting is stored. Place an original on the DF and make a test copy. Is the image correct? Yes Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode. End 3-3-96 No Change the setting. • For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key to make the copy image longer. • For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down keys to make the copy image shorter. Setting range: –25 - +25 Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%. Reference: 0 Copy example 2 2A3/4 ( 5 ) Adjusting the DF center line Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the original and the copy image. U034 (P.3-3-19) U 402 (P.3-3-20) U067 (P.3-3-38) U403 (P.3-3-40) U072 U404 (P.3-3-100) Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. Reference Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter "072" using the numeric keys. Original Press the interrupt key. Press the print key. The new setting is stored. Place and original on the DF and make a test copy. Yes Press the stop/clear key. Copy example 2 Figure 3-3-115 Press the print key. Is the image correct? Copy example 1 No Change the setting. • For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key. • For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key. Setting range: –39.0 - +39.0 Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.17 mm. Reference: 0 Exit maintenance mode. End 3-3-97 2A3/4 ( 6 ) Adjusting the scanning start position when the DF is used Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading or trailing edges of the original and the copy image. U034 (P.3-3-18) U 402 (P.3-3-20) U066 (P.3-3-39) U403 (P.3-3-40) U071 U404 (P.3-3-100) Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. (6-1) Adjusting the DF leading edge registration Start Enter maintenance mode. Copy example 1 Original Enter "071" using the numeric keys and press the print key. Figure 3-3-116 To adjust the DF leading edge registration, select "LEAD EDGE ADJ." Press the print key. Press the interrupt key. The new setting is stored. Place an original on the DF and make a test copy. Is the image correct? Yes Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode. End 3-3-98 No • For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key. • For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key. Setting range: –32 - +32 Reference: 0 Changing the value by 1 moves the copy image by 0.19 mm. Increasing the value moves the copy image backward, and decreasing it moves the image forward. Copy example 2 2A3/4 (6-2) Adjusting the DF trailing edge registration Start Enter maintenance mode. Original Enter "071" using the numeric keys and press the print key. Copy example Figure 3-3-117 To adjust the DF trailing edge registration, select "TRAIL EDGE ADJ." Press the interrupt key. Press the print key. The new setting is stored. Place an original on the DF and make a test copy. Is the image correct? No • For copy example, decrease the value using the Down key. Yes Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode. Setting range: –32 - +32 Reference: 0 Changing the value by 1 moves the copy image by 0.19 mm. End 3-3-99 2A3/4 ( 7 ) Adjusting the margins for scanning the original from the DF Perform the following adjustment if margins are not correct. U402 (P.3-3-20) U403 (P.3-3-40) U404 Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter "404" using the numeric keys. Press the print key. Touch panel display DF A MARGIN: DF left margin DF B MARGIN: DF leading edge margin DF C MARGIN: DF right margin DF D MARGIN: DF trailing edge margin Select the item to be adjusted on the touch panel. Press the interrupt key. Press the print key. The new setting is stored. Place an original on the DF and make a test copy Are the margins correct? Yes B 3-3-100 A No Change the setting. • Increasing the value using the Up key makes the margin wider. • Decreasing the value using the Down key makes the margin narrower. Setting range (default) DF left margin: 0 - +20 (2) DF leading edge margin: 6 - +20 (6) DF right margin: 0 - +20 (2) DF trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6) Changing the value by 1 moves the margin by 0.5 mm for all. 2A3/4 B A Yes Proceed to another mode? No Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode. End DF leading edge margin (3±1.0mm) DF left margin (2±0.5mm) Original DF right margin (2±0.5mm) DF trailing edge margin (3±1.0mm) Figure 3-3-118 3-3-101 2A3/4 3-3-12 Large paper deck section (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separation rollers Clean or replace the upper and lower deck separation rollers as follows. 1. Open the large paper feed deck. 2. Open the deck side cover. 3. Remove the stop rings. 4. Remove the one-way drum. 5. Clean or replace the upper and lower deck separation rollers. 6. Refit all removed parts. Deck side cover Upper deck separation roller One-way drum Lower deck separation roller Stop rings Figure 3-3-119 Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separation rollers One-way drum Upper deck separation roller Figure 3-3-120 Installing the one-way drum ∗ Be sure to orient the one-way drum as shown in the above diagram. 3-3-102 2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly 1. Open the large paper deck. 2. Open the deck right cover and remove the deck rear cover. 3. Remove the spring and four screws holding the deck paper conveying motor bracket and then the bracket. 4. Remove the two screws holding the deck paper conveying unit assembly and then the assembly. Spring Screws Deck paper conveying motor bracket Deck paper feed roller 2 Deck paper conveying roller Deck paper feed roller 1 Screws Deck paper conveying unit assembly Figure 3-3-121 Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly 3-3-103 2A3/4 ( 3 ) Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1 Clean or replace deck paper feed roller 1 as follows. 1. Remove the stop ring. 2. While pressing the roller down, pull out the shaft. 3. Take deck paper feed roller 1 out and clean or replace. 4. Refit all removed parts. Shaft Stop ring Deck paper feed roller 1 Figure 3-3-122 Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1 ∗ Use the above procedure to detach and refit deck paper feed roller 2 and the paper conveying roller. 3-3-104 2A3/4 ( 4 ) Adjusting the position of the center adjuster (center line alignment) Perform the following adjustment if the center lines of the original and copy image are misaligned. Start Retighten the two screws securing the center adjuster and close the large paper deck. Make a test copy. Are the center lines of the original and copy image misaligned? Yes No Loosen the six screws securing the deck front cover. Adjust the position of the deck front cover such that the surface becomes flush with other covers on the machine front and retighten the screws. Loosen the two screws securing the center adjuster and adjust the position of the adjuster. • For copy example 1, move it toward the machine rear (a). • For copy example 2, move it toward the machine front (f). Open the large paper deck. End Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2 Figure 3-3-123 Center adjuster Screws Figure 3-3-124 Adjusting the center of the center adjuster 3-3-105 2A3/4 CONTENTS 3-4 PCB Initial Settings 3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ..................................................................... (1) Replacing the main PCB only ...................................................... (2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAM ................................. 3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs .......................................................... 3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) .............................................. 3-4-1 3-4-1 3-4-1 3-4-2 3-4-3 1-1-23 2A3/4 3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB (1) Replacing the main PCB only After replacing the main PCB, remove the backup RAM (IC15) from the old main PCB and fit it to the new main PCB to maintain the original setting data. (2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAM When replacing the backup RAM along with the main PCB, perform the following steps. Procedure • Before removing the old backup RAM: 1. Enter the maintenance mode. 2. Execute maintenance item U000 to output a list of the current settings for maintenance items. 3. Exit the maintenance mode. 4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 5. Replace the main PCB and backup RAM with the new ones. • After installing the new backup RAM: 6. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on. 7. Enter maintenance mode. 8. Execute maintenance item U020. 9. Execute maintenance item U252 and select the destination. 10. Execute maintenance item U000 and output a list of the current settings for maintenance items. 11. Compare the lists output in steps 2 and 10. If there are any differences, reenter the data in accordance with the values on the list output in step 2. 12. Exit the maintenance mode. 3-4-1 2A3/4 3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs When replacing the ROMs on the main PCB, perform the following steps. Main ROM IC (P/N 2A368010) Engine ROM IC (P/N 2A368020) Scanner ROM IC (P/N 2A368060) Procedure 1. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 2. Remove the screw securing the main PCB ROM cover. 3. Replace the main ROM IC (IC45), engine ROM IC (IC57) and scanner ROM IC (IC54). 4. Refit the main PCB ROM cover. 5. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on. Main ROM IC Scanner ROM IC Engin ROM IC Figure 3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ROMs 3-4-2 2A3/4 3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and should not be adjusted in the field. • High-voltage transformer PCB: VR101, VR102, VR201, VR202, VR301, VR401, VR402 • Power source PCB: VR301 3-4-3 2A3/4 CONTENTS 3-5 Self-Diagnosis 3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ..................................................................................... 3-5-1 (1) Self-diagnostic function ............................................................... 3-5-1 1-1-25 2A3/4 3-5-1 Self-diagnosis (1) Self-diagnostic function This unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When a problem is detected, copying is disabled and the problem displayed as a code consisting of "C" followed by a number between 001 and 924, indicating the nature of the problem. A message is also displayed requesting the user to call for service. After removing the problem, the self-diagnostic function can be reset by turning safety switches 1, 2 or 3 off and back on. Call for service. 012345678901234 C241 Figure 3-5-1 Service call code display 3-5-1 2A3/4 Self diagnostic codes Remarks Code Contents C001 Memory copy PCB 1 communication problem • Problems with data from memory copy PCB 1. Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures Defective memory copy PCB 1. Replace memory copy PCB 1 and check for correct operation. C003 Memory copy PCB 2 prob- Defective lem*1 memory copy • Problems with data from PCB 2. memory copy PCB 2. Replace memory copy PCB 2 and check for correct operation. C010 RAM/ROM problem • Read and write data does not match. Defective main PCB. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. C011 Backup memory data problem • Data in the specified area of the backup memory does not match the specified values. Problem with the backup memory data. Turn safety switch 1 off and back on and run maintenance item U020 to set the contents of the backup memory data again. Defective backup RAM. If the C011 is displayed after re-setting the backup memory contents, replace the backup RAM. C021 Operation unit main PCB communication problem • There is no reply after 20 retries at communication. Poor contact of the connector terminals. Check the connection of connectors CN6 on the main PCB and CN6 on the operation unit main PCB, and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective main PCB or operation unit main PCB. Replace the main PCB or operation unit main PCB and check for correct operation. *1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. 3-5-2 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents C022 Communication problem between the engine PCB and main PCB • There is no reply after 20 retries at communication. Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures Defective engine ROM IC. Replace the engine ROM IC on the main PCB and check for correct operation. Defective main PCB. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. C023 Scanner communication Defective main problem PCB. • There is no reply after 5 retries at communication. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. C024 Printer board communica- Poor contact of tion problem*2 the connector •There is no reply after 20 terminals. retries at communication. Check the connection of connector CN4 on the main PCB and the connector on the printer board. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective main PCB or printer board. Replace the main PCB or printer board and check for correct operation. *2: Optional. 3-5-3 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures C026 Memory copy PCB 1 communication problem • There is no reply after five retries at transmitting. • There is no reply after five retries at receiving. Poor contact of the connector terminals. Check the connection of connector CN2 on the main PCB and the connector on memory copy PCB 1. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective main PCB or memory copy PCB 1. Replace the main PCB or memory copy PCB 1 and check for correct operation. C032 Large paper deck communication problem*1 • Communication errors from the communication microcomputer (IC56) on the main PCB: No communication: there is no replay after 3 retries. Abnormal communication: a communication error (parity or checksum error) is detected five times in succession. Poor contact of the connector terminals. Check the connection of connector CN17 on the engine PCB and the connector CN9 on the deck main PCB, and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective engine PCB. Replace the engine PCB and check for correct operation. Defective main PCB. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. Defective deck main PCB. Replace the deck main PCB and check for correct operation. C032 Paper feed desk communication problem*3 • An error code from the paper feed desk is detected eight times in succession. No communication: there is no reply after 3 retries. Abnormal communication: a communication error (parity or checksum error) is detected five times in succession. Poor contact of the connector terminals. Check the connection of connectors CN17 on the engine PCB and CN2 on the desk main PCB, and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective engine PCB. Replace the engine PCB and check for correct operation. Defective main PCB. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. Defective desk main PCB. Replace the desk main PCB and check for correct operation. *1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. 3-5-4 *3: Optional for 42 ppm only. 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures C034 Finisher communication problem*2 • Communication errors from the communication microcomputer (IC56) on the main PCB: No communication: there is no reply after 3 retries. Abnormal communication: a communication error (parity or checksum error) is detected five times in succession. Poor contact of the connector terminals. Check the connection of connectors CN21 on the engine PCB and CN2 on the finisher main PCB, and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective engine PCB. Replace the engine PCB and check for correct operation. Defective main PCB. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. Defective finisher main PCB. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation. C036 Memory copy PCB 2 communication problem*1 • There is no reply after five retries at transmitting. • There is no reply after five retries at receiving. Poor contact of the connector terminals. Check the connection of connector CN3 on the main PCB and the connector on memory copy PCB 2. Repair or replace if necessary. C037 Communication microcomputer problem • A problem is detected with the communication microcomputer (IC56) on the main PCB. Defective main PCB or memory copy PCB 2. Replace the main PCB or memory copy PCB 2 and check for correct operation. Defective main PCB. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. C104 Optical system problem • After AGC, correct input is not obtained at CCD. Insufficient exposure lamp luminosity. Replace the exposure lamp or inverter PCB. Defective mainPCB. Replace the mainPCB. Incorrect shading position. Adjust the position of the contact glass (shading plate). If the problem still occurs, replace the scanner home position switch. CCD PCB output problem. Replace the ISU. *1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. *2: Optional. 3-5-5 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents C200 Drive motor problem • DM LOCK signal remains high for 1 s, 1 s after the drive motor has turned on. C210 Paper conveying motor problem • PCM LOCK signal remains high for 1 s, 1 s after the conveying motor has turned on. Causes Poor contact of the drive motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective drive motor rotation control circuit. Replace the drive motor. Defective drive transmission system. Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If not, grease the bushings and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Poor contact of the paper conveying motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective paper Replace the paper conveying conveying mo- motor. tor rotation control circuit. Defective drive transmission system. 3-5-6 Check procedures/ corrective measures Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If not, grease the bushings and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any. 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents C220 Side registration motor problem • A problem where the side registration home position switch does not turn off after the side registration motor has turned 30 steps or the switch does not turn on after the motor has turned 265 steps is detected twice in succession. (The first time, the copier indicates that the duplex unit is not inserted correctly, requesting the user to open and reinsert the duplex unit. After the second detection, the copier enters partial operation control.) Causes Defective side Check for continuity across registration mo- the coil. If none, replace the side registration motor. tor. Defective side registration home position switch. Check if CN9-12 on the engine PCB goes high when the side registration home position switch is on and goes low when the switch is off. If not, replace the switch. Poor contact of the connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Malfunction of the side registration guides. Check if the side registration guides operate smoothly. If not, repair. C230 Paper feed motor problem Poor contact of • PFM LOCK signal remains the connector high for 1 s, 1 s after the terminals. paper feed motor has turned on. Defective paper feed motor rotation control circuit. C231 Desk drive motor problem*3 • DDM LOCK signal remains high for 1 s, 2 s after the desk drive motor has turned on. Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the paper feed motor. Defective drive transmission system. Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If not, grease the bushings and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Poor contact of the desk drive motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective desk drive motor rotation control circuit. Replace the desk drive motor. *3: Optional for 42 ppm only. 3-5-7 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures C231 Desk drive motor probDefective drive lem*3 transmission • DDM LOCK signal remains system. high for 1 s, 2 s after the desk drive motor has turned on. Check if rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If not grease the bushings and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any. C241 Upper lift motor problem • When the drawer is inserted, the upper lift limit switch does not turn on within 4 to 5 s of the upper lift motor turning on. • During copying, the upper lift limit switch does not turn on within 200 ms of the upper lift motor turning on. Replace the upper lift motor. Broken gears or couplings of the upper lift motor. Defective upper Check for continuity across lift motor. the coil. If none, replace the upper lift motor. Poor contact of the upper lift motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective upper Check if CN15-3 on the enlift limit switch. gine PCB goes low when the upper lift limit switch is turned on. If not, replace the upper lift limit switch. C242 Lower lift motor problem • When the drawer is inserted, the lower lift limit switch does not turn on within 4 to 5 s of the lower lift motor turning on. • During copying, the lower lift limit switch does not turn on within 200 ms of the lower lift motor turning on. *3: Optional for 42 ppm only. 3-5-8 Poor contact of the upper lift limit switch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Broken gears or couplings of the lower lift motor Replace the lower lift motor. Defective lower Check for continuity across lift motor. the coil. If none, replace the lower lift motor. Poor contact of the lower lift motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures C242 Lower lift motor problem • When the drawer is inserted, the lower lift limit switch does not turn on within 4 to 5 s of the lower lift motor turning on. • During copying, the lower lift limit switch does not turn on within 200 ms of the lower lift motor turning on. Defective lower Check if CN15-4 on the enlift limit switch. gine PCB goes low when the lower lift limit switch is turned on. If not, replace the upper lift limit switch. Poor contact of the lower lift limit switch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. C243 Upper desk lift motor problem*3 • When the drawer is inserted, the upper desk lift limit switch does not turn on within 4 to 5 s of the upper desk lift motor turning on. • During copying, the upper desk lift limit switch does not turn on within 200 ms of the upper desk lift motor turning on. Broken gears or couplings of the upper desk lift motor. Replace the upper desk lift motor. Defective upper Check for continuity across desk lift motor. the coil. If none, replace the upper desk lift motor. Poor contact of the upper desk lift motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective upper Check if CN3-11 on the desk desk lift limit main PCB goes low when the switch. upper desk lift limit switch is turned on. If not, replace the upper desk lift limit switch. Poor contact of the upper desk lift limit switch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. *3: Optional for 42 ppm only. 3-5-9 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents C244 Lower desk lift motor problem*3 • When the drawer is inserted, the lower desk lift limit switch does not turn on within 4 to 5 s of the lower desk lift motor turning on. • During copying, the lower desk lift limit switch does not turn on within 200 ms of the lower desk lift motor turning on. C310 Scanner carriage problem • The home position is not correct when the power is turned on or at the start of copying using the bypass table. Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures Broken gears or couplings of the lower desk lift motor. Replace the lower desk lift motor. Defective lower desk lift motor. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the lower desk lift motor. Poor contact of the lower desk lift motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective lower desk lift limit switch. Check if CN3-12 on the desk main PCB goes low when the lower desk lift limit switch is turned on. If not, replace the upper desk lift limit switch. Poor contact of the lower desk lift limit switch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Poor contact of Check the connection of conthe connector nector CN5 on the main PCB terminals. and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective scan- Replace the scanner home ner home posi- position switch. tion switch. Defective main Replace the main PCB or scanner motor PCB and check PCB or scanner motor PCB. for correct operation. Defective scan- Replace the scanner motor. ner motor. *3: Optional for 42 ppm only. 3-5-10 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. C332 Scanner watchdog problem • The main routine does not run within 8.192 ms of the main switch being turned on. Defective main PCB. C340 Original detection position problem • The original size detection microcomputer in the main PCB cannot store initial data correctly. Poor contact of Check the connection of conthe connectors. nector CN7 on the scanner motor PCB and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective origi- Replace the original size sennal size sensor. sor. Defective main Replace the main PCB or scanner motor PCB and check PCB or scanner motor PCB. for correct operation. C400 Polygon motor synchronization problem • The polygon motor does not reach the stable speed within 9 s of the polygon motor remote signal turning on. C401 Polygon motor steadystate problem • The polygon motor rotation is not stable for 600 ms after the polygon motor rotation has been stabilized. Poor contact of the polygon motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective polygon motor. Replace the LSU. Defective power source PCB. Check if 24 V DC is supplied to CN6-5 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the power source PCB. Defective engine PCB. Check if 24 V DC is output from CN7-1 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the engine PCB. Poor contact of the polygon motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective polygon motor. Replace the LSU. 3-5-11 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures C401 Polygon motor steadystate problem • The polygon motor rotation is not stable for 600 ms after the polygon motor rotation has been stabilized. Defective power source PCB. Check if 24 V DC is supplied to CN6-5 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the power source PCB. Defective engine PCB. Check if 24 V DC is output from CN7-1 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the engine PCB. C420 BD steady-state problem • The VTC detects a BD error for 600 ms after the polygon motor rotation has been stabilized. Defective laser diode. Replace the LSU. Defective polygon motor. Replace the LSU. Defective main PCB. Replace the main PCB. C510 Main charger problem • MC ALM signal is detected continuously for 400 ms when MC REM signal is turned on. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. Replace the high-voltage transformer PCB. C511 Transfer/separation highvoltage problem • STALM signal is detected continuously for 400 ms when TC/SC REM signal is turned on. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. C610 Broken fixing unit thermistor wire • The fixing temperature does not increase for 40 s after the fixing heaters have been turned on for warming up. • The fixing temperature remains below 50˚C/122˚F for 10 s continuously after the fixing heaters have been turned on during stabilization. Poor contact of the fixing unit thermistor connector terminals. Check the connection of connector CN3-B8 on the engine PCB and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Broken fixing unit thermistor wire. Measure the resistance. If it is infinite, replace the fixing unit thermistor. 3-5-12 Leakage during Check and clean the main main charging. charger assembly. Replace the high-voltage transformer PCB. Leakage during Check and clean the transfer charger assembly. transfer/separation charging. Fixing unit ther- Check and reinstall if necesmistor installed sary. incorrectly. Fixing unit ther- Check for continuity. If none, replace the fixing unit thermomostat stat. triggered. 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures C610 Broken fixing unit thermistor wire • The fixing temperature does not increase for 40 s after the fixing heaters have been turned on for warming up. • The fixing temperature remains below 50˚C/122˚F for 10 s continuously after the fixing heaters have been turned on during stabilization. Fixing unit heater M or S installed incorrectly. Check and reinstall if necessary. C620 Abnormally low fixing temperature • The fixing temperature remains below 120˚C/248˚F for 10 s. Poor contact of the fixing unit thermistor connector terminals. Check the connection of connector CN3-B8 on the engine PCB and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Broken fixing unit thermistor wire. Measure the resistance. If it is infinite, replace the fixing unit thermistor. Check for continuity. If none, Broken fixing unit heater M or replace the fixing unit heater M or S. S wire. Fixing unit ther- Check and reinstall if necesmistor installed sary. incorrectly. Fixing unit ther- Check for continuity. If none, replace the fixing unit thermomostat trigstat. gered. Fixing unit heater M or S installed incorrectly. Check and reinstall if necessary. Broken fixing Check for continuity. If none, unit heater M or replace the fixing unit heater S wire. M or S. 3-5-13 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures C630 Abnormally high fixing temperature • The fixing temperature exceeds 220˚C/428˚F for 10 s. • The fixing unit high temperature detection circuit on the engine PCB detects an abnormally high temperature. Shorted fixing unit thermistor. C640 Zero-crossing signal problem • The main PCB does not detect the zero-crossing signal (Z CROSS SIG) for the time specified below. At power-on: 3 s Others: 5 s Poor contact of the connector terminals. Check the connection of connectors CN10-5 on the main PCB and CN4-3 on the power source PCB, and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective power source PCB. Check if the zero-crossing signal is output from CN4-3 on the power source PCB. If not, replace the power source PCB. Defective main PCB. Replace the main PCB if C640 is detected while CN4-3 on the power source PCB outputs the zero-crossing signal. Defective toner sensor. Replace the toner sensor. Poor contact of the toner sensor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Developer problem. Replace the developer. C710 Toner sensor problem • The sensor output voltage is outside the range of 0.5 to 4.5 V during copying or in maintenance item U130. • The toner sensor control voltage cannot be set within the range in maintenance item U130. 3-5-14 Measure the resistance. If it is infinite, replace the fixing unit thermistor. Replace the power source Broken fixing unit heater con- PCB. trol circuit on the power source PCB. 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents C730 Broken external temperature thermistor wire • The input voltage is above 4.5 V (230 bits). Causes Poor contact of the humidity sensor PCB connector terminals. Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective exter- Replace the humidity sensor nal temperature PCB. thermistor. C731 Short-circuited external temperature thermistor • The input voltage is below 0.5 V (250 bits). Poor contact of the humidity sensor PCB connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective exter- Replace the humidity sensor nal temperature PCB. thermistor. C740 Toner hopper problem • The toner hopper lockup sensor does not turn off after the toner recycle motor has rotated for at least 1 minute. Toner main hopper lockup. Remove the recycled toner in the toner main hopper if it locks up. Defective toner hopper lockup sensor. Replace the toner hopper lockup sensor. Poor contact of the toner hopper lockup sensor connector terminals. Reinsert the connectors. Also check for continuity within the cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective toner recycle motor. Check for continuity across the coils. If none, replace the recycle motor. Poor contact of the toner recycle motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connectors. Also check for continuity within the cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. 3-5-15 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents C801 Finisher paper conveying motor problem*2 • The paper conveying motor lockup signal is detected for 0.5 s or longer. C803 Finisher paper conveying belt problem*2 • An on-to-off or off-to-on state change of the paper conveying belt home position sensor is not detected within 2 s of the paper conveying belt clutch turning on. *2: optional. 3-5-16 Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures The paper conveying motor connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. The paper conveying motor malfunctions. Replace the paper conveying motor and check for correct operation. Defective finisher main PCB. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation. The paper conveying belt is out of phase. Adjust the paper conveying belt so that it is in phase and check for correct operation. The paper conveying belt clutch malfunctions. Replace the paper conveying belt clutch and check for correct operation. The paper conveying belt home position sensor malfunctions. Replace the paper conveying belt home position sensor and check for correct operation. The paper conveying belt home position sensor connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. The internal tray is incorrectly inserted. Check whether the internal tray unit or front cover catches are damaged. 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents C814 Finisher tray elevation motor problem*2 • The sort tray is not detected in the home position within 30 s of the start of the tray elevation motor rotation. C817 Finisher front jogger motor problem*2 • While the front jogger is not detected in the home position, the front jogger home position sensor does not detect the jogger within 1.5 s of the start of front jogger motor clockwise rotation. • After the front jogger is detected in the home position, the front jogger home position sensor still detects the jogger within 0.5 s of the start of front jogger motor counterclockwise rotation. Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures The tray elevation motor connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. The tray elevation motor malfunctions. Replace the tray elevation motor and check for correct operation. Defective finisher main PCB. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation. The front jogger motor connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. The front jogger motor malfunctions. Replace the front jogger motor and check for correct operation. The front jogger motor home position sensor connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. The front jogger motor home position sensor malfunctions. Replace the front jogger home position sensor and check for correct operation. Defective finisher main PCB. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation. *2: optional. 3-5-17 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents C818 Finisher rear jogger motor problem*2 • While the rear jogger is not detected in the home position, the rear jogger home position sensor does not detect the jogger within 1.5 s of the start of rear jogger motor clockwise rotation. • After the rear jogger is detected in the home position, the rear jogger home position sensor still detects the jogger within 0.5 s of the start of rear jogger motor counterclockwise rotation. *2: optional. 3-5-18 Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures The rear jogger motor connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. The rear jogger motor malfunctions. Replace the rear jogger motor and check for correct operation. The rear jogger motor home position sensor connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. The rear jogger motor home position sensor malfunctions. Replace the rear jogger home position sensor and check for correct operation. Defective finisher main PCB. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation. 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures C821 Finisher front stapler problem*2 • The front stapler home position sensor does not change state from non-detection to detection within 0.2 s of the start of front stapler motor counterclockwise (forward) rotation. • During initialization, the front stapler home position sensor does not change state from non-detection to detection within 0.6 s of the start of front stapler motor clockwise (reverse) rotation. The front stapler connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. The front stapler malfunctions. a) The front stapler is blocked with a staple. b) The front stapler is broken. a) Remove the front stapler cartridge, and check the cartridge and the stapling section of the stapler. b) Replace the front stapler and check for correct operation. Defective finisher main PCB. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation. C822 Finisher rear stapler problem*2 • The rear stapler home position sensor does not change state from non-detection to detection within 0.2 s of the start of rear stapler motor counterclockwise (forward) rotation. • During initialization, the rear stapler home position sensor does not change state from non-detection to detection within 0.6 s of the start of rear stapler motor clockwise (reverse) rotation. The rear stapler connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. The rear stapler malfunctions. a) The rear stapler is blocked with a staple. b) The rear stapler is broken. Defective finisher main PCB. a) Remove the rear stapler cartridge, and check the cartridge and the stapling section of the stapler. b) Replace the rear stapler and check for correct operation. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation. *2: optional. 3-5-19 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents C920 Deck paper conveying motor problem*1 • No pulse is input within 500 ms of the start-up. • No pulse is input within 100 ms of the previous pulse input. Causes The deck paper conveying motor connector makes poor contact. Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective deck Replace the deck paper conpaper convey- veying motor PCB and check ing motor PCB. for correct operation. The deck paper Check the gears and remedy if conveying mo- necessary. tor does not rotate correctly (the motor is overloaded). C921 Paper deck motor 1 problem*1 • No pulse is input within 20 ms of the start-up. • No pulse is input within 400 ms of the previous pulse input. *1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. 3-5-20 Paper deck motor 1 connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Paper deck motor 1 does not rotate correctly (the motor is overloaded). Check the gears and remedy if necessary. 2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures C922 Paper deck motor 2 problem*1 • No pulse is input within 20 ms of the start-up. • No pulse is input within 400 ms of the previous pulse input. Paper deck motor 2 connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Paper deck motor 2 does not rotate correctly (the motor is overloaded). Check the gears and remedy if necessary. C923 Right lift position problem*1 • While the paper deck motor is driving, lift upper limit switch 1 detects the right lift reaching the upper limit. Upper limit switch 1 connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Deck level switch 1 connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. C924 Left lift position problem*1 • While the paper deck motor is driving, lift upper limit switch 2 detects the left lift reaching the upper limit. Upper limit switch 2 connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Deck level switch 2 connector makes poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. *1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. 3-5-21 2A3/4 CONTENTS 3-6 Troubleshooting 3-6-1 Image formation problems .................................................................. 3-6-1 (1) No image appears (entirely white). .............................................. 3-6-4 (2) No image appears (entirely black). .............................................. 3-6-5 (3) Image is too light. ........................................................................ 3-6-6 (4) Background is visible. .................................................................. 3-6-6 (5) A white line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-7 (6) A black line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-7 (7) A black line appears laterally. ...................................................... 3-6-8 (8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. .................. 3-6-8 (9) Black dots appear on the image. ................................................. 3-6-9 (10) Image is blurred. .......................................................................... 3-6-9 (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original. ................................................................................ 3-6-10 (12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original. ................................................................................ 3-6-10 (13) Paper creases. .......................................................................... 3-6-11 (14) Offset occurs. ............................................................................ 3-6-11 (15) Image is partly missing. ............................................................. 3-6-12 (16) Fixing is poor. ............................................................................ 3-6-12 (17) Image is out of focus. ................................................................ 3-6-13 (18) Image center does not align with the original center. ................ 3-6-13 (19) Image is not square. .................................................................. 3-6-14 (20) Image contrast is low (carrier scattering) .................................. 3-6-14 (21) There is a regular error between the centers of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. ............... 3-6-15 (22) There is a regular error between the leading edges of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. ............... 3-6-15 (23) When the duplex unit is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align. ......................... 3-6-16 (24) When the large paper deck is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align. ......................... 3-6-16 (25) Toner scatters at the leading edge of the image. ...................... 3-6-17 3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ................................................................................. 3-6-18 • Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-18 (1) A paper jam in the paper feed, conveying or eject section is indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. ................... 3-6-18 (2) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from copier upper drawer). .................. 3-6-19 (3) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from copier lower drawer). ................... 3-6-20 (4) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from bypass). ....................................... 3-6-20 (5) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (jam in copier vertical paper conveying section). ......... 3-6-21 (6) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (jam in converging section). ......................................... 3-6-22 1-1-27 2A3/4 (7) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets in paper feed section). ....................... (8) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section). .................................................................... (9) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets before registration section). ............... (10) A paper jam in the paper conveying section is indicated during copying (jam in registration/transfer section). ................. (11) A paper jam in the fixing section is indicated during copying (jam in fixing section). .................................................. (12) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying (jam in eject section). ................................................... (13) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying (jam in switchback eject section). ................................ • SRDF .............................................................................................. (1) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. ................. (2) An original jams during continuous copying of multiple originals. ....................................................................... (3) An original jams in the SRDF during copying (a jam in the original feed/conveying section). .......................... (4) An original jams in the SRDF during copying (a jam in the original switchback section). ................................. (5) Original jams frequently. ............................................................ • Feedshift and duplex sections ........................................................ (1) A paper jam in the feedshift section is indicated during copying (jam in feedshift section). ............................................. (2) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during copying (jam in duplex conveying section). ............................... (3) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during copying (jam in duplex stock section). ....................................... • Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................. (1) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS0 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). .............................................................. (2) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS1 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). .............................................................. (3) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS2 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). .............................................................. 3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ...................................................................... (1) Power source PCB .................................................................... (2) Engine PCB ............................................................................... (3) Main PCB .................................................................................. (4) Memory copy PCB .................................................................... (5) Scanner motor PCB .................................................................. (6) CCD PCB .................................................................................. (7) DF driver PCB ........................................................................... (8) Operation unit main PCB ........................................................... (9) Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/53 ppm: standard) .............. 1-1-28 3-6-22 3-6-22 3-6-22 3-6-23 3-6-23 3-6-23 3-6-24 3-6-25 3-6-25 3-6-25 3-6-26 3-6-27 3-6-27 3-6-28 3-6-28 3-6-28 3-6-29 3-6-30 3-6-30 3-6-31 3-6-32 3-6-33 3-6-33 3-6-36 3-6-47 3-6-57 3-6-60 3-6-62 3-6-64 3-6-67 3-6-70 2A3/4 3-6-4 Electrical problems ............................................................................ • Copier ............................................................................................. (1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is turned on. .................................................................................. (2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). ................................ (3) The scanner motor does not operate. ....................................... (4) The upper lift motor does not operate. ...................................... (5) The lower lift motor does not operate. ....................................... (6) The toner feed motor does not operate. .................................... (7) The paper conveying section fan motor does not operate. ....... (8) Cooling fan motor 1 does not operate at all or does not turn at full speed. .................................................... (9) Cooling fan motor 2 does not operate at all or does not turn at full speed. .................................................... (10) Paper feed motor does not operate (C230). .............................. (11) The paper conveying motor does not operate (C210). .............. (12) The toner recycle motor does not operate. ............................... (13) The charger cleaning motor does not operate. ......................... (14) The image formation unit fan motor does not operate. ............. (15) The upper paper feed clutch does not operate. ........................ (16) The lower paper feed clutch does not operate. ......................... (17) Feed clutch 1 does not operate. ................................................ (18) Feed clutch 2 does not operate. ................................................ (19) Feed clutch 3 does not operate. ................................................ (20) Feed clutch 4 does not operate. ................................................ (21) Feed clutch 5 does not operate. ................................................ (22) The registration clutch does not operate. .................................. (23) The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. ...................... (24) The eject speed switching clutch does not operate. .................. (25) The bypass solenoid does not operate. .................................... (26) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ......................................... (27) The exposure lamp does not turn on. ........................................ (28) The exposure lamp does not turn off. ........................................ (29) Fixing heater M or S does not turn on (C620). .......................... (30) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off (fixing unit thermostat triggered; C620). .................................... (31) Main charging is not performed (C510). .................................... (32) Transfer charging is not performed (C511). .............................. (33) Separation charging is not performed (C511). .......................... (34) No developing bias is output. .................................................... (35) The original size is not detected. ............................................... (36) The original size is not detected correctly. ................................ (37) The touch panel keys do not work. ............................................ (38) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present in the upper drawer. ................... (39) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present in the lower drawer. ............................... (40) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present on the bypass table. .............................. (41) The size of paper in the upper drawer is not displayed correctly. .................................................................... 3-6-73 3-6-73 3-6-73 3-6-73 3-6-74 3-6-74 3-6-74 3-6-75 3-6-75 3-6-75 3-6-75 3-6-76 3-6-76 3-6-76 3-6-77 3-6-77 3-6-77 3-6-78 3-6-78 3-6-78 3-6-78 3-6-79 3-6-79 3-6-79 3-6-79 3-6-80 3-6-80 3-6-80 3-6-80 3-6-81 3-6-81 3-6-81 3-6-81 3-6-82 3-6-82 3-6-82 3-6-83 3-6-83 3-6-83 3-6-83 3-6-84 3-6-84 3-6-84 1-1-29 2A3/4 (42) The size of paper in the lower drawer is not displayed correctly. .................................................................... 3-6-85 (43) A paper jam in the paper feed, paper conveying or fixing section is indicated on the touch panel immediately after the main switch is turned on. ..................................................... 3-6-86 (44) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed when the front, left and right covers are closed. ........................ 3-6-87 (45) Others. ....................................................................................... 3-6-87 • SRDF .............................................................................................. 3-6-88 (1) The original feed motor does not operate. ................................ 3-6-88 (2) The original conveying motor does not operate. ....................... 3-6-88 (3) The original feed solenoid does not operate. ............................ 3-6-88 (4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. ................ 3-6-89 (5) The eject feedshift solenoid does not operate. .......................... 3-6-89 (6) The switchback pressure solenoid does not operate. ............... 3-6-89 (7) The original feed clutch does not operate. ................................ 3-6-90 (8) A message indicating cover open is displayed when the SRDF is closed correctly. .................................................... 3-6-90 (9) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. ................. 3-6-90 • Feedshift and duplex sections ........................................................ 3-6-92 (1) The side registration motor does not rotate (C220). .................. 3-6-92 (2) The feedshift solenoid does not operate. .................................. 3-6-93 (3) The duplex forward solenoid does not operate. ........................ 3-6-92 (4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. ................ 3-6-93 (5) The duplex paper tapping solenoid does not operate. .............. 3-6-93 (6) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed when the left cover is closed. .................................................... 3-6-93 (7) Others. ....................................................................................... 3-6-93 • Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................. 3-6-94 (1) The large paper deck does not operate when the print key is pressed. ..................................................................................... 3-6-94 (2) The deck paper conveying motor does not operate (C920). ..... 3-6-94 (3) Paper deck motor 1 does not operate (C921). .......................... 3-6-94 (4) Paper deck motor 2 does not operate (C922). .......................... 3-6-95 (5) Paper feed clutch 1 does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-95 (6) Paper feed clutch 2 does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-95 (7) The paper conveying clutch dose not operate. ......................... 3-6-96 3-6-5 Mechanical problems ........................................................................ 3-6-97 • Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-97 (1) No primary paper feed. .............................................................. 3-6-97 (2) No secondary paper feed. ......................................................... 3-6-97 (3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-97 (4) The scanner does not travel. ..................................................... 3-6-98 (5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-98 (6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-98 (7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ................................ 3-6-98 (8) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-99 • SRDF ............................................................................................ 3-6-100 (1) No primary original feed. ......................................................... 3-6-100 (2) No secondary original feed. ..................................................... 3-6-100 (3) Originals jam. .......................................................................... 3-6-100 1-1-30 2A3/4 • Feedshift and duplex sections ...................................................... (1) No refeed. ................................................................................ (2) Paper is refed askew. .............................................................. (3) Paper jams. ............................................................................. (4) Abnormal noise is heard. ......................................................... • Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ............... (1) No primary paper feed. ............................................................ (2) Paper is fed askew. ................................................................. (3) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. .......................... (4) Paper jams. ............................................................................. (5) Abnormal noise is heard. ......................................................... 3-6-101 3-6-101 3-6-101 3-6-101 3-6-101 3-6-102 3-6-102 3-6-102 3-6-102 3-6-102 3-6-103 1-1-31 2A3/4 3-6-1 Image formation problems (1) No image appears (entirely white). (2) No image appears (entirely black). See page 3-6-4 See page 3-6-5 See page 3-6-6 (5) A white line appears longitudinally. (6) A black line appears longitudinally. See page 3-6-7 See page 3-6-7 (4) Background is visible. See page 3-6-6 (7) A black line appears laterally. See page 3-6-8 (10) Image is blurred. See page 3-6-9 (8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. (3) Image is too light. (9) Black dots appear on the image. See page 3-6-8 See page 3-6-9 (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original. (12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original. See page 3-6-10 See page 3-6-10 3-6-1 2A3/4 (13) Paper creases. See page 3-6-11 (16) Fixing is poor. (14) Offset occurs. See page 3-6-11 (17) Image is out of focus. (15) Image is partly missing. See page 3-6-12 (18) Image center does not align with the original center. See page 3-6-12 See page 3-6-13 See page 3-6-13 (19) Image is not square. (20) Image contrast is low (carrier scattering). (21) There is a regular error between the centers of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. See page 3-6-14 See page 3-6-14 See page 3-6-15 (22) There is a regular error between the leading edges of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. (23) When the duplex unit is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align. (24) When the large paper deck is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align. See page 3-6-15 See page 3-6-16 See page 3-6-16 3-6-2 2A3/4 (25) Toner scatters at the leading edge of the image. See page 3-6-17 3-6-3 2A3/4 (1) No image appears (entirely white). Causes 1. No transfer charging. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. No transfer charging. A. Broken transfer charger wire. Replace the wire. B. The connector terminals of the high-voltage transformer PCB make poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. C. Defective main PCB. Check if CN1-84 on the main PCB goes low when maintenance item U101 is run. If not, replace the main PCB. D. Defective engine PCB. Check if CN5-B7 on the engine PCB goes low when CN1-84 on the main PCB is held low while maintenance item U101 is run. If not, replace the engine PCB. E. Defective high-voltage transformer PCB. Check if transfer charging takes place when CN1-7 on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes low while maintenance item U101 is run. If not, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB. 3-6-4 2A3/4 (2) No image appears (entirely black). Causes 1. No main charging. 2. Exposure lamp fails to light. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. No main charging. A. Broken main charger wire. Replace the wire. B. Leaking main charger housing. Clean the main charger wire, grid and shield. C. The connector terminals of the high-voltage transformer PCB make poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. D. Defective main PCB. Check if CN1-86 on the main PCB goes low when maintenance item U100 is run. If not, replace the main PCB. E. Defective engine PCB. Check if CN5-B13 on the engine PCB goes low when CN1-86 on the main PCB is held low while maintenance item U100 is run. If not, replace the engine PCB. F. Defective high-voltage transformer PCB. Check if main charging takes place when CN1-1 on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes low while maintenance item U100 is run. If not, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB. 2. Exposure lamp fails to light. A. The connector terminals of the exposure lamp make poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. B. Defective inverter PCB. Check if the exposure lamp lights when CN15 and 1-6 on the inverter PCB go low while maintenance item U061 is run. If not, replace the inverter PCB. C. Defective scanner control PCB. Check if CN 5-14 on the main PCB goes low when maintenance item U061 is run. If not, replace the main PCB. 3-6-5 2A3/4 (3) Image is too light. Causes Causes 1. Insufficient toner. 2. Deteriorated developer. 3. Dirty or deteriorated drum. Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Insufficient toner. If the display shows the message requesting toner replenishment, replace the cartridge. 2. Deteriorated developer. Check the number of copies made with the current developer. If it has reached the specified limit, replace the developer. 3. Dirty or deteriorated drum. Clean the drum or, if the maintenance level has been reached, replace the drum (see page 3-3-45). (4) Background is visible. Causes 1. Deteriorated developer. 3-6-6 Causes 1. Deteriorated developer. Check procedures/corrective measures Check the number of copies made with the current developer. If it has reached the specified limit, replace the developer. 2A3/4 (5) A white line appears longitudinally. Causes 1. Dirty or flawed transfer charger wire. 2. Foreign matter in the developing section. 3. Flawed drum. 4. Dirty shading plate. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Dirty or flawed transfer charger wire. Clean the transfer charger wire or, if it is flawed, replace it. 2. Foreign matter in the developing section. Check if the magnetic brush is formed uniformly. If not, replace the developer. 3. Flawed drum. Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45). 4. Dirty shading plate. Clean the shading plate. (6) A black line appears longitudinally. Causes 1. Dirty contact glass. 2. Dirty or flawed drum. 3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. 4. Dirty scanner mirror. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Dirty contact glass. Clean the contact glass. 2. Dirty or flawed drum. Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it (see page 3-3-45). 3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page 3-3-59). 4. Dirty scanner mirror. Clean the scanner mirror. 3-6-7 2A3/4 (7) A black line appears laterally. Causes 1. Flawed drum. 2. Dirty developing section. 3. Leaking main charger housing. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Flawed drum. Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45). 2. Dirty developing section. Clean any part contaminated with toner or carrier in the developing section. 3. Leaking main charger housing. Clean the main charger wire, grid and shield. (8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. Causes Causes 1. Dirty main charger wire. 2. Defective exposure lamp. Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Dirty main charger wire. Clean the wire or, if it is extremely dirty, replace it. 2. Defective exposure lamp. Check if the exposure lamp light is distributed evenly. If not, replace the exposure lamp (see page 3-3-23). 3-6-8 2A3/4 (9) Black dots appear on the image. Causes 1. Dirty or flawed drum. 2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Dirty or flawed drum. Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it (see page 3-3-45). 2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page 3-3-59). (10) Image is blurred. Causes 1. Scanner moves erratically. 2. Deformed press roller. 3. Paper conveying section drive problem. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Scanner moves erratically. Check if there is any foreign matter on the front and rear scanner rails. If any, remove it. 2. Deformed press roller. Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-71). 3. Paper conveying section drive problem. Check the gears and belts and, if necessary, grease them. 3-6-9 2A3/4 (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original. Causes 1. Misadjusted leading edge registration. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Misadjusted leading edge registration. (12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original. Readjust the leading edge registration (see pages 3-3-18 and 39). Causes 1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or upper or lower paper feed clutch installed or operating incorrectly. Causes 1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or upper or lower paper feed clutch installed or operating incorrectly. 3-6-10 Check procedures/corrective measures Check the installation position and operation of the registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch and upper and lower paper feed clutches. If any of them operates incorrectly, replace it. 2A3/4 (13) Paper creases. Causes Causes 1. Paper curled. 2. Paper damp. 3. Defective pressure springs. Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Paper curled. Check the paper storage conditions. 2. Paper damp. Check the paper storage conditions. 3. Defective pressure springs. Replace the pressure springs. (14) Offset occurs. Causes 1. Defective cleaning blade. Causes 1. Defective cleaning blade. Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the cleaning blade (see page 3-3-59). 3-6-11 2A3/4 (15) Image is partly missing. Causes Causes 1. Paper damp. 2. Paper creased. 3. Drum condensation. 4. Flawed drum. Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Paper damp. Check the paper storage conditions. 2. Paper creased. Replace the paper. 3. Drum condensation. Clean the drum (see page 3-3-50). 4. Flawed drum. Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45). (16) Fixing is poor. Causes Causes 1. Wrong paper. 2. Defective pressure springs. 3. Flawed press roller. Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Wrong paper. Check if the paper meets specifications. 2. Defective pressure springs. Replace the pressure springs. 3. Flawed press roller. Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-71). 3-6-12 2A3/4 (17) Image is out of focus. Causes 1. Defective image scanning unit. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Defective image scanning unit. (18) Image center does not align with the original center. Replace the image scanning unit. Causes 1. Misadjusted image center line. 2. Misadjusted scanner center line. 3. Original placed incorrectly. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Misadjusted image center line. Readjust the image center line (see page 33-19). 2. Misadjusted scanner center line. Readjust the scanner center line (see page 3-3-38). 3. Original placed incorrectly. Place the original correctly. 3-6-13 2A3/4 (19) Image is not square. Causes 1. Laser scanner unit positioned incorrectly. 2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. Laser scanner unit positioned incorrectly. Adjust the installation position of the laser scanner unit (see page 3-3-33). 2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly. Adjust the installation position of the image scanning unit (see page 3-3-35). (20) Image contrast is low (carrier scattering). Causes 1. No developing bias output. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures 1. No developing bias output. A. Developing bias wire makes poor contact. Check the developing bias wire. If there are any problems, replace it. B. Defective main PCB. Check if CN1-85 on the main PCB goes low when maintenance item U030 is run. If not, replace the main PCB. C. Defective high-voltage transformer PCB. Check if developing bias is output when there is no problem with the main PCB while maintenance item U030 is run. If not, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB. 3-6-14 2A3/4 (21) There is a regular error between the centers of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. Causes 1. Misadjusted DF center line. Causes 1. Misadjusted DF center line. (22) There is a regular error between the leading edges of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. Check procedures/corrective measures Readjust the DF center line (see page 3-3-97). Causes 1. Misadjusted DF original scanning start position. Causes 1. Misadjusted DF original scanning start position. Check procedures/corrective measures Readjust the DF original scanning start position (see page 3-3-98). 3-6-15 2A3/4 (23) When the duplex unit is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align. Causes 1. Side registration section installed incorrectly. Check procedures/corrective measures Causes 1. Side registration sec-tion installed incor-rectly. (24) When the large paper deck is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align. Causes 1. Center adjuster installed incorrectly. Causes 1. Center adjuster installed incorrectly. 3-6-16 Adjust the installation position of the side registration section (see page 3-3-87). Check procedures/corrective measures Adjust the installation position of the center adjuster (see page 3-3-105). 2A3/4 (25) Toner scatters at the leading edge of the image. Causes 1. Upper registration cleaner assembly soiled with paper powder. Causes 1. Upper registration cleaner assembly soiled with paper powder. Check procedures/corrective measures Vacuum clean the paper powder from the upper registration cleaner assembly. 3-6-17 2A3/4 3-6-2 Paper misfeeds • Copier Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures (1) A paper jam in the paper feed, conveying or eject section is indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. A piece of paper torn from copy paper is caught around paper feed switch 1/2/3, the feed switch,registration switch or eject switch. Check visually and remove it, if any. Defective paper feed switch 1. With 5 V DC present at CN13-5 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-4 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 1 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 1. Defective paper feed switch 2. With 5 V DC present at CN13-8 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-7 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 2 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 2. Defective paper feed switch 3. With 5 V DC present at CN1311 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-10 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 3 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 3. Defective feed switch. With 5 V DC present at CN13-2 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-1 on the engine PCB remains low when the feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the feed switch. Defective registration switch. With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1 on the engine PCB, check if CN8-B2 on the engine PCB remains low when the registration switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the registration switch. 3-6-18 2A3/4 Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures (1) A paper jam in the paper feed, conveying or eject section is indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. Defective eject switch. With 5 V DC present at CN3B10 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-B9 on the engine PCB remains low when the eject switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the eject switch. (2) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from copier upper drawer). Paper in the upper drawer is extremely curled. Change the paper. Check if the upper paper feed pulley, lower paper feed pulley or upper forwarding pulley of the upper drawer are deformed. Check visually and replace any deformed pulleys. Broken paper feed switch 2 actuator. Check visually and replace paper feed switch 1 if its actuator is broken. Defective paper feed switch 2. With 5 V DC present at CN13-8 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-7 on the engine PCB goes low when paper feed switch 2 is turned on. If not, replace paper feed switch 2. Check if the upper paper feed clutch malfunctions. Check and repair if necessary. Electrical problem with the upper paper feed clutch. Check (see page 3-6-79). 3-6-19 2A3/4 Problem (3) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from copier lower drawer). (4) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from bypass). 3-6-20 Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Paper in the lower drawer is extremely curled. Change the paper. Check if the upper paper feed pulley, lower paper feed pulley or upper forwarding pulley of the lower drawer are deformed. Check visually and replace any deformed pulleys. Broken paper feed switch 3 actuator. Check visually and replace paper feed switch 3 if its actuator is broken. Defective paper feed switch 3. With 5 V DC present at CN1311 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-10 on the engine PCB goes low when paper feed switch 3 is turned on. If not, replace paper feed switch 3. Check if the lower paper feed clutch malfunctions. Check and repair if necessary. Electrical problem with the lower paper feed clutch. Check (see page 3-6-80). Paper on the bypass table is extremely curled. Change the paper. Check if the forwarding pulley, upper or lower paper feed pulleys of the bypass are deformed. Check visually and replace any deformed pulleys. Broken feed switch actuator. Check visually and replace the feed switch if its actuator is broken. Defective feed switch. With 5 V DC present at CN13-2 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-1 on the engine PCB remains low when the feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the feed switch. Check if the bypass paper feed clutch malfunctions. Check and repair if necessary. Electrical problem with the bypass paper feed clutch. Check (see page 3-6-81). 2A3/4 Problem (5) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (jam in copier vertical paper conveying section). Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Broken feed switch actuator. Check visually and replace the feed switch if its actuator is broken. Defective feed switch. With 5 V DC present at CN13-2 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-1 on the engine PCB goes low when the feed switch is turned on. If not, replace the feed switch. Broken paper feed switch 1 actuator. Check visually and replace paper feed switch 1 if its actuator is broken. Defective paper feed switch 1. With 5 V DC present at CN13-5 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-4 on the engine PCB goes low when paper feed switch 1 is turned on. If not, replace paper feed switch 1. Broken paper feed switch 2 actuator. Check visually and replace paper feed switch 2 if its actuator is broken. Defective paper feed switch 2. With 5 V DC present at CN13-8 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-7 on the engine PCB goes low when paper feed switch 2 is turned on. If not, replace paper feed switch 2. Broken paper feed switch 3 actuator. Check visually and replace paper feed switch 3 if its actuator is broken. Defective paper feed switch 3. With 5 V DC present at CN1311 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-10 on the engine PCB goes low when paper feed switch 3 is turned on. If not, replace paper feed switch 3. Check if the feed pulleys and feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 do not contact each other. Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check if the feed pulleys and feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 are deformed. Repair or replace if necessary. 3-6-21 2A3/4 Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures (6) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (jam in converging section). Broken registration switch actuator. Check visually and replace the registration switch if its actuator is broken. Defective registration switch. With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1 on the engine PCB, check if CN8-B2 on the engine PCB goes low when the registration switch is turned on. If not, replace the registration switch. (7) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets in paper feed section). Check if the feed pulleys and feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 are deformed. Repair or replace if necessary. Check if the feed pulleys and feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 do not contact each other. Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check if the feed guides are deformed. Check visually and remedy if necessary. (8) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section). Check if the feed guides are deformed. Check visually and remedy if necessary. (9) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets before registration section). Check if the upper, middle and lower feed guide plates are deformed. Check visually and remedy if necessary. 3-6-22 2A3/4 Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures (10) A paper jam in the paper conveying section is indicated during copying (jam in registration/ transfer section). Check if the registration clutch malfunctions. Check visually and remedy if necessary. Electrical problem with the registration clutch. Check (see page 3-6-81). Check if the upper and lower registration rollers contact each other. Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check if the upper and lower feed rollers contact each other. Check visually and remedy if necessary. (11) A paper jam in the fixing section is indicated during copying (jam in fixing section). Check if the registration clutch malfunctions. Check and remedy if necessary. Electrical problem with the registration clutch. Check (see page 3-6-81). Check if the upper and lower registration rollers contact each other. Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check if the upper and lower feed rollers contact each other. Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check if the fixing unit front guide is deformed. Repair or replace if necessary. Check if the press roller is extremely dirty or deformed. Clean or replace if necessary. Check if the heat roller separation claws are dirty or deformed. Clean or replace if necessary. Check if the heat roller and its separation claws contact each other. Remedy if the separation claw springs are out of place. Check if the eject roller and eject pulley contact each other. Remedy. (12) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying (jam in eject section). 3-6-23 2A3/4 Problem Causes/check procedures (13) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying (jam in switchback eject section). Broken switchback eject switch actuator. Check visually and replace the switchback eject switch if its actuator is broken. Defective switchback eject switch. With 5 V DC present at CN3-A2 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-A1 on the engine PCB remains low when the switchback eject switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the switchback eject switch. Check if the left or right switchback feed roller is deformed. Check visually and replace any deformed rollers. Check if the right middle or left switchback eject guide is deformed. Check visually and remedy if necessary. 3-6-24 Corrective measures 2A3/4 • SRDF Problem (1) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. (2) An original jams during continuous copying of multiple originals. Causes/check procedures Corrective measures A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the original feed switch. Remove any found. Defective original feed switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-B5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original feed switch. A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the original switchback switch. Remove any found. Defective original switchback switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original switchback switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original switchback switch. A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the DF timing switch. Remove any found. Defective DF timing switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A14 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the DF timing switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the DF timing switch. Defective original feed switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-B5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original feed switch. Check if the original feed motor or the original conveying motor malfunction. Check and remedy. 3-6-25 2A3/4 Problem (3) An original jams in the SRDF during copying (a jam in the original feed/ conveying section). 3-6-26 Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Defective DF timing switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A14 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the DF timing switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the DF timing switch. Defective original feed switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-B5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original feed switch. Defective original switchback switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original switchback switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original switchback switch. Check if the original feed motor malfunctions. Check and remedy. Check if the DF original feed pulley or the DF separation pulley is deformed. Check visually and replace the deformed pulley. Check if the DF registration roller or the DF registration pulley is deformed. Check visually and replace the deformed pulley. Check if the lower original conveying roller or the front scanning pulley is deformed. Check visually and replace the deformed pulley. 2A3/4 Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures (3) An original jams in the SRDF during copying (a jam in the original feed/ conveying section). Check if the original conveying motor malfunctions. Check and remedy. Check if the middle original conveying roller and middle original conveying pulley contact each other correctly. Check and remedy. (4) An original jams in the SRDF during copying (a jam in the original switchback section). Defective original switchback switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original switchback switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original switchback switch. Defective DF timing switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A14 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the DF timing switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the DF timing switch. Check if the original feed motor malfunctions. Check and remedy. Check if the original conveying motor malfunctions. Check and remedy. An original outside the specifications is used. Use only originals conforming to the specifications. The DF forwarding pulleys, DF original feed pulley or DF switchback pulley is dirty with paper powder. Clean with isopropyl alcohol. The DF original feed pulley and the DF separation pulley do not contact correctly. Remedy. (5) Original jams frequently. 3-6-27 2A3/4 • Feedshift and duplex sections Problem (1) A paper jam in the feedshift section is indicated during copying (jam in feedshift section). (2) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during copying (jam in duplex conveying section). 3-6-28 Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Broken feedshift switch actuator. Check visually and replace the feedshift switch if its actuator is broken. Defective feedshift switch. With 5 V DC present at CN3-A5 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-A4 on the engine PCB goes low when the feedshift switch is turned on. If not, replace the feedshift switch. Electrical problem with the feedshift solenoid. Check (see page 3-6-94). Deformed lower feedshift guide. Check and remedy. Incorrect contact between the feedshift lower roller and pulley. Check and remedy. Broken duplex paper conveying switch actuator. Check visually and replace the duplex paper conveying switch if its actuator is broken. Defective duplex paper conveying switch. With 5 V DC present at CN9-6 on the engine PCB, check if CN9-8 on the engine PCB goes low when the duplex paper conveying switch is turned on. If not, replace the duplex paper conveying switch. Broken duplex registration switch actuator. Check visually and replace the duplex registration switch if its actuator is broken. Defective duplex registration switch. With 5 V DC present at CN9-5 on the engine PCB, check if CN9-7 on the engine PCB goes low when the duplex registration switch is turned on. If not, replace the duplex registration switch. Broken duplex eject switch actuator. Check visually and replace the duplex eject switch if its actuator is broken. 2A3/4 Problem (2) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during copying (jam in duplex conveying section). (3) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during copying (jam in duplex stock section). Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Defective duplex eject switch. With 5 V DC present at CN9-13 on the engine PCB, check if CN9-11 on the engine PCB goes low when the duplex eject switch is tuned on. If not, replace the duplex eject switch. Check if upper and lower duplex registration rollers, duplex paper conveying roller and pulley, and duplex eject roller and pulley contact each other correctly. Check and remedy. Check if upper or lower duplex registration roller, duplex paper conveying roller or pulley, or duplex eject roller or pulley are deformed. Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check if the duplex forward solenoid malfunctions. Check and remedy. Electrical problem with the duplex forward solenoid. Check (see page 3-6-94). Broken switchback eject switch actuator. Check visually and replace the switchback eject switch if its actuator is broken. Defective switchback eject switch. With 5 V DC present at CN3-A2 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-A1 on the engine PCB goes low when the switchback eject switch is turned on. If not, replace the switchback eject switch. Broken duplex registration switch actuator. Check visually and replace the duplex registration switch if its actuator is broken. Defective duplex registration switch. With 5 V DC present at CN9-5 on the engine PCB, check if CN9-7 on the engine PCB goes low when the duplex registration switch is turned on. If not, replace the duplex registration switch. 3-6-29 2A3/4 • Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) Problem (1) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS0 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). 3-6-30 Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Broken deck paper conveying motor gear. Check visually and replace the deck paper conveying motor or its gear if necessary. Paper is extremely curled. Change the paper. Defective paper path sensor 1. With a 5/0 V DC pulse signal output at CN1-1 on the deck main PCB, check if a 2/0 V DC pulse signal is output at CN4-9 on the deck main PCB when paper path sensor 1 is turned on by holding a sheet of paper level about 10 to 20 mm below the bottom of the paper conveying base. If not, paper path sensor 1 or the interface PCB is defective. Check the interface PCB and, if it is okay, replace paper path sensor 1. Electrical problem with paper feed clutch 1. Check (see page 3-6-96). The paper side guides are deformed. Remedy or replace. Mechanical problem with paper feed clutch 1. Check the installation condition. Defective interface PCB. Check for continuity across CN1-9 & CN7-2 and CN1-4 & CN5-6 on the interface PCB. If none, replace the interface PCB. Defective deck main PCB. Check if the voltage at CN4-9 on the deck main PCB changes in the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC (pulse) /0 V DC. If it does, replace the deck main PCB. 2A3/4 Problem (2) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS1 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Broken deck paper conveying motor gear. Check visually and replace the deck paper conveying motor or its gear if necessary. Paper is extremely curled. Change the paper. Defective paper path sensor 2. With a 5/0 V DC pulse signal output at CN1-1 on the deck main PCB, check if a 2/0 V DC pulse signal is output at CN1-6 on the deck main PCB with paper path sensor 2 is turned on by holding a sheet of paper level about 10 to 20 mm below the bottom of the paper conveying base. If not, paper path sensor 2 or the interface PCB is defective. Check the interface PCB and, if it is okay, replace paper path sensor 2. Electrical problem with the paper conveying clutch. Check (see page 3-6-98). The paper side guides are deformed. Remedy or replace. Mechanical problem with the paper conveying clutch. Check the installation condition. Defective interface PCB. Check for continuity across CN1-6 & CN5-2 and CN2-6 & CN4-8 on the interface PCB. If none, replace the interface PCB. Defective deck main PCB. Check if the voltage at CN1-6 on the deck main PCB changes in the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC (pulse) /0 V DC. If it does, replace the deck main PCB. 3-6-31 2A3/4 Problem (3) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS2 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). 3-6-32 Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Broken deck paper conveying motor gear. Check visually and replace the deck paper conveying motor or its gear if necessary. Paper is extremely curled. Change the paper. Defective paper path sensor 3. With a 5/0 V DC pulse signal output at CN1-1 on the deck main PCB, check if a 2/0 V DC pulse signal is output at CN1-11 on the deck main PCB when paper path sensor 3 is turned on by holding a sheet of paper level about 10 to 20 mm below the bottom of the paper conveying base. If not, paper path sensor 3 or the interface PCB is defective. Check the interface PCB and, if it is okay, replace paper path sensor 3. Electrical problem with paper feed clutch 2. Check (see page 3-6-97). Mechanical problem with paper feed clutch 2. Check the installation condition. The paper side guides are deformed. Remedy or replace. Defective interface PCB. Check for continuity across CN1-5 & CN5-4 and CN2-11 & CN4-2 on the interface PCB. If none, replace interface the PCB. Defective deck main PCB. Check if the voltages at CN1-11 on the deck main PCB change in the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC (pulse) /0 V DC. If it does, replace the deck main PCB. 2A3/4 3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages Precautions • When handling the circuit boards, do not touch the components with bare hands. • ICs can be damaged by static discharges. If a PCB contains ICs, do not touch the ICs, cable connectors or edge connectors. • Store the circuit boards wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or similar material. 9 1 J1535 C306 C303 J0513 C302 3 D301 C304 3 R307 J0510 R305 R309 R310 Q304 C305 1 Q301 R304 Q303 D302 R601 R602 R503 R3 PT1 PT2 C10 PC3 C9 C8 C11 LUG4 J1007 J1525 J1523 J1522 J1521 J1520 J1519 D001 LUG2 R125 C114 J1505 C113 L2 R124 R127 J1514 J1506 J1006 J7502 1 J1005 J1004 J7501A Z1 J7501 R123 J1003 J1002 L3 J1512 J1513 J1001 TR2 J1001A J0502 J0501 C116 R128 1 C115 2 R2 LUG1 1 R126 3 J1003A 1 CN10 CN9 C3 C4 TAB3 CN8 C2 TAB2 TAB4 J1509 J1508 3 TR3 J1510 J1511 J1502 J1501 1 J1002A 3 J1503 TAB1 J1504 F2 F1 R1 L302 J1543 C307 J1502A R105 J1507 L1 D108 D103 R108 C1 J1004A 1 C112 ZD103 R121 J1014 1 D109 J1005A 1 Q501 J1501A J1526 J1517 3 R111 R122 R301 R302 R303 4 D107 R311 J1534 J1533 R313 J2008 J1518 TR1 R109 D104 LUG3 R502 C501 J1013 R119 R112 J0514 R308 C310 J1011 RF1 B1 C104 Q1 R312 J1018 R318 R317 J1019 J1012 J2007 J2002 J1007A J1516 J1008 R110 J1515 J1531 J1530 R120 J1524 D102 J0503 C110 J0505 J2001 J1010 R118 J1009 J0504 Q3 R106 R107 C106 IC1 R129 C102 D106 C108 J2004 J0506 R104 C105 J1015 J1527 C111 R115 R116 R117 J1016 C103 R114 1 C101 C109 J1532 R501 ZD101 J0509 J2005 Q2 J0511 J0512 R101 J1017 B2 J0508 J0507 ZD102 J2006 J1006A IC3 C301 R319 R401 R320 J0517 R208 D304 ZD401 ZD301 ZD201 AB 1 1 J1528 C402 3 CN4 J1021 R206 2 J1529 PC2 C107 PC1 R103 D105 J0515 C205 D101 J2003 R314 D303 R306 J1201 L301 R102 R113 0 B4 C401 R315 C206 R207 TRNS D201 3 C201 Q305 R205 R321 J0518 I IC4 J1030 C308 J1009A J1203 J1008A J1541 C309 J1029 J1542 Q302 R316 B3 J0520 R322 AB2 J1536 J0516 J1202 J1020 J1537 J1538 IC2 C207 R203 CN1 R325 1 R204 J0521 J7503 J1028 J1027 CN2 J1026 J1540 R327 R326 1 J0519 J1023 J1022 R324 R323 J1013A Q306 J1539 J1014A D203 Q202 L201 C202 3 D202 8 J1025 R211 R210 R212 J1024 J1010A J1011A Q203 R213 J1012A R201 CN7 CN5 C204 J1503A J1504A 1 F202 R202 CN6 CN3 F302 F301 1 R209 C203 J1018A J1017A J1016A J1015A 3 Q201 J0522 1 C403 8 1 7 J1031 C404 F201 LUG5 ,
,  , ,,, (1) Power source PCB 5 3-6-33 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) TB1 TB3 TB2 TB4 Voltage Remarks 120 V AC 120 V AC supply, input (120 V specs) 220 - 240 V AC 220 - 240 V AC supply, input (220 - 240 V specs) 120 V AC 120 V AC supply, output (120 V specs) 220 - 240 V AC 220 - 240 V AC supply, output (220 - 240 V specs) 1-1 1-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OMPCB, output 1-2 1-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PRY, output 1-3 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output 1-4 1-8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, output 2-1 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OMPCB, output 2-2 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output 2-3 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for printer board*1, output 2-4 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output 2-5 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MCPCB1, output 2-6 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MCPCB2*2, output 2-7 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output 4-1 3-1 12 V DC 12 V DC supply for SMPCB, output 4-2 3-3 0/5 V DC PSPCB SLEEP SIG signal, input 4-3 3-3 0/5 V DC (pulse) PSPCB zero-cross signal, input 4-4 3-7 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, input 4-5 3-7 0/5 V DC 5-1 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output 5-2 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output 5-3 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output 5-4 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output 5-5 6-6, -7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRDF, output 5-6 6-6, -7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRDF, output 5-8 6-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, output 7-1 7-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for finisher*, output 7-3 7-6, -7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SRDF, output 7-4 7-6, -7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SRDF, output 7-9 3-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, output 8-1 8-5 120 V AC 120 V AC supply for MSW, output (120 V specs) 220 - 240 V AC 220 - 240 V AC supply for MSW, output (220 - 240 V specs) H2 on/off, input *1: Optional. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. 3-6-34 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 10-1 9-1 10-2 9-1 Voltage Remarks 120/0 V AC H1 on/off, output (120 V specs) 220 - 240/0 V AC H1 on/off, output (220 - 240 V specs) 120/0 V AC H2 on/off, output (120 V specs) 220 - 240/0 V AC H2 on/off, output (220 - 240 V specs) 3-6-35 2A3/4 (2) Engine PCB CN1 8 RA2 9 C3 1 9 IC10 IC15 C5 DT6 1 IC7 1 5 5 ZD1 IC11 11 DT7 1 CN11 1 IC16 1 1 1 A10 1 IC1 1 IC17 8 C2 8 1 1 IC12 1 IC18 2 1 1 IC3 IC8 5 9 A10 B1 18 17 12 11 8 A1 DT1 5 8 1 11 DT4 DT3 9 TR4 TR5 1 IC4 CN2 1 TR1 TR2 5 DT2 TR3 1 IC14 TR9 TR10 TR11 8 1 IC21 CN16 CN21 DT12 D4 6 1 IC20 2 1 12 B1 D1 A12 8 1 TR6 TR8 TR12 F2 F3 1 A1 A11 + C1 B12 D2 1 IC13 1 IC19 DT13 CN18 CN17 2 1 B11 B1 1 IC2 + D3 9 CN12 CN10 R1 R2 72 71 2 1 9 18 17 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 B10 A1 1 DT8 DT9 DT10 DT11 1 TR15 2 1 1 140 139 70 69 8 1 IC6 1 IC9 + IC22 9 RA8 CN9 6 5 1 IC5 RA4 DT5 TR13 1 TR14 26 25 RA7 + B11 RA6 B1 CN8 1 A1 RA5 CN13 A11 D5 1 15 10 CN3 CN4 TR7 RA1 RA3 + C4 C6 CN7 IC23 B C E B14 B1 F1 + + C7 2 3-6-36 ZD3 A1 CN5 A14 ZD2 A1 A9 CN20 B9 CN14 B1 1 4 0 G 1 B10 2 1 A1 CN15 B1 16 15 CN19 1 CN6 8 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-1 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC TNS detection voltage, output 1-3 2-B10 0/5 V DC TLDS toner absent/present detection, output 1-4 2-B10 0/5 V DC TLS on/off, output 1-5 2-B10 0/5 V DC SBESW on/off, output 1-6 2-B10 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, output 1-7 2-B10 0/5 V DC FSSW on/off, output 1-8 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC FTH detection voltage, output 1-9 2-B10 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, output 1-10 2-B10 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, output 1-11 2-B10 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, output 1-12 2-B10 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for MSW, input 1-13 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC TNS control voltage, input 1-14 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB SC control voltage, input 1-15 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB TC control voltage, input 1-16 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB DB control voltage, input 1-17 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB GRID control voltage, input 1-18 2-B10 1-19 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC EHUMSENS detection voltage, output 1-20 2-B10 24 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, output 1-21 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC H ALARM signal, output ETTH detection voltage, output 1-23 2-B10 0/5 V DC TC on/off, output 1-24 2-B10 0/5 V DC MMD*3 connected/not connected, output 1-25 2-B10 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, output 1-28 2-B10 0/5 V DC STKSW on/off, output 1-29 2-B10 0/5 V DC DUPRSW on/off, output 1-30 2-B10 0/5 V DC DUPESW on/off, output 1-31 2-B10 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW on/off, output 1-32 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFM LOCK signal, output 1-33 2-B10 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, output 1-34 2-B10 0/5 V DC FSW on/off, output 1-35 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, output 1-36 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW3 on/off, output 1-37 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW2 on/off, output 1-38 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFSW1 on/off, output 1-39 2-B10 0/5 V DC HVTPCB MC ALM, output 1-40 2-B10 0/5 V DC HVTPCB ST ALM, output 1-41 2-B10 0/5 V DC PCM LOCK signal, output *1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. 3-6-37 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-42 2-B10 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, output 1-43 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, output (inch specs) 1-44 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, output (inch specs) 1-45 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, output (inch specs) 1-46 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, output 1-47 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, output (inch specs) 1-48 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, output (inch specs) 1-49 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, output (inch specs) 1-50 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, output 1-51 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, output 1-52 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, output 1-53 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, output 1-54 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW on/off, output 1-55 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, output 1-56 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, output 1-57 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, output 1-58 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, output 1-59 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, output 1-60 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPEDSW on/off, output 1-61 2-B10 5/0 V DC SRHPSW on/off, output 1-62 2-B10 0/5 V DC Duplex unit installed/not installed, output 1-63 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 ENABLE signal, output 1-64 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/not connected, output 1-65 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input 1-66 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input 1-67 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input 1-68 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input 1-69 2-B10 5 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, output 1-70 2-B10 5/0 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, output 1-71 2-B10 0/24 V DC IFFM on/off, input 1-72 2-B10 0/24 V DC CL on/off, input 1-73 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM/TRM drive clock pulse, input 1-75 2-B10 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal, input 1-76 2-B10 0/5 V DC TRM drive control signal, input *1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. 3-6-38 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-77 2-B10 0/24 V DC SCL on/off, input 1-78 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL latch-on signal, input 1-79 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL release signal, input 1-80 2-B10 24/0 V DC PRY on/off, input 1-81 2-B10 0/24 V DC SSW1 control voltage, input 1-82 2-B10 24/0 V DC MSW OFF signal, input 1-83 2-B10 0/24 V DC HVTPCB (SC) on/off, input 1-84 2-B10 0/15 V DC HVTPCB (TC) on/off, input 1-85 2-B10 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (DB) on/off, input 1-86 2-B10 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (MC) on/off, input 1-87 2-B10 0/5 V DC PFM on/off, input 1-88 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) PFM drive clock pulse, input 1-89 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, input 1-90 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, output 1-91 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, input 1-92 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, output 1-93 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, input 1-94 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, input 1-95 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, input 1-96 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, output 1-97 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 count on/off, input 1-101 2-B10 0/5 V DC TC on/off, input 1-102 2-B10 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 RESET signal, input 1-103 2-B10 0/5 V DC Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, input 1-104 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL3 on/off, input 1-105 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL2 on/off, input 1-106 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, input 1-107 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL5 on/off, input 1-108 2-B10 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, input 1-109 2-B10 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, input 1-110 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) PCM drive clock pulse, input 1-111 2-B10 0/5 V DC PCM on/off, input 1-112 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, input 1-113 2-B10 0/5 V DC DM on/off, input 1-114 2-B10 0/24 V DC PCFM on/off, input 1-115 2-B10 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, input 1-116 2-B10 0/5 V DC CCM forward rotation signal, input *1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optional for 42 ppm only. 3-6-39 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-117 2-B10 0/5 V DC CCM reverse rotation signal, input 1-118 2-B10 0/24 V DC CLM-L on/off, input 1-119 2-B10 0/24 V DC CLM-U on/off, input 1-120 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (B_) 1-121 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (A_) 1-122 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (B) 1-123 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, input (A) 1-125 2-B10 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL release signal, input 1-126 2-B10 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL latch-on signal, input 1-127 2-B10 0/24 V DC DUPPTSOL on/off, input 1-128 2-B10 0/24 V DC DUPFWDSOL on/off, input 1-130 2-B10 0/24 V DC FCL4 on/off, input 1-131 2-B10 0/24 V DC PFCL-L on/off, input 1-132 2-B10 0/24 V DC PFCL-U on/off, input 1-133 2-B10 0/24 V DC BYPSOL on/off, input 1-134 2-B10 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, input 1-135 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input 1-136 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input 1-137 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input 1-138 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, input 1-139 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 copy count signal, input 1-140 2-B10 0/24 V DC Key card*3 on/off, output 2-A1 2-A11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CL, output 2-A2 2-A11 0/24 V DC CL on/off, output 2-A3 2-A11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for IFFM, output 2-A4 2-A11 0/24 V DC IFFM on/off, output 2-A5 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM drive control signal (–), output 2-A6 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM drive control signal (+), output 2-A7 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TRM drive control signal (–), output 2-A8 2-A11 0/5 V DC (pulse) TRM drive control signal (+), output 2-A9 2-A11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TLS, output 2-A10 2-A11 0/5 V DC TLS on/off, input 2-B3 2-B2 0/5 V DC TLDS toner absent/present, input 2-B4 2-B2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for TLDS, output 2-B9 2-B10 0 - 15 V DC TNS control voltage, output 2-B11 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC TNS detection voltage, input *1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. 3-6-40 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 2-B12 2-B10 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TNS, output 3-A1 3-A3 0/5 V DC SBESW on/off, input 3-A2 3-A3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SBESW, output 3-A4 3-A6 0/5 V DC FSSW on/off, input 3-A5 3-A6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSSW, output 3-A7 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FSSOL, output 3-A8 3-A6 0/24 V DC FSSOL latch-on signal, output FSSOL release signal, output 3-A9 3-A6 0/24 V DC 3-A10 3-A6 0/24 V DC 24 V DC supply for ESCL, output 3-A11 3-A6 0/24 V DC ESCL on/off, output 3-B1 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TC, output 3-B2 3-A6 0/5 V DC TC on/off, input 3-B3 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CFM1, output 3-B4 3-A6 0/5 V DC CFM1 on/off, output 3-B5 3-A6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CFM2, output 3-B6 3-A6 0/5 V DC CFM2 on/off, output 3-B7 3-B11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FTH, output 3-B8 3-B11 0 - 5 V DC FTH detection voltage, input 3-B9 3-B11 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, input 3-B10 3-B11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ESW, output 4-1 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, input 4-2 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off SOURCE, output 4-3 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, input 4-4 3-B11 24/0 V DC PRY on/off SOURCE, output 4-5 3-B11 24/0 V DC 24 V DC supply for MSW, output 4-6 3-B11 0/24 V DC Control voltage for SSW1, output 4-7 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, input 4-8 3-B11 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off SOURCE, output 4-9 3-B11 24/0 V DC PRY on/off, output 4-10 3-B11 24/0 V DC 5-A1 5-A2 5-A3 5-A2 0 - 5 V DC EHUMSENS detection voltage, input 5-A4 5-A2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for HUMPCB, output 5-A6 5-A10 0/5 V DC (pulse) PCM drive clock pulse, output 5-A7 5-A10 0/5 V DC PCM LOCK signal, output 5-A8 5-A10 0/5 V DC PCM on/off, input 5-A9 5-A10 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for PCM, output MSW off signal, output ETTH detection voltage, input 3-6-41 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 5-A13, -A14 5-A11, -A12 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PCM, output 5-B1 5-B2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for HVTPCB, output 5-B3 5-B9 0/5 V DC HVTPCB ST ALM, input 5-B4 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB SC control voltage, output 5-B5 5-B9 0/24 V DC HVTPCB (SC) on/off, output 5-B6 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB TC control voltage, output 5-B7 5-B9 0/15 V DC HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output 5-B8 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB DB control voltage, output 5-B10 5-B9 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output 5-B11 5-B9 0/5 V DC HVTPCB MC ALM, input 5-B12 5-B9 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output 5-B13 5-B9 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output 6-1 6-2, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, input 6-3 6-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, input 6-5 6-2, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PRY, output 6-7 6-4 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, output 6-8 6-4 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, output 7-1 7-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output 8-A2 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM-U, output 8-A3 8-B3 0/24 V DC CLM-U on/off, output 8-A4 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM-L, output 8-A5 8-B3 0/24 V DC CLM-L on/off, output 8-A8 8-A7 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, input 8-A10 8-A9 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, input 8-B1 8-B3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for RSW, output 8-B2 8-B3 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input 8-B4 8-B3 0/5 V DC CCM forward rotation signal, output 8-B5 8-B3 0/5 V DC CCM reverse rotation signal, output 8-B6 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PCFM, output 8-B7 8-B3 0/24 V DC PCFM on/off, output 8-B8 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL4, output 8-B9 8-B3 0/24 V DC FCL4 on/off, output 8-B10 8-B3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for RCL, output 8-B11 8-B3 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, output 9-1 9-2 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input 9-5 9-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPRSW, output 9-6 9-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPPCSW, output *1: Optional. 3-6-42 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 9-7 9-3 Voltage Remarks 0/5 V DC DUPRSW on/off, input 9-8 9-4 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW on/off, input 9-11 9-9 0/5 V DC DUPESW on/off, input 9-12 9-10 5/0 V DC SRHPSW on/off, input 9-13 9-9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPESW, output 9-14 9-10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SRHPSW, output 9-15 9-17 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for STKSW, output 9-16 9-17 0/5 V DC STKSW on/off, input 9-19 9-22 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs) 9-20 9-22 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs) 9-21 9-22 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs) 9-23 9-26 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs) 9-24 9-26 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs) 9-25 9-26 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs) 10-1 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B_) 10-2 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A_) 10-3 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B) 10-4 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A) 10-5, -6 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRM, output 10-7 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DUPFWDSOL, output 10-8 12-B7 0/24 V DC DUPFWDSOL on/off, output 10-9 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SBFSSOL, output 10-10 12-B7 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL latch-on signal, output 10-12 12-B7 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL release signal, output 10-13 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DUPPTSOL, output 10-14 12-B7 0/24 V DC DUPPTSOL on/off, output 11-1 11-5 0/5 V DC (pulse) PFM drive clock pulse, output 11-2 11-5 0/5 V DC PFM LOCK signal, input 11-3 11-5 0/5 V DC PFM on/off, output 11-4 11-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFM, output 11-8, -9 11-6, -7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFM, output 12-A1 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL5, output 12-A2 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL5 on/off, output 12-A3 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL1, output 12-A4 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, output 12-A7 12-B7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL2, output 12-A8 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL2 on/off, output 3-6-43 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 12-A9 12-B7 24 V DC 12-A10 12-B7 0/24 V DC FCL3 on/off, output 12-B2 12-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, output 12-B3 12-B6 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, input 12-B4 12-B6 0/5 V DC DM on/off, output 12-B5 12-B6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DM, output 12-B9, -B10 12-B7, -B8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL3, output 24 V DC supply for DM, output 13-1 13-3 0/5 V DC FSW on/off, input 13-2 13-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSW, output 13-4 13-6 0/5 V DC PFSW1 on/off, input 13-5 13-6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW1, output 13-7 13-9 0/5 V DC PFSW2 on/off, input 13-8 13-9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW2, output 13-10 13-12 0/5 V DC PFSW3 on/off, input 13-11 13-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW3, output 13-13 13-15 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, input 13-14 13-15 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PFSW4, output 14-A2 14-A3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPSW, output 14-A4 14-A3 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, input 14-A5 14-A9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPPFCL, output 14-A6 14-A9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPSOL, output 14-A7 14-A9 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, output 14-A8 14-A9 0/24 V DC BYPSOL on/off, output 14-B2 14-B1 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, input 14-B3 14-B1 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, input 14-B4 14-B1 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, input 14-B5 14-B6 0/5 V DC BYPEDSW on/off, input 14-B8 14-B7 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW on/off, input 14-B9 14-B7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPLSW, output 15-1 15-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW-U, output 15-2 15-6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW-L, output 15-3 15-5 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, input 15-4 15-6 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, input 15-7 15-11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW-U, output 15-8 15-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW-L, output 15-9 15-11 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, input 15-10 15-12 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, input 3-6-44 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 15-13 15-12 0/24 V DC PFCL-U on/off, output 15-14 15-12 0/24 V DC PFCL-L on/off, output 15-15 15-12 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL-U, output 15-16 15-12 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL-L, output 16-1 16-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MMD*3, output 16-2 16-7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 count on/off, output 16-5 16-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MMD*3, output 16-8 16-7 0/5 V DC MMD*3 connected/not connected, input 16-10 16-9 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal MMD*3, output 16-12 16-11 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, input 17-2 17-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for large paper deck*2 or Paper feed desk*4, output 17-4 17-5 0/5 V DC (pulse) Large paper deck*2 serial signal, input 17-6 17-5 0/5 V DC (pulse) Large paper deck*2 serial signal, output 17-7 17-3 0/5 V DC Large paper deck*2 PFSW4 on/off, output 17-8 17-1 0/5 V DC Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, output 17-9 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, output 17-10 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, output 17-11 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, output 17-12 17-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, input 17-17 17-18 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for large paper deck*2 or Paper feed desk*4, output 19-A1 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3, output 19-A2 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3, output 19-A3 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3, output 19-A4 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3, output 19-A5 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3, output 19-A6 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3, output 19-A7 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3, output 19-A8 19-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for key card*3, output 19-A9 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 ENABLE signal, input *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optonal for 42 ppm. 3-6-45 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 19-A10 19-B9 Voltage 24 V DC Remarks 24 V DC supply for key card*3, output 19-B1 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 19-B2 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 19-B3 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 19-B4 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 19-B5 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 19-B6 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 19-B7 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 19-B8 19-B9 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 19-B10 19-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 on/off, output 20-1 20-4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for key card*3, output 20-2 20-4 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 copy count signal, output 20-3 20-4 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/not connected, input 21-2 21-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, output 21-4 21-3 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, input 21-5 21-1 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 RESET signal, output 21-6 21-1 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input *1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. 3-6-46 2A3/4 1 B1 A1 RA22 RA20 13 L202 C50 1 2 L204 71 72 31 XT8 30 C255 R432 R433 C256 RA100 IC69 TR23 100 L245 L205 L206 L207 1 RA40 24 IC36 B16 A16 RA106 RA105 RA104 RA103 L168 L209 CN2 L180 L181 L182 L183 L184 L185 L186 L187 L188 L189 L190 L191 L192 L193 L194 L210 L211 L212 L213 L214 L215 L216 L217 L218 L219 L220 B1 A1 IC64 41 65 IC65 64 L246 51 RA99 IC66 80 81 L200 40 L247 RA94 RA96 RA98 RA93 RA95 RA97 L201 IC70 1 L177 L239 L237 L235 L233 IC72 L231 L229 L227 L225 IC71 L179 L242 L241 1 C155 1 IC48 IC49 RA102 L251 L178 32 48 12 IC35 IC34 RA65 RA19 RA21 XT3 RA101 R256 IC68 IC50 L249 L250 RA107 1 L167 L248 2 16 17 50 33 IC63 80 32 L166 IC51 L253 12 18 R357 CN15 1 IC59 XT6 L208 L252 29 IC58 24 IC57 64 ENGINE 1 28 1 15 14 30 L169 L170 L171 L172 L164 L165 R303 1 4 XT4 R302 L244 L243 L240 L238 L236 L234 L232 L230 L228 L226 16 1 32 17 14 15 L158 XT7 TR8 TR7 R308 IC46 IC44 42 L156 50 R309 2 C185 IC26 IC25 IC24 C190 L159 16 51 C187 CN3 IC16 1 IC15 RA18 RA17 RA16 RA15 IC21 IC32 32 MAIN IC45 21 22 75 L160 L161 L157 IC57 SCANNER IC47 C184 76 C181 25 26 L162 L163 3 B16 A16 14 RA5 RA4 14 15 IC13 28 C110 L132 L133 L134 1 IC22 C49 L155 RA64 100 IC43 L110 L137 L138 RA35 RA36 RA37 RA38 RA39 L139 TR29 RA63 1 CN1 69 70 139 140 C111 R164 C161 IC23 IC31 13 24 1 160 IC2 IC30 R4 R5 L154 17 16 L176 1 25 L199 24 IC73 L254 32 1 49 24 25 IC61 32 41 IC62 1 RA62 16 17 C240 R392 R391 C239 IC54 L197 L136 33 49 64 L152 L153 C45 C46 C47 RA60 C48 RA61 R3 L175 IC56 16 17 R381 L174 IC33 48 TR32 TR31 TR34 RA82 IC60 L109 TR5 TR4 L135 C201 40 L198 60 XT2 L203 LA12 RA14 51 IC67 LA9 CN14 1 RA89 65 LA11 RA88 R8 RA92 RA84 RA85 1 RA91 RA87 LA10 LA8 R7 64 L130 RA59 RA51 RA81 RA80 RA79RA78 RA76 RA75 RA74 RA73 RA90 RA86 30 L70 L131 121 C43 C41 C42 RA58 RA53 RA77 RA83 IC52 11 16 B1 A11 TR22 TR21 CN5 LA7 1 1 1 TP19 XT5 TP20 IC3 L15 TR2 L151 L150 IC39 1 B11 A1 CN13 TR16 76 TP18 RA66 TR15 TR14 L195 L196 1 100 RA13 TP8 RA49 RA52 RA54 RA55 RA57 RA50 IC42 RA56 LA1 RA41 L140 LA2 TR12 C32 LA3 TR27 TR28 LA4 TR26 TR25 L145 LA5 TR13 RA69 R6 L173 LA6 RA70 RA70 TR17 C51 TR9 RA72 TR10 IC53 26 25 50 51 TR11 80 1 L107 L129 L9 L143 C293 L146 28 L38 L39 L40 L41 L42 L43 L44 L45 L46 L47 L48 L49 L50 L51 IC14 12 13 RA34 TP7 C28 24 C44 C27 C40 IC40 C35 81 C39 L67 81 RA12 C3 12 120 L148 C30 L147 7 CN10 RA48 L68 L69 L128 C36 C37 RA43 C38 L142 L141 C294 RA44 RA45 C29 RA46 IC38 80 RA47 L144 C31 L65 24 C23 L125 C21 C25 C26 L123 L124 C20 L126 C18 C19 RA24 L122 TP9 C33 RA42 TR24 L59 L57 L75 L76 L77 L78 L79 L80 L81 L82 L83 C55 L84 L85 L86 L87 L88 L89 L90 L91 L92 L93 L94 L95 L96 TR30 L108 IC41 40 41 L72 L73 L74 L71 L66 100 RA9 L103 C190 48 R190 C7 C8 L99 RA6 IC19 TP4 TR6 1 FM2 L119 TP2 TP3 L64 IC12 RA1 RA2 1 RA23 TP1 IC27 11 CN11 IC28 RA26 RA3 L56 L26 L27 L28 L29 L30 L31 L32 L33 L34 L35 L36 L37 L100 C5 L101 C6 R192 1 7 D3 CN12 1 L111 FM1 L112 L113 L114 L115 L116 L117 L118 IC11 L59 L60 L61 L62 L63 L52 L53 L54 L55 IC9 IC8 C131 L23 L3 TR1 L14 L22 C132 L25 L4 C2 C133 L5 C134 L21 L6 36 R1 R210 L7 L24 IC20 RA10 C9 L8 C1 37 C10 IC18 D2 C11 R212 XT14 C4 1 13 C12 3 12 L105 L102 RA7 1 L106 RA8 L97 1 R191 L104 D4 RA11 89 IC29 132 133 88 C22 L120 D5 L98 RA30 C13 RA31 L121 RA32 RA27 C14 RA33 C15 C16 L127 TP5 RA29 C171 76 4445RA28 TP6 RA25 R2 1 C24 CN6 17 16 2 1 CN4 IC10 IC5 L20 IC7 LS07 L18 IC4 L19 TR3 IC6 L16 L12 L10 L13 L17 01 L2 IC1 11 L1 29 13 30 14 15 CN7 1 5 1 CN8 41 L149 CN9 1 15 (3) Main PCB 3-6-47 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-1 2-A4 Voltage 0 - 5 V DC Remarks TNS detection voltage, input 1-3 2-A4 0/5 V DC TLDS toner absent/present, input 1-4 2-A4 0/5 V DC TLS on/off, input 1-5 2-A4 0/5 V DC SBESW on/off, input 1-6 2-A4 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, input 1-7 2-A4 0/5 V DC FSSW on/off, input 1-8 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC FTH detection voltage, input 1-9 2-A4 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, input 1-10 2-A4 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, input 1-11 2-A4 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, input 1-12 2-A4 5 V DC 5 V DC control voltage for MSW, output 1-13 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC TNS control voltage, output 1-14 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB SC control voltage, output 1-15 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB TC control voltage, output 1-16 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB DB control voltage, output 1-17 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output 1-18 2-A4 1-19 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC EHUMSENS detection voltage, input 1-20 2-A4 24 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, input H ALARM control voltage, input ETTH detection voltage, input 1-21 2-A4 0 - 5 V DC 1-23 2-A4 0/5 V DC TC on/off, input 1-24 2-A4 0/5 V DC MMD*3 connected/not connected, input 1-25 2-A4 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input 1-28 2-A4 0/5 V DC STKSW on/off, input 1-29 2-A4 0/5 V DC DUPRSW on/off, input 1-30 2-A4 0/5 V DC DUPESW on/off, input 1-31 2-A4 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW on/off, input 1-32 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFM LOCK signal, input 1-33 2-A4 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input 1-34 2-A4 0/5 V DC FSW on/off, input 1-35 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, input 1-36 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW3 on/off, input 1-37 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW2 on/off, input 1-38 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFSW1 on/off, input 1-39 2-A4 0/5 V DC HVTPCB MC ALM, input 1-40 2-A4 0/5 V DC HVTPCB ST ALM, input 1-41 2-B10 0/5 V DC PCM LOCK signal, input *1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. 3-6-48 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-42 2-B10 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, input 1-43 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs) 1-44 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs) 1-45 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs) 1-46 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, input 1-47 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs) 1-48 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs) 1-49 2-B10 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs) 1-50 2-B10 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, input 1-51 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, input 1-52 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, input 1-53 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, input 1-54 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW on/off, input 1-55 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, input 1-56 2-B10 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, input 1-57 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, input 1-58 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, input 1-59 2-B10 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, input 1-60 2-B10 0/5 V DC BYPEDSW on/off, input 1-61 2-B10 5/0 V DC SRHPSW on/off, input 1-62 2-B10 0/5 V DC Duplex unit installed/not installed, input 1-63 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 ENABLE signal, input 1-64 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/not connected, input 1-65 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 1-66 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 1-67 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 1-68 2-B10 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 1-69 2-B10 5 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, input 1-70 2-B10 5/0 V DC Control voltage for MPCB, input 1-71 2-B10 0/24 V DC IFFM on/off, output 1-72 2-B10 0/24 V DC CL on/off, output 1-73 2-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) TFM/TRM drive clock pulse, output 1-75 2-B10 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal, output 1-76 2-B10 0/5 V DC TRM drive control signal, output 1-77 2-B10 0/24 V DC SCL on/off, output 1-78 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL latch-on signal, output 1-79 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL release signal, output *1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. 3-6-49 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-80 2-A4 24/0 V DC PRY on/off, output 1-81 2-A4 0/24 V DC SSW1 control voltage, output 1-82 2-A4 24/0 V DC MSW OFF signal, output 1-83 2-A4 0/24 V DC HVTPCB (SC) on/off, output 1-84 2-A4 0/15 V DC HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output 1-85 2-A4 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output 1-86 2-A4 0/20 V DC HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output 1-87 2-A4 0/5 V DC PFM on/off, output 1-88 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) PFM drive clock pulse, output 1-89 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, output 1-90 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 serial signal, input 1-91 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, output 1-92 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Finisher*1 serial signal, input 1-93 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, output 1-94 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, output 1-95 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, output 1-96 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, input 1-97 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*3 count on/off, output 1-101 2-A4 0/5 V DC TC on/off, output 1-102 2-A4 0/5 V DC Finisher*1 RESET signal, output 1-103 2-A4 0/5 V DC Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, output 1-104 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL3 on/off, output 1-105 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL2 on/off, output 1-106 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, output 1-107 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL5 on/off, output 1-108 2-A4 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, output 1-109 2-A4 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, output 1-110 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) PCM drive clock pulse, output 1-111 2-A4 0/5 V DC PCM on/off, output 1-112 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, output 1-113 2-A4 0/5 V DC DM on/off, output 1-114 2-A4 0/24 V DC PCFM on/off, output 1-115 2-A4 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, output 1-116 2-A4 0/5 V DC CCM forward rotation signal, output 1-117 2-A4 0/5 V DC CCM reverse rotation signal, output 1-118 2-A4 0/24 V DC CLM-L on/off, output 1-119 2-A4 0/24 V DC CLM-U on/off, output *1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optional for 42 ppm only. 3-6-50 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-120 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B_) 1-121 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A_) 1-122 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B) 1-123 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A) 1-125 2-A4 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL release signal, output 1-126 2-A4 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL latch-on signal, output 1-127 2-A4 0/24 V DC DUPPTSOL on/off, output 1-128 2-A4 0/24 V DC DUPFWDSOL on/off, output 1-130 2-A4 0/24 V DC FCL4 on/off, output 1-131 2-A4 0/24 V DC PFCL-L on/off, output 1-132 2-A4 0/24 V DC PFCL-U on/off, output 1-133 2-A4 0/24 V DC BYPSOL on/off, output 1-134 2-A4 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, output 1-135 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 1-136 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 1-137 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 1-138 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3 control signal, output 1-139 2-A4 0/5 V DC Key card*3, key counter*1 copy count signal, output 1-140 2-A4 0/24 V DC Key card*3 on/off, input 2-A1 2-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 image control signal MCPSEL, output 2-A2 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 serial communication signal, output 2-A3 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 communication control signal MCP1 ACK, input 2-A5 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 serial communication signal, input 2-A6 2-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal ENGACK MCP1, output 2-A7 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 communication control signal R RDY MCP1, input 2-A8 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 communication control signal W RDY MCP1, input 2-A9 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 control signal PVSYNC, output 2-A10 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal PHSYNC, output 2-A11 2-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control clock pulse, input 2-A12 2-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal MCP MREW, input *1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. 3-6-51 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 2-A14 2-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal MCP IDA, input 2-A16 2-A15 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal MCP IDB, input 2-B1 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 control signal SEMCP MCP1, input 2-B2 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 RESET signal, output 2-B3 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 image control signal WCK, output 2-B4 2-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 control signal OVSYNC, output 2-B5 2-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1 image control signal MRE, output 2-B8 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA0, output 2-B9 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA1, output 2-B10 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA2, output 2-B11 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA3, output 2-B12 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA4, output 2-B13 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA5, output 2-B14 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA6, output 2-B15 2-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1 image control signal DATA7, output 3-A1 3-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 image control signal MCPSEL, output 3-A2 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 serial communication signal, output 3-A3 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 communication control signal MCP2 ACK, input 3-A5 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 serial communication signal, input 3-A6 3-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal ENGACK MCP2, output 3-A7 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 communication control signal R RDY MCP2, input 3-A8 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 communication control signal W RDY MCP2, input 3-A9 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 control signal PVSYNC, output 3-A10 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal PHSYNC, output *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. 3-6-52 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 3-A11 3-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control clock pulse, input 3-A12 3-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP MREW, input 3-A14 3-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP IDA, input 3-A16 3-A15 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP IDB, input 3-B1 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 control signal SEMCP MCP2, input 3-B2 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 RESET signal, output 3-B3 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 image control signal WCK, output 3-B4 3-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 control signal OVSYNC, output 3-B5 3-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB2*2 image control signal MRE, output 3-B8 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA0, output 3-B9 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA1, output 3-B10 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA2, output 3-B11 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA3, output 3-B12 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA4, output 3-B13 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA5, output 3-B14 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA6, output 3-B15 3-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA7, output 4-2 4-1 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 serial signal, input 4-3 4-1 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 ENGACK PRT signal, output 4-5 4-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 serial signal, output 4-6 4-4 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 PRT ACK signal, input 4-8 4-7 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 PRINT signal, input 4-9 4-7 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 SETPRT signal, input 4-10 4-7 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 MRDY signal, output 4-11 4-7 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 P1 signal, input 4-12 4-7 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 P2 signal, output 4-14 4-13 0/5 V DC Printer board*1 PRTRST signal, output *1: Optional. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. 3-6-53 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks Printer board*1 clock pulse, input 4-16 4-17 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 4-18 4-17 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 POVSYNC signal, input 4-20 4-19 0/3.3 V DC Printer board*1 PMRE signal, input 4-22 4-21 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID0 signal, input 4-23 4-21 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID1 signal, input 4-24 4-21 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID2 signal, input 4-25 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID3 signal, input 4-27 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID4 signal, input 4-28 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID5 signal, input 4-29 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID6 signal, input 4-30 4-26 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) Printer board*1 PID7 signal, input 5-1 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OSD2*5 on/off, input 5-2 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OSD1 on/off, input 5-3 5-16 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input 5-4 5-16 5-5 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M1, output 5-6 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M2, output 5-7 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M3, output 5-8 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M4, output 5-9 5-16 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M5, output 5-10 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM drive clock pulse, output 5-11 5-16 0/5 V DC SM rotation direction switching signal SMOT CWB, output 5-12 5-16 0/5 V DC SM control signal SMOT RET, output 5-13 5-16 0/5 V DC SM enable signal, output 5-14 5-16 5/0 V DC EL on/off, output 5-15 5-16 5/0 V DC SHPSW on/off, input 6-2 6-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal, output 6-3 6-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ACK signal, input 6-5 6-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal, input 6-6 6-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENGACK MMI signal, output 6-7 6-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ERROR signal, input 6-8 6-10 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENG ERROR MMI signal, output 6-9 6-10 0/5 V DC OMPCB RESET MMI signal, output 7-2 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD2 – signal, output 7-3 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD2 + signal, output SM current control voltage SM Vref, output *1: Optional. *5: For inch specifications only. 3-6-54 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 7-4 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD1 – signal, output 7-5 7-1 0/5 V DC LSU VD1 + signal, output 7-7 7-6 0/5 V DC LSU ENABLE signal, output 7-9 7-8 0/5 V DC LSU ADJUST2 signal, output 7-11 7-10 0/5 V DC LSU ADJUST1 signal, output 7-13 7-12 5 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output 8-2 8-1 0/5 V DC LSU BD – signal, input 8-3 8-1 0/5 V DC LSU BD + signal, input 8-5 8-4 5 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output 9-1 9-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) LSU clock pulse, output 9-3 9-2 0/5 V DC LSU START signal, output 9-4 9-2 0/5 V DC LSU READY signal, output 10-1 10-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, input 10-2 10-3 0/5 V DC PSPCB SLEEP SIG, output 10-4 10-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, input 10-5 10-3 0/5 V DC (pulse) Zero-cross signal, output 10-6 10-7 12 V DC 12 V DC supply for MPCB, input 11-1, -2, -3 11-1, -2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output 11-4 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT –, output 11-5 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT +, output 11-6 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP –, output 11-7 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP +, output 11-8 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS –, output 11-9 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS +, output 11-10 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLK –, output 11-11 11-1, -2 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal f CLK +, output 12-3 12-1, -2 12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output 12-4 12-1, -2 12-5 12-1, -2 CCD control signal VO_E +, input 12-6 12-1, -2 CCD control signal VO_O –, input 12-7 12-1, -2 CCD control signal VO_O +, input 13A-1 5-16 0/5 V DC OSLED (red) on/off, output 13A-2 5-16 0/5 V DC OSLED (green) on/off, output 13A-3 5-16 0/5 V DC SBPSOL release signal, output 13A-4 5-16 0/5 V DC SBPSOL latch-on signal, output 13A-5 5-16 0/5 V DC OFCL on/off, output 13A-6 5-16 0/5 V DC EFSSOL on/off, output CCD control signal VO_E –, input 3-6-55 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 13A-7 5-16 Voltage 0/5 V DC Remarks SBFSSOL on/off, output 13A-9 5-16 0/5 V DC OFSOL release signal, output 13A-10 5-16 0/5 V DC OFSOL latch-on signal, output 13A-11 5-16 0/5 V DC OFM enable signal, output 13B-1 5-16 0/5 V DC OFM control signal OFM RET, output 13B-2 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OFM drive clock pulse, output 13B-3 5-16 0/5 V DC OFM rotation direction switching signal OFM CWB, output 13B-4 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM enable signal, output 13B-5 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM RET, output 13B-6 5-16 0/5 V DC (pulse) OCM drive clock pulse, output 13B-7 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM rotation direction switching signal OCM CWB, output 13B-8 5-16 OCM current control voltage OCM Vref, output 13B-9 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM drive control signal OCM M3, output 13B-10 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM drive control signal OCM M2, output 13B-11 5-16 0/5 V DC OCM drive control signal OCM M1, output 14-1 5-16 0/5 V DC OSBSW on/off, input 14-2 5-16 0/5 V DC OFSW on/off, input 14-3 5-16 0/5 V DC OSSW on/off, input 14-6 5-16 0/5 V DC SRDF installed/not installed signal, input 14-7 5-16 0/5 V DC OSWSW on/off, input 14-8 5-16 5/0 V DC DFSSW2 off/on, input 14-9 5-16 5/0 V DC DFSSW1 off/on, input 14-10 5-16 5/0 V DC OSLSW off/on, input 14-11 5-16 5/0 V DC DFTSW off/on, input 3-6-56 2A3/4 (4) Memory copy PCB CE1 + + 1 TP4 RA8 RA7 U6 1 15 4 U5 8 1 U11 RA31 RA27 U16 1 4 RA24 72 37 36 1 U17 CN3 RA59 76 77 229 RA58 1 X3 RA53 RA52 RA34 RA41 RA45 RA49 RA35 RA43 152 228 + 21 RA26 RA29 73 144 RA56 RA57 RA60 RA47 RA50 RA54 RA48 153 22 22 22 RA65 RA22 RA23 RA32 1 U20 1 U19 RA46 RA36 RA38 RA37 RA28 RA30 RA33 RA42 RA44 RA51 RA55 22 22 22 1 U18 RA61 RA62 LD1 108 109 TP10 RA66 U12 RA18 1 RA17 TP7 TP8 TP9 TP11 TP6 15 X1 X2 RA20 RA21 RA25 RA19 304 + 5 1 TP5 4 RA68 RA76 RA77 RA78 RA79 + RA72 RA73 RA74 RA75 U1 TP3 U2 G RA12 1 U15 1 U14 CE4 GND TP2 91 11 L3 11 RA11 RA9 RA10 11 F1 CE3 1 U4 1 1 1 1 11 1 U13 RA39 RA40 U10 U9 U8 U7 1 RA13 RA14 RA15 RA16 CT3 RA1 RA2 RA3 RA4 RA5 RA6 TP1 U3 + 1 0 GND L2 2 CN2 1 L1 CT1 CT2 A16 B16 + + CE2 CN1 A1 B1 RA69 RA67 RA63 RA64 RA70 RA71 RA80 RA81 RA82 RA83 RA84 RA85 CE5 U25 1 37 36 144 + 1 + CE7 11 + U24 RA94 11 RA89 RA92 RA93 RA88 109 1 2 RA90 RA91 CE8 11 CN5 11 L4 1 2 U23 RA87 F2 CN4 1 1 1 RA86 U22 U21 CE6 RA95 RA96 RA97 71 72 72 108 73 U26 71 72 1 37 36 144 RA106 RA102 RA103 + RA100 RA101 + RA104 RA105 RA98 RA99 L5 CE10 + CE9 108 109 F3 72 RA110 RA112 X4 73 RA107 GND CE11 GND RA108 RA109 RA111 RA113 3-6-57 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-A1 1-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal MCPSEL, input 1-A2 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 serial communication signal, input 1-A3 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signal MCP1 ACK, output 1-A5 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 serial communication signal, output 1-A6 1-A4 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal ENGACK MCP1, input 1-A7 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signal R RDY MCP1, output 1-A8 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signal W RDY MCP1, output 1-A9 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal PVSYNC, input 1-A10 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal PHSYNC, input 1-A11 1-A4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control clock pulse, output 1-A12 1-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP MREW, output 1-A14 1-A13 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP IDA, output 1-A16 1-A15 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP IDB, output 1-B1 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal SEMCP MCP1, output 1-B2 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 RESET signal, input 1-B3 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal WCK, input 1-B4 1-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal OVSYNC, input 1-B5 1-B6 0/5 V DC MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal MRE, input 1-B8 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA0, input 1-B9 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA1, input 1-B10 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA2, input 1-B11 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA3, input *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. 3-6-58 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-B12 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA4, input 1-B13 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA5, input 1-B14 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA6, input 1-B15 1-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA7, input 2-1 2-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MCPCB1, 2*2, input *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. 3-6-59 2A3/4 (5) Scanner motor PCB CN4 3 1 C11 J10 J4 JP1 JP3 C5 + J11 J12 TP1 JP10 JP13 C10 C4 R10 R11 C16 + C2 L1 L2 C17 4 C18 C15 J13 1 E C B DT2 J15 J14 22 C1 D1 C22 L5 + JP9 R12 J2 R1 CN3 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 C6 CN1 C13 1 2 R15 R16 JP7 JP8 J1 1 E C B DT1 C12 J8 C19 R7 IC1 R17 5 6 C20 C7 14 R9 J5 C21 J17 R8 C8 J9 C3 C9 1 J7 JP2 JP4 JP14 JP12 + JP11 C23 J16 L4 J6 J3 1 3 CN5 3-6-60 CN6 R13 R14 JP5 JP15 JP6 JP16 L3 C14 1 6 CN2 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-2 1-1 0/5 V DC SHPSW on/off, output 1-3 1-1 0/5 V DC EL on/off, input 1-4 1-1 0/5 V DC SM enable signal, input 1-5 1-1 0/5 V DC SM control signal SMOT RET, input 1-6 1-1 0/5 V DC SM rotation direction switching signal SMOT CWB, input 1-7 1-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM drive clock pulse, input 1-8 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M5, input 1-9 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M4, input 1-10 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M3, input 1-11 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M2, input 1-12 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M1, input 1-13 1-1 1-14 1-1 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, output SM current control voltage SM Vref, input 1-15 1-1 0/5 V DC OSD1 on/off, output 1-16 1-1 0/5 V DC OSD2*5 on/off, output 2-1 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (B_) 2-2 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SM, output 2-3 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (B) 2-4 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (A) 2-5 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SM, output 2-6 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (A_) 3-1 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC EL on/off, output 3-2 3-5, -6 0/5 V DC EL on/off, output 3-3 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output 3-4 3-5, -6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output 4-1 4-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SHPSW, output 4-2 4-3 0/5 V DC SHPSW on/off, input 5-1 5-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ODSW, output 5-2 5-3 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input 6-2 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, input 6-4 6-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, input 6-6 6-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, input 7-2 7-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSD1, output 7-3 7-1 0/5 V DC OSD1 detection data, input 7-5 7-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSD2*5, output 7-6 7-4 0/5 V DC OSD2*5 detection data, input *5: For inch specifications only. 3-6-61 2A3/4 (6) CCD PCB C10 C1 R9 R4 C11 E C B C12 TR2 R2 F6 E C B TR1 R5 1 C13 R6 R7 9 C2 IC2 F1 1 F2 R12 R13 R15 R16 R17 1 F3 9 F4 IC3 R18 R22 R23 R24 F8 C17 11 CN1 C3 5 1 IC4 C4 R25 C6 C5 F5 R28 R27 RA1 R29 1 R32 R31 C9 C23 R33 R34 R35 R36 F19 CN2 7 3-6-62 R8 C7 5 1 IC5 C8 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks CCD drive clock signal φ CLK +, input 1-1 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC 1-2 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLK –, input 1-3 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS +, input 1-4 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ RS –, input 1-5 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP +, input 1-6 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ CLP –, input 1-7 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT +, input 1-8 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC CCD drive clock signal φ SHIFT –, input 1-9 1-10, -11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, input 2-1 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_O +, output 2-2 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_O –, output 2-3 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_E +, output 2-4 2-6, -7 CCD control signal VO_E –, output 2-5 2-6, -7 12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, input 3-6-63 2A3/4 2 1 CN1 10 9 A-1 B-15 A-1 B-13 4 CN6 CN4 1 A-13 B-1 A-13 CN5 B-1 (7) DF driver PCB CN2 22 21 Terminals (CN) Voltage CN3 2 1 14 13 2 1 Remarks 1-1 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input 1-2 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input 1-7 1-9, -10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input 1-8 1-9, -10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input 2-1 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM M1, input 2-2 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM M2, input 2-3 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC 2-6 1-9, -10 2-7 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM rotation direction switching signal OCM CWB, input 2-8 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC (pulse) OCM drive clock pulse, input 2-9 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM control signal OCM RET, input 2-10 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OCM enable signal, input 2-11 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFM rotation direction switching signal OFM CWB, input 2-12 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC (pulse) OFM drive clock pulse, input 2-13 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFM control signal OFM RET, input 3-6-64 OCM control signal OCM M3, input OCM current control voltage OCM Vref, input 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 2-14 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFM enable signal, input 2-15 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFSOL latch-on signal, input 2-16 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFSOL release signal, input 2-17 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SBFSSOL on/off, input 2-19 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC EFSSOL on/off, input 2-20 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFCL on/off, input 2-21 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SBPSOL latch-on signal, input 2-22 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SBPSOL release signal, input 3-1 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSSW on/off, output 3-2 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OFSW on/off, output 3-3 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSBSW on/off, output 3-4 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC DFTSW on/off, output 3-5 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSLSW on/off, output 3-6 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC DFSSW1 on/off, output 3-7 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC DFSSW2 on/off, output 3-8 1-9, -10 3-9 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSLED (green) off/on, input 3-10 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC OSLED (red) off/on, input 3-11 1-9, -10 0/5 V DC SRDF installed/not installed signal 4-3 4-2 0/24 V DC DFSSW1 on/off, output Size detection voltage, output 4-4 4-2 0/24 V DC DFSSW2 on/off, output 5-A1 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SBPSOL, output 5-A2 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC SBPSOL latch-on signal, output 5-A3 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC SBPSOL release signal, output 5-A4 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OFCL, output 5-A5 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC OFCL on/off, output 5-A6 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EFSSOL, output 5-A7 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC EFSSOL on/off, output 5-A8 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OCM, output (A) 5-A9 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OCM, output (B) 5-A10 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output (A) 5-A11 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output (B) 5-A12 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output (A_) 5-A13 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output (B_) 3-6-65 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 5-B1 1-3, -4 24 V DC 5-B2 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OFM, output (B) 5-B3 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output (A) 5-B4 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output (B) 5-B5 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output (A_) 5-B6 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC (pulse) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output (B_) 5-B7 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SBFSSOL, output 5-B8 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC SBFSSOL on/off, output 5-B11 1-3, -4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OFSOL, output 5-B12 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC OFSOL latch-on signal, output 5-B13 1-3, -4 0/24 V DC OFSOL release signal, output 6-A5 6-A4 0/5 V DC OSBSW on/off, input 6-A6 6-A4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSBSW, output 6-A8 6-A7 0/5 V DC OSWSW on/off, input 6-A9 6-A7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSWSW, output 6-A11 6-A10 0/5 V DC OSLSW on/off, input 6-A12 6-A10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSLSW, output 6-A14 6-A13 0/5 V DC DFTSW on/off, input 6-A15 6-A13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DFTSW, output 6-B1 6-B3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSSW, output 6-B2 6-B3 0/5 V DC OSSW on/off, input 6-B4 6-B6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OFSW, output 6-B5 6-B6 0/5 V DC OFSW on/off, input 6-B7 6-B8 0/5 V DC OSLEDPCB (red) on/off, output 6-B9 6-B8 0/5 V DC OSLEDPCB (green) on/off, output 3-6-66 24 V DC supply for OFM, output (A) IC2 8 IC3 8 4 CN5 + 31 IC1 3 FUSE1 30 1 1 IC6 8 1 1 IC7 15 RA8 RA9 RA10 RA11RA12 RA13 1 + C26 8 C29 C25 + IC11 + + C TR2 IC17 1 1 B E 8 IC8 8 L22 IC21 CN1 TR1 IC5 10 1 C 1 9 IC10 L18 L19 L20 11 D4 1 8 1 1 L17 IC20 C14 100 K E IC4 1 50 RA3 RA4 RA5 RA6 RA7 51 31 30 50 A B 80 81 IC19 9 1 C 8 1 X1 CN8 A K D3 IC15 RA2 RA1 C 8 1 17 IC16 C K A K D2 D1 IC13 10 1 100 51 17 L47 1 A 1 1 IC18 CN2 1 1 1 2 1 18 17 13 14 1 2 15 IC9 13 14 1 2 1 C TR7 B E TR8 1 CB E E TR3 B B E C TR5 80 L49 D8 D7 C C C C C C TR6 CN3 4 CN4 D6 L48 TR4 D5 C C L50 81 2A3/4 (8) Operation unit main PCB 3 2 IC12 C11 3-6-67 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-1 1-8 0/5 V DC 1-2 2-3 –23 V DC –23 V supply for LCD, output 1-3 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD3) data, output 1-4 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD2) data, output 1-5 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD1) data, output 1-6 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD (XD0) data, output 1-7 2-3 –23 V DC –23 V supply for LCD, output 1-9 1-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LCD, output 1-10 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal XSCL, output 1-11 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal LP, output 1-12 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal DIN, output 1-14 1-8 0/5 V DC LCD control signal LCD REM, output 2-1 2-3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OLPCB, output 2-2 2-3 –23 V DC –23 V DC supply for OLPCB, output 2-4 2-3 2-5 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L1, input 2-6 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L2, input 2-7 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L3, input 2-8 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN L1, output 2-9 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN L2, output 2-10 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN L3, output 2-11 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L1, output 2-12 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L2, output 2-13 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L3, output 2-14 1-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB LED on DIG LED L4, output 2-15 1-8 0/5 V DC OLPCB CFL on/off, output 2-16 1-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OLPCB, output 2-17 1-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OLPCB, output 3-1 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R1, input 3-2 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R2, input 3-3 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R3, input 3-4 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R4, input 3-5 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R1, output 3-6-68 LCD control voltage, output OLPCB contrast adjustment VR supply, output 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 3-6 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R2, output 3-7 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R3, output 3-8 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN R4, output 3-9 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB LED on DIG LED R1, output 3-10 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB LED on DIG LED R2, output 3-11 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB LED on DIG LED R3, output 3-12 6-2 0/5 V DC ORPCB BZ1 on/off, output 3-14 6-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ORPCB, output 4-1 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage Y2, output 4-2 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage X1, input 4-3 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage Y1, input 4-4 6-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Touch panel detection voltage X2, output 5-3 5-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OMPCB, input 5-4 5-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OMPCB, input 6-3 6-2 0/5 V DC OMPCB RESET MMI signal, input 6-4 6-2 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENG ERROR MMI signal, input 6-5 6-8 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ERROR signal, output 6-6 6-8 0/5 V DC OMPCB ENGACK MMI signal, input 6-7 6-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal, output 6-9 6-8 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI ACK signal, output 6-10 6-11 0/5 V DC (pulse) OMPCB serial communication signal, input 3-6-69 2A3/4 (9) Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) A B C E Q1 B C E Q3 B C E Q4 CN2 Q2 B C E 1 + 6 1 TP31 WR OSC1 CN9 1 5 C15 5 CN3 SG TP17 TP10 CLK TP19 MOT CLK CN12 4 1 PG TP15 TP14 +24 V C14 FUSE1 3A 125 V C16 + SEC-A FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE. REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING OF FUSE WARNING MADE IN JAPAN PF4065K500A + CN4 1 A ZD1 A C18 CN1 CN13 2 + 1 TP12 TP24 TP22 TP11 BCL P1 Rxd R SEN TP13 TP4 EMP RCL TP23 TP16 + P2 TP25 TP2 Txd TP1 PP51 +5 V DA2 DA1 K K TP3 PP52 TP5 SIZ 3 CN6 1 TP30 MOT PWM C19 TP18 PP50 SG + RS2 TP26 E2CLK TP6 LS1 RS1 TP9 IC7 µPD78233GC-389 LMS2 TP7 LMS1 TP8 LS2 TP21 E1 C17 D4 TP20 E2 TP27 E1CLK 10 D2 CN7 3-6-70 1 12 1 11 IC4 M5248P IC2 27C256 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 1-1 1-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) Clock signal for PPSENS1 - 3 and PESENS, output 1-4 4-8 24/0 V DC DOSSW signal on/off, input 1-5 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC PESENS signal input, paper present/ absent, input 1-6 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC PPSENS2 signal input, paper present/ absent, input 1-7 4-8 5/0 V DC DLSW1 on/off, input 1-8 4-8 5/0 V DC UPSW1 on/off, input 1-9 4-8 5/0 V DC DLSW2 on/off, input 1-10 4-8 5/0 V DC UPSW2 on/off, input 1-11 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC PPSENS3 paper present/absent, input 2-3 2-2 5/0 V DC PLDSENS1 on/off, input 2-6 2-5 5/0 V DC PLDSENS2 on/off, input 3-1 3-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input 3-3 3-4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input 4-1 4-8 24 V DC Power supply for RCL, PFCL1, PFCL2 and CCL, output 4-2 4-8 24 V DC Power supply for RCL, PFCL1, PFCL2 and CCL, output 4-4 4-8 24/0 V DC PFCL1 off/on, output 4-5 4-8 24/0 V DC PFCL2 off/on, output 4-6 4-8 24/0 V DC CCL off/on, output 4-7 4-8 5 V DC Power supply for PPSENS1 - 3, PESENS, SCSW, UPSW1 - 2 and DLSW1 - 2, output PPSENS1 paper present/absent, input 4-9 4-8 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC 4-11 4-8 5/0 V DC SCSW on/off, input 7-1 7-6, -9 24/0 V DC PDM1 off/on, output 7-2 7-6, -9 24 V DC Power supply for PDM1, output 7-3 7-6, -9 24 V DC Power supply for PDM2, output 7-4 7-6, -9 24/0 V DC PDM2 off/on, output 7-5 7-6, -9 1.1 V DC Power supply for PDMSENS1, output 7-7 7-6, -9 5/0 V DC PDMSENS1 on/off, input 7-8 7-6, -9 1.1 V DC Power supply for PDMSENS2, output 7-10 7-6, -9 5/0 V DC PDMSENS2 on/off, input 9-1 9-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) Serial data signal to EPCB (TXD) 9-3 9-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) Serial data signal from EPCB (RXD) 9-5 9-2, -4 0/5 V DC PFSW4 on/off, input 3-6-71 2A3/4 Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks 12-1 12-2 24 V DC Power supply for CM, output 12-3 12-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) CM drive PWM signal, output 12-4 12-2 5 V DC Power supply for CM, output 12-5 12-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) CM FG signal, input 3-6-72 2A3/4 3-6-4 Electrical problems • Copier Problem (1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is turned on. (2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). Causes Check procedures/corrective measures No electricity at the power outlet. Measure the input voltage. The power cord is not plugged in properly. Check the contact between the power plug and the outlet. The front cover, left cover and/or right cover are/is not closed completely. Check the front, left and right covers. Broken power cord. Check for continuity. If none, replace the cord. Defective main switch. Check for continuity across the contacts. If none, replace the main switch. Blown fuse in the power source PCB. Check for continuity. If none, remove the cause of blowing and replace the fuse. Defective safety switch 1, 2 or 3. Check for continuity across the contacts of each switch. If none, replace the switch. Defective power source PCB. With AC present, check for 5 V DC at CN2-1 on the power source PCB, 12 V DC at CN4-1 and 24 V DC at CN1-1. If none, replace the power source PCB. Poor contact in the drive motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Broken drive motor gear. Check visually and replace the drive motor if necessary. 3-6-73 2A3/4 Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures (2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). Defective drive motor. Run maintenance item U030 and check if the drive motor operates when CN12-B4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the drive motor. Defective main PCB. Run maintenance item U030 and check if CN1-113 on the main PCB goes low. If not, replace the main PCB. (3) The scanner motor does not operate. Broken scanner motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the scanner motor. Poor contact in the scanner motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective scanner control PCB. Check if the motor drive coil energization pulse signals are output at CN5-5, CN5-6, CN5-7, CN5-8 and CN5-9 on the main PCB when maintenance item U073 is run. If not, replace the main PCB. Broken upper lift motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the upper lift motor. Poor contact in the upper lift motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Check if 24 V DC is output across CN8-A2 and CN8-A3 on the engine PCB right after the upper drawer is installed. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken lower lift motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the lower lift motor. Poor contact in the lower lift motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Check if 24 V DC is output across CN8-A4 and CN8-A5 on the engine PCB right after the lower drawer is installed. If not, replace the engine PCB. (4) The upper lift motor does not operate. (5) The lower lift motor does not operate. 3-6-74 2A3/4 Problem (6) The toner feed motor does not operate. (7) The paper conveying section fan motor does not operate. (8) Cooling fan motor 1 does not operate at all or does not turn at full speed. (9) Cooling fan motor 2 does not operate at all or does not turn at full speed. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Broken toner feed motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the toner feed motor. Poor contact in the toner feed motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U135 and check if drive pulse signal is output across CN2-A5 and CN2-A6 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken paper conveying section fan motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the paper conveying section fan motor. Poor contact in the paper conveying section fan motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U030. If 24 V DC is always present at CN8-B7 on the engine PCB, replace the engine PCB. Broken cooling fan motor 1 coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace cooling fan motor 1. Poor contact in the cooling fan motor 1 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U030 and check if CN3-B4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken cooling fan motor 2 coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace cooling fan motor 2. Poor contact in the cooling fan motor 2 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U030 and check if CN3-B6 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. 3-6-75 2A3/4 Problem (10) Paper feed motor does not operate (C230). (11) The paper conveying motor does not operate (C210). (12) The toner recycle motor does not operate. 3-6-76 Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Broken paper feed motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the paper feed motor. Poor contact in the paper feed motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective paper feed motor. Check if the paper feed motor rotates when CN11-3 on the engine PCB goes low while maintenance item U030 is run. If not replace the paper feed motor. Defective main PCB. Run maintenance item U030 and check if CN1-87 on the main PCB goes low. If not, replace the main PCB. Broken paper conveying motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the paper conveying motor. Poor contact in the paper conveying motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective paper feed motor. Check if the paper feed motor rotates when CN5-A8 on the engine PCB goes low while maintenance item U030 is run. If not, replace the paper conveying motor. Defective main PCB. Run maintenance item U030 and check if CN1-111 on the main PCB goes low. If not, replace the main PCB. Broken toner recycle motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the toner recycle motor. Poor contact in the toner recycle motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U135 and check if drive pulse signal is output across CN2-A7 and CN2-A8 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the engine PCB. 2A3/4 Problem (13) The charger cleaning motor does not operate. (14) The image formation unit fan motor does not operate. (15) The upper paper feed clutch does not operate. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Broken charger cleaning motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the charger cleaning motor. Poor contact in the charger cleaning motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U102 and check if CN8-B4 and CN8-B5 on the engine PCB go low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken image formation unit fan motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the image formation unit fan motor. Poor contact in the image formation unit fan motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U135 and check if CN2-A4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken upper paper feed clutch coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the upper paper feed clutch. Poor contact in the upper paper feed clutch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN15-13 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. 3-6-77 2A3/4 Problem (16) The lower paper feed clutch does not operate. (17) Feed clutch 1 does not operate. (18) Feed clutch 2 does not operate. (19) Feed clutch 3 does not operate. 3-6-78 Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Broken lower paper feed clutch coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the lower paper feed clutch. Poor contact in the lower paper feed clutch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN15-14 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken feed clutch 1 coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace feed clutch 1. Poor contact in feed clutch 1 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN12-A4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken feed clutch 2 coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace feed clutch 2. Poor contact in feed clutch 2 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN12-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken feed clutch 3 coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace feed clutch 3. Poor contact in feed clutch 3 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN12-A10 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. 2A3/4 Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures (20) Feed clutch 4 does not operate. Broken feed clutch 4 coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace feed clutch 4. Poor contact in feed clutch 4 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN8-B9 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken feed clutch 5 coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace feed clutch 5. Poor contact in feed clutch 5 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN12-A2 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken registration clutch coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the registration clutch. Poor contact in the registration clutch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN8-B11 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken bypass paper feed clutch coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the bypass paper feed clutch. Poor contact in the bypass paper feed clutch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN14-A7 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. (21) Feed clutch 5 does not operate. (22) The registration clutch does not operate. (23) The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. 3-6-79 2A3/4 Problem (24) The eject speed switching clutch does not operate. (25) The bypass solenoid does not operate. (26) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. (27) The exposure lamp does not turn on. 3-6-80 Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Broken eject speed switching clutch coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the eject speed switching clutch. Poor contact in the eject speed switching clutch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN3-A11 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken bypass solenoid coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the bypass solenoid. Poor contact in the bypass solenoid connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U033 and check if CN14-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Poor contact in the cleaning lamp connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective cleaning lamp. Check for one-way continuity across each LED comprising the cleaning lamp. If none, replace the cleaning lamp. Defective engine PCB. If the cleaning lamp turns on when CN2-A2 on the engine PCB is held low, replace the engine PCB. Poor contact in the exposure lamp connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective inverter PCB. If the exposure lamp does not turn on when CN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB are held low, replace the inverter PCB. Defective scanner motor PCB. If the exposure lamp turns on when CN3-1 and 3-2 on the scanner motor PCB are held low, replace the scanner motor PCB. 2A3/4 Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures (28) The exposure lamp does not turn off. Defective inverter PCB. If the exposure lamp does not turn off with CN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB high, replace the inverter PCB. Defective scanner motor PCB. If CN3-1 and CN3-2 on the scanner motor PCB are always low, replace the scanner motor PCB. (29) Fixing heater M or S does not turn on (C620). Broken wire in fixing heater M or S. Check for continuity across each heater. If none, replace the heater (see page 3-3-63). Fixing unit thermostat triggered. Check for continuity across thermostat. If none, remove the cause and replace the thermostat. Broken fixing unit thermistor wire. Measure the resistance. If it is the fixing unit thermistor. (30) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off (fixing unit thermostat triggered; C620). Dirty sensor part of the fixing unit thermistor. Check visually and clean the thermistor sensor parts. Defective engine PCB. If fixing heater M/S stays on while CN6-7 and CN6-8 on the engine PCB go high, replace the engine PCB. (31) Main charging is not performed (C510). Broken main charger wire. See page 3-6-5. , replace Leaking main charger housing. Poor contact in the high-voltage transformer PCB connector terminals. Defective main PCB. Defective engine PCB. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. 3-6-81 2A3/4 Problem (32) Transfer charging is not performed (C511). Causes Broken transfer charger wire. Check procedures/corrective measures See page 3-6-4. Poor contact in the high-voltage transformer PCB connector terminals. Defective main PCB. Defective engine PCB. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. (33) Separation charging is not performed (C511). (34) No developing bias is output. 3-6-82 Broken separation charger wire. Replace the separation charger wire (see page 3-3-56). Poor contact in the high-voltage transformer PCB connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. Run maintenance item U101. If separation charging does not take place while CN1-9 on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes low, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U101 and check if CN5-B5 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Poor contact in the developing bias wire. Check the developing bias wire. If there is any problem, replace it. Poor contact in the high-voltage transformer PCB connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. Check if the developing bias is output when CN1-4 on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes low while maintenance item U030 is run. If not, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB. 2A3/4 Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures (34) No developing bias is output. Defective engine PCB. Check if CN5-B10 on the engine PCB goes low during copying. If not, replace the engine PCB. (35) The original size is not detected. Defective original detection switch. If the level of CN5-2 on the scanner motor PCB does not change when the original detection switch is turned on and off, replace the original detection switch. (36) The original size is not detected correctly. Original is not placed correctly. Check the original and correct if necessary. Poor contact in the original size sensors connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective original size sensor or the scanner motor PCB. Check if sensor operates correctly. If not, replace it or, if necessary, the scanner motor PCB. (37) The touch panel keys do not work. Poor contact in the touch panel connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective touch panel or operation unit main PCB. If any keys do not work after the touch panel has been initialized, replace the touch panel or operation unit main PCB. (38) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present in the upper drawer. Poor contact in the upper paper switch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective upper paper switch. Check if CN15-9 on the engine PCB goes low when the upper paper switch is turned on with 5 V DC present at CN15-7 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the upper paper switch. 3-6-83 2A3/4 Problem Causes (39) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present in the lower drawer. Poor contact in the lower paper switch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check procedures/corrective measures Defective lower paper switch. Check if CN15-10 on the engine PCB goes low when the lower paper switch is turned on with 5 V DC present at CN15-8 on the engine PCB. If none, replace the lower paper switch. (40) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present on the bypass table. Poor contact in the bypass paper switch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective bypass paper switch. Check if CN14-A4 on the engine PCB goes low when the bypass paper switch is turned on with 5 V DC present at CN14-A2 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the bypass paper switch. (41) The size of paper in the upper drawer is not displayed correctly. Poor contact in the upper paper length switch* connector terminals (inch specs). Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Poor contact in the upper paper width switch* connector terminals (inch specs). Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective upper paper length switch* (inch specs). Check if CN8-A8 on the engine PCB goes low when the upper paper length switch is turned on. If not, replace the upper paper length switch. Defective upper paper width switch* (inch specs). Check if the levels of CN9-19, CN9-20 and CN9-21 on the engine PCB change alternately when the width guide in the upper drawer is moved. If not, replace the upper paper width switch. Incorrectly set drawer paper size in copier management mode (metric specs). Check the drawer paper size and reset. * For inch specifications only. 3-6-84 2A3/4 Problem (42) The size of paper in the lower drawer is not displayed correctly. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Poor contact in the lower paper length switch* connector terminals (inch specs). Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Poor contact in the lower paper width switch* connector terminals (inch specs). Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective lower paper length switch* (inch specs). Check if CN8-A10 on the main PCB goes low when the lower paper length switch is turned on. If not, replace the lower paper length switch. Defective lower paper width switch* (inch specs). Check if the levels of CN9-23, CN9-24 and CN9-25 on the engine PCB change alternately when the width guide in the lower drawer is moved. If not, replace the lower paper width switch. Incorrectly set drawer paper size in copier management mode (metric specs). Check the drawer paper size and reset. * For inch specifications only. 3-6-85 2A3/4 Problem Causes (43) A paper jam in the paper feed, paper conveying or fixing section is indicated on the touch panel immediately after the main switch is turned on. A piece of paper torn from copy paper is caught around paper feed switch 1/2/3, the feed switch or the eject switch. Check and remove if any. Defective paper feed switch 1. With 5 V DC present at CN13-5 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-4 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 1 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 1. Defective paper feed switch 2. With 5 V DC present at CN13-8 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-7 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 2 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 2. Defective paper feed switch 3. With 5 V DC present at CN13-11 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-10 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 3 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 3. Defective feed switch. With 5 V DC present at CN13-2 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-1 on the engine PCB remains low when the feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the feed switch. Defective registration switch. With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1 on the engine PCB, check if CN8-B2 on the engine PCB remains low when the registration switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the registration switch. Defective eject switch. With 5 V DC present at CN3-B10 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-B9 on the engine PCB remains low when the eject switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the eject switch. 3-6-86 Check procedures/corrective measures 2A3/4 Problem Causes (44) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed when the front, left and right covers are closed. Poor contact in the connector terminals of safety switch 1, 2 or 3. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check procedures/corrective measures Defective safety switch 1, 2 or 3. Check for continuity across each switch. If there is no continuity when the switch is on, replace it. (45) Others. Wiring is broken, shorted or makes poor contact. Check for continuity. If none, repair. Noise. Locate the source of noise and remove. 3-6-87 2A3/4 • SRDF Problem (1) The original feed motor does not operate. (2) The original conveying motor does not operate. (3) The original feed solenoid does not operate. 3-6-88 Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Defective original feed motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the original feed motor. The connector terminals of the original feed motor make poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective DF driver PCB. Check for continuity across the original feed motor coil and connector terminals. If good, replace the DF driver PCB. Defective original conveying motor coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the original conveying motor. The connector terminals of the original conveying motor make poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective DF driver PCB Check for continuity across the original conveying motor coil and connector terminals. If good, replace the DF driver PCB. Defective original feed solenoid coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the original feed solenoid. The connector terminals of the original feed solenoid make poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective DF driver PCB. Check if the original feed solenoid operates when CN5-B13 or CN5-B12 on the DF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driver PCB. 2A3/4 Problem (4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. (5) The eject feedshift solenoid does not operate. (6) The switchback pressure solenoid does not operate. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Defective switchback feedshift solenoid coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the switchback feedshift solenoid. The connector terminals of the switchback feedshift solenoid make poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective DF driver PCB. Check if the switchback feedshift solenoid operates when CN5-B8 on the DF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driver PCB. Defective eject feedshift solenoid coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the eject feedshift solenoid. The connector terminals of the eject feedshift solenoid make poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective DF driver PCB. Check if the eject feedshift solenoid operates when CN5-A7 on the DF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driver PCB. Defective switchback pressure solenoid coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the switchback pressure solenoid. The connector terminals of the switchback pressure solenoid make poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective DF driver PCB. Check if the switchback pressure solenoid operates when CN5-A2 or CN5-A3 on the DF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driver PCB. 3-6-89 2A3/4 Problem (7) The original feed clutch does not operate. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Defective original feed clutch coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the original feed clutch. The connector terminals of the original feed clutch make poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective DF driver PCB. Check if the original feed clutch operates when CN5-A5 on the DF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driver PCB. (8) A message indicating cover open is displayed when the SRDF is closed correctly. The connector terminals of DF safety switch 1 make poor contact. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective DF safety switch 1. Check for continuity across the contacts of the switch. If none when the switch is on, replace DF safety switch 1. (9) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the original feed switch. Remove any found. Defective original feed switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-B5 of the DF driver PCB remains low when the original feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original feed switch. A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the original switchback switch. Remove any found. Defective original switchback switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original switchback switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original switchback switch. 3-6-90 2A3/4 Problem (9) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. Causes Check procedures/corrective measures A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the DF timing switch. Remove any found. Defective DF timing switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A14 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the DF timing switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the DF timing switch. 3-6-91 2A3/4 • Feedshift and duplex sections Problem Causes (1) The side registration motor does not rotate (C220). Poor contact in the side registration motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Broken side registration motor gear. Check visually and replace the side registration motor if necessary. Defective side registration motor. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the side registration motor. Broken feedshift solenoid coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the feedshift solenoid. Poor contact in the feedshift solenoid connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U033 and check if CN3-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken duplex forward solenoid coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the duplex forward solenoid. Poor contact in the duplex forward solenoid connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U033 and check if CN10-8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. (2) The feedshift solenoid does not operate. (3) The duplex forward solenoid does not operate. 3-6-92 Check procedures/corrective measures 2A3/4 Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures (4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. Broken switchback feedshift solenoid coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the switchback feedshift solenoid. Poor contact in the switchback feedshift solenoid connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U033 and check if CN10-10 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Broken duplex paper tapping solenoid coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the duplex paper tapping solenoid. Poor contact in the duplex paper tapping solenoid connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective engine PCB. Run maintenance item U033 and check if CN10-14 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. (6) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed when the left cover is closed. Poor contact in safety switch 2 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Defective safety switch 2. Check for continuity across the contacts. If there is no continuity when safety switch 2 is on, replace it. (7) Others. Wiring is broken, shorted or makes poor contact. Check for continuity. If none, repair. Noise. Locate the source of noise and remove. (5) The duplex paper tapping solenoid does not operate. 3-6-93 2A3/4 • Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures (1) The large paper deck does not operate when the print key is pressed. Incorrect connection with the engine PCB. Check the connector. (2) The deck paper conveying motor does not operate (C920). Poor contact in the deck paper conveying motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. The deck paper conveying motor drive system overloaded. Check the drive system. Defective deck main PCB. Check if the motor drive clock signal is present at CN12-3 on the deck main PCB when maintenance item U247 is run. If not, replace the deck main PCB. Defective deck paper conveying motor. Check if the deck paper conveying motor rotates while the motor drive clock signal is present at CN12-3 on the deck main PCB when maintenance item U247 is run. If not, replace the deck paper conveying motor. Poor contact in the paper deck motor 1 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Broken paper deck motor 1 coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace paper deck motor 1. Defective deck main PCB. Check if CN7-1 on the deck main PCB goes low when paper deck motor 1 is turned on (placing paper on the right cassette lift and closing the large paper deck will turn paper deck motor 1 on until deck level switch 1 turns on) while the deck open/closed safety switch is on and 24 V DC is present at CN14 on the deck main PCB. If not, replace the deck main PCB. (3) Paper deck motor 1 does not operate (C921). 3-6-94 2A3/4 Problem Causes (4) Paper deck motor 2 does not operate (C922). Poor contact in the paper deck motor 2 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Broken paper deck motor 2 coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace paper deck motor 2. Defective deck main PCB. Check if CN7-4 on the deck main PCB goes low when paper deck motor 2 is turned on (placing paper on the left cassette lift and closing the large paper deck will turn paper deck motor 2 on until deck level switch 2 turns on) while the deck open/closed safety switch is on and 24 V DC is present at CN14 on the deck main PCB. If not, replace the deck main PCB. Poor contact in the paper feed clutch 1 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Broken paper feed clutch 1 coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace paper feed clutch 1. Defective deck main PCB. Check if CN4-4 on the deck main PCB goes low when maintenance item U247 is run. If not, replace the deck main PCB. Wiring problem. Check for continuity across CN4-4 on the deck main PCB and CN1-4 on the interface PCB. If none, check the wiring. Defective interface PCB. Run maintenance item U247. If paper feed clutch 1 does not operate while CN4-4 on the deck main PCB is low, check for continuity across CN5-5 & CN1-1 and CN5-6 & CN1-4 on the interface PCB. If none, replace the interface PCB. Poor contact in the paper feed clutch 2 connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Broken paper feed clutch 2 coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace paper feed clutch 2. (5) Paper feed clutch 1 does not operate. (6) Paper feed clutch 2 does not operate. Check procedures/corrective measures 3-6-95 2A3/4 Problem (6) Paper feed clutch 2 does not operate. (7) The paper conveying clutch does not operate. 3-6-96 Causes Check procedures/corrective measures Defective deck main PCB. Check if CN4-5 on the deck main PCB goes low when maintenance item U247 is run. If not, replace the deck main PCB. Wiring problem. Check for continuity across CN4-5 on the deck main PCB and CN1-5 on the interface PCB. If none, check the wiring. Defective interface PCB. Run maintenance item U247. If paper feed clutch 2 does not operate while CN4-5 on the deck main PCB is low, check for continuity across CN5-3 & CN1-1 and CN54 & CN1-5 on the interface PCB. If none, replace the interface PCB. Poor contact in the paper conveying clutch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Broken paper conveying clutch coil. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the paper conveying clutch. Defective deck main PCB. Check if CN4-6 on the deck main PCB goes low when maintenance item U247 is run. If not, replace the deck main PCB. Wiring problem. Check for continuity across CN4-6 on the deck main PCB and CN1-6 on the interface PCB. If none, check the wiring. Defective interface PCB. Run maintenance item U247. If the paper conveying clutch does not operate while CN4-6 on the deck main PCB is low, check for continuity across CN5-1 & CN1-1 and across CN5-2 & CN1-6 on the interface PCB. If none, replace the interface PCB. 2A3/4 3-6-5 Mechanical problems • Copier Problem (1) No primary paper feed. (2) No secondary paper feed. (3) Skewed paper feed. Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Check if the surfaces of the following rollers or pulleys are dirty with paper powder: forwarding pulleys, upper/lower paper feed pulleys, upper/lower feed rollers, feed rollers 1/2/3/4, feed pulleys, bypass forwarding pulley and bypass upper/lower paper feed pulleys. Clean with isopropyl alcohol. Check if the upper or lower paper feed pulley is deformed. Replace if necessary (see page 3-3-3). Check if the forwarding pulley is deformed. Replace if necessary (see page 3-3-3). Electrical problem with the following electromagnetic clutches: upper/lower paper feed clutches, feed clutches 1/ 2/3/4/5 and bypass paper feed clutch. See pages 3-6-77 – 79. Check if the surfaces of the upper and lower registration rollers are dirty with paper powder. Clean with isopropyl alcohol. Electrical problem with the registration clutch. See page 3-6-79. Width guide in a drawer installed incorrectly. Check the width guide visually and correct or replace if necessary. Deformed width guide in a drawer. Check the width guide visually and correct or replace if it is deformed. Check if a pressure spring along the paper conveying path is deformed or out of place. Repair or replace. 3-6-97 2A3/4 Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures (4) The scanner does not travel. Check if the scanner wire is loose. Reinstall the scanner wire (see page 3-3-24). The scanner motor malfunctions. See page 3-6-74. (5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. Check if the lower paper feed pulley is worn. Replace the lower paper feed pulley if it is worn (see page 3-3-3). Check if the paper is curled. Change the paper. (6) Paper jams. Check if the paper is excessively curled. Change the paper. Deformed guides along the paper conveying path. Check visually and repair or replace any deformed guides. Check if the contact between the upper and lower registration rollers is correct. Remedy if necessary. Replace the pressure spring if it is deformed. Check if the separation charger wire in the transfer charger assembly is broken. Replace the separation charger wire if it is broken (see page 3-3-56). Check if the paper conveying belt is off the paper conveying pulleys. Remedy. Check if the fixing unit upper or lower left guide is deformed. Repair or replace. Check if the press roller is extremely dirty or deformed. Clean or replace the press roller. Check if the contact between the heat roller and its separation claws is correct. Repair if any springs are off the separation claws. Check if the contact between the eject roller and pulley is correct. Repair if a pressure spring is off the eject pulley. Check if the developing unit is extremely dirty. Clean the developing unit. (7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. 3-6-98 2A3/4 Problem (8) Abnormal noise is heard. Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Check if the pulleys, rollers and gears operate smoothly. Grease the bearings and gears. Check if the following electromagnetic clutches are installed correctly: upper/lower paper feed clutches, feed clutches 1/ 2/3/4/5 and bypass paper feed clutch. Correct. 3-6-99 2A3/4 • SRDF Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures The surfaces of the DF forwarding pulleys, DF original feed pulley or DF separation pulley are dirty with paper powder. Check and clean them with isopropyl alcohol if they are dirty. Check if the DF original feed pulley or the DF separation pulley is deformed. If so, replace (see pages 3-3-89 and 91). Check if the DF forwarding pulleys are deformed. If so, replace (see page 3-389). Electrical problem with the following clutch or solenoid: • Original feed solenoid • Original feed clutch See pages 3-6-88 and 90. (2) No secondary original feed. The DF registration pulley and the DF registration roller do not contact each other correctly. Remedy. (3) Originals jam. Originals outside the specifications are used. Use only originals conforming to the specifications. The surfaces of the DF forwarding pulleys, DF original feed pulley or DF separation pulley are dirty with paper powder. Check and clean them with isopropyl alcohol if they are dirty. The DF original feed pulley and the DF separation pulley do not contact each other correctly. Remedy. (1) No primary original feed. 3-6-100 2A3/4 • Feedshift and duplex sections Problem (1) No refeed. Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Check if the surfaces of the following rollers and pulleys are dirty with paper powder: duplex forwarding pulley, refeed pulley, switchback roller and duplex upper/lower registration rollers. Clean with isopropyl alcohol. Check if the duplex forwarding pulley is deformed. Replace (see page 3-3-80). Electrical problem with the paper tapping solenoid. See page 3-6-93. (2) Paper is refed askew. Side registration amount adjusted incorrectly. Run maintenance item U052 and adjust the side registration amount (see page 3-3-88). (3) Paper jams. Check if the paper is excessively curled. Change the paper. Deformed guides along the paper conveying path. Check visually and repair or replace any deformed guides. The feedshift solenoid malfunctions. See page 3-6-92. Check if the contact between the feedshift lower roller and feedshift pulley is correct. Repair if the mount has come off the feedshift pulley. Check if pulleys, rollers and gears operate smoothly. Grease the bushings and gears. (4) Abnormal noise is heard. 3-6-101 2A3/4 • Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures Check if the upper or lower deck separation roller is dirty with paper powder. Clean with isopropyl alcohol. Check if deck paper feed roller 1, 2 or the deck paper conveying roller is dirty with paper powder. Clean with isopropyl alcohol. Check if the upper or lower deck separation roller is worn or deformed. Replace (see page 3-3-102). Check if deck paper feed roller 1, 2 or the deck paper conveying roller is worn or deformed. Replace (see page 3-3-104). Check if paper feed clutch 1, 2 or the paper conveying clutch malfunctions. Remedy or replace. Check if the upper or lower deck separation roller is worn or deformed. Replace (see page 3-3-102). Check if deck paper feed roller 1, 2 or the deck paper conveying roller is worn or deformed. Replace (see page 3-3-104). Check if the paper side guides are deformed. Remedy or replace. (3) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. Check if the paper is excessively curled. Change the paper. Paper is not loaded correctly. Correct. Check if the upper or lower deck separation roller is worn or deformed. Replace (see page 3-3-102). (4) Paper jams. Check if the paper is excessively curled. Change the paper. Check if the upper and lower deck separation rollers contact each other when the deck is installed correctly. Remedy if necessary. (1) No primary paper feed. (2) Paper is fed askew. 3-6-102 2A3/4 Problem Causes/check procedures (4) Paper jams. Check if the paper side guides are deformed. Remedy or replace. Corrective measures (5) Abnormal noise is heard. Check if rollers and gears operate smoothly. Grease the bushings and gears. Check for any abnormality with motors and clutches. Replace. Check for any drive belt out of place. Remedy if necessary. 3-6-103 2A3/4 CONTENTS 3-7 Appendixes Timing chart No. 1 ......................................................................................... 3-7-1 Timing chart No. 2 ......................................................................................... 3-7-2 Timing chart No. 3 ......................................................................................... 3-7-3 Timing chart No. 4 ......................................................................................... 3-7-4 Timing chart No. 5 ......................................................................................... 3-7-5 Timing chart No. 6 ......................................................................................... 3-7-6 Timing chart No. 7 ......................................................................................... 3-7-7 Timing chart No. 8 ......................................................................................... 3-7-8 Timing chart No. 9 ......................................................................................... 3-7-9 Timing chart No. 10 ..................................................................................... 3-7-10 Timing chart No. 11 ..................................................................................... 3-7-11 Timing chart No. 12 ..................................................................................... 3-7-12 Power source PCB 1/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-13 Power source PCB 2/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-14 Engine PCB 1/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-15 Engine PCB 2/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-16 Main PCB 1/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-17 Main PCB 2/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-18 Main PCB 3/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-19 Main PCB 4/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-20 Main PCB 5/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-21 Main PCB 6/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-22 Main PCB 7/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-23 Main PCB 8/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-24 Main PCB 9/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-25 Memory copy PCB 1/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-26 Memory copy PCB 2/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-27 Memory copy PCB 3/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-28 Memory copy PCB 4/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-29 Memory copy PCB 5/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-30 Memory copy PCB 6/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-31 Memory copy PCB 7/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-32 Memory copy PCB 8/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-33 Memory copy PCB 9/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-34 Memory copy PCB 10/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-35 Memory copy PCB 11/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-36 Memory copy PCB 12/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-37 Scanner motor PCB .................................................................................... 3-7-38 CCD PCB .................................................................................................... 3-7-39 DF driver PCB ............................................................................................. 3-7-40 Operation unit main PCB 1/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-41 Operation unit main PCB 2/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-42 Operation unit right PCB ............................................................................. 3-7-43 Operation unit left PCB ............................................................................... 3-7-44 1-1-33 2A3/4 Deck main PCB ........................................................................................... Interface PCB .............................................................................................. SRDF connection diagram .......................................................................... General connection diagram (42 ppm copier) ............................................. General connection diagram (52 ppm copier) ............................................. SRDF wiring diagram .................................................................................. Large paper deck wiring diagram ................................................................ 1-1-34 3-7-45 3-7-46 3-7-47 3-7-48 3-7-49 3-7-50 3-7-51 E A A A E E A A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 1 From the main switch turned on to machine stabilization D MSW F G H I J 1 Secondary stabilization fixing temperature*1 MSW: On 1 2 E Aging end C Copying possible*2 B Primary stabilization fixing temperature 175°C/347°F A 2 CN4-10 3 3 PRY CN4-9 H1 CN6-7 H2 CN6-8 2s 189˚C/372.2˚F 180˚C/374˚F 4 4 CCM CN8-B5 (Fwd. rotation) 20 s CCM CN8-B4 (Rev. rotation) DM CN12-B4 PCM CN5-A8 CL CN2-A2 DB REM CN5-B10 CFM1 (Half speed) CN3-B4 CFM1 (Full speed) CN3-B4 PCFM 7 CN8-B7 IFFM CN2-A4 PM CN9-1,2,3,4 5 6 1s 1s 200 ms 25 s 3s 200 ms 5 270 ms 600 ms 50 ms 6 7 1s 8 8 *1: 180°C/356°F (42 ppm) or 190°C/374°F (52 ppm) *2: Copying is possible at the earlier timing of 60 s (42 ppm) or 120 s (52 ppm) after secondary stabilization or 116 s (42 ppm) or 176 s (52 ppm) after PRY turning on. A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-1 E E A E A A E KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E 7 8 E A Rev. rotation Off Fwd. rotation B A E A C D 76 P 43 P F 4 5 6 G CN4-2 SHPSW H 410 P 414 P 9921 P 1 110 P H I FVSYNC signal Rev. rotation Off Fwd. rotation G CN2-1,2, 3,4,5,6 F SM 2 154 P E Original scanning operation (A3/11" x 17" original, magnification ratio 100%, manual copy density control) CN4-2 SHPSW E Rev. rotation D Off C Fwd. rotation B CN2-1,2, 3,4,5,6 3 154 P E SM 43 P A Scanner initialization (SHPSW: OFF) CN4-2 SHPSW A CN2-1,2, 3,4,5,6 A SM E Scanner initialization (SHPSW: ON) A A A I KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A E A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 2 Scanner operation J 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J 3-7-2 E E E A E A A A E E A A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 3 Original feed operation 1: single-side original mode, multiple originals A B C D E F G H I J 1 1 Repeats Primary original feed 2OSSW Original ejection 2 CN6-B2 200 ms OFSOL A CN5-B12 3 200 ms OFSOL R CN5-B13 OFCL CN5-A5 4 3 4 30 ms + 288 P*2 20 ms OFM CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6 OFSW CN6-B5 20 ms 556 P*2 30 ms + 288 P*2 556 P*2 5 5 OSBSW CN6-A5 30 ms + 2337 P*3 6OCM 6 CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13 DFTSW CN6-A14 7 *1 During enlargement copying: (magnification × 10 – 530) ms *2 Burst of OFM pulses *3 Burst of OCM pulses 8 7 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-3 E E A E A A E KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E E A E A A E A A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 4 Original feed operation 2: double-sided original mode, multiple originals (1/2) A B C D E F G H I J 1 1 Repeats OSSW Switchback operation Scanning the first face Primary original feed CN6-B2 2 2 200 ms OFSOL A CN5-B12 OFSOL R 3 CN5-B13 OFCL CN5-A5 3 Scanning speed 115 P*1 100 ms 327 P*1 100 ms 20 ms OFM 4 CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6 OFSW CN6-B5 SBFSSOL CN5-B8 30 ms 30 ms 4 288 P*2 556 P*1 5 5 564 P*2 SBPSOL A SBPSOL R CN5-A2 CN5-A3 OSBSW CN6-A5 6 6 30 ms OCM CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13 EFSSOL CN5-A7 7 DFTSW 7 CN6-A14 *1 Burst of OFM pulses *2 Burst of OCM pulses 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-4 E E A E A E A KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E E A A A E E A A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 5 Original feed operation 2: double-sided original mode, multiple originals (2/2) A B C D E F G H I J 1 1 Repeats Switchback operation OSSW Primary feed of next original Scanning the image Original ejection CN6-B2 2 2 OFSOL A CN5-B12 200 ms 3OFSOL R CN5-B13 OFCL 3 CN5-A5 Scanning speed 115 P*1 100 ms 327 P*1 100 ms 4 OFM OFSW CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6 CN6-B5 SBFSSOL CN5-B8 SBPSOL A SBPSOL R CN5-A2 CN5-A3 5 6OSBSW 288 P*2 30 ms 100 ms 20 ms 30 ms 4 556 P*1 5 CN6-A5 6 2337 P*2 30 ms OCM 30 ms + 2337 P*2 CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13 CN5-A7 EFSSOL 7 7 DFTSW CN6-A14 *1 Burst of OFM pulses *2 Burst of OCM pulses 8 A B C D E F G H I 8 J 3-7-5 E E A E A A E KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E E A E A A E A A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 6 Copying an A3/11" × 17" original onto an A5R/51/2" × 81/2" copy paper from the bypass table, magnification ratio 25%, manual copy density control A B C D E F G H I J 1 1 290–30000 ms Toner replenishment Image ready 2 Print key CL CN2-A2 2 600 ms 50 ms 360 ms 3 CFM1 CN3-B4 520 ms CFM2 CN3-B6 520 ms FSW CN13-1 RSW CN8-B2 FCL5 CN12-A2 RCL CN8-B11 ESW CN3-B9 DB REM CN5-B10 50 ms MC REM CN5-B13 520 ms SC REM CN5-B5 TC REM CN5-B7 PFM CN11-3 DM CN12-B4 250 ms PCM CN5-A8 520 ms BYPSOL CN14-A8 100 ms 600 ms 115 ms 65 ms 74 ms 3 100 ms 4 4 5 6 74 ms 80 ms 600 ms 5 300 ms 700 ms 210 ms 270 ms 6 90 ms 7 7 BYPPFCL CN14-A7 300 ms 200 ms 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-6 E E A E A E A KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E E A A A E E A A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 7 Copying an A4/11" × 81/2" original onto an A4/11" × 81/2" copy paper from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control A B C D E F G H I J 1 1 290–30000 ms Toner replenishment Image ready Print key CL CN2-A2 600 ms 50 ms 360 ms 2 3 CFM1 CN3-B4 520 ms CFM2 CN3-B6 520 ms FCL4 CN8-B9 FSW CN13-1 RSW CN8-B2 FCL5 CN12-A2 74 ms RCL CN8-B11 74 ms ESW CN3-B9 DB REM CN5-B10 50 ms MC REM CN5-B13 520 ms SC REM CN5-B5 TC REM CN5-B7 PFM CN11-3 DM CN12-B4 250 ms PCM CN5-A8 520 ms PFCL-U CN15-13 100 ms FCL2 CN12-A8 PFSW2 CN13-7 FCL1 CN12-A4 PFSW1 CN13-4 174 ms 2 600 ms 35 ms 3 100 ms 80 ms 4 4 5 6 600 ms 300 ms 5 700 ms 210 ms 270 ms 6 163 ms 50 ms 58 ms 7 7 28 ms 35 ms 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-7 E E A E A A E KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E E A E A A E A A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 8 Continuous copying of an A5R/51/2" × 81/2" original onto two sheets of A3/11" × 17" copy paper from the copier lower drawer, magnification ratio 400%, manual copy density control A B C 1 D E F Image ready 3 H I Image ready J 1 290–30000 ms Toner replenishment 1.2 s Print key 2 G 600 ms CL CN2-A2 50 ms CFM1 CN3-B4 520 ms CFM2 CN3-B6 520 ms FCL4 CN8-B9 FSW CN13-1 RSW CN8-B2 FCL5 CN12-A2 74 ms RCL CN8-B11 74 ms ESW CN3-B9 360 ms 2 600 ms 174 ms 35 ms 174 ms 35 ms 3 100 ms 100 ms 74 ms 80 ms 80 ms 74 ms 4 5 6 4 DB REM CN5-B10 50 ms MC REM CN5-B13 520 ms SC REM CN5-B5 700 ms 600 ms 300 ms 270 ms 210 ms TC REM CN5-B7 PFM CN11-3 DM CN12-B4 250 ms PCM CN5-A8 520 ms PFCL-L CN15-14 100 ms FCL3 CN12-A10 PFSW3 CN13-10 FCL2 CN12-A8 PFSW2 CN13-7 FCL1 CN12-A4 PFSW1 CN13-4 5 270 ms 210 ms 6 365 ms 128 ms 365 ms 50 ms 35 ms 128 ms 50 ms 7 35 ms 7 128 ms 209 ms 35 ms 35 ms 209 ms 8 A 128 ms 35 ms 35 ms 8 B C D E F G H I J 3-7-8 E E A E A E A KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E 8 A E A B CN10-1,2,3, 4,5 CN9-12 CN9-7 CN9-8 CN9-11 SRHPSW DUPRSW DUPPCSW DUPESW C D E F G A H I A E TC REM CN5-B7 210 ms 700 ms 270 ms 210 ms 270 ms 600 ms 290-30000 ms 360 ms 300 ms 80 ms 100 ms H CN5-B5 CN5-B13 MC REM 50 ms 74 ms 35 ms A SC REM CN5-B10 520 ms 80 ms 100 ms 30 ms A DB REM CN3-B6 CN3-B4 50 ms Image ready 74 ms 35 ms 232 ms G CFM2 CFM1 CN2-A2 CN3-B9 CN8-B11 174 ms 128 ms 58 ms 162 ms F CL ESW RCL CN12-A2 CN8-B2 CN13-1 CN8-B9 CN13-4 CN12-A4 50 ms 100 ms 520 ms E FCL5 RSW FSW FCL4 PFSW1 CN13-7 CN12-A8 CN15-13 CN5-A8 250 ms 500 ms D FCL1 PFSW2 FCL2 PFCL-U PCM CN12-B4 12 P C DM PFM 60 ms 30 ms B CN11-3 CN10-14 DUPPTSOL 200 ms 1160 ms 3 SRM CN10-8 7 CN3-A4 CN10-12 SBFSSOL2 200 ms 5 DUPFWDSOL CN10-10 SBFSSOL1 1160 ms A FSSW CN3-A9 4 FSSOL2 CN3-A8 6 FSSOL1 E Print key A E A I 1 1 2 2 KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A E A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 9 Duplex copying of an A3/11" × 17" book original onto one duplex A4/11" × 81/2" copy from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control J 3 4 5 6 7 8 J 3-7-9 E E E A E A E A A E A A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 10 Continuous, duplex copying of two single-sided A4/11" × 81/2" originals onto two duplex A4/11" × 81/2" copies from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B C D Print key FSSOL1 CN3-A8 FSSOL2 CN3-A9 SBFSSOL1 CN10-10 SBFSSOL2 CN10-12 FSSW CN3-A4 DUPFWDSOL CN10-8 DUPPTSOL CN10-14 SRM SRHPSW CN10-1,2,3, 4,5 CN9-12 DUPRSW CN9-7 DUPPCSW CN9-8 DUPESW CN9-11 PFM CN11-3 DM CN12-B4 PCM CN5-A8 PFCL-U CN15-13 100 ms FCL2 CN12-A8 50 ms PFSW2 CN13-7 FCL1 CN12-A4 PFSW1 CN13-4 FCL4 CN8-B9 FSW CN13-1 RSW CN8-B2 FCL5 CN12-A2 RCL CN8-B11 ESW CN3-B9 CL CN2-A2 CFM1 CN3-B4 CFM2 CN3-B6 DB REM CN5-B10 MC REM CN5-B13 SC REM CN5-B5 TC REM CN5-B7 E 1160 ms G H I J 1 200 ms 1160 ms 200 ms 30 ms 30 ms 60 ms 12 P 60 ms 12 P 2 12 P 3 250 ms 34 ms 520 ms 162 ms 58 ms 4 128 ms 58 ms 232 ms 128 ms 35 ms 174 ms 174 ms 35 ms 100 ms 74 ms 1200 ms 80 ms 232 ms 30 ms 100 ms 35 ms 80 ms 74 ms 5 35 ms 30 ms 100 ms 100 ms 1200 ms 80 ms 80 ms 6 Image ready 600 ms 50 ms 360 ms 520 ms 290-30000 ms 7 50 ms 300 ms 700 ms 210 ms 270 ms 270 ms 210 ms A F B C D E 210 ms 8 270 ms 210 ms F G 270 ms H I J 3-7-10 E E A E A E A KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E E A A A E E A A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 11 Primary paper feed from large paper deck right cassette A B C D E F G H I J 1 PFCL1: On for the first sheet PFCL1: On for the second sheet 1 2 3 Paper feed shignal from the copier 100 ms 2 3 100 ms 4 64 P 4 64 P PFSW4 (from the copier) PPSENS1 CN4-9 5 5 PPSENS2 CN1-6 PPSENS3 CN1-11 6 6 PFCL1 CN4-4 CCL CN4-6 7 7 PFCL2 CN4-5 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-11 E E A E A A E KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E E A E A A E A A E E 2A3/4 Timing chart No. 12 Primary paper feed from large paper deck left cassette A B C D E F G H I J 1 PFCL1: On for the first sheet PFCL1: On for the second sheet 1 2 3 Paper feed signal from the copier 100 ms 2 3 100 ms 64 P 4 64 P PFSW4 (from the copier) 4 PPSENS1 CN4-9 5 5 PPSENS2 CN1-6 PPSENS3 CN1-11 6 6 PFCL1 CN4-4 CCL CN4-6 7 43 P 43 P 7 PFCL2 CN4-5 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-12 E E A E A E A KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E Power source PCB 1/2 2A3/4 A B C D E F G H I J 1 1 CN8-1 F1 2 R1 C1 TAB1 L1 Z1 TAB3 C3 C2 D001 2 2 L2 CN8-5 + 2 R117 1 4.5 C112 RF1 C11 C9 3 R115 C102 R116 C10 CN9-1 R2 6 C8 C4 TAB2 R118 3 1 4 F2 D107 R119 TR1 L3 R114 3 R122 TAB4 R121 R3 D109 D106 3 + R120 C101 Q1 D108 C103 Q2 2 1.2 2 1 1 D105 R108 3 4 D103 R109 3 4 R113 R111 R112 R110 C104 D104 R125 CN9-3 R129 C113 C114 5 5 1 R123 ZD103 4 3 TR2 R101 8 PT1 2 B1 3 R124 R104 CN10-1 1 R128 6 PC2 PC3 ZD102 Q3 + 3 TR3 C110 4 6 IC1 2 3 1 3 5 R106 4 6 + C111 C105 C102 C108 4 R107 C109 PC1 3 3 R127 7 ZD101 PT2 2 7 R105 4 8 C106 2 C116 1 R103 D102 C115 R126 D101 CN10-2 7 9 C107 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-13 Power source PCB 2/2 2A3/4 A B C C201 D E F G 1 AB1 B2 3 R206 2 D202 C203 3 B3 + C204 R202 L201 AB2 16 1 PC1 2 C202 1 2 1 CN1-2 Q201 3 2 2 12 J CN1-1 D201 13 I R201 1 14 H CN1-3 R208 CN1-4 1 R207 C205 C206 ZD201 R203 R209 CN5-1 4 5 6 CN5-2 R204 PC2 IC2 18 19 F201 1 R205 1 2 CN5-8 2 CN5-3 13 12 CN5-4 17 18 Q202 R212 R210 3 Q203 3 CN4-2 2 R211 1 3 C207 R213 CN5-5 CN1-7 CN3-1 TRNS CN5-6 1 CN1-6 CN1-8 8 9 F202 2 2 CN1-5 CN3-2 3 CN3-3 D203 CN3-4 CN3-5 CN3-6 R321 Q305 4 2 1 3 R322 CN3-7 R323 R325 Q306 2 3 R324 1 CN3-8 R326 R327 ZD401 CN6-2 CN6-3 5 + R401 C310 R317 L301 ZD301 1Q304 2 3 R318 Q303 R302 C301 R311 + IC3 R304 C303 3 D302 R312 6 C302 L302 Q301 2 3 R301 R305 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CN2-2 CN2-4 CN2-3 CN2-5 Q302 2 3 1 1 CN6-6 CN7-5 CN7-6 CN7-9 1 5 CN6-7 CN2-7 2 2 D301 CN6-5 CN2-6 CN7-7 F301 CN7-1 R313 F302 1 3 R316 8 6 CN7-2 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 + CN6-4 CN2-1 R320 R319 D304 R303 4 CN6-1 C308 R314 C307 CN7-3 + C309 4 PC3 + 3 R501 R503 CN4-3 Q501 2 C306 D303 7 R306 B4 C401 R308 R307 C304 C402 IC4 C403 3 1 + + 2 C305 R315 R310 R309 C501 1 CN4-1 PT1 1 C404 7 3 R502 1 2 R601 2 R602 CN4-4 H1 CN4-5 H2 PT2 8 8 FG A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-14 Engine PCB 1/2 2A3/4 A B C D E S R76 D13 R78 D16 SSW1 SOURCE C PWSW-U DIG2 B CN4-6 CN1-81 SSW1 E S G 1 PWSW-U DIG1 CN9-20 PWSW-U DIG0 CN9-19 PLSW-U CN8-A8 R60 S SSW1 CN4-1 CN1-11 TR6 R62 SSW1 C27 PWSW-L DIG2 CN9-25 PWSW-L DIG1 CN9-24 PWSW-L DIG0 S G SSW2 SOURCE P G CN4-2 PLSW-L R93 S R96 SSW2 CN1-9 TR8 SSW2 C41 R95 S G 2 SSW3 SOURCE P G CN4-8 2 4 3 1 R172 R171 CN8-A10 CN14-B2 BYPPWSW DIG1 CN14-B3 BYPPWSW DIG0 CN14-B4 BYPPLSW CN14-B8 R100 SSW3 TR12 CN4-3 R101 PRY SOURCE CN1-10 C42 SSW3 S G P G CN4-4 PSW-L CN15-10 PSW-U CN15-9 BYPPSW CN14-A4 LICSW-L CN15-4 DUPPCSW PWSW-U DIG2 PWSW-U DIG1 PWSW-U DIG0 PLSW-U R127 4 3 2 1 R125 R117 7 5 6 8 CN1-43 CN1-44 CN1-45 CN1-46 RA4 DUPESW CN9-11 DUPRSW CN9-7 PWSW-L DIG2 PWSW-L DIG1 PWSW-L DIG0 PLSW-L DM LOCK PCM LOCK R103 R110 RA3 CN12-B3 CN5-A7 ST ALM CN5-B3 MC ALM CN5-B11 CN1-51 CN1-52 CN1-53 CN1-54 BYPPWSW DIG2 BYPPWSW DIG1 BYPPWSW DIG0 BYPPLSW TLDS TLS SBESW 4 3 2 1 CN9-16 5 6 7 8 CN1-55 CN1-56 CN1-57 CN1-58 R124 PSW-L PSW-U BYPPSW LICSW-L CN2-B3 CN2-A10 CN3-A1 ESW CN3-B9 FSSW CN3-A4 CN18-3 SET SIG CN16-8 PFM LOCK CN11-2 R116 S G S R99 CN4-9 PRY REM BYPEDSW CN1-80 PRY REM P G 3 CN14-B5 SRHPSW CN9-12 SET SIG CN9-2 LICSW-U CN15-3 2 3 4 1 R112 R117 R181 RA1 7 6 5 8 CN1-60 CN1-61 CN1-62 CN1-59 R109 BYPEDSW SRHPSW SET SIG LICSW-U S NF59 CN18-11 DECK RxD R159 R160 R156 1 2 NF71 CN17-4 CN1-27 RxD IC1 C59 R158 S G PFSW1 CN13-4 PFSW2 CN13-7 PFSW3 CN13-10 PFSW4 CN13-13 PFSW4 CN17-7 4 3 2 1 R194 R193 R192 4 DECK TxD 1 IC19 2 NF70 CN1-26 CN17-6 S NF48 12 CN18-6 NF61 13 IC19 3 IC19 4 CN18-7 NF47 5 IC19 6 CN18-8 TxD R129 CN1-98 R130 CN1-99 R131 CN1-100 NF75 5 R197 R168 R167 CN1-90 FTH CN3-B8 C40 REM (METER PULSE) 10 CN16-10 CN1-89 S NF78 9 IC19 8 CN16-2 R128 CN1-97 CN21-4 D4 NF51 FTxD S G R141 CN1-92 B E S G NF69 6 CN17-11 8 5 IC18 R13 R12 R20 R16 R22 R21 R44 R46 R161 R162 CN1-3 TLDS CN1-4 TLS CN1-5 SBESW CN1-6 ESW CN1-7 14 FSSW R89 CN5-A1 14 C14 S G 7 R7 NF22 14 S G C48 7 14 S G R119 7 C47 C45 7 S G R6 NF11 14 C18 14 C19 S G 7 R26 NF16 R120 NF24 S IC6 C16 S IC19 S G S IC5 C44 14 C13 C9 R5 NF10 S NF23 S IC2 C8 IC18 7 14 C12 IC1 C10 7 NF2 S S C50 IC20 C17 S G 7 R28 2 C46 S G NF12 R122 NF14 S R199 R198 R154 R155 R148 R147 R196 R195 R32 R23 R66 R57 CN1-24 SET SIG CN1-32 PFM LOCK IC13 + CN1-33 RSW CN1-34 FSW C35 8 – S G CN1-64 R150 R151 R149 CN1-25 IC7 C20 4 S G C25 4 S G R59 R33 NF25 K . COUNTER SET SIG FINISHER SET SIG C28 IC11 – R71 8 C22 8 + C30 4 CN1-63 NF17 4 IC21 C51 + C47 – 11 S G CN1-74 IC14 – C31 4 S G R123 IC12 C36 8 + C34 + 8 – C29 4 S G R72 3 R NF15 9,16 S G COM 4,5 S 1,8 12,13 P G IC4 IC9 IC16 IC17 ×4 NF73 CN13-6 CN13-9 NF8 CN3-A5 CN3-A3 CN3-B10 CN3-A6 CN3-B7 CN3-B11 CN14-A3 CN5-A4 CN5-A2 CN14-A9 CN5-A9 CN5-A10 CN14-B7 CN5-B9 CN14-B6 NF33 NF43 6 – S G CN13-15 IC12 + 1 CN9-13 CN9-1 CN15-11 C53 CN9-14 CN9-3 CN15-12 R140 CN9-15 CN9-4 CN16-7 CN11-4 CN9-9 CN16-9 CN12-A6 CN9-10 CN16-11 CN12-B5 CN9-17 CN17-1 CN13-2 CN9-18 CN17-3 CN13-5 CN9-22 CN13-8 CN9-26 CN18-4 CN11-5 CN18-10 NF53 NF39 NF72 NF46 CN12-A5 CN12-B6 NF9 NF18 NF52 S G C52 ETTH CN17-2 CN19-A1 CN19-A2 S G G (24 V) CN6-3 E 5.1 V C56 C5 CN6-4 G (5 V) CN1-70 LSU5 V ON/OFF CN6-5 CN7-1 R24 V + R153 CN17-5 S G R CN18-12 6 R11 CN19-B9 CN20-4 CN21-1 R10 12 V IC23 D5 CN17-13 N.C CN8-A1 N.C CN17-14 N.C CN8-A6 N.C CN17-15 N.C CN12-B1 N.C CN17-16 N.C CN16-3 CN18-5 D G C15 S G I C63 + C52 C7 R166 CN7-2 CN6-6 P G N.C CN5-B14 N.C N.C CN6-2 5 NF37 C57 R165 CN16-4 24 V + S C51 N.C C4 P G C50 CN5-A5 CN6-1 NF31 CN21-3 N.C 24 V OFF CN14-B1 CN15-1 CN2-B1 CN1-20 ZD1 CN15-6 NF77 IC7 S G CN15-5 NF65 NF20 1 – 2 10 CN8-B3 NF80 CN1-18 IC1 CN8-A9 CN15-7 2 – 7 + (A) R48 CN8-A7 CN14-A2 NF19 7 CN9-5 NF28 R79 R49 3 (A) C24 11 S G 4 R47 + IC7 CN8-B1 CN14-A1 R9 5 CN13-12 NF29 NF21 S G 3 NF1 S IC3 CN1-22 CN2-B5 F1 G (24 V) 7 N.C CN19-A3 CN19-A4 S EHUMSENS CN5-A3 5 IC12 + 7 6 – C38 CN1-95 S G R75 NF66 DM LOCK PCM LOCK ST ALM MC ALM R15 R14 CN13-3 CN13-14 S CN1-94 1 CN15-2 R81 9 IC18 R136 CN2-B2 R104 CN1-93 8 CN1-42 CN1-41 CN1-40 CN1-39 CN2-B4 CN15-8 CN1-103 R118 8 7 6 5 CN2-A11 CN13-11 R8 C37 13 11 IC18 CN17-10 TNS SIG C11 R90 S G NF68 CN1-1 + CN1-2 DT12 R152 NF5 CN9-6 CN1-102 RESET IC18 NF79 H.ALARM NF54 CN2-B7 FTxD S G 12 CN17-8 10 CN1-21 S G ETTH CN17-9 NF64 R3 D1 CN1-91 1 2 3 4 R157 J DUPPCSW DUPESW DUPRSW STKSW NF3 RA2 CN2-A9 CN14-B9 3 IC13 C ZD2 NF67 D2 FRxD S G R143 7 1 NF74 CN2-B11 R146 C58 CN8-A11 S S G NF49 NF45 S 4 CN21-2 CN21-5 FTH S G C1 6 ZD3 RESET CN1-8 R84 + REM (METER PULSE) IC1 5 C54 R145 S G R87 NF40 TNS SIG R139 CN21-6 NF4 NF26 R86 R4 R144 NF50 FRxD S TxD S 6 CN20-3 CN1-31 CN1-30 CN1-29 CN1-28 I R201 NF7 2 – IC13 S R85 11 IC19 CN13-1 6 7 5 8 R176 R200 S 3 R180 RA8 CN2-A12 S G NF76 FSW CN19-A9 PFSW1 PFSW2 PFSW3 PFSW4 9 C21 RxD C64 R169 8 IC14 3 + 1 2 – R34 R178 H IC1 B S G 4 3 CN8-B2 CN3-A2 IC1 TxD C R24 CN16-12 CN1-38 CN1-37 CN1-36 CN1-35 E S G S RxD 5 6 7 8 R191 DT13 NF60 CN18-9 RA5 RSW K . COUNTER SET SIG FINISHER SET SIG R111 S G S 3 2 4 1 R179 S 5 6 7 8 R106 R105 CN9-8 S RA6 R163 S R102 CN1-47 CN1-48 CN1-49 CN1-50 STKSW R170 CN9-23 BYPPWSW DIG2 7 6 5 8 R164 S R94 CN4-7 R175 S R61 R63 R174 G S 2 RA7 3 4 1 R173 CN9-21 F CN19-A5 R67 CN1-19 D3 S G CN19-A6 EHUMSENS CN19-A7 CN19-A8 8 R54 S R189 R190 CN17-12 CN1-96 R188 S G A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-15 Engine PCB 2/2 2A3/4 CN1-107 FCL1 CN1-106 FCL2 CN1-105 1 FCL3 SRM A SRM B SRM A_ SRM B_ 2 PFCL-U PFCL-L BYPPFCL KC COUNT CN1-104 CN1-123 CN1-122 CN1-121 CN1-120 CN1-132 CN1-131 CN1-134 CN1-139 IC16 3 CN12-A2 2 IC16 6 7 15 IC16 11 IC17 3 IC17 6 CN12-A8 FCL2 CN10-3 7 IC17 14 CN10-2 15 IC17 11 CN10-1 10 6 FCL1 CN10-4 2 3 CN12-A4 CN12-A10 10 IC9 CN1-65 FCL5 CN1-66 IC16 14 IC9 D CN1-135 FCL3 CN1-136 SRM A CN15-13 CN15-14 7 IC9 11 CN14-A7 10 SRM B CN1-67 CN20-2 15 E DT15 CN1-133 B IC5 13 IC6 11 IC5 11 R126 CN1-68 SRM B_ TC 3 CN1-101 TC CN19-B7 9 IC5 8 IC5 5 6 IC6 13 12 IC5 4 CN1-138 PFCL-L 3 S R25 BYPPFCL IC5 1 2 3 4 CN1-13 R88 IC6 R BYPSOL H2 REM CN1-108 IC6 5 6 R51 R133 CN1-15 R134 DM CLK NF6 CN2-B9 1 CN1-112 TNS CONT S R27 DM REM IC21 + 1 NF44 CN5-B4 2 – SC CONT SC REM TC REM 5 IC21 + 7 6 – DB CONT 10 CN1-16 R52 DT2 CN19-B4 R135 R53 CN19-B3 FSSOL2 CN1-79 2 IC20 1 (A) 2 CN1-83 IC20 3 (A) 4 CN1-84 CN5-B6 TC CONT DB REM NF34 CN5-B8 9 – IC21 + 14 13 – 12 R132 R83 S S G D15 P G 2C 4 R55 TR10 DT4 FSSOL2 TR5 CN19-B2 MSW OFF B CN1-82 CN19-B1 E R1 CN19-B10 IC4 NF62 CN6-7 H1 REM CN6-8 H2 REM DM REM 11 NF63 10 CN3-B4 CN3-B6 CFM1 REM CFM2 REM CN3-A11 ESCL IC4 ESCL 14 CN1-77 15 CN1-128 NF42 CN12-B2 DM CLK DUPPTSOL CN1-127 1C 6 R184 1 1B E 3 2B D26 P G TR18 CN10-14 5 (A) CN1-85 SC REM NF35 CN5-B7 TC REM SBFSSOL1 SBFSSOL2 CN1-126 DB CONT MC REM 6 IC20 9 (A) 8 CN1-86 IC20 11 (A) 10 CN1-110 NF30 CN5-B12 S GRID CONT PCM REM CN1-111 R121 13 IC20 12 (A) DUPPTSOL CN1-125 R CN10-10 1C 6 R187 S 2 D27 P G 2C 4 R186 CCM FWD CCM REV TR19 R137 R138 NF27 CN5-B13 MC REM CN1-124 CN1-129 NF57 CN5-A6 1 1B E 3 2B 1C 6 R182 CN10-12 CN10-18 D24 P G TR16 E CN1-114 B N.C. IFFM REM CN1-71 CL REM CN1-72 CN5-A8 PCM REM R18 P G CN10-11 CN12-B10 CN8-A2 CN10-13 CN12-B9 CN2-B8 CN8-A4 CN10-15 CN14-A5 CN3-A7 CN8-B10 CN10-17 CN14-A6 CN3-A10 CN8-B8 CN11-8 CN15-15 CN3-B5 CN8-B6 CN11-9 CN15-16 CN3-B3 CN10-5 CN12-A1 CN3-B1 CN10-6 CN12-A3 CN5-A13 CN10-7 CN12-A7 PFM REM CN1-87 F2 CN4-5 5 2B PFM CLK 12 D 11 2 12 NF55 CN11-3 3 S 6 TFM/TRM CLK 12 IC3 IC3 8 11 1 R35 R29 R31 R37 S 4 17 14 7 6 6 IC3 C2 + P G I1 I2 I3 I4 R D6 D9 S CN11-6 CN2-A5 CN2-A6 CN2-A7 CN2-A8 IC18 D8 8 CN17-17 CN16-6 CN18-1 CN17-18 CN19-A10 7 P G R58 R74 1 R73 IC11 _INH IC11 7 6 2 CN1-69 ENG5 V C33 S G CN12-B7 TFM– TFM+ TRM– TRM+ D11 D12 D13 IC11 CN11-7 CN16-5 D10 3 O1 18 O2 13 O3 8 O4 S C26 S G F3 CN12-B8 D7 3 1 Vdd 2 GND 3 OUT CN5-A12 R P G IC8 IC10 CN1-73 S S G 2 S CN5-A11 CN5-B2 13 4 13 CN2-B6 IC3 5 _Q 1 IC1 Q 13 CLK PFM REM 1E 1 S G CN20-1 D 2C 3 5 8 C23 10 9 _Q IC2 4 DT7 Q 9 CLK S 1C 6 2 1B CN16-1 CN2-B10 CN11-1 S G 4 2E S G 10 NF56 1E 1 S CN1-75 IC2 5 15 10 20 6 16 CN5-B1 CN2-B12 TFM REM S INH1 INH2 N.C. N.C. Vcc2 Vcc1 CN2-A3 1C 6 2 1B CL REM R36 SEN1 SEN2 GND GND SEN3 SEN4 CN12-A9 CN2-A2 5 P G 2C 4 R17 CN1-76 2 19 1 11 12 9 CN10-9 4 DT8 2E 2C 3 _CLR CN5-A14 5 2B IFFM REM R30 _PRE CN2-A1 CN1-88 TR2 1C 6 R19 1 1B E 3 2B TR1 _PRE PFM CLK R CN2-A4 P G P G NF58 _CLR 7 R PCFM REM TR14 R142 C N.C. TRM REM R CN8-B7 4 S 2 S R CCM FWD CCM REV S SBFSSOL2 R CN10-16 CN8-B5 CN8-B4 IC22 DT6 TR15 2C 4 R183 P G DT1 S 2 PCM CLK D18 2 6 IN1 OUT1 3 IN2 OUT2 4 5 P G CN5-B10 DB REM DT9 3 C5 8 VCC VCC 1 2 9 INH MONI SBFSSOL1 R P G NF32 7 _INH CN1-116 CN1-117 1 S G GND TR20 1 1B E 3 2B D23 CLM-U CLM-L FCL4 RCL + C55 S D28 CN5-B5 CN8-A3 CN8-A5 CN8-B9 CN8-B11 S R P G DT11 3 O1 18 O2 13 O3 8 O4 DUPFWDSOL NF41 NF38 I1 I2 I3 I4 R CN10-8 S 2 CN12-B4 DM REM D22 D17 D19 D20 P G P G TR17 2C 4 R185 C3 + R114 S G 4 17 14 7 IC15 R113 R107 R108 R115 CN1-119 CN1-118 CN1-130 CN1-115 CLM-U CLM-L FCL4 RCL R C43 S G _INH S G 6 S 7 S G NF13 2 P G R2 5 MSW OFF R98 S G IC4 CN4-10 TR11 R91 C P G R65 _RES S G R CN3-A9 R92 R97 C39 R82 FSSOL1 PCFM REM IC20 PCM CLK CN1-17 CN3-A8 R56 DUPFWDSOL 2 1 CN1-113 S G GRID CONT R70 R TR4 1C 6 R54 1 1B S 2 E 3 2B CN1-78 IC6 NF36 IC21 + 8 5 IC13 + 7 C32 6 – CN1-12 CN19-B5 S G 5 MAIN 5 V P G D25 S G TC CONT R39 DM REM 3 CN1-14 R69 R42 S G DT10 S G SC CONT 1 CN19-B6 IC18 7 TC S CN1-109 J R40 TR3 KC COUNT R90 R77 4 CN3-B2 TR13 IC14 + 5 6 – I R41 CN1-23 P G TNS CONT 2 S R38 PFCL-U CN14-A8 C 10 R50 H IC4 CN19-B8 12 10 G R43 R45 SRM A_ D21 S 8 FSSOL1 H1 REM BYPSOL 9 CN1-140 IC9 14 3 IC6 F D14 CN1-137 2 E 5 15 10 20 6 16 FCL5 C INH1 2 INH2 19 N.C. 1 N.C. 11 Vcc2 12 Vcc1 9 B 2 SEN1 19 SEN2 1 GND 11 GND 12 SEN3 9 SEN4 A 3 5 _RES 8 CN18-2 P G A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-16 Main PCB 1/9 2A3/4 A B C D F G H I J IC52 R507 R508 SCANNER START 1 E 1 2 1 R503 R504 T×D SCANNER 4 TR25 2E R506 ENGHEAD–SCAN 3 2C 2B 5 6 1C 1B 2 TR28 IC52 R505 4 3 4 2E 2C 3 5 2B 1C 6 2 1B SCANNER ACK TR27 1E 1 2 5 2B 4 TR26 S G R×D SCANNER 2E 3 2C 2B 5 6 1C 1B 2 2 1B SC TIM 1E 1 4 S G 2E 2C 3 1C 6 1E 1 TR22 S G OCM ENABLE R454 RSV1 RSV2 CN5–2 OSD ENGACK–SCAN R481 7 8 6 5 6 5 7 8 3 4 2 1 5 6 9 CN13–B4 1 1B 3 2B 8 2C 4 SBPSOL1 12 CN13–A11 OFM RET OFM CWB OCM M2 CN13–B11 OCM M1 CN13–A8 5 CN5–11 CN5–6 CN5–5 SM ENABLE SBFSSOL TP10 SM CWB SM M2 SM M1 R391 CN5–13 OFM ENABLE TR18 4 R392 2E 2B 5 6 1C 1B 2 S G /RST /WEL 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 XT5 1 A 2 B 3 C 6 G1 4 _G2A 5 _G2B S G OSLED(GN) CN13–A2 R394 S G OSLED(RED) CN13–A1 ROMCS_ CN5–1 OSD R395 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 3 2B TR14 B CN13–B1 Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 MIPCS_ SHDCS_ 1 1B CN13–B3 3 2B S G CN13–B2 TR9 CN13–B6 1C 5 R6 2 E 3 2B CN13–B11 S G CN13–B8 2C 4 S G 1 1B B EL ON REM C TR17 3 2B CN13–A2 CN5–14 1 1B 2C 4 S G TR12 CN13–A5 CN13–A3 CN13–A4 1C 5 2 E 3 2B CN13–A6 2C 4 CN13–A9 CN13–A10 S G R390 R389 CN5–3 TR13 ODSW D(7:0) 1 1B CN13–A8 R387 1 4 3 2 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 6 8 7 6 5 7 6 5 8 4 2 1 3 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 1 LA6 LA4 LA1 CN13–B1 CN13–B2 CN13–B3 CN13–B4 CN13–B5 CN13–B6 CN13–B7 CN13–B8 CN13–B9 CN13–B10 CN13–B11 OFM RET OFM CLK OFM CWB OCM ENABLE OCM RET OCM CLK OCM CWB OCM Vref OCM M3 OCM M2 OCM M1 CN13–A1 CN13–A2 CN13–A3 CN13–A4 CN13–A5 CN13–A6 CN13–A7 CN13–A8 CN13–A9 CN13–A10 CN13–A11 OSLED(RED) OSLED(GN) SBPSOL2 SBPSOL1 DFCL EFSSOL 4 1C 5 2 E E 8 5 6 7 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 TR10 CN13–A1 CN13–A5 OFCL OSSW DF SHORT DFSSW2 DFSSW1 OSLSW S G 2C 4 1 1B 3 E 1C 5 2 E CN13–B4 4 3 2 1 L195 S G C TR15 CN13–B10 RA71 5 6 7 8 CN5–14 CN5–15 2C 4 RA41 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RA70 CN14–3 CN14–6 CN14–8 CN14–9 CN14–10 LA7 S G A9 A10 C242 C243 + VDD 50 VSS P14 /CS2 P12 /CS0 P10 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 P07 P06 P05 P04 P03 P02 P01 P00 /WEH IC53 CN5–10 1C 5 OSD OSD ODSW SM Vref SM M1 SM M2 SM M3 SM M4 SM M5 SM CLK SM CWB SM RET SM ENABLE EL ON REM SHPSW G(5 V) LA2 LA3 LA5 5 SBFSSOL OFSOL2 OFSOL1 OFM ENABLE 1C 5 2 E _WR OFM CLK 1B 2 RA72 A(8:0) 1E 1 S G _CE _OE 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 RA77 22 24 ROMCS_ S G L174 1 Vpp 32 Vcc 16 GND S G RA87 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 5 8 7 6 5 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 RA92 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 3 2 1 4 1 2 3 4 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 4 3 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31 RA88 RA78 S G A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 R383 A18 R384 1 2 6 1C 6 A9 A10 C236 CN13–B2 2B 5 2C 4 S G C235 7 TR20 RA82 4 2E 3 2C _RD RA83 1E 1 RA79 1B 2 5 4 A18 6 3 A17 7 2 A16 8 1 A15 5 4 A14 6 3 2 RA75 A13 7 A12 8 1 A11 5 4 A10 6 3 2 RA74 A9 7 A8 8 1 A7 5 4 A6 6 3 2 RA73 A5 7 A4 8 1 A3 5 4 A2 6 3 A1 7 2 A0 8 1 6 1C RA80 OCM CLK 2B 5 RA81 CN13–B6 4 2E 3 2C S G 3 2B CN13–A11 R388 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 S G S G TR19 RA76 1E 1 C239 SM CLK C238 CN5–10 6 C240 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 3 2C P53 P60 P61 P62 P63 P64 P65 P66 P67 P70 P71 P72 P73 P74 P75 P76 P77 SYSCLK VDD /XI XO VDD /OSCI OSCO VSS /RE 1B 1 S G CN13–B10 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 P52 P51 P50 P43 P42 P41 P40 P37 P36 P35 P34 P33 P32 P31 P30 AVSS AVDD P23 P22 P21 P20 /WORD /BUSGT /BUSRQ 2B 3 5 1C S G C51 4 3 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 1 2 E 2 CN13–B3 CN14–7 C241 S G IC39 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A09 A08 A07 A06 A05 A04 A03 A02 A01 A00 4 2C OFSOL1 CN13–B1 1 1B 2 E L173 RA69 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 CN13–A10 4 CN13–A4 OSWSW CN5–1 CN5–2 CN5–3 CN5–4 CN5–5 CN5–6 CN5–7 CN5–8 CN5–9 CN5–10 CN5–11 CN5–12 CN5–13 CN5–14 CN5–15 CN5–16 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 R7 TR21 S G TR16 CN5–3 CN5–4 2C 4 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 LA8 CN5–13 4 3 LA9 1 2 4 3 CN5–2 S G S G RESET SCANNER CN13–A9 CN13–A3 R393 RA66 RA84 1C 5 3 2B CN5–6 SBPSOL2 1C 5 2 2 E CN5–11 13 1 2 2 E TR11 R502 1 2 OFSOL2 1 1B CN5–5 10 C284 C283 11 C282 3 2 1 3 4 C281 CN14–2 CN14–1 CN5–15 CN14–11 OFSW OSBSW SHPSW DFTSW IC52 RA90 CN13–A6 EFSSOL OVSYNC R501 4 3 CN5–1 S G RA86 RA85 SCAN HEAD 1E 1 LA12 OSBSW OFSW OSSW RSV RSV DF SHORT OSWSW DFSSW2 DFSSW1 OSLSW DFTSW CN14–1 CN14–2 CN14–3 CN14–4 CN14–5 CN14–6 CN14–7 CN14–8 CN14–9 CN14–10 CN14–11 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 5 1 6 7 LA11 2 8 5 6 LA10 7 8 4 3 RSV1 RSV2 RA91 1 4 3 2 7 CN14–1 CN14–2 CN14–3 R8 8 5 6 7 CN14–6 CN14–7 CN14–8 CN14–9 CN14–10 CN14–11 R386 8 8 R385 S G A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-17 Main PCB 2/9 2A3/4 A B C D E R211 F G R210 3 4 CN12–6 R212 8 IC18 1 C133 – C134 R219 A G R186 A G J C132 + R220 C144 VO_O– R232 D2 R234 C145 R233 CN12–7 R231 VO_O+ R230 1 I C131 D3 1 2 H A G C146 R213 A G D4 R185 L103 S G S G TP9 R205 R203 R202 CLKIN FM1 +12 V 1 CN12–3 3 S G C16 2 G(ANALOG) CN12–2 G(ANALOG) CN12–1 TP2 A G 6 RA24 1 2 SVSYNCIN 4 3 C17 TP3 SHSYNCIN RA25 MIPIN4 MIPIN5 MIPIN6 MIPIN7 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 C20 C19 C18 S G C24 A G C9 C10 C120 C11 C12 C121 R185 C125 C124 A G 6 IC31 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 A G 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 20 21 24 2 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 AVSS AVSS DVSS DVSS 12 17 23 19 16 22 14 15 18 11 13 1 L127 L129 TR8 S G TP6 CLK VRT VRB VIN VRTS VRBS AVDD AVDD AVDD DVDD DVDD _OE A 7 A G R279 OVSYNC S G S G R285 R284 A5 A6 A7 A8 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 R286 R204 L128 R282 C172 R283 RESET SCANNER S G A L104 S G C171 C173 12 17 23 19 16 22 14 15 18 11 13 1 TP7 RA33 L125 L124 L123 L122 C142 R2 CLK VRT VRB VIN VRTS VRBS AVDD AVDD AVDD DVDD DVDD _OE D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 AVSS AVSS DVSS DVSS S G RA29 S G TP4 MREIN AIN1 8 7 6 5 RA11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 4 3 R280 S G MIPIN(7:0) I1 AVCC CLP1 SHPE SHDE1 SHDE2 MPX SHPO SHDO CLP2 CLP3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 8 7 6 5 RA34 1 2 3 4 RA28 5 IC30 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 20 21 24 2 TP5 8 7 6 5 PGND 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 C128 1 2 RA26 7 L2 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 WR RD L21 C129 C127 C1 RA32 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 VSS A5 A6 A7 A8 _SHDCS VDD3 V _IOWR _IORD D0 D1 VSS D2 D3 TPD D4 D5 VDD5 V D6 D7 XTST _RESET VSS XTCK0 XTCK1 XSM MST VDD3 V MMS0 MMS1 SMCK TEST0 TEST1 VSS TEST2 TEST3 TEST4 TEST5 TEST6 1 2 3 4 RA31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 MIPIN0 MIPIN1 MIPIN2 MIPIN3 IC29 4 3 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 R277 C168 3 2 RA27 C169 GND R291 VCC DO4– C176 DI4 DO4+ 8 7 6 5 C14 DI3 C123 C13 L119 DO3+ RA23 1 2 3 4 R183 C122 CN11–1 DI2 R180 C117 +5 V DO2– B FM2 1 DI1 C118 CN11–2 EN DO2+ DO3– 4 12 S G 1 7 9 15 16 8 EN DO1– 4 C22 C116 CN11–3 +5 V DO1+ CXAL0 CXAL1 CXAL2 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 R274 +5 V 3 3 5 2 10 6 10 11 L117 L118 L111 L112 L113 L114 L115 L116 CN11–5 CN11–4 CN11–11 CN11–10 CN11–9 CN11–8 CN11–7 CN11–6 TP1 C15 5 IC28 C175 S G SHPE SHD0 CXADT7 CXADT6 CXADT5 VSS VDD3 V CXADT4 CXADT3 CXADT2 CXADT1 VDD5 V CXADT0 CXAL2 CXAL1 CXAL0 VSS CXARD _CXAWR EVEN7 EVEN6 EVEN5 EVEN4 EVEN3 EVEN2 EVEN1 EVEN0 VSS ADCCLK2 ADCCLK1 ODDM7 ODDM6 VDD5 V ODDM5 ODDM4 ODDM3 ODDM2 VDD3 V VSS ODDM1 ODDM0 _PHSYNC PVSYNC TEST7 A G C119 DA0 R249 A G R182 R248 4 REFHE0 REFHE1 REFHE2 REFHE3 REFHE4 VSS VDD3 V REFHE5 REFHE6 REFHE7 SHIFT VDD5 V CCDCLK1 CCDCLK2 CCDCLK1 CCDCLK2 VSS _BCLAMP RS1 RS2 OVSS CLAMP1 CLAMP2 OVDD5 SPHOLD1 SPHOLD2 _PCLK VSS PCLK OVSS SVSYNC _SHSYNC VDD5 V SHDOUT0 SHDOUT1 SHDOUT2 SHDOUT3 VDD3 V VSS SHDOUT4 SHDOUT5 SHDOUT6 SHDOUT7 MRE 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 3 R181 R247 8 7 6 + RA30 RA6 1 2 3 CXAL0 CXAL1 CXAL2 DA1 + 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 RA9 DA2 4 3 L105 R278 R244 AIN2 A G C23 R242 REFHO7 REFHO6 REFHO5 REFHO4 REFHO3 VSS REFHO2 REFHO1 REFHO0 REFLE7 REFLE6 VDD3 V REFLE5 REFLE4 REFLE3 REFLE2 VSS REFLE1 REFLE0 REFLO7 REFLO6 VDD5 V REFLO5 REFLO4 REFLO3 REFLO2 INCLK VSS STOP2 STOP1 AVDD2 AVSS2 AVDD1 AVSS1 REFLO1 REFLO0 MPX CLP3 VSS CLP2 CLP1 SHDE2 SHDE1 SHPO R241 6 R243 DA3 IC20 1 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 AGND MPXOUT VRT VRB CLPOC1 CLPEC1 TDA AIN5 AIN4 AIN3 L106 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 + 5 – φ SHIFT+ φ SHIFT– φ CLK+ φ CLK– φ RS+ φ RS– φ CLP+ φ CLP– C6 S G R240 ODDIN1 T2 T3 EVENIN2 EVENIN1 DVCC CLPOC2 CLPEC2 DGND L0 L1 S G 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 C5 R246 IC27 7 A GS G RA8 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 RA7 R245 R189 + C126 R192 R196 R206 S G R197 R198 S G R207 R208 R209 R229 3 R199 R228 RA10 ODDOUT ODDIN2 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 DA5 DA4 OCM Vref CN13–B C83 L24 C136 R187 C8 C7 C137 + R188 R190 DA2 DA1 DA0 NC GND 1 2 A G C2 L99 S G DA3 DA7 DA6 DA5 DA4 R217 R227 R218 L102 L120 S G DA6 4 3 XT1 3.3 VOUT 2 A C140 R193 C138 C139 S G S G R191 C135 R216 R200 C130 2 R194 DA7 R215 – A G R214 + 3 C141 C149 S G IC27 L101 R223 A G R226 1 A R195 R225 8 IC17 – L100 R238 2 SM Vref CN5–4 3 4 CN12–4 A G + R222 R201 VO_E– R236 D5 R239 L121 1 2 R235 CN12–5 R237 VO_E+ S G S G A(8:0) 8 D6 D7 D4 D5 D0 D1 _WR 8 D2 D3 SHDCS_ _RD D(7:0) A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-18 Main PCB 3/9 2A3/4 A B C D E F G H I J RA59 1 8 SD26 2 7 IO26 SD25 3 6 IO25 SD24 4 5 IO24 SD23 1 8 IO23 SD22 2 7 IO22 SD21 3 6 IO21 SD20 4 5 SD27 1 RA57 2 1 IO27 1 IO20 RA58 3 4 IC42 IS211 SA210 2 7 IS210 SA29 6 IS29 IS20 IS21 IS22 IS23 IS24 IS25 IS26 IS27 IS28 IS29 IS210 IS211 IS212 IS213 2 RA54 SA28 4 5 IS28 SA27 1 8 IS27 SA26 2 7 IS26 SA25 3 6 IS25 SA24 4 5 IS24 SA23 1 8 IS23 SA22 2 7 IS22 SA21 3 6 IS21 SA20 4 5 IS20 SA22 SA21 SA20 SA27 SA26 SA25 SA24 SA23 SA212 SA211 SA210 SA29 SA28 C200 SA213 SD27 SD26 SD25 SD24 SD23 SD22 R338 SD21 SD20 L149 3 RA53 S G SD15 SD14 SD13 SD12 SD11 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 C48 RA61 SID 4 SID 5 SID 6 SID 7 5 8 1 2 3 4 C47 7 6 5 RA60 C46 C45 6 L153 C167 VSS26 R276 C40 C205 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 IO15 SD14 4 5 IO14 SD13 1 8 IO13 SD12 2 7 IO12 SD11 3 6 SD10 4 5 IO17 IO11 IO10 RA49 4 3 IC40 RA45 1 2 4 3 RA44 1 2 3 4 C38 22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1 IS113 IS112 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 8 IS111 7 IS110 6 IS19 5 IS18 RA43 RA42 8 7 6 5 IS17 IS16 IS15 IS14 8 7 6 5 IS13 IS12 IS11 IS10 IS10 IS11 IS12 IS13 IS14 IS15 IS16 IS17 IS18 IS19 IS110 IS111 IS112 IS113 S G _OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 L146 Vcc GND I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 4 28 C207 14 S 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 G R341 IO10 IO11 IO12 IO13 IO14 IO15 IO16 IO17 5 C37 CLKIN MIPIN(7:0) MIPIN7 MIPIN6 MIPIN5 MIPIN4 MIPIN3 C36 MIPIN2 MIPIN1 MIPIN0 6 MREIN SHSYNCIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 S G IC41 1 2 IO16 6 RA47 SID 0 SID 1 SID 2 SID 3 RA46 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 7 SD15 3 L147 C49 R3 SCNCLK S G VSS14 VSS13 SD10 MR1_ OE1_ SA113 SA112 VSS12 SA111 SA110 SA19 SA18 SA17 SA16 VDD3 V8 VSS11 SA15 SA14 SA13 SA12 SA11 SA10 VDD3 V7 VSS10 INCLK VSS9 MIPIN7 MIPIN6 MIPIN5 MIPIN4 MIPIN3 VSS8 VDD3 V6 MIPIN2 MIPIN1 MIPIN0 MREIN SHSYNC_ VSS7 VSS6 SD16 2 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 SMRE 3 RA48 R5 R4 R340 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 VSS1 VDD3 V1 MIPCS_ IORD_ IOWR_ VSS2 RESET_ SCM TFSEL0 VDD3 V2 VSS3 TFSEL1 TFSEL2 D0 D1 D2 VDD3 V3 VSS4 D3 D4 D5 VDD3 V4 VSS5 D6 D7 TEST0 TEST1 TEST2 SVSYNC VDD3 V5 2 4 RAMEN_ VSS19 VSS20 PORT0 PORT1 PORT2 MRETHIN MREOUT MREMIP VDD3 V12 MIPCLK VSS21 MIPOUT0 MIPOUT1 MIPOUT2 VDD3 V13 MIPOUT3 MIPOUT4 MIPOUT5 VSS22 VDD3 V14 MIPOUT6 MIPOUT7 FVSYNC FHTHIN_ FHSYNC VSS23 VDD3 V15 TESTD0 TESTD1 TESTD2 TESTD3 VSS24 VDD3 V16 TESTD4 TESTD5 TESTD6 TESTD7 MRED VSS25 VDD5 V1 4 SOVSYNC 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 8 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 S G SVSYNCIN 2 IO10 IO11 IO12 IO13 IO14 IO15 IO16 IO17 R337 1 SD17 C39 SD27 SD26 SD25 SD24 SD23 SD22 VSS18 SD21 SD20 WR2_ OE2_ SA213 VDD3 V11 SA212 SA211 SA210 SA29 SA28 VSS17 VDD5 V2 SA27 SA26 SA25 SA24 SA23 VSS16 SA22 SA21 SA20 SD17 SD16 VDD3 V10 VSS15 SD15 SD14 VS13 VS12 VS11 VDD3 V9 VDD5 V3 120 C199 1 G IO20 IO21 IO22 IO23 IO24 IO25 IO26 IO27 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 C206 SD17 SD16 C42 L148 IC43 S RAMEN_ C41 C43 4 3 I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 R339 14 RA52 L154 1 2 GND S G 3 RA62 C204 RA51 8 RA55 L151 28 L150 SA211 1 Vcc 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 IS212 RA50 IS213 3 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 SA212 2 _OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 IO20 IO21 IO22 IO23 IO24 IO25 IO26 IO27 SA213 1 22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1 C203 RA56 C21 C166 S G C44 S G S G SVSYNCIN C25 C26 7 C27 C28 L152 7 S G S G R275 A(8:0) R281 MIPCS_ _RD _WR RESET SCANNER 8 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2 S G D3 D4 D5 8 C170 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 L126 S G D(7:0) A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-19 E A A A E E A A E E 2A3/4 Main PCB 4/9 A B C D E F G H I J 1 1 S A L143 A L140 C32 C218 + + 2 R490 CN10-1 C219 5.1 V C50 + C182 C210 C211 C31 C293 CN10-4 C217 5.1 V + 2 L144 G(5 V) CN10-3 S G S G L141 3 C4 C143 + C208 C29 C214 + C209 CN10-6 C294 +12 V 3 + L142 G(ANALOG) CN10-7 A G 4 4 B R483 S D TR24 C295 G R407 R342 R498 R499 5 R124 IC38 6 S + C215 VOUT ADJ 1 C216 C35 VIN + S G S G F G 6 G S R489 R497 R287 C174 R289 7 A 8 B C D G A E + R288 C33 G R290 D TR6 A 5 R19 2.4 C30 3 S A 7 G G 8 F G H I J 3-7-13 3-7-20 E E A E A A E KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E Main PCB 5/9 2A3/4 A B C D E IC10 IC12 IC12 S ENGHEAD–SCAN 1 2 2B 5 R×D MMI 1 S G C107 L8 2 T×D MMI CN6–2 R152 8 9 PRTACK IC21 S R165 R166 1E 1 R167 _P1 _SETPRT _PRINT _WAIT M S G S 13 _WR M CN1–82 C 6 R168 R169 R170 A0M A1M A2M A3M A4M A5M A6M A7M A8M A9M A10M A11M A12M A13M A14M MSW OFF REM SCNHEAD 12 SCNACK _OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 S R265 R×SCAN S G 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 AD0M AD1M AD2M AD3M AD4M AD5M AD6M AD7M S S G 1B 1 7 R51 _RES SCAN C63 R58 R52 1 2 3 4 R53 8 ADJ2 WD 7 _RST2 TC 6 VCC _RST 5 ADJ1 GND R54 + IC2 C59 C3 S G AD0M AD1M AD2M AD3M AD4M AD5M AD6M AD7M IC2 R55 IC14 S G S G S R45 GND 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 _OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1 2 SLP IC22 _WR S _MAIL S _RD S R269 B R268 S G S R30 R31 R32 R33 R34 R35 R36 R37 R49 R48 R46 R47 R38 R50 R39 A0M A1M A2M A3M A4M A5M A6M A7M A8M A9M A10M A11M A12M A13M A14M R323 R324 R326 R327 2 3 IC3 4 _RESET C 5 CN10–2 SLEEP SIG E S G S C161 R256 1 3 XT3 S G 2 _RES SCC1 R257 6 R258 R262 S G T×MCP2 _WR M 1 1 CN14–20 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 _RESET R172 24 V OFF 8 14 S G S WD Vcc C58 C57 2B 3 S S P00 P01 P02 P03 P04 P05 P06 P07 Vss Xout Xin P10 P11 _RESET CNVss P12 IC33 SLEEP_ IC24 _B RAM S G C60 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 Vcc D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 _RD M 28 E 2 4 2C AD7M AD6M AD5M AD4M AD3M AD2M AD1M AD0M 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 S L67 S R147 2 A0M A1M A2M A3M A4M A5M A6M A7M A8M A9M A10M A11M A12M A13M A14M A15M A16M A17M A18M 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 _CE _OE R29 R28 R27 R40 R41 R42 R43 R44 R325 AD0M AD1M AD2M AD3M AD4M AD5M AD6M AD7M 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 1 Vpp 32 Vcc 16 GND S 10 11 4 R×MCP2 3 T×MCP1 7 8 9 6 R×MCP1 5 IC24 _ROM M _RD M L157 S C196 C195 R326 5 1C A7M A6M A5M A4M A3M A2M A1M A0M S S TR34 RESET SCANNER _MAIL M 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 GND 14 I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 1 S G Vcc 28 R267 R×D SCANNER _WR M _RD M R178 22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1 E B R261 C62 IC10 SCANNER ACK SLEEP SLP IC13 CN1–12 S R155 S S S SCNAREA 12 4 S M1SEL R56 IC24 R158 [A0S–A7S] S G [AD0S–AD7S] TR4 _RD M 10 13 3 P111 S R154 _WAIT S A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S AD7S AD6S AD5S AD4S AD3S AD2S AD1S AD0S R255 _RES MMI IC12 SCAN HEAD R271 S R334 R333 R263 C110 S R153 A18M 4 A19M 5 S G1 _G2A _G2B S R335 _M1OE S G 11 6 R272 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 M2SEL 5 R157 S _Y0 _Y1 _Y2 _Y3 _Y4 _Y5 _Y6 _Y7 R259 5 R156 1 A 2 B 3 C R264 XT2 R63 SC TIM 9 IC32 A15M A16M A17M A0M A1M A2M A3M A4M A5M A6M A7M AD0M AD1M AD2M AD3M AD4M AD5M AD6M AD7M IC12 5 Vcc _CSB _WEB _NRB _OEB A0B A1B A2B A3B A4B A5B A6B A7B D7B D6B D5B D4B D3B D2B D1B D0B INT SCC1 R×SCAN T×SCAN 6 IC22 _CSA _WEA _NRA _OEA A0A A1A A2A A3A A4A A5A A6A A7A D0A D1A D2A D3A D4A D5A D6A D7A GND S G R148 5 6 8 R330 R329 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 _M2OE IC12 6 CN6–9 _B RAM R164 S G C111 L2 R171 _WAIT M R331 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 PB0 PB1 PB2 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 BP7 MMIACK S G IC6 S G _ROM M S 4 2 R160 4 C94 R116 8 R177 IC22 10 C109 _RESET IC2 3 S S G R336 C202 D0 _W _R _S BM INTR R×D3 T×D3 R×D2 T×D2 R×D1 T×D1 P16 P15 P14 P13 R111 CN6–3 9 C201 _WR M _RD M _SCC1 R115 R162 S R1 L7 2 R175 C162 R112 1 RA17 _RAM M _MAIL M L35 R110 C93 R163 IC2 R114 RA13 L156 _SCC1 R174 R270 R113 S L4 CN6–7 _RDY AD0M AD1M AD2M AD3M AD4M AD5M AD6M AD7M RA16 C 3 B 2 A 1 C163 IC6 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 RA12 6 S R173 R57 3 1 2 RA14 3 4 1 2 RA18 3 4 RA15 S G A22M A21M A20M 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 L66 4 A0M A1M A2M A3M A4M A5M A6M A7M A8M A9M A10M A11M A12M A13M A14M A15M A16M A17M A18M A19M _Y7 _Y6 _Y5 _Y4 _Y3 _Y2 _Y1 _Y0 _G2B _G2A G1 _RD M S G L5 CN6–6 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 _RAM M 1B 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 _WR M 6 1C 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 _RES MMI 2B 5 IC23 R149 L3 CN8–8 MACK ENG _P2 _MRDY MACK PRT TR1 L132 MCP1ACK A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 DCS D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P110 _PRTRST _RES M1 _RES M2 _RES SCC1 _RES ENG _RES SCAN 3 P70 INT3 P94 A22 A21 A20 P90 P67 P66 P65 INT2 INT1 INT0 TA4in P60 P57 P56 P55 TA2out P53 TA1out P51 TA0out P47 P46 P45 P44 P43 1 L134 L1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MACK MCP2 EACK MAIN IC10 _SET M1 2 A22 A21 A20 _SET M2 IC10 SCNAREA 4 SCNHEAD INT SCC1 SCNACK MMIACK L133 1 MCP2ACK 3 5 4 S S G 4 2E 3 2C ENG5 V C61 1B 2 1E 1 CN1–88 CN1–110 CN1–112 RESET MMI 1 CN1–69 R161 1B 2 T×SCAN S G MMI ACK L6 CN6–5 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 6 1C 6 1C S G MMI ERROR S R122 IC10 P71 P72 P73 P74 P75 P76 P77 Vss AVss Vref AVcc Vcc P80 P81 R×D0 T×D0 INT4 P85 R×D1 T×D1 2B 5 CN6–1 CN6–4 CN6–10 ENGACK–MMI R151 BYTE CNVss _RESET Xin Xout _RD Vss Vcc _HLDA ALE _BHE _WR P117 P116 P115 P114 P113 P112 4 2E 3 2C 1E 1 ENGERR–MMI J R121 S G WD MACK MCP1 _HOLD S G TR29 PFM CLK PCM CLK DM CLK R120 R123 11 I R159 S T×D SCAN 10 H IC6 _WRDY M1 _RRDY M1 _WRDY M2 _RRDY M2 S G TR30 4 2E 3 2C IC10 3 L108 C108 1E 1 S 1E 1 SCANNER START 1B 2 S 1B 2 4 S G 6 1C R150 6 1C ENGACK–SCAN 4 6 S 4 TR31 2E 2B 5 3 2C 2 5 G 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 R×PRT T×PRT 4 TR32 2E 3 2C 2B 5 F 8 S G R266 S G A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-21 Main PCB 6/9 2A3/4 A B C D E F G H CN1–108 CN1–109 CN1–71 CN1–72 CN1–79 CN1–78 CN1–114 CN1–115 1 L200 RA97 4 IC62 A0S A1S A2S 12 4 R469 6 _RAM S R470 5 S _RD S _WR S IC59 1 A 2 B 3 C A15S A16S A17S 6 4 5 A18S A19S AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S _Y0 _Y1 _Y2 _Y3 _Y4 _Y5 _Y6 _Y7 G1 _G2A _G2B R351 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 S G [A0S–A7S] AN2 AN3 AN4 P75 P76 P77 Vss AVss Vref AVcc Vcc DA0 CLK0 P82 T×D0 DA1 P85 P86 P87 C257 DESK SOUT CN1–95 _RES I/O DESK _OE CN1–93 DESK SIN CN1–96 _RD S A0S A1S 9 8 11 R354 R353 10 R352 IC61 IC61 R357 XT7 3 7 1 2 S G Vcc _RD A0 A1 SCK Sout Sin _OE INT Xin Xout Vcc _RST _WR _CS D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 GND 11 CN1–118 CLM–L 9 IC62 8 CN1–119 CLM–U CN1–87 CN1–111 CN1–113 CN1–77 PFM REM PCM REM DM REM ESCL REM CN1–116 CN1–117 CCM FWD CCM REV 3 CN1–9 CN1–10 CN1–33 CN1–34 CN1–35 CN1–36 CN1–37 CN1–38 SSW2 SSW3 RSW FSW PFSW4 PFSW3 PFSW2 PFSW1 CN1–124 CN1–125 CN1–126 CN1–127 CN1–128 SRM REM SBFSSOL2 REM SBFSSOL1 REM DUPPTSOL REM DUPFWSOL REM CN1–129 CN1–133 N.C BYPSOL REM 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 _WR S R350 _682 AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S S G C232 C233 R377 GND S G S G I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 R479 14 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S A0S A1S A2S A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S A8S A9S A10S A11S A12S A13S A14S A15S A16S A17S A18S R488 R487 R486 R485 R484 R365 R364 R362 R363 R358 R366 R367 R359 R360 R368 R369 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S _RD S _WR S S G 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 PD2 65 PF6 PF5 PF4 PF3 PF2 PF1 PF0 Vdd GND PD7 PD6 PD5 PD4 PD3 PF7 _ASIC2 R361 _CE _OE Vpp Vcc GND _ROM S _RD S L177 R370 PA5 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 6 R480 S G CN1–134 CN1–104 CN1–105 CN1–106 CN1–107 CN1–130 CN1–131 CN1–132 BYPPFCL REM FCL 3 REM FCL 2 REM FCL 1 REM FCL 5 REM FCL 4 REM PFCL–L REM PFCL–U REM CN1–39 CN1–40 CN1–41 CN1–42 MC ALARM TC/AC ALARM PCM LOCK DM LOCK 7 S G S G C228 PD1 PD0 _Y3 PE7 PE6 PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 PE0 GND PC7 PC6 PC5 PC4 PC3 PC2 PC1 PC0 INITD PA7 PA6 IC60 L197 22 24 1 32 16 C229 MODE _RESET SELECT AD0 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 GND A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 ALE _RD _WR CS PD2 28 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 Vcc PF7 _OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 IC57 IC58 8 5 CN1–51 CN1–52 CN1–53 CN1–54 S G 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 2 IC62 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 CN1–94 SSW1SOURCE 8 DIG2 DIG1 DIG0 LENGTH R355 L178 TR2 DESK SCLK A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S A8S A9S A10S A11S A12S A13S A14S 22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1 R478 C224 _RESET B CN1–81 L LIM U LIM C280 PF6 PF5 PF4 PF3 PF2 PF1 PF0 Vdd GND PD7 PD6 PD5 PD4 PD3 IC55 C225 C PRY REM SSW1 STKSW DUPRSW DUPRSW DUPESW DUPPCSW SBESW FSSW _CS PB7 PB6 PB5 PB4 PB3 PB2 PB1 GND Vdd PB0 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 R376 CN1–13 CN1–103 CN1–80 S G L175 L205 CN1–138 CN1–137 CN1–68 CN1–67 CN1–136 CN1–135 CN1–66 CN1–65 _WR S E DESK RESET L206 _WR S _RD S _RES I/O CN1–15 _RD S S 6 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 S G S G 2C 4 S G A0S A1S TNS CONT C255 C265 S G TC CONT XT8 C256 3 2B 10 U LIM R463 _WR S _RD S _RAM S CN1–14 LD DACLK DI R430 SC CONT 8 7 6 5 R431 1 A01 LD 2 A02 CLK 3 A03 DI 4 Vcc GND 5 L207 S G R432 R433 IC64 IC65 4 1C 5 E F.C SW CN1–11 CN1–28 CN1–29 CN1–30 CN1–31 CN1–5 CN1–6 CN1–7 CN1–55 CN1–56 CN1–57 CN1–58 CN1–59 CN1–60 CN1–61 CN1–62 R434 L201 2 [AD0S–AD7S] S G _RES ENG 12 S G [A0S–A5S] TR23 1 1B 13 L LIM _ASIC1 P111 DB REM MC REM C278 R435 IC63 CN1–85 CN1–86 R464 RA96 2 2 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 RA95 3 IC73 RA94 1 R471 _ROM S SC REM TC REM 1 H.ALM C270 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 RA93 A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S A8S A9S A10S A11S A12S A13S A14S A15S A16S A17S A18S A19S PD1 PD0 _Y3 PE7 PE6 PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 PE0 GND PC7 PC6 PC5 PC4 PC3 PC2 PC1 PC0 INITD PA7 PA6 PA5 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 CN1–83 CN1–84 _CS PB7 PB6 PB5 PB4 PB3 PB2 PB1 GND Vdd PB0 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 R440 R458 _RDY 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 MODE _RESET SELECT AD0 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 GND A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 ALE _RD _WR CS CN1–46 CN1–45 CN1–44 CN1–43 CN1–50 CN1–49 CN1–48 CN1–47 R436 4 AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S LENGTH DIG0 DIG1 DIG2 LENGTH DIG0 DIG1 DIG2 CN1–74 CN1–120 CN1–121 CN1–122 CN1–123 CN1–102 IC66 1 80 2 79 3 78 4 77 1 76 2 75 3 74 4 73 1 72 2 71 3 70 4 69 1 68 2 67 3 66 4 65 1 64 2 63 3 62 4 61 60 1 59 2 58 RA98 3 57 4 56 1 55 2 54 RA99 3 53 4 52 51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 _RES I/O IC62 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 DCS D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P110 S G C279 CN1–73 CN1–76 CN1–75 C272 PSW–L PSW–U BYPPS–W LICSW–L LICSW–U BYPEDSW BYPPWSW BYPPLSW R456 3 BYTE CNVss _RESET Xin Xout _RD Vss Vcc _HL DA ALE _BHE _WR P117 P116 P115 P114 P113 P112 S G P95 P94 A22 A21 A20 P90 P67/TB2in P66/TB1in P65/TB0in INT2 INT1 INT0 P61/TA4in P60/TA4out P57/TA3in P56/TA3out P55/TA2in P54/TA2out RTPC3 RTPC2 RTPC1 RTPC0 P47 P46 P45 P44 P43 1 _HOL D C273 IMAGE UNIT SIG DUP _B SIDE _A REGIST B MOTOR A FINISHER RESET 1 R465 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 R475 AN0 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 _IPC _682 _VTC _SCC2 _ASIC2 _ASIC1 _MAIL S S G 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 AN1 1 R459 2 R460 3 S G 4 A22S 5 A21S 6 A20S IC61 R451 7 13 12 R452 8 R453 9 10 IPC SET 11 12 INT SCC2 13 MACK ENG R455 14 15 16 17 18 _BD 19 RA100 8 20 1 7 21 2 6 22 3 5 23 4 EXBV8V101J 24 25 _RES I/O 26 _RES SCC2 R437 27 _RES VTC 28 EACK MAIN 29 30 _WAIT S R473 R474 3 C 2 B 1 A A22S A21S A20S _LDON C260 C261 C262 C263 CN1–8 C264 TONER CLK TRM REM TFM REM PPST _LDEN S G CN10–5 S G S G 2 ZERO CROSS SIG CONT G _G2B _G2A G1 R496 R441 R442 R443 R444 R445 R446 R472 CN1–2 FTH CN1–17 CN1–1 5 4 6 _Y7 _Y6 _Y5 _Y4 _Y3 _Y2 _Y1 _Y0 R439 R438 CN1–18 CONT DB R450 R449 R448 TNS CN1–16 R457 ETTH H2 REM H1 REM IFFM REM CL REM FSSOL 2 REM FSSOL 1 REM PCFM REM RCL REM C271 IC67 C266 CN1–19 DACLK LD DI EHUMSENS J L202 C267 CN1–4 CN1–3 CN1–32 R461 TLS TLDS PFM LOCK I S G A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-22 Main PCB 7/9 2A3/4 A B C D E F G H I J IC70 S L235 L236 L237 L238 L239 RA106 L240 CN15-22 D1_IPC CN15-8 D2_IPC CN15-23 D3_IPC CN15-9 D4_IPC CN15-24 D5_IPC CN15-10 D6_IPC CN15-25 D7_IPC L145 L196 16 14 IC39 R332 S G C105 R117 S G IC24 R260 C115 C114 C194 R97 S G S L15 14 L254 5 IC10 7 S G C193 C165 C164 R66 S G L58 7 IC3 5 IC73 3 R82 S G 3 3 R104 S G R500 S G R221 S G S G IC27 16 IC67 4 R224 L179 IC59 8 8 S G R447 S G 14 IC61 IC62 7 7 R356 S G 14 R476 S G L203 L14 L199 8 5 IC1 IC65 R109 S G 4 R477 S G 3 S G 4 R462 A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S L176 (A0S _ A7S) 16 L198 C268 IC19 7 7 8 C92 IC18 L204 25 V 6 C276 6 C269 L98 25 V C91 L97 C277 _RESET_IPC C275 _RD_IPC CN15-28 C274 _CS_IPC CN15-27 C226 _WR_IPC CN15-13 C227 L244 CN15-12 C259 L243 C258 L242 4 3 2 1 C152 RA107 25 V 5 6 7 8 S G 4 R396 C150 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 25 V _RES SCC2 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 C147 _IPC 7 2 7 S 14 IC2 IC6 L241 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 C148 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 IC43 R428 L136 14 14 IC11 S L9 3 S G R482 S G _DE1 _DE2 5 8 7 IC72 1 19 L155 L23 20 10 S G S IC52 3 R146 S G C96 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 IC69 R179 S G S L64 10 C95 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 20 R322 S G S L209 10 C197 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 D0_IPC C198 B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 CN15-7 C245 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 L234 C244 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IC17 L233 RA105 C151 AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S _DE T_R C285 19 1 C286 2 C106 L70 20 IC71 R273 C297 S 7 10 S G IC22 1 C296 A7_IPC R176 S G IC46 14 C82 CN15-21 8 L130 C81 A6_IPC R67 S G IC32 L158 20 C88 CN15-6 R493 S G IC21 8 7 S C89 L232 R492 S G R491 S G IC12 L131 16 C70 A5_IPC 10 L107 16 C69 10 10 L65 14 C74 20 L247 20 S C73 A4_IPC 20 C113 A3_IPC CN15-5 L245 L246 C112 CN15-19 CN15-20 L231 RA104 A2_IPC C252 L230 A1_IPC CN15-4 C251 L229 CN15-18 C160 L228 S C159 L227 S C72 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 C291 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 A0_IPC C292 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 CN15-3 C298 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 L226 C290 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 RA103 C287 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S 1 S L225 S G C71 _DE1 _DE2 C288 1 19 C231 IC61 CN1-26 R86 S G C178 5 10 10 R96 S G IC48 C177 C54 C55 C80 C79 C76 C75 C78 C77 C254 C253 COIN ENABLE KCARD ENABLE KC SET TC SET MMB SET FINISHER SET R95 S G 20 IC16 R26 S G R292 S G H.ALM 10 S G 8 R130 S G IC50 L166 8 R254 S G 16 IC49 L168 8 R344 S G 16 IC51 L109 8 R293 S G 16 IC25 C104 IC34 L167 16 C103 IC26 8 R252 S G 16 C223 IC35 L137 L110 16 C180 20 C221 L138 _MSYNC 6 8 R345 S G R140 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 R380 CN1-89 COIN VENDER T×D LCF T×D H.ALARM CN1-22 CN1-63 CN1-64 CN1-23 CN1-24 CN1-25 R429 S G 10 10 10 10 L164 20 IC7 C220 4 R467 CN1-27 L68 20 IC9 C158 3 CN1-90 COIN VENDER R×D LCF R×D L25 20 IC8 C157 R375 CN1-21 20 C102 CN1-91 S G MMD T×D R373 IC68 C154 R374 IC61 KCARD REM KCARD REM TC REM COIN COPYING COIN EJECT COIN FEED MMD COUNT C101 MMD R×D 2 R468 CN1-140 CN1-139 CN1-101 CN1-100 CN1-99 CN1-98 CN1-97 C153 6 20 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 PB0 PB1 PB2 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 PB7 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 CN1-92 S G FINISHER T×D L57 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 S G 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 INT SCC2 D0 _W _R _S BM INTR R×D3 T×D3 R×D2 T×D2 R×D1 T×D1 P16 P15 P14 P13 P12 CNVss _RESET P11 P10 Xin Xout Vss P07 P06 P05 P04 P03 P02 P01 P00 _SCC2 FINISHER R×D L56 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Vcc A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 _RD S 5 S G S G L208 S G _WR S L165 C179 C56 C181 R372 R371 L69 C222 C230 AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S (AD0S _ AD7S) 5 6 S G R381 R379 R466 S G R382 S G R378 S G IC61 1 3 XT6 _RES SCC2 7 2 7 C234 S G _RES SCC2 R494 R495 IPC SET CN15-26 GND CN15-1 GND L248 CN15-2 CN15-14 CN15-17 CN15-29 8 L249 5V CN15-11 L250 L251 L252 8 CN15-15 CN15-16 CN15-30 S G A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-23 Main PCB 8/9 2A3/4 A B C D E F G H I J IC16 5 6 7 8 RA5 MCPCLK M2 CN3–A11 MCPMREW M2 CN3–A12 MCPIDA M2 CN3–A14 MCPIDB M2 CN3–A16 4 3 2 1 L78 CN2–A12 CN2–A14 MCPIDB M1 CN2–A16 3 CN3–A9 CN3–A10 CN3–A1 4 3 2 1 L221 L222 L223 L224 IC36 18 PVSYNC M2 PHSYNC M2 _MCPSEL M2 C156 4 3 RA37 5 6 7 8 R253 1 2 S G 24 23 22 21 16 15 14 13 RA38 1 2 4 3 IC48 1 19 L71 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 L187 L185 S G 1 1 2 RA39 4 3 L20 IC4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 R40 R398 R406 4 L192 L189 L220 CN2–A9 CN2–A10 CN2–A1 PVSYNC M1 PHSYNC M1 _MCPSEL M1 _BD C87 _BD 3 C86 R251 RA36 8 7 6 5 1 RI Vcc 2 _RI RC 3 DO DI 4 GND _DO R100 S G _1G _2G 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 5 20 6 19 8 17 1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12 _RE _WE _RRES _WRES RCK GND WCK Q0 D0 Q1 D1 Q2 D2 Q3 D3 Q4 D4 Q5 D5 D6 Q6 D7 Q7 VCC C155 S G 4 3 2 1 MCPIDA M1 L82 L80 L96 RA4 L73 RA65 MCPMREW M1 R16 R14 R128 S G 5 6 7 8 CN2–A11 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 L76 2 MCPCLK M1 L139 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 L18 R101 CN8–3 BD_+ CN8–2 BD_– L17 L16 2 CN8–1 CN8–4 S G 2 1 S G 1 2 3 4 L169 L170 L171 L172 8 7 6 5 R250 S G RA35 1 2 4 3 S G RA40 S G _RES VTC L182 _RES VTC IC1 4 3 RA63 L180 R108 1 2 L160 _MSYNC R313 R294 C183 C184 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 FLDON R307 R301 R309 R308 D5S D6S D7S [A0S–A5S] VDD CN1–70 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 R321 R320 R319 R318 R317 R316 R315 R314 D7S D6S D5S D4S D3S D2S D1S D0S S IC2 CN7–13 CN8–5 R296 F.C SW PVSYNC_ IC2 11 10 13 4 LSU5 V 12 L26 CN7–1 L31 SLEEP SELMCP2_ SELMCP1_ CN7–6 13 L33 12 CN7–8 L35 IC22 S CN7–10 R299 L161 R298 L37 11 5 CN7–12 S G IC6 9 L12 8 CN9–3 START CN7–5 _VD1+ CN7–4 _VD1– S IC5 4 12 1 7 9 15 16 8 L22 R306 C85 C84 R98 EN EN DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 VCC GND DO1+ DO1– DO2+ DO2– DO3+ DO3– DO4+ DO4– L30 2 3 6 5 10 11 14 13 L29 6 L28 CN7–3 _VD2+ CN7–2 _VD2– CN7–9 _ADJUST2 CN7–11 _ADJUST1 CN7–7 _EN L27 S G L34 _LDEN 11 10 L36 L163 4 L32 12 VDD OUT ST 1 R302 7 IC6 GND 2 TR8 S G 5 2B R303 SLEEP_ 13 3 XT4 R310 S G [AD0S–AD7S] S L19 PHSYNC_ _BD _MSYNC _LDON C187 AD7S AD6S AD5S AD4S AD3S AD2S AD1S AD0S _DE T_R C188 19 1 _VTC _RD S PPST TR3 G R295 R305 IC46 S G 3 S G S G 6 3 CN9–2 S G R297 TEST3 TEST2 TEST1 VSS TEST0 P7 VDD P6 P5 P4 P3 VSS _RESET VSS _NSCLE _SCLE _NSCDE _SCDE VDD N.C LSUOUT VSS PVCLK VSS VSS VDD READY C186 C192 L162 5 R300 D3S D4S C185 5 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 VSS D0S D1S D2S IC47 _LDOUTB _VTC _RD S _WR S A0 A1 A2 A3 VSS A4 A5 _VTCCS _IORD _IOWR VDD D0 D1 D2 VSS SMC SIN SOT VSS D3 D4 VSS SCK CN9–4 D VDD VSS _PVDBO _PVPAO VSS _PHSYNC VDD AMC _PVSYNC PVSYNC VSS _SEL0 _SEL1 VDD _SEL2 _SEL3 _SEL4 _SEL5 _SEL6 VSS P2 P1 P0 D5 D6 D7 VSS VDD PPST _LDON _LDEN N.C XI XO VSS CLK VSS MSYNC PMCLK VDD _BD _FLDEN _ADJUST VSS _LDOUTA R312 A4S A5S VDD VSS 4 C191 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 L13 L11 S G 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 C190 R311 C189 L159 R106 C90 1 2 3 4 A0S A1S A2S A3S R107 6 D1 1 2 R304 7 _MSYNC RA64 8 7 6 5 R105 1 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 R99 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 PVSYNC_ PHSYNC_ _1G _2G R103 R102 1 19 SELMCP2_ SELMCP1_ _RES VTC 4 2E 2C 3 1C 6 2 1B 1E 1 S G TR7 5 2B 4 2E 2C 3 2 1B 1C 6 S G 8 8 L10 CN9–1 CLOCK 1E 1 S G A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-24 Main PCB 9/9 2A3/4 A B C D E F G H I J SLEEP S 1 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 RA19 1 2 3 4 SID 0 SID 1 SID 2 SID 3 SID 4 SID 5 SID 6 SID 7 2 RA20 8 7 6 5 SID0M SID1M SID2M SID3M IC25 15 1 2 3 5 6 11 10 14 13 SID0M SID1M SID2M SID3M IC35 1 19 R129 _M2OE M2SEL _1G _2G 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 _1Y1 _1Y2 _1Y3 _1Y4 _2Y1 _2Y2 _2Y3 _2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 PID0 PID1 PID2 PID3 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 1Y 4 L84 2Y 7 R17 L83 3Y 9 R15 L81 4Y 12 R13 CN3-B8 M2 DATA0 CN3-B9 M2 DATA1 T×MCP2 CN3-B10 M2 DATA2 MACK MCP2 CN3-B11 M2 DATA3 SLEEP L79 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 RA22 8 7 6 5 2 3 5 6 11 10 14 13 PID4 PID5 PID6 PID7 3 R132 MCP2 ACK R133 CN3-A3 1 2 3 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 SMRE L95 SEMCP MCP2 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 1Y 4 R12 L77 2Y 7 R11 L75 3Y 9 R10 L74 4Y 12 R9 L72 CN3-B12 M2 DATA4 CN3-B13 M2 DATA5 CN3-B14 M2 DATA6 CN3-B15 M2 DATA7 R136 CN3-A8 R RDY MCP2 CN3-A7 SOVSYNC SCNCLK 4 RA102 8 7 6 R20 R145 R141 R142 R143 R144 R×MCP2 MCP2ACK _SET M2 _WRDY M2 _RRDY M2 SMRE M 2 PMRE 3 SOVSYNC_M 5 POVSYNC_ 6 SCNCLK M 11 10 PRTCLK 14 13 SMRE M SOVSYNC M SCNCLK M R22 L86 R23 R25 C53 S G S G _G S R412 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B L88 1Y 4 R125 2Y 7 R126 L90 3Y 9 R127 L91 CN3-B5 MRE M2 CN3-B4 OVSYNC M2 CN3-B3 WCK M2 R×D MCP1 L213 R413 R423 R415 MCP1 ACK R414 CN2-A3 SEMCP MCP1 4Y 12 R424 C249 R416 L219 R417 CN2-B1 L211 L217 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 C248 L216 _1G _2G S G S CN2-A5 L218 IC69 1 19 _RES M1 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 S 5 _M1OE M1SEL 4 R421 C246 CN4-17 CN4-19 CN4-21 CN4-26 R90 R89 R88 R87 R91 R92 R93 R94 6 CN4-22 PID 1 CN4-23 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 L47 L46 PID 2 CN4-24 PID 3 CN4-25 PID 4 CN4-27 _1G _2G S G L48 PID 0 2 3 5 6 11 10 14 13 PID0 PID1 PID2 PID3 IC8 1 19 L45 L43 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 RA1 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 PID0 PID1 PID2 PID3 PID4 PID5 PID6 PID7 PID 7 CN4-30 IC11 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B R402 2Y 7 R400 L191 3Y 9 R399 L190 R397 4Y 12 CN2-B8 M1 DATA0 CN2-B9 M1 DATA1 CN2-B10 M1 DATA2 CN2-B11 M1 DATA 3 R77 R×D PRT S R60 R61 C65 R79 L61 R70 CN4-8 R62 C66 L62 2 3 5 6 11 10 14 13 SID4M SID5M SID6M SID7M RA2 PID4 PID5 PID6 PID7 R71 CN4-9 R63 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 R76 R75 R74 R73 R59 5 R×PRT PATACK _PRINT _SETPRT _P1 S G C67 R81 _G S L63 _P1 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 C64 R69 CN4-6 _1G _2G S R68 R78 PRTACK L188 L59 CN4-2 L60 _SETPRT 15 1 L38 1 19 L193 1Y 4 IC49 L39 CN4-29 S G R80 CN4-28 PID 6 R422 C247 _G S _PRINT L41 PID 5 R410 CN2-A7 IC50 15 1 SID0M SID1M SID2M SID3M L55 RESET MCP1 CN2-A4 CN2-A13 CN2-A15 CN2-B6 CN2-B7 CN2-B16 S G R343 ENCACK MCP1 CN2-B2 R425 R409 CN2-A8 L210 L53 CN2-A6 R×MCP1 MCP1ACK _SET M1 _WRDY M1 _RRDY M1 R411 R RDY MCP1 T×D MCP1 C250 L194 W RDY MCP1 CN2-A2 S R427 R418 R419 R420 R426 R408 S G S G 2 CN3-A4 CN3-A13 CN3-A15 CN3-B6 CN3-B7 CN3-B16 R24 C52 T×MCP1 S G CN4-1 CN4-4 CN4-7 CN4-13 CN4-15 RESET MCP2 3 15 1 1 2 3 ENCACK MCP2 CN3-B2 C100 L85 W RDY MCP2 T×D MCP2 CN3-A6 S R21 MACK MCP1 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 CN3-A2 R139 CN3-B1 IC34 _1Y1 _1Y2 _1Y3 _1Y4 _2Y1 _2Y2 _2Y3 _2Y4 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 SLEEP _1G _2G 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 R138 C99 R135 _G S IC68 1 19 R137 C98 L92 L87 L93 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 R134 SID4M SID5M SID6M SID7M SID4M SID5M SID6M SID7M L87 _1G _2G S G S CN3-A5 L94 IC17 1 19 _RES M2 R131 IC26 RA21 RA101 1 R18 R×D MCP2 15 1 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 _G S 1Y 4 R349 L186 2Y 7 R348 L184 3Y 9 R347 L183 R346 4Y 12 L181 CN2-B12 M1 DATA4 CN2-B13 M1 DATA5 CN2-B14 M1 DATA6 CN4-11 R72 R64 6 C68 S G IC7 CN2-B15 1 19 _1G _2G L49 L51 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 T×PRT MACK PRT _MRDY _P2 _PRTRST M1 DATA7 7 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 L44 L42 L40 CN4-5 T×D PRT CN4-3 ENCACK PRT CN4-10 _MRDY CN4-12 _P2 CN4-14 _PRTRST 7 S G IC51 15 1 _G S IC9 R85 R84 R83 1 19 L50 PMRE 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 CN4-20 L52 _POVSYNC 8 CN4-18 L54 PRTCLK CN4-16 SMRE M 2 PMRE 3 SOVSYNC_M 5 POVSYNC_ 6 SCNCLK M 11 10 PRTCLK 14 13 _1G _2G 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 1 2 3 RA3 8 7 6 PMRE POVSYNC_ PRTCLK 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 1Y 4 R403 L212 2Y 7 R404 L214 3Y 9 R405 L215 CN2-B5 MRE M1 CN2-B4 OVSYNC M1 CN2-B3 WCK M1 4Y 12 8 S G S G A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-25 Memory copy PCB 1/12 A 2A3/4 B C D E F G H I J VCC3 1 _MCPSEL _RVST PCN12A-32P-2.54DS CN1 a1 L25 CN1 a9 1 R7 2 1 R8 L32 1 3 4 RA6 _PHSYNC CN1 a10 2 4 6 8 C11 R9 L33 3 ACKMCP CN1 a3 L27 _R_READY CN1 a7 L30 _W_READY CN1 a8 L31 RCK CN1 a11 L34 MREVD _VD1 CN1 a12 L35 R11 CN1 a14 L36 R12 _VD2 CN1 a16 L37 R13 CN1 b1 L9 TXDENG _RESET Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 18 16 14 12 47 R41 iPVST_ 51 R42 iPHSYNC_ 59 U8 CN1 a5 ACKENG 4 L28 TXDMCP _SETMCP A1 A2 A3 A4 iMCPSEL_ (003-15A) GPL5 GPL5 2 MCP2AC(304:1) U10 _G RA4 1 2 3 4 _G 8 7 6 5 9 7 5 3 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 A1 A2 A3 A4 U10 R10 _G 9 7 5 3 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 A1 A2 A3 A4 19 iACKMCP 71 iRREADY_ 69 iWREADY_ 68 iMREVDOUT 49 iVD1 43 iVD2 44 iSETMCP_ 72 11 13 15 17 GPL5 19 R49 11 13 15 17 3 4 2 1 RA19 2 iTXDMCP (002-15I) iRCK2 (011-13F) 3 VPL5 CN1 a6 L29 R22 2 1 R18 2 1 3 4 RA5 CN1 a2 L26 1 RA1 CN1 b2 2 1 R5 L10 C13 2 4 6 8 3 4 RA2 VCC3 4 C14 3 4 U8 A1 A2 A3 A4 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 iACKENG R27 _G 70 iTXDENG iRESET_ R31 18 16 14 12 (002-15I) (011-14D) C9 GPL5 WCK CN1 b3 L11 R19 _WVST CN1 b4 L12 R20 2 1 3 4 1 RA3 MREID L13 GND1 GND2 CN1 a4 CN1 a13 L6 GND3 CN1 a15 L8 GND4 CN1 b6 L14 GND5 CN1 b7 L15 GND6 CN1 b16 L24 _ID0 CN1 b8 L16 0 _ID1 CN1 b9 L17 1 _ID2 CN1 b10 L18 2 _ID3 CN1 b11 L19 3 _ID4 CN1 b12 L20 4 _ID5 CN1 b13 L21 5 _ID6 CN1 b14 L22 6 _ID7 CN1 b15 L23 7 2 4 6 8 GPL5 VCC3 U7 _G A1 A2 A3 A4 Y1 18 Y2 16 Y3 14 Y4 12 GPL5 1 2 3 4 2 5 3 4 RA9 RA10 8 7 6 5 GPL5 8 7 6 5 L7 1 2 3 4 6 C10 R21 CN1 b5 5 GPL5 0 7 1 6 5 U9 7 8 1 2 4 6 8 0 1 2 3 ID0(7:0) 4 5 6 7 iWCK 64 R36 iWVST_ 67 R38 iMREID 66 6 VCC3 0 7 1 6 RA12 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 iID0_ iID7_ iID1_ iID6_ 53 62 54 61 2 5 3 4 RA11 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 iID2_ iID5_ iID3_ iID4_ 55 60 56 59 R24 19 11 13 15 17 U7 _G A1 A2 A3 A4 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 9 7 5 3 GPL5 7 _G A1 A2 A3 A4 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 18 16 14 12 0 1 2 3 U9 19 R26 IDP(7:0) _G 11 A1 13 A2 15 A3 17 A4 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 9 7 5 3 4 5 6 7 8 GPL5 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-26 Memory copy PCB 2/12 2A3/4 A B C D E 3 4 5 6 RW SIZE1 SIZE0 AS 302 DSACY 8 7 6 5 TP8 TP7 TP9 RA24 1 2 3 4 MCP 2AC (304:1) (003-15A) 8 7 6 5 1 G H I J VPL5 RA23 1 2 3 4 VPL5 F 1 VPL5 U12 VPL5 LD1 1 4 K R52 A 2 VPL5 R50 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 VPL5 1 2 3 4 CPUCLK C48 VPL5 R53 VPL5 R54 RST_ 0 31 30 29 28 15 14 13 12 4 RA35 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RA43 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 RA47 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RA50 1 2 3 4 27 26 25 24 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 5 3 2 1 0 3 2 1 0 U17 CPUD (15:0) MD (15:0) 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 L65 L64 C45 C59 3 C60 R59 C44 FC3 FC2 FC1 FC0 VCC7 GND8 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 VCC6 GND7 A16 A15 A14 GND6 A13 A12 A11 VCC5 GND5 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VCC4 GND4 A3 A2 A1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 GPL5 4 A (31:0) 16 15 14 $001 13 12 11 28 29 30 31 RA29 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 28 29 30 31 15 14 13 12 RA41 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 24 25 26 27 RA32 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 24 25 26 27 11 10 9 8 RA45 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 11 10 9 8 23 22 21 20 RA31 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 23 22 21 20 7 6 5 4 RA49 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 7 6 5 4 19 18 17 16 RA34 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 19 18 17 16 3 2 1 0 RA53 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 $002 8 7 6 5 GND12 VCC12 DSACK1_ DSACK0_ A0 A31 A30 A29 A28 GND13 VCC13 A27 A26 A25 A24 D15 D14 D13 GND14 D12 GND15 VCC14 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 GND16 VCC15 D3 D2 D1 D0 CS0_ IRO1_ IRO2_ IRO3_ IRO4_ GND1 VCC1 IRO5_ IRO6_ IRO7_ DONE2_ DACK2_ DREO2_ DONE1_ DACK1_ DREO1_ X1 GND2 VCC2 X2 SCLK CTSB_ RTSB_ TXDB RXDB TXRAYA_ RARDYA_ CTSA_ RTSA_ GND3 VCC3 TXDA RXDA TIN2 TOUT2 TGATE2 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 C52 RMC_ W_R SIZ1 SIZ0 DS_ AS_ BGACK_ BG_ BR_ BERR_ HALT_ RESET_ GND11 CLKOUT VCC11 XFC VCC10 EXTAL VCCSYN XTAL GND10 MODCK VCC9 IPIPE_ IFEICH BKPT_ FREEZE TIN1 TOUT1 TGATEL TCK TMS TDI TDO VCC8 GND9 3 L62 GPL5 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 (011-13C) 2 L61 (011-13I) C47 RA26 C46 RA22 1 2 3 4 2 6 5 6 A0 (31:0) iTXDENG VPL5 VPL5 (001-13F) VPL5 VPL5 TP10 R61 RA27 R63 8 7 6 5 1 2 3 4 RA58 8 7 6 5 1 2 3 4 RA54 1 2 3 4 RA59 7 IRO1 IRO2 IRO3 IRO4 1 2 3 4 260 259 258 257 8 7 6 5 R65 8 7 6 5 261 CS0 CN3 2 CN3 3 R62 R69 B4B-PH-KL NONE CN3 1 VCCMON CN3 4 iTXDMCP (001-13C) TXDMON RXDMON 7 GNDMON GPL5 256 IRO5 $001 $002 A CPUD 8 R64 C64 (004-03B) (008-01G) (009-01G) (004-03A) (008-01D) (009-01D) (010-12B) B C C65 8 GPL5 A X3 D E GPL5 F G H I J 3-7-27 Memory copy PCB 3/12 2A3/4 A B C D E F G H I $004 1 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155 170 169 168 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 184 186 188 193 195 197 199 201 204 206 208 214 213 212 211 219 218 217 216 226 224 223 222 221 MCP2AC (304:1) 1 J VCC3 233 234 235 3 249 251 252 253 256 257 258 259 260 261 4 263 264 269 270 272 273 276 277 5 280 281 283 284 287 288 290 291 6 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 VDD26 VDD27 SMLLD SMLDEB SMGHDEB SMGLDEB SMGDIP VDD28 SRAS30B SRAS31B SRAS32B SRAS33B SCAS30B SCAS31B GND47 RAMCSHB RAMCSLB RAMDEB GND48 GND49 CLK GND50 RAMWEB RDMCSB RDEMCEB VDD29 IRDALLB IRD5B IRD4B IRD3B IRD2B IRD1B CS0B GND51 CPUD0 CPUD1 VDD30 VDD31 GND52 GND53 CPUD2 CPUD3 GND54 CPUD4 CPUD5 VDD32 GND55 CPUD6 CPUD7 VDD33 GND56 CPUD8 CPUD9 GND57 CPUD10 CPUD11 GND58 GND59 CPUD12 CPUD13 GND60 CPUD14 CPUD15 GND61 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 A0 DSACKB VDD34 VDD35 U16 C62 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 C61 150 149 148 147 2 L69 C43 144 143 142 141 C41 138 137 136 135 L68 C63 3 132 131 130 129 C51 127 126 125 124 123 122 L60 C42 120 119 118 117 C50 4 R58 112 111 110 109 108 107 C49 GPL5 105 104 103 102 5 100 99 98 97 94 93 92 91 6 88 87 86 85 82 81 80 79 7 $001 MCP2AC 8 A B 74 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 64 59 60 61 62 53 54 55 56 50 51 46 47 48 43 44 41 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 15 16 17 18 13 8 9 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 7 VDD17 VDD16 DRAMD24 DRAMD23 DRAMD25 DRAMD22 GND26 VDD15 DRAMD26 DRAMD21 DRAMD27 DRAMD20 GND25 VDD14 DRAMD28 DRAMD19 DRAMD29 DRAMD18 GND24 GND23 DRAMD30 DRAMD17 DRAMD31 DRAMD16 GND22 DRAS5B DRAS4B DRAS3B DRAS2B DRAS1B DRAS6B GND21 DA4 DA3 DA5 DA2 GND20 GND19 VDD13 VDD12 DA6 DA1 DA7 DA0 DA8 DA9 GND18 DOEB DWEB DCASHB DCASLB GND17 DRAMD8 DRAMD7 DRAMD9 DRAMD6 GND16 GND15 DRAMD10 DRAMD5 DRAMD11 DRAMD4 GND14 VDD11 DRAMD12 DRAMD3 DRAMD13 DRAMD2 GND13 VDD10 DRAMD14 DRAMD1 DRAMD15 DRAMD0 VDD9 VDD8 GND1 GND2 RDBWR SIZE1 SIZE0 ASB VDD1 A1 A2 SMC AMC SIN A3 SOUT A4 A5 A6 A7 VDD2 GND3 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 VDD3 VDD4 GND4 GND5 RCK GND6 VD1 VD2 VDD5 RCKENB MCPSELB MREVDIN MREVDOUT PWSYNCB RVSIB GND7 ID0 ID1 ID2 ID3 VDD6 GND8 ID4 ID5 ID6 ID7 GND9 WCK GND10 MRE10 WVS1B WREADYB RREADYB ACKENG ACKMCP SETMCPB VDD7 RESETB GND11 GND12 2 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 GND46 GND45 SWEB GND44 SRAS21B SRAS11B SRAS20B SRAS10B VDD25 SCAS21B SCAS11B SCAS20B SCAS10B GND43 SRAS22B SRAS12B SRAS23B SRAS13B GND42 VDD24 SA9 GND41 SA8 GND40 SA7 GND39 VDD23 SA10 GND38 SA6 GND37 SA5 GND36 SA4 GND35 SA3 GND34 GND33 VDD22 VDD21 SA2 GND32 SA1 GND31 SA0 GND30 VDD20 Q2CDWRB Q2CDRDB Q2CDACKB Q2CDRD Q2PDWRB Q2PDRDB Q2DACKB Q2PDRQ Q2HINTR GND29 VDD19 Q2HWRB Q2HRDB Q2HCSB VDD18 Q1CDWRB Q1CDRDB Q1CDACKB Q1CDRQ Q1PDWRB Q1PDRDB Q1PDACKB Q1PORQ Q1HINTR Q1HWRB Q1WRDB Q1MCSB GND28 GND27 228 227 226 225 224 223 222 221 220 219 218 217 216 215 214 213 212 211 210 209 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153 L59 (001-13B) (002-02A) (004-03B) (005-03B) (006-03B) (007-01B) (008-01B) (009-01B) (010-02H) (011-04F) (011-13I) (011-13F) 8 C D E F G H I J 3-7-28 Memory copy PCB 4/12 A 2A3/4 B C D E F G H I J 1 1 $001 (002-15F) (003-15A) CPUD (15:0) SD (15:0) A (31:0) MCP2AC (304:1) 301 8 9 13 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 2 3 4 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 VPL5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 VPL5 L38 0 1 2 3 RA17 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 RA18 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 C7 R17 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 RA7 RA8 8 7 6 5 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 8 7 9 6 10 5 .11 8 7 6 5 2 L39 0 1 2 3 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 C6 R15 C12 VCC WE_ A13 A8 A9 A11 OE_ A10 CE_ IO8 IO7 IO6 IO5 IO4 A14 A12 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 IO1 IO2 IO3 GND 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 9 10 12 11 15 14 13 12 11 U4 GPL5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 C8 VCC A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 GND2 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 VPP CE0 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 GND1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 OE0 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 3 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 U1 VPL5 GPL5 GPL5 L47 263 264 269 270 5 0 1 2 3 CPUD0 CPUD1 CPUD2 CPUD3 272 273 276 277 CPUD4 CPUD5 CPUD6 CPUD7 4 5 6 7 280 281 283 284 CPUD8 CPUD9 CPUD10 CPUD11 8 9 10 11 287 288 290 291 CPUD12 CPUD13 CPUD14 CPUD15 12 13 14 15 C30 R43 15 13 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 6 TP4 244 245 246 251 RA52 1 2 3 4 RAMCSH_ RAMCSL_ RAMOE_ RAMWF_ TP5 TP3 RA46 1 2 252 ROMCS 253 ROMOF $001 CPUD VCC WE_ A13 A8 A9 A11 OE_ A10 CE_ IO8 IO7 IO6 IO5 IO4 A14 A12 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 IO1 IO2 IO3 GND 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 5 14 9 10 12 11 7 6 5 4 3 6 U11 TP1 GPL5 8 7 6 5 TP2 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 C33 TP6 4 3 7 (002-02H) (008-01D) (009-01D) (010-12B) 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-29 Memory copy PCB 5/12 A 2A3/4 B C D E F G H I J 1 1 (003-15A) MCP2AC (304:1) 208 SA9 206 SA8 204 SA7 RA63 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 LSA1 (10:0) 9 8 7 CN5 12 0 CN5 13 1 201 199 197 195 2 SA10 SA6 SA5 SA4 RA62 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 CN5 14 2 10 6 5 4 CN5 15 3 CN5 16 4 193 188 186 184 SA3 SA2 SA1 SA0 RA61 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 CN5 17 5 3 2 1 0 CN5 18 6 CN5 28 7 3 8 CN5 31 9 CN5 32 10 223 221 213 211 SRAS11_ SRAS10_ SRAS12_ SRAS13_ SRAS1 (3:0) RA64 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 CN5 44 0 1 0 2 3 CN5 45 1 4 RA71 216 SCAS10_ 1 218 SCAS11_ 2 3 4 0 1 SCAS1 (1:0) CN5 19 2 CN5 34 3 CN5 33 CN5 40 0 CN5 43 CN5 41 1 5 CN5 42 R66 226 SWE_ CN5 47 CN5 10 CN5 30 VPL5 L5 CN5 59 6 CN5 1 C88 C86 C85 + + + C87 F3 CE11 CN5 72 R80 CE10 CE9 CN5 39 8 CN5 49 SM1A0 24 CN5 50 SM1A1 9 CN5 51 SM1A2 25 CN5 52 SM1A3 10 CN5 53 SM1A4 26 CN5 54 SM1A5 11 CN5 55 SM1A6 27 CN5 56 SM1A7 12 CN5 57 SM1A8 28 CN5 58 SM1A9 29 CN5 60 SM1A10 13 CN5 61 SM1RAS0_ 30 CN5 62 SM1RAS1_ 14 CN5 63 SM1RAS2_ 31 CN5 64 SM1RAS3_ 15 CN5 65 SM1CAS0_ SM1D8 SM1D24 SM1D9 SM1D25 SM1D10 SM1D26 SM1D11 SM1D27 SM1D12 SM1D28 SM1D29 SM1D13 SM1D30 SM1D14 SM1D31 SM1D15 9 CN5 2 16 CN5 3 1 CN5 4 17 CN5 5 2 CN5 6 18 CN5 7 3 CN5 8 19 CN5 9 4 CN5 20 20 CN5 21 5 CN5 22 21 CN5 23 6 CN5 24 22 CN5 25 7 CN5 26 23 CN5 27 SM1D0 SM1D16 SM1D1 2 SM1D17 SM1D2 SM1D18 SM1D3 SM1D19 3 SM1D4 SM1D20 SM1D5 SM1D21 SM1D6 4 SM1D22 SM1D7 SM1D23 SM1CAS0_ SM1CAS1_ 5 SM1CAS1_ SM1WE_ SIMMD (31:0) $001 SM1VCC SM1VCC SM1VCC 6 SIMM SLOT1 SM1GND SM1GND SM1GND 7 7 GPL5 $001 SIMMD (006-14H) (008-16B) (010-02B) 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-30 Memory copy PCB 6/12 A 2A3/4 B C D E F G H I J 1 1 (003-15A) MCP2AC (304:1) 208 SA9 205 SA8 204 SA7 RA85 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 LSA2 (10:0) 9 8 7 CN4 12 0 CN4 13 1 201 199 197 195 2 SA10 SA6 SA5 SA4 RA84 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 CN4 14 2 10 6 5 4 CN4 15 3 CN4 16 4 193 188 186 184 SA3 SA2 SA1 SA0 RA83 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 CN4 17 5 3 2 1 0 CN4 18 6 CN4 28 7 3 8 CN4 31 9 CN4 32 10 224 222 214 212 SRAS21_ SRAS20_ SRAS22_ SRAS23_ SRAS2 (3:0) RA65 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 CN4 44 0 1 0 2 3 CN4 45 1 4 RA70 217 SCAS20_ 1 219 SCAS21_ 2 4 3 2 CN4 34 3 CN4 33 SCAS2 (1:0) CN4 40 0 0 1 CN4 19 CN4 43 CN4 41 1 5 CN4 42 R67 SWE_ CN4 47 CN4 10 CN4 30 VPL5 L4 CN4 59 6 CN4 1 C82 C80 C79 + + + C81 F2 CE8 CN4 72 R79 CE7 CE6 CN4 39 8 CN4 49 SM2A0 24 CN4 50 SM2A1 9 CN4 51 SM2A2 25 CN4 52 SM2A3 10 CN4 53 SM2A4 26 CN4 54 SM2A5 11 CN4 55 SM2A6 27 CN4 56 SM2A7 12 CN4 57 SM2A8 28 CN4 58 SM2A9 29 CN4 60 SM2A10 13 CN4 61 SM2RAS0_ 30 CN4 62 SM2RAS1_ 14 CN4 63 SM2RAS2_ 31 CN4 64 SM2RAS3_ 15 CN4 65 SM2CAS0_ SM2D8 SM2D24 SM2D9 SM2D25 SM2D10 SM2D26 SM2D11 SM2D27 SM2D12 SM2D28 SM2D29 SM2D13 SM2D30 SM2D14 SM2D31 SM2D15 0 CN4 2 16 CN4 3 1 CN4 4 17 CN4 5 2 CN4 6 18 CN4 7 3 CN4 8 19 CN4 9 4 CN4 20 20 CN4 21 5 CN4 22 21 CN4 23 6 CN4 24 22 CN4 25 7 CN4 26 23 CN4 27 SM2D0 SM2D16 SM2D1 2 SM2D17 SM2D2 SM2D18 SM2D3 SM2D19 3 SM2D4 SM2D20 SM2D5 SM2D21 SM2D6 4 SM2D22 SM2D7 SM2D23 SM2CAS0_ SM2CAS1_ 5 SM2CAS1_ SM2WE_ SIMMD (31:0) $001 SM2VCC SM2VCC SM2VCC 6 SIMM SLOT2 SM2GND SM2GND SM2GND 7 7 GPL5 $001 SIMMD (005-14H) (008-16B) (010-02B) 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-31 Memory copy PCB 7/12 2A3/4 A B C D DRAMD24 DRAMD23 DRAMD25 DRAMD22 RA60 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 RA57 1 2 3 4 138 137 136 135 DRAMD28 DRAMD19 DRAMD29 DRAMD18 RA55 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 28 19 29 18 3 132 131 130 129 DRAMD30 DRAMD17 DRAMD31 DRAMD16 RA51 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 30 17 31 16 100 99 98 97 DRAMD8 DRAMD7 DRAMD9 DRAMD6 RA28 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 8 7 9 6 94 93 92 91 DRAMD10 DRAMD5 DRAMD11 DRAMD4 RA25 1 2 3 4 8 10 7 5 6 11 5 4 4 DRAMD12 DRAMD3 DRAMD13 DRAMD2 RA21 1 2 3 4 DRAMD14 DRAMD1 DRAMD15 DRAMD0 RA20 1 2 3 4 8 14 7 1 6 15 5 0 127 DRAS5 126 DRAS4 1 2 4 3 5 4 125 124 123 122 RA44 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 8 7 6 5 82 81 80 79 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 RA39 1 2 3 4 RA40 1 2 3 4 RA13 1 2 3 4 RA14 1 2 3 4 RA15 1 2 3 4 RA16 1 2 3 4 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L66 DRAS3 DRAS2 DRAS1 DRAS0 L63 R56 C55 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 5 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 3 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 U20 R55 C54 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 U19 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPL5 L56 C39 C37 R48 C35 R46 C36 4 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 2 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 U15 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 U14 GPL5 RA30 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 110 109 108 107 DRAMA7 DRAMA0 DRAMA8 DRAMA9 RA33 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 7 0 8 9 112 DRAMA6 111 DRAMA1 RA36 1 2 4 3 6 1 120 119 118 117 RA42 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 4 3 5 2 8 7 6 5 RA73 1 2 3 4 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 8 7 6 5 RA74 1 2 3 4 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 8 7 6 5 RA75 1 2 3 4 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 8 7 6 5 RA76 1 2 3 4 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 8 7 6 5 RA77 1 2 3 4 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 8 7 6 5 RA78 1 2 3 4 7 6 5 4 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32 3 2 1 0 8 7 6 5 RA79 1 2 3 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 GPL5 DRAS_ (5:0) DOE_ DWE_ DCASH_ DCASL_ 27 26 25 24 U13 GPL5 105 104 103 102 31 30 29 28 C34 8 12 7 3 6 13 5 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 RA72 1 2 3 4 C53 GPL5 L57 C38 8 7 6 5 U18 GPL5 L58 31 30 29 28 C56 26 21 27 20 RA48 6 1 C57 R47 88 87 86 85 J VPL5 8 7 6 5 L67 R57 DRAMD26 DRAMD21 DRAMD27 DRAMD20 144 143 142 141 I QDD (31:0) 24 23 25 22 C58 2 VPL5 RA38 1 2 3 4 VPL5 27 26 25 24 VPL5 8 7 6 5 VPL5 H DD (31:0) MCP2AC (304:1) 150 149 148 147 VPL5 G RA37 1 2 3 4 1 VPL5 F 31 30 29 28 VPL5 E LDA (9:0) 8 L3 + + CE5 CE4 F1 + DRAMA4 DRAMA3 DRAMA5 DRAMA2 7 VPL5 CE3 7 8 GPL5 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-32 Memory copy PCB 8/12 2A3/4 A B C D E F 1 (009-15B) H 163 3 Q1CDRQ 1 12 11 10 9 8 17 16 15 14 13 22 21 20 19 18 27 26 25 24 23 SIMMD (31:0) R78 Q1CDWR_ Q1CDRD_ Q1CDACK_ 158 Q1HINTR 31 30 29 28 8 7 6 5 RA105 1 2 3 4 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 8 7 6 5 RA103 1 2 3 4 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 8 7 6 5 RA101 1 2 3 4 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 8 7 6 5 RA98 1 2 3 4 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 8 7 6 5 RA104 1 2 3 4 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 8 7 6 5 RA102 1 11 2 10 3 9 4 8 VPL5 7 6 5 4 8 7 6 5 RA100 1 2 3 4 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 8 7 6 5 RA99 1 2 3 4 3 2 1 0 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 RA69 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 R77 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 RST_ 157 156 155 (002-15F) 8 7 6 5 1 2 3 4 A (31:0) CDAK CDRD CDWR INTR VDD17 GND18 HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD4 VDD18 GND19 HD5 HD6 HD7 TEST0 TEST1 VDD19 GND20 MCLK VDD20 GND21 RESET HRD HWR HCS VDD21 GND22 HA0 HA1 HA2 HA3 TOUT1 TOUT2 VDD22 VDD11 CD7 CD6 CD5 CD4 GND11 VDD10 CD3 CD2 CD1 CD0 GND10 VDD9 RXCKD RVID SVID PXCK PTIM PRDY GND9 VDD8 PDWR PDRD PDAK PDRQ GND8 VDD7 PD31 PD30 PD29 GND7 VDD6 PD28 PD27 PD26 PD25 U25 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VPL5 R76 $002 2 3 R74 R69 RA80 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 R68 Q1PDWR_ Q1PDRD_ Q1PDACK_ 169 161 160 Q1PDRD 159 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 L76 L77 L70 C77 C78 C66 4 5 (007-16B) (009:01H) 20 21 22 23 24 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 C76 L75 C71 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 GND1 PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 VDD1 GND2 PD5 PD6 PD7 PD8 PD9 VDD2 GND3 PD10 PD11 PD12 PD13 PD14 VDD3 GND4 PD15 PD16 PD17 PD18 PD19 VDD4 GND5 PD20 PD21 PD22 PD23 PD24 VDD5 GND6 5 Q1HWR_ Q1HRD_ Q1HCS_ RA68 1 2 3 4 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 CDRQ GND17 VDD16 CD31 CD30 CD29 CD28 GND16 VDD15 CD27 CD26 CD25 CD24 CD23 GND15 VDD14 CD22 CD21 CD20 CD19 CD18 GND14 VDD13 CD17 CD16 CD15 CD14 CD13 GND13 VDD12 CD12 CD11 CD10 CD9 CD8 GND12 166 165 164 CPUD (15:0) (001-13C) J QSD (31:0) 2 $001 I MCP2AC (304:1) 31 30 29 28 (003-15A) G QDD (31:0) 6 R75 6 VPL5 L80 DE VCC GND OUT 4 GPL5 L82 3 X4 7 QMCLK (009-01J) C90 2 C91 1 7 R82 GPL5 8 A $001 CPUD $002 SIMMD (002-02H) (004-03A) (009-01D) (010-12B) (005-14H) (006-14H) (010-02B) B 8 C D E F G H I J 3-7-33 Memory copy PCB 9/12 2A3/4 A B C D E F G H I J 1 1 MCP 2AC (304:1) 12 11 10 9 8 17 16 15 14 13 22 21 20 19 18 27 26 25 24 23 178 Q2CDRQ SIMMD (31:0) VPL5 R88 31 30 29 28 (003-15A) 2 RA66 173 Q2HINTR $001 3 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 RA82 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 R86 CPUD (15:0) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 (011-13C) RST_ 170 Q2HWR_ 169 Q2HRD_ 168 Q2HCS_ (002-15F) 8 7 6 5 1 2 3 4 A (31:0) 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 CDAK CDRD CDWR INTR VDD17 GND18 HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD4 VDD18 GND19 HD5 HD6 HD7 TEST0 TEST1 VDD19 GND20 MCLK VDD20 GND21 RESET HRD HWR HCS VDD21 GND22 HA0 HA1 HA2 HA3 TOUT1 TOUT2 VDD22 VDD11 CD7 CD6 CD5 CD4 GND11 VDD10 CD3 CD2 CD1 CD0 GND10 VDD9 PXCKD RVID SVID PXCK PTIM PRDY GND9 VDD8 PDWR PDRD PDAK PDRQ GND8 VDD7 PD31 PD30 PD29 GND7 VDD6 PD28 PD27 PD26 PD25 U26 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 173 174 178 Q2HINTR Q2PDRD Q2CDRD 8 7 6 5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VPL5 R87 R85 RA67 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 Q2PDWR_ Q2PDRD_ Q2PDACK_ 177 176 175 Q2PDRD 174 R81 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 VPL5 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 1 2 3 4 8 11 7 10 6 9 5 8 7 6 5 4 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 2 3 4 5 C89 L79 6 R84 C84 L81 L83 6 C92 QDD (31:0) C93 C83 20 21 22 23 24 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 L78 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 0 1 2 3 4 31 30 29 28 R83 GND1 PDO PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 VDD1 GND2 PD5 PD6 PD7 PD8 PD9 VDD2 GND3 PD10 PD11 PD12 PD13 PD14 VDD3 GND4 PD15 PD16 PD17 PD18 PD19 VDD4 GND5 PD20 PD21 PD22 PD23 PD24 VDD5 GND6 5 RA81 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 CDRQ GND17 VDD16 CD31 CD30 CD29 CD28 GND16 VDD15 CD27 CD26 CD25 CD24 CD23 GND15 VDD14 CD22 CD21 CD20 CD19 CD18 GND14 VDD13 CD17 CD16 CD15 CD14 CD13 GND13 VDD12 CD12 CD11 CD10 CD9 CD8 GND12 181 Q2CDWR_ 180 Q2CDRD_ 179 Q2CDACK_ (008-09A) VPL5 GPL5 (008-15J) QMCLK 7 7 $001 CPUD (002-02H) (004-03A) (008-01D) (010-12B) 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-34 Memory copy PCB 10/12 A 2A3/4 B C D E F G 1 H I J 1 VPL5 L74 C70 R73 $001 BSD (31:0) SIMMD (31:0) 2 3 31 30 29 28 8 7 6 5 RA97 1 31 2 30 3 29 4 28 27 26 25 24 8 7 6 5 RA95 1 27 2 26 3 25 4 24 23 22 21 20 8 7 6 5 RA92 1 23 2 22 3 21 4 20 19 18 17 16 8 7 6 5 RA90 1 19 2 18 3 17 4 16 8 7 6 5 RA96 1 15 2 14 3 13 4 12 11 10 9 8 8 7 6 5 RA94 1 11 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5 4 8 7 6 5 RA93 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 RA91 1 2 3 4 15 14 13 12 4 5 3 2 1 0 (003-15A) 6 RA56 1 2 3 4 BCD (15:0) U24 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 10 _OE T_R Vcc A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 CPUD (15:0) 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 GND R70 15 14 13 12 8 7 6 5 RA86 1 2 3 4 11 10 9 8 8 7 6 5 RA89 1 11 2 10 3 9 4 8 7 6 5 4 1 2 3 4 RA87 8 7 6 5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 RA88 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 L71 C68 C72 U21 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 10 Vcc _OE T_R A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 3 2 1 0 10 8 7 6 5 Vcc _OE T_R A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 7 10 4 20 5 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 6 L72 C73 U22 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 GND R71 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 2 L73 C67 19 1 15 14 13 12 C74 U23 19 1 $002 GND R72 7 6 5 4 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 C69 MCP 2AC (304:1) 235 SMGDIR 234 SMGLOE_ 233 SMGHOE_ C75 _OE T_R Vcc A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 GND GPL5 $001 SIMMD $002 CPUD (005-14H) (006-14H) (008-16B) (002-02H) (004-03A) (008-01D) (009-01D) 8 A B C D 8 E F G H I J 3-7-35 Memory copy PCB 11/12 A 2A3/4 B C D E F G H I J 1 1 VPL5 R6 2 1 Q CT3 CLK _CLR 3 D 5 + 2 S1 GPL5 GPL5 RST_ 8 7 6 5 R16 R23 iRESET_ U5 2 reset at 2.07V GPL5 4 2 $001 VCC3 1 1 (001-13F) CT RES_ VSC VS OUTC VSB-RI_ VCC GND U3 6 _Q R29 3 1 2 3 4 4 U6 R25 _PRE 3 (003-15A) R14 R28 2 MCP 2AC (304:1) RST_ 74 VPL5 3 VCC3 L49 VPL5 VCC3 L51 R51 RCKEN 1 2 DE GND X2 VCC OUT 4 4 3 C32 MCP 2AC (304:1) 46 C29 (003-15A) C27 4 L55 R45 L54 R44 RCK 41 MCP 2AC (304:1) iRCK2 (003-15A) (001-13D) R40 GPL5 5 5 VCC3 VPL5 L48 R30 VPL5 L50 U6 OUT L53 X1 3 11 D Q 9 L46 CPUCLK 6 (002-02C) CLK _CLR GND 12 4 C31 2 VCC DE C28 1 _PRE 10 6 _Q 8 13 R39 TP11 L52 MCP 2AC (304:1) CLK 249 (003-15A) GPL5 7 7 $001 RST_ (002-02C) (008-01F) (009-01F) 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-36 Memory copy PCB 12/12 2A3/4 A B C D E F G H I 1 J 1 L40 VCC3 U6 GPL5 3 GND U8 GPL5 3 GND U12 GPL5 C26 C18 C16 10 GND U5 GPL5 20 VCC 10 GND U7 GPL5 R35 R34 R37 10 GND 2 20 VCC C20 R32 C40 C17 R33 C19 7 GND L45 20 VCC C25 5 VCC C24 5 VCC C21 20 VCC C23 14 VCC 3 VCC3 L44 VCC3 L43 VPL5 C15 2 VPL5 L41 L42 VPL5 C22 VPL5 10 GND U9 GPL5 GPL5 3 U10 GPL5 4 4 VPL5 VCC3 U2 CT1 CT2 + CE2 R2 + C94 + C5 CE1 5 VOUT 2 GND 1 5 R4 + C2 C1 3 VIN C3 L2 C4 B2P-VH 1 CN2 E 5.1 V G (5 V) VPL5 L1 2 CN2 GPL5 GPL5 6 6 GND1 GND2 GND3 GND4 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 R89 7 R1 FG1 GMI5 GPL5 GPL5 R90 8 A B C 7 FG4 GMI5 8 R3 FG2 GMI5 GPL5 FG3 GMI5 GPL5 D E F G H I J 3-7-37 Scanner motor PCB 2A3/4 A B C D E F G H I J 1 1 S C15 C16 2 2 L2 IC1 SM Vref SM M1 SM M2 SM M3 SM M4 SM M5 SM CLK SM CWB 3 R7 R6 R5 R4 JP2 JP1 R3 R2 CN1-13 CN1-12 CN1-11 CN1-10 CN1-9 CN1-8 CN1-7 CN1-6 C12 C11 C10 SG R10 S R9 + C22 R1 SM RET CN1-5 C7 SG SG SG 7 Vref VDD A M1 _A M2 B M3 _B M4 M5 MOI CLK MO1 CWB MO2 _RES RET PG EN PG SG 22 6 5 2 1 CN2-4 CN2-6 CN2-3 CN2-1 CN4-2 SM A SM _A SM B SM _B CN1-2 SHPSW CN1-14 ODSW CN1-16 OSD1 C4 SG SG 19 20 21 L4 ODSW CN5-2 3 C20 3 4 CN2-5 CN2-2 + D1 JP5 C9 JP4 C8 SG 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 SHPSW TP1 NO MOUNT SG SM COM SM COM C14 SG C23 P G(M) R8 S SM ENABLE B CN1-4 C E 4 L1 SG OSD1 CN7-3 DT1 4 C6 SG SG S 5V 5V 5V 5V CN4-1 CN7-2 CN7-5 CN5-3 5 CN1-15 OSD2 C13 CN6-6 5 SG C17 + C18 C21 C19 L6 G (5 V) CN7-6 S L5 5.1 V L3 OSD2 CN6-5 SG JP3 SG CN7-1 CN7-4 CN4-3 CN5-1 CN1-1 G G G G G DT2 EL ON REM CN1-3 B L7 C CN3-1 CN3-2 EL ON EL ON E 6 P G(L) L24V JP7 24 V C24 C27 JP10 C25 CN6-4 24 V + JP6 + JP11 C26 C31 CN3-3 CN3-4 G (24 V) P G(M) C34 P G(M) JP14 P G(M) C1 C35 CN3-5 CN3-6 CN6-1 P G(L) 6 24 V 24 V JP12 CN6-3 JP9 7 JP13 C30 CN6-2 JP8 G (24 V) C29 C32 P G(L) G G JP15 C36 SG C33 C2 C3 7 C5 C28 F G(1) F G(2) P G(L) F G(2) 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-38 E A E A A E A A E E 2A3/4 CCD PCB C D E F4 F1 IC1 A G A G 2 18 10 20 9 26 3 27 2 28 1 12 F3 IC2 14 13 11 12 16 1 9 15 10 R16 F2 R15 A G R5 CK_in 2B_in R20 6 4 12 3 5 11 13 16 8 R19 R21 R11 R10 2 8 RS_in 3 CP_in 7 SH_in S F8 EN EN DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 VCC GND 1 DI1+ DI1– DI2+ DI2– DI3+ DI3– DI4+ DI4– F7 2 1 6 7 10 9 14 15 R18 F9 F10 R22 F11 F12 R23 F13 F14 R24 S F15 F16 R6 A G F17 R12 A G C16 A G J IC3 CK_out _CK_out CK_out _CK_out 2B_out _2B_out RS_out CP_out SH_out R7 7 8 13 14 15 21 22 I R17 R13 3 F18 C18 C5 CP1_EVEN CP1_ODD CP2_EVEN CP2_ODD CP_LH_EVEN CP_LH_ODD VGG CP_RS_EVEN CP_RS_ODD CP_CLP_EVEN CP_CLP_ODD CP_ROC VOUT_EVEN NC VOUT_ODD NC NC NC GND NC GND NC GND NC H R14 VDD VDD VDD VDD C1 R8 C4 C3 C7 F5 G C17 1 F C14 B C15 A CN1-1 ΦCLK + CN1-2 ΦCLK – CN1-3 ΦRS + CN1-4 ΦRS – CN1-5 ΦCLP + CN1-6 ΦCLP – CN1-7 ΦSHIFT + CN1-8 ΦSHIFT – CN1-9 5V CN1-10 5V CN1-11 5V 2 3 A G + TR1 R3 C1 A G R29 4 R2 A G R32 C6 1 2 3 4 RA1 4 IC5 FBP VIN VREF FBN 8 R33 5 R34 CN2-1 VO_O+ CN2-2 VO_O– CN2-3 VO_E+ CN2-4 VO_E– CN2-5 +12V CN2-6 G(Analog) CN2-7 G(Analog) R31 5 R1 + TR2 R35 C10 A GA G C8 R36 A G 5 R25 IC4 1 2 R28 A G 3 4 6 FBP VIN VREF FBN 8 5 6 C9 R27 + C23 R9 F19 A G R37 7 7 7 A G A C C12 C13 + R4 A G B C11 IC2 C19 C20 4,5 R26 IC4 C21 IC5 7 8 6 R30 6 C22 F6 S 8 A G D E F G H I J 3-7-14 3-7-39 E E A E A E A KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E E A A A E E A A E E 2A3/4 DF driver PCB A B C D E F G H I S S J S S S OSSW 1 1B 1 E 1C 5 S S G 3 2B 2C 4 2 S G S OFSW CN2-17 SBFSSOL CN6-B2 CN3-1 OSSW CN3-2 OFSW CN5-B8 SBFSSOL CN5-A7 EFSSOL CN5-A5 OFCL * EFSSOL CN2-19 OFCL CN2-20 R * CN6-B5 S G 14 1 8 P G * S S COM 7 4 S G S G R S OSBSW CN6-A5 1 1B 2 2 S G S G 3 2B S OFTSW CN5-A2 1C 5 S E CN3-3 OSBSW CN2-21 SBPSOL1 1 1B S 2C 4 CN3-4 2 DFTSW CN6-A14 2 P G 3 2B 2C 4 S B CN6-A11 C CN3-5 OSLSW S G 2 * S G OFSOL2 3 CN6-B9 OSLEDPCB (GN) CN6-B7 OSLEDPCB (RED) P G 1C 5 CN4-3 DFSSW2 2C 4 S 1 1B CN3-10 2 P G 4 S OSWSW CN5-B13 P G E 3 2B OSLEDPCB (RED) OFSOL1 CN2-16 OFSOL2 CN3-9 1 1B * S G E S G S CN5-B12 CN2-15 OFSOL 1 OSLEDPCB (GN) SBPSOL2 P G S OSLSW CN5-A3 CN2-22 SBPSOL2 S G 3 SBPSOL1 1C 5 E CN3-8 CN6-A8 S G 1C 5 CN3-7 DFSSW2 CN3-6 DFSSW1 S E 3 2B P G 2C 4 4 S G OSWSW DFSSW1 CN4-4 P G * S S G * * F G S G * F G * * * F G * F G S G S G 5 CN1-1 CN1-2 PG PG CN1-3 CN1-4 N.C. N.C. CN1-5 CN1-6 CN4-2 24 V(VEN) * + * * * P G N.C. N.C. * VIN + VOUT CN2-6 OCM M1 OCM M2 OCM M3 CN2-1 CN2-2 CN2-3 CN2-4 CN2-5 CN2-8 CN2-7 S * OCM CLK OCM CWB ADJ N.C. N.C. S G S G CN1-7 CN1-8 A Vref VDD _A M1 B M2 _B M3 M4 M5 MO1 CLK MO1 MO2 CWB _RES RET PG EN SG PG 22 6 5 2 1 5 S G 19 20 21 CN5-A10 CN5-A12 CN5-A11 CN5-A13 OCM A OCM A OCM B OCM B CN5-A9 CN5-A8 OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN) OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN) R 3 4 * Not installed 6 S G S P G S G OCM ENABLE CN1-9 CN1-10 B CN2-10 S C E S G S G S G 7 S G CN6-A9 CN6-A12 CN6-A15 CN6-B1 CN6-B4 CN6-A6 CN6-B10 CN6-B13 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V CN6-B8 CN6-A7 CN6-A10 CN6-A13 CN6-B3 CN6-B6 CN6-A4 CN6-B12 CN6-B15 SG SG SG SG SG SG SG SG SG B OFM CLK OFM RET OFM CWB 10 VDD 9 CLK 8 MODE 7 A CWB 6 RST B AB B BB R 24 (VEN) CN4-1 CN5-A1 CN5-A4 CN5-A6 CN5-B7 CN5-B9 CN5-B11 CN2-12 CN2-13 CN2-11 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V * + S G S S 12 Vref S G 7 5 4 3 2 11 SP 1 GND OFM ENABLE CN2-14 B CN5-B3 CN5-B5 CN5-B4 CN5-B6 OFM A OFM A OFM B OFM B CN5-B1 CN5-B2 OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN) OFM BCOM 24 V (VEN) R S G + 8 S G S G S A S G CN2-9 + SG SG S G 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 + * OCM RET 5V 5V 7 S S G 6 OCM Vref + 24 V 24 V C P G E 8 S G CN6-A1 CN6-A2 CN6-A3 CN3-14 N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. C DF SHORT CN3-11 S G D S G E F G H I J 3-7-15 3-7-40 E E A E A A E KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E Operation unit main PCB 1/2 2A3/4 A B C D E F G H I J S TR3 R111 S L47 D5 1 5 EX B R8 S R5 R7 11 R6 S R88 R42 R153 R151 A21 R152 A20 R44 R87 CN3-1 4 S G R85 5 SCAN_L3 CN2-10 SCAN_L2 CN2-9 SCAN_L1 CN2-8 SCAN_R4 CN3-8 SCAN_R3 CN3-7 SCAN_R2 CN3-6 SCAN_R1 IC18 15 R84 IC18 14 5 R83 IC18 13 6 R1 IC18 12 7 R37 IC18 17 2 R38 IC18 18 1 R39 IC18 16 3 CN3-5 BUZZER S IC15 10 11 R2 L1 S R155 R156 R158 R159 S G R161 CN3-13 CN2-16 5V CN2-17 5V MPUCLK MPUCLK L34 L2 _RDY 5V L7 6 RESET MMI D1 TR1 R3 B CN6-3 IC1 1 Vdd 2 GND 3 OUT S G S R165 L51 S R163 C1 S G C IC19 IC19 S E S G C5 S G RA2 RA1 RA3 RA4 RA5 RA6 RA7 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 R121 S D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 L3 14 IC10 CN2-11 DIGLED_R4 CN3-12 DIGLED_R3 CN3-11 DIGLED_R2 CN3-10 L4 8 DIGLED_R1 CN3-9 15 IC10 L5 16 IC10 L6 18 IC10 11 S 22 R45 _CE 24 _ROM1 _OE _RD L35 1 Vpp 32 Vcc 16 GND 5 4 3 1 B L24 R34 R168 C18 R123 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 IC16 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 S 22 R45 _CE 24 _ROM2 _OE _RD L36 1 Vpp 32 Vcc 16 GND S 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 S D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 R55 R54 R53 R46 R47 R48 R49 R50 4 S 22 R59 _CE 24 _ROM3 _OE _RD L39 1 Vpp 32 Vcc 16 GND S G S 5 S G _WR 5 IC4 4 LED L2 6 4 5 E3 _E1 _E2 IC7 _E 6 LED L1 MPUCLK IC6 5 _PRE D Q 4 CLK R73 _Q LED R4 LED R3 9 13 IC6 R72 _O0 _O1 _O2 _O3 _O4 _O5 _O6 _O7 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 IC3 4 IC4 8 IC2 R26 R76 9 6 _ROM1 R24 R68 _ROM2 _ROM3 R29 2 R20 R32 IC2 3 R27 6 R25 _LCD 1 7 5 IC2 IC4 8 _VRAM 4 _E 10 10 _RAM R31 5 9 R28 13 _READY 11 12 12 11 IC3 R71 8 6 13 10 IC6 8 R33 IC3 R67 1 A0 2 A1 3 A2 S G S 12 11 A20 A21 R66 R65 _WR LED L3 _RD LED L4 3 R70 IC3 _RDY R61 9 S S D LED R2 LCD CLK Q CLK 8 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31 1 8 R77 _Q LED R1 S A S R22 6 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 _CLR 13 IC10 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 S R62 L25 L29 CN2-12 IC14 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 10 _CLR DIGLED_L1 L30 12 IC10 7 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 R64 DIGLED_L2 L31 CN2-13 2 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31 2 _E DIGLED_L3 17 IC10 G (5 V) A15 A16 A17 A18 6 7 L32 CN2-14 _RD DIGLED_L4 G (5 V) CN6-11 3 D_BUS C52 S G S G G (5 V) CN6-8 S G C6 IC10 CN6-2 IC12 S R56 R57 R58 R94 R95 R96 R97 R98 R91 R90 R52 R89 R99 R92 R93 R100 R114 R101 R102 S G R19 C53 R141 L14 R164 X1 S G IC15 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 TXD MMI A_BUS VCC R17 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A23 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P110 CN6-7 L11 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P111 _HOLD S R18 S CN2-18 R4 CN3-14 N.C R154 4 AN0 P95/_INT3 P94 A22 A21 A20 P90 P67/TB2in P66/TB1in P65/TB0in P64/_INT2 P63/_INT1 P62/_INT0 P61/TA4in P60/TA4out P57/TA3in P56/TA3out P55/TA2in P54/TA2out P53/TA1in P52/TA1out P51/TA0in P50/TA0out P47 P46 P45 P44 P43 I _RDY S G 8 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 IC9 Vcc 28 _OE _CE _WE A0 GND 14 A1 S G A2 I/O0 11 A3 I/O1 12 A4 I/O2 13 A5 I/O3 15 A6 I/O4 16 A7 I/O5 17 A8 I/O6 18 A9 I/O7 19 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 C39 DIGKEY_R1 R86 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 RXD MMI C31 CN3-2 AN0 EY S EX CN6-10 R110 CN3-3 DIGKEY_R2 R40 9 C30 DIGKEY_R3 R43 C4 S G S G L13 _PRE CN3-4 AN1 R35 13 IC13 R13 LED R1 DIGKEY_R4 R41 R36 12 R14 C40 CN2-5 R79 S R122 DIGKEY_L1 R80 S G C41 CN2-6 S G R82 R166 DIGKEY_L2 R81 AN1 P72 100 P73 99 P74 98 P75 97 P76 96 P77 95 Vss 94 AVss 93 Vref 92 AVcc 91 Vcc 90 P80/CTS0 89 P81 88 R120 P82/R×D0 87 P83/T×D0 86 R119 P84/_INT4 85 R118 P85 84 R×D1 83 R117 T×D1 82 81 CN2-7 3 IC13 BYTE CNVss _RESET Xin Xout _RD Vss Vcc _HLDA ALE _BHE _WR P117 P116 P115 P114 P113 P112 S DIGKEY_L3 4 S G R157 C51 R150 R148 R149 E S G 22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1 R116 R146 S G R160 31 32 33 R162 34 35 36 37 38 R167 L42 39 40 41 42 L41 43 44 R124 LED L4 45 LED L3 46 LED L2 47 LED L1 48 LED R4 49 LED R3 50 LED R2 3 B C50 C _RD _RAM _WR AN1 VCC L40 HRESET TR2 S G X1 (OUT) CN4-2 C17 S L48 R63 S G S G C49 L33 B C C E C48 S G S G B 2 C38 EY CN6-1 CN2-15 X2 (IN) S S G R145 8 IC13 D4 2 9 IC13 D6 TR4 R16 R11 1 C3 E TR7 R15 R12 R9 R10 S CFL REM S L49 CN4-4 S D3 CN6-6 N.C S 1 S L10 ENG ACK MMI TR5 R147 D7 2 Y1 (OUT) S G C33 2 CN4-3 L50 R144 C47 S G IC13 S G IC15 CN6-9 MMI ACK S G Y2 (IN) AN0 6 IC13 R142 1 CN4-1 R112 S G L12 10 5 C2 TR6 C B C E C46 S G S G S G C32 D2 L8 CN6-4 ENG ERROR MMI D8 R143 6 CN6-5 E TR8 R140 IC15 L9 MMI ERROR S C D E F IC7 G H I J 3-7-41 E A E A A E A A E E 2A3/4 Operation unit main PCB 2/2 A B C D E F G 10 H 10 S 1 SG 9 I J S 1 SG 9 S D_BUS L17 CN1-6 XD1 CN1-5 5 10 IC17 R171 R173 XD3 CN1-3 G (5 V) CN1-8 C13 L21 _LCD 7 7 LS07 GND GND 7 Vcc C37 C35 HC14 GND 7 L38 L37 F74 C24 F32 GND GND 7 C57 F32 L28 L53 C45 F32 GND 6 14 14 Vcc 7 _WR _RD _VRAM R115 7 L44 L15 F32 GND Vcc C36 7 Vcc R113 GND C8 F138 Vcc 14 14 14 14 Vcc C34 7 Vcc C23 7 Vcc 7 SG 12 11 CN1-4 F08 GND GND IC17 R172 XD2 F02 Vcc 14 14 14 14 Vcc 9 8 R174 SG 13 IC17 R132 R138 7 5 S 4 6 CNT. VR S R75 R139 XD0 G (24 V) CN2-4 R170 R133 CN2-3 PG C56 IC17 CN1-1 R127 12 11 CN1-7 VLCD C44 R129 R135 CN1-2 –23 V R23 CN1-12 VEE(–23 V) C10 DIN 9 4 SG C7 10 R78 C9 IC17 4 R30 CN1-11 GND –23 V C25 L16 5 Vin– 24 V CN2-2 3 C19 LP 8 7 CN2-1 L22 2 R69 IC17 R130 R136 Vset 1 L26 CN1-10 6 IC8 C26 C16 6 Vout C20 4 Filter _Control R60 R137 S 2 Vin+ L23 IC17 R131 XSCL R125 1 3 CN1-14 8 + C22 R134 LCD. REM 3 9 R74 R128 S C15 S CN1-9 C14 SG L27 SG + CN5-2 C21 C43 C29 S L45 L19 G (5 V) S CN5-3 R106 Vdd + D0 30 A15 29 A14 28 A13 27 A12 26 A11 25 A10 24 A9 23 A8 22 A7 21 A6 20 A5 19 A4 18 A3 17 A2 16 A1 15 A0 14 S S G R103 S 13 R104 S 12 HRESET 11 MPUCLK 10 _READY 9 R105 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 S 1 Vdd R107 R126 C42 2 C27 RA13 L43 IC11 R109 S DB0 AB15 AB14 AB13 AB12 AB11 AB10 AB9 AB8 AB7 AB6 AB5 AB4 AB3 AB2 AB1 AB0 _BHE MPUSEL RESET MPUCLK READY _MEMRD _MEMWR _MEMCS _IORD _IOWR _IOCS Vdd Vss LCD CLK 4 VA4 VA5 VA6 VA7 VA8 VA9 VA10 VA11 VA12 VA13 VA14 VA15 _VCS4 _VCS3 _VCS2 _VCS1 _VCS0 VD0 VD1 VD2 VD3 VD4 VD5 VD6 VD7 VD8 VD9 VD10 Vdd Vss C28 RA12 O0 O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 FUSE1 L18 5.1 V R108 RA11 5V C12 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 VA3 VA2 VA1 VA0 RA8 VA4 VA5 VA6 VA7 VA8 VA9 VA10 VA11 VA12 VA13 VA14 RA9 C11 CN5-1 PG 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 VA0 VA1 VA2 VA3 VA4 VA5 VA6 VA7 VA8 VA9 VA10 VA11 VA12 VA13 VA14 5 G (24 V) VA3 VA2 VA1 VA0 __VME DB15 DB14 DB13 DB12 DB11 DB10 DB9 DB8 DB7 DB6 DB5 DB4 DB3 DB2 DB1 I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 SG S VD11 VD12 VD13 VD14 VD15 LCDENB XSCL LP WF YD UD0 UD1 UD2 UD3 LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 OSC1 OSC2 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1 + L20 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 O0 O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 GND _OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 RA10 14 SG 3 Vcc C54 C55 28 R169 2 CN5-4 + L52 24 V A_BUS 13 1 3 IC17 2 L46 8 8 SG NC A CN1-13 B C D E F G H I J 3-7-16 3-7-42 E E A E A E A KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E E A A A E E A A E E 2A3/4 Operation unit right PCB A B C N.C. 1 D E F G H I J TB 1 2 DIG KEY_R1 CNB-1 DIG KEY_R2 CNB-2 DIG KEY_R3 CNB-3 DIG KEY_R4 CNB-4 KEY8 KEY12 KEY16 KEY20 KEY9 KEY13 KEY17 KEY21 KEY10 KEY14 KEY18 KEY22 KEY11 KEY15 KEY19 KEY23 2 3 3 D4 4 SCAN_R1 CNB-5 SCAN_R2 CNB-6 SCAN_R3 CNB-7 SCAN_R4 CNB-8 D5 D6 D7 4 5 R7 R8 BZ1 5 TR4 6 CNB-14 LED20 5V LED19 CNB-13 LED17 BUZZER LED18 6 7 7 8 A B DIG LED_R1 CNB-9 DIG LED_R2 CNB-10 DIG LED_R3 CNB-11 DIG LED_R4 CNB-12 C R17 R18 R19 R20 D 8 E F G H I J 3-7-17 3-7-43 E E A E A A E KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E E A E A A E A A E E 2A3/4 Operation unit left PCB A B C D E F G H I J TA 1 1 KEY5 KEY7 R4 R13 LED5 R15 L1 4 B1 R21 R30 5 C1 CNT. VR –23 V 2 7 6 CNC-4 1 5 TR7 R24 CNC-1 C2 TR8 VR1 12 3 R29 CNA-4 CNA-2 R23 T1 TR5 R25 7 4 R14 R22 6 TR3 R9 R10 R11 R12 R28 CNA-17 LED4 5V LED3 CNA-11 CNA-12 CNA-13 CNA-14 LED2 5 DIG LED_L1 DIG LED_L2 DIG LED_L3 DIG LED_L4 LED1 CNA-16 CNA-18 TH1 5V N.C 3 R6 TR2 TR1 4 R5 LED16 R3 LED15 R2 LED14 R1 LED13 3 2 D3 LED12 D2 LED11 D1 LED9 2 LED10 CNA-8 CNA-9 CNA-10 KEY2 KEY3 LED8 SCAN_L1 SCAN_L2 SCAN_L3 KEY6 LED7 CNA-5 CNA-6 CNA-7 KEY4 LED6 DIG KEY_L1 DIG KEY_L2 DIG KEY_L3 KEY1 7 TR6 R26 B2 8 A 24 V CNA-1 CFL REM G (24 V) CNA-15 CNA-3 B C R27 8 D E F G H I J 3-7-18 3-7-44 E E A E A E A KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A A E 2A3/4 Deck main PCB A B C D E F G H I J +5 V +5 V 1 DLSW1 CN1-8 UPSW1 CN1-9 2 DLSW2 CN1-10 UPSW2 CN4-7 5V CN4-8 SG 1 1 1 2 R63 2 R62 2 R61 2 R60 UPSW1 UPSW2 7 R11 1 8 R36 1 9 2 IC6.6 13 A Y 12 2 2 IC6.4 9A Y 8 2 IC6.5 11 A Y 10 Y A IC6.1 1 1 R35 2 1 4 3 Y A IC6.2 1 1 1 R65 R64 2 2 2 C 2 IC9.3 5A Y 6 PDMSENS2 R34 1 B +5 V PDMSENS1 1 R37 1 7 R33 1 8 R16 GROUND C4 1 R3 2 1 R20 2 2 1 2 11 1 R42 PPSENS2 1 6 1 R41 R40 2 61 62 63 +5 V 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 GROUND 72 73 PFSW* 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 IC9.1 1A Y 2 2 R47 1 R46 1 R44 1 2 CN4-9 PPSENS1 2 2 9 GROUND 1 R39 2 IC9.5 11 A Y 10 4 CN4-10 N.C CN1-1 LED CLK R38 10 1 1 R48 2 R45 1 1 +5 V 2 R53 R54 R59 R58 1 1 1 1 GROUND 5 6 CN2-1 CN2-2 CN2-3 CN2-4 CN2-5 CN2-6 CN9-1 CN9-2 CN9-3 CN9-4 CN9-5 +5 V SG PLDSENS1 +5 V SG PLDSENS2 DECK TXD G (5 V) DECK RXD G (5 V) PFSW4* 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 2 2 2 1 R50 2 IC9.6 2 13 A Y 12 IC5.6 13 A Y 12 IC5.5 11 A Y 10 C 2 1 Q14 B E 3 1 R43 2 6 1 R15 2 1 R51 2 +5 V 5 IC5.3 GROUND GROUND R28 GROUND 1 2 3 4 5 Y A DA2 3 1 R31 2 2 1 1 R32 2 1 2 3 DA1 2 1 1 R29 2 C 2 +5 V R7 1 2 2 1 8 9 Y A B IC5.4 Q7 1 R30 2 +5 V R6 1 P75/ANI5 P76/ANI6 P77/ANI7 AVdd AVref1 AVss ANO0 ANO1 AVref2 AVref3 P20/NMI P21/INTP0 P22/INTP1 P23/INTP2/CI P24/INTP3 P25/INTP4/ASCK P26/INTP5 P27/SI P30/RxD P31/TxD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GROUND PFSW* R1 CN1-4 DOSSW CN4-11 SCSW 4 1 B +5 V SG +24 V PG 2 WDT 1 2 3 4 2 K 1 ZD1 C15 A 2 +24 V + 1 2 1 1 R23 2 6 2 +5 V GROUND + 1 C14 K 1 3 8 1 C1 + 1 2 RES R2 2 GROUND FUSE1 1 2 CN12-1 CN12-2 CN12-3 CN12-4 CN12-5 2 AGROUND +5 V 1 2 C17 CK Vcc 1 RES GND 2 C7 A Y B IC8.1 9 4 3 5 3 B 2 2 N.C CN1-2 N.C CN4-3 1 2 3 1 C8 GROUND 2 IC2 1 2 C9 IC3 1 2 C10 IC5 1 2 C13 IC8 A Y B IC8.3 Y B IC8.2 1 2 C12 4 N.C R49 C 2 8 1 B K 1 D1 A 2 SIG +24 V Q1 PDMSENS1 1 2 +5 V Q5 1 R27 E 3 GROUND 6 1 B 2 +24 V Q3 C 2 2 3 D4 B E 1 1 2 K A AGROUND C 2 A CN4-4 Q2 C 2 3 D2 B E 1 1 2 K A K 1 D3 A 2 SIG PDMSENS2 1 R55 2 1 PDM1 2 +24 V 3 +24 V 4 PDM2 5 +5 V 6 SG 7 PDMSENS1 8 +5 V 9 SG 10 PDMSENS2 CN7-1 CN7-2 CN7-3 CN7-4 CN7-5 CN7-6 CN7-7 CN7-8 CN7-9 CN7-10 IC7 6 C 2 2 3 04 B C 2 E 1 Q6 AGROUND E 3 1 2 C11 IC6 1 IC9 2 C19 5 GROUND GROUND 1 C2 1 R21 2 N.C 1 +5 V VREF VS 7 2 D5 A 2 SIG 4 B IC8.4 PFCL1 1 +24 V R25 11 10 CN4-5 R22 1 UPSW2 LED 1 IC1 CT COUNT 5 Y PFCL2 3 +5 V 1 R10 2 UPSW1 2 +5 V A 4 CN4-12 CN4-1 CN4-2 CN4-6 +5 V R26 13 5 N.C E 1 12 12 N.C 1 +24 V 2 +24 V 6 CCL +5 V 1 2 1 R9 1 E 3 11 +5 V CN3-1 CN3-2 CN3-3 CN3-4 Q9 2 2 7 10 15 GROUND +5 V 2 +5 V +5 V 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 9 16 COM1 COM2 01 IN1 02 IN2 03 IN3 IN4 04 IC4 C6 2 R5 2 C 2 O0 O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 3 6 11 14 1 GROUND 1 1 R52 2 2 ZD2 2 1 K A GROUND CE OE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 R4 +5 V +5 V R8 1 GROUND GROUND 2 5 6 9 12 15 16 19 R24 2 C3 1 GROUND 20 22 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 27 +5 V OSO1 IC5.2 3A Y 4 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 IC2 3 E 3 IC5.1 1A Y 2 P43/AD3 P44/AD4 P45/AD5 P46/AD6 P47/AD7 P50/A8 P51/A9 P52/A10 P53/A11 P54/A12 P55/A13 P56/A14 P57/A15 P60/A16 P61/A17 P62/A18 P63/A19 P64/RD P65/WR P66/WAIT IC3 0C G 1D 1Q 2D 2Q 3D 3Q 4D 4Q 5D 5Q 6D 6Q 7D 7Q 8D 8Q 1 11 3 4 7 8 13 14 17 18 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 7 IC7 X1 PO0 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 P67/REFRO CN1-6 5 P74/ANI4 P73/ANI3 P72/ANI2 P71/ANI1 P70/ANI0 P17 P16 P15 P14 P13 P12 P11/PWM1 P10/PWM0 MODE ASTB P40/AD0 P41/AD1 P42/AD2 PESENS IC9.2 3A Y 4 P32/SCK P33/SO/SB0 P34/TO0 P35/TO1 P36/TO2 P37/TO3 RESET X2 CN1-5 2 GROUND 60 59 58 57 56 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 44 43 42 41 3 C16 + 1 +24 V PG CM PWM +5 V CM CLK +24 V IC9.4 9A Y 8 2 C18 + 1 GROUND GROUND CN1-11 PPSENS3 1 2 3 4 5 1 +5 V IC6.3 5A Y 6 2 +24 V +5V E 3 2 10 +5 V Q13 R17 DSW0 DSW1 PESENS WDT CN1-7 1 7 1 2 C5 GROUND 8 8 AGROUND GROUND A B * Switch on the copier C D E F G H I J 3-7-45 2A3/4 Interface PCB A B C D E F G H I J +5 V 1 1 2 2 3 CN3-1 +5 V CN3-2 SG CN3-3 DLSW1 CN3-4 +5 V CN3-5 SG CN3-6 UPSW1 CN3-7 +5 V CN3-8 SG CN3-9 DLSW2 CN3-10 +5 V CN3-11 SG CN3-12 UPSW2 2 1 2 2 1 R5 1 R4 1 R3 1 R2 +24 V R1 +5 V 2 1 2 3 4 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 4 CN4-1 +5 V CN4-2 PPSENS3 CN4-3 LED CLK CN4-4 +5 V CN4-5 PESENS CN4-6 LED CLK CN4-7 +5 V CN4-8 PPSENS2 CN4-9 LED CLK 3 1 4 2 1 R6 2 3 5 6 4 7 5 1 R7 2 6 8 7 9 8 10 1 R8 2 9 11 1 5 CN5-1 +24 V CN5-2 CCL CN5-3 +24 V CN5-4 PFCL2 CN5-5 +24 V CN5-6 PFCL1 CN5-7 N.C CN5-8 N.C 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 10 11 6 CN6-1 7 +5 V CN6-2 SG CN6-3 SCSW CN6-4 DOSSW CN6-5 +24 V CN8-1 N.C CN8-2 N.C CN8-3 N.C CN7-1 +5 V CN7-2 PPSENS1 CN7-3 LED CLK CN7-4 N.C 1 12 2 13 3 +24 V CN1-1 +24 V CN1-2 N.C CN1-3 PFCL1 CN1-4 PFCL2 CN1-5 CCL CN1-6 +5 V CN1-7 SG CN1-8 PPSENS1 CN1-9 N.C CN1-10 SCSW CN1-11 LED CLK CN2-1 N.C CN2-2 N.C CN2-3 DOSSW CN2-4 PESENS CN2-5 PPSENS2 CN2-6 DLSW1 CN2-7 UPSW1 CN2-8 DLSW2 CN2-9 UPSW2 CN2-10 PPSENS3 CN2-11 N.C CN2-12 N.C CN2-13 4 5 6 3 4 5 1 2 7 3 GROUND 8 1 2 3 1 R9 2 4 8 1 R10 2 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-46 E A 8 A 7 B C D E F G OSW SW OSL SW DFT SW OSB SW A OFSW H I A E CN6-B1 CN6-B2 CN6-B3 CN4-4 DFSSW1 DFSSW2 DFSSW1 OFM CN4-3 DFSSW2 H 5V OSSW SG 24 V 24 V (VEN) A CN6-B4 CN6-B5 CN6-B6 CN4-2 CN4-1 G CN6-A6 CN6-A5 CN6-A4 CN6-A15 CN6-A14 CN6-A13 CN6-A12 CN6-A11 CN6-A10 A 5V OFSW SG 5V OSBSW SG OSLED PCB 5V DFTSW SG Mi2 (11P) White Mi2 (12P) White Mi2 (11P) Red Mi2 (11P) Red 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5V OSLSW SG OFM B OFM A OFM B OFM A OFM BCOM 24 V (VEN) OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN) OCM CN6-A9 CN6-A8 CN6-A7 CN5-B6 CN5-B5 CN5-B4 CN5-B3 CN5-B2 CN5-B1 F 5V OSWSW SG OFSOL CN6-B9 CN6-B8 CN6-B7 E OSLEDPCB (GN) SG OSLEDPCB (RED) OCM B OCM A OCM B OCM A OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN) OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN) 2 CN5-A13 CN5-A12 CN5-A11 CN5-A10 CN5-A9 CN5-A8 OFSOL2 CN5-B13 OFSOL1 CN5-B12 24 V CN5-B11 SB FS SOL EFSSOL OFCL SBPSOL1 SBPSOL2 OSLED PCB (GN) OSLED PCB (RED) EFS SOL SBFSSOL 24 V D CN5-B8 CN5-B7 OFCL EFSSOL 24 V OFCL 24 V SBPSOL2 SBPSOL1 24 V C CN5-A7 CN5-A6 CN5-A5 CN5-A4 CN5-A3 CN5-A2 CN5-A1 3 CN2-1 CN2-2 CN2-3 CN2-6 CN2-7 CN2-8 CN2-9 CN2-10 CN2-11 CN2-12 CN2-13 CN2-14 CN2-15 CN2-16 CN2-17 CN2-18 CN2-19 CN2-20 CN2-21 CN2-22 CN3-9 CN3-10 CN6-A1 CN6-A2 CN6-A3 SBPSOL OCM M1 OCM M2 OCM M3 OCM Vref OCM CWB OCM CLK OCM RET OCM ENABLE OFM CWB OFM CLK OFM RET OFM ENABLE OFSOL1 OFSOL2 SBFSSOL FG FG CN3-4 CN3-5 CN3-6 CN3-7 CN3-8 CN3-11 CN3-12 CN3-13 CN3-1 CN3-2 CN3-3 CN1-5 CN1-6 CN2-4 CN2-5 CN3-14 Unused pins 5 B OSSW OFSW OSBSW 6 CN1-1 CN1-2 CN1-3 CN1-4 CN1-7 CN1-8 CN1-9 CN1-10 A FG FG DFTSW OSLSW DFSSW1 DFSSW2 OSWSW DF SHORT 24 V 24 V PG PG 5V 5V SG SG E CN A-1 CN A-2 CN A-3 CN A-4 CN A-5 CN A-6 CN A-7 CN A-8 CN A-9 CN A-10 CN A-11 CN A-12 CN A-13 CN A-14 CN A-15 CN A-16 CN A-17 CN A-18 CN A-19 CN A-20 CN A-21 CN A-22 CN A-23 CN B-1 CN B-2 CN B-3 CN B-4 CN B-5 CN B-6 CN B-7 CN B-8 CN B-9 CN B-10 CN B-11 CN B-12 CN B-13 CN B-14 CN B-15 CN B-16 CN B-17 CN B-18 CN B-19 CN B-20 CN B-21 CN B-22 CN B-23 A E A I 1 3 4 OSSW KM-4230/5230 (MCE) A E A E E 2A3/4 SRDF connection diagram J 3 1 2 1 2 2 1 3 4 DFDPCB 5 6 7 8 J 3-7-19 3-7-47 E E E A E E A A A A E E 2A3/4 General connection diagram (42 ppm copier) A B C D E F G H I J EL Fixing unit 1 850W 2–1 TH (Service part) G(5 V) 16 8 4 2 3 2 7 6 G(5 V) 5-1 A9 A10 A11 1–6 1–5 1–4 1–3 1–1 1–2 N.C 7–1 7–2 7–3 7–4 7–5 N.C N.C GND 5V GND OSD1 5V GND ODSW 5V OSD2 7–6 5–3 5–2 5–1 4–3 4–2 4–1 3–1 3–2 3–3 3–4 GND SHPSW 5V EL EL 24 V 24 V G(24 V) G(24 V) 3–5 3–6 OSSW OFSW OSBSW DFTSW OSLSW DFSSW1 DFSSW2 OSWSW DF SHORT 14–11 14–10 14–9 14–8 14–7 14–6 14–5 14–4 14–3 14–2 14–1 13B–11 13B–10 13B–9 13B–8 13B–7 13B–6 13B–5 13B–4 13B–3 13B–2 13B–1 5–16 5–15 5–14 5–13 5–12 5–11 5–10 5 –9 5 –8 5 –7 5 –6 5 –5 5 –4 5 –3 5 –2 5 –1 CN 1 1 1 3 2 14 13 5 4 7 6 3 2 14 13 5 4 7 6 MCPCB2 (Option) a CN 1 2–4 CN 1 G(5 V) 2–5 CN 17 TXD 2–6 12 11 10 12 11 10 Printer boad (Option) N. C N. C N. C N. C CN 1 21–4 21–2 21–1 21–5 21–6 21–3 N. C N. C N. C N. C RESET SET SIG RESET SET SIG 9 8 G(5 V) MCPCB1 2–2 9 8 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 1 1 2 2–9 2–3 2–2 2–1 *1 For 120 V specifications only. *2 For inch specifications only. 9 10 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 PFM 2 5–B1 5–B2 5–B3 5–B4 5–B5 5–B6 5–B7 5–B8 5–B9 5–B10 5–B11 5–B12 5–B14 5–B13 2–B1 2–A2 2–A1 2–A4 2–A3 2–A6 2–A5 2–A8 2–A7 2–A9 2–A10 2–A11 2–A12 2–B8 2–B7 2–B5 2–B6 2–B10 2–B11 2–B12 2–B9 2–B4 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 1 3 1 2 Cleaning earth 1 1 2 3 4 TLS TRM 8 16–4 16–3 16–2 N.C N.C 16–7 6 7 16–1 16–9 5 16–8 16–10 3 4 9 10 1 TFM MC IFFM TC MMD* (Option) SC GRID CL TNS E 2 G(5 V) 16–11 TXD 16–6 16–12 G( 5V) RXD 16–5 G(24 V) 24 V TC CONT TC REM DB CONT GND(5 V) DB REM 4 TLDS D MC ALM 3 1 8 C GRID CONT 2 2 2 2 PCM ESCL MC REM CL REM + TFM R24 V – TFM IFFM REM + TRM R24 V – TRM 5V TLS GND GND TNS SIG 1 3 1 1 REM (METER PULSE) 8 HVTPCB 3 3 5 12 11 10 9 R24 V (METER PULSE) 7 6 SET SIG 6 4 G(5 V) 5 4 3 RXD 4 3 2 TXD 3 2 2 1–13 1 1 R24 V 1 GND(24 V) 2 1–12 3 1 1–11 4 2 6 1 F 8 1 5 3 7 1 6 ST ALM 7 4 1–10 8 5 8 8 7 CN2 10 9 SC CONT 1 9 SC REM 2 13 12 11 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1–9 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 9 1–8 4 9 8 1–7 5 8 7 1–6 6 7 6 1–5 N.C 7 6 5 1–4 PCM CLK 8 5 4 TB PCM LOCK 10 9 4 3 1–3 PCM REM 1 3 2 1–2 5V 2 2 1 1–1 G(5 V) 3 R24 V GND G(24 V) 4 TNS CONT 5–A6 G(24 V) 5 5V 5–A14 R24 V 6 R24 V 7 TLDS 11–1 N.C 5–A7 11–2 PFM CLK 5–A8 11–3 PFM LOCK 5–A9 11–4 PFM REM 5–A10 11–5 5V 8 R24 V 10 9 R24 V G(5 V) 5–A11 11–6 1 G(24 V) 5–A12 11–7 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 G(24 V) 5–A13 11–9 11–8 12–B2 12–B3 12–B4 12–B5 12–B6 12–B7 12–B8 12–B9 12–B10 12–B1 12–A6 9 N.C ESCL 8 DM CLK R24 V 7 DM LOCK FCL3 6 DM REM R24 V 5 5V FCL2 4 G(5 V) R24 V 3 G(24 V) FCL1 2 G(24 V) R24 V 1 R24 V FCL5 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 R24 V R24 V 2 1 7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 N.C FCL4 1 2 REM R24 V 2 1 R24 V RCL 1 2 N.C R24 V 2 1 N.C(5 V) CLM–L 1 2 A6 A5 B10 N.C R24 V 2 1 12–A5 8–A11 8–A6 8–A1 3–A11 3–A10 12–A9 12–A10 12–A8 12–A7 12–A4 12–A3 12–A2 12–A1 8–B9 8–B8 SM A_ 6– 1 6–2 6–3 6–4 6–5 6–6 6–7 6–8 6–9 6–10 6–11 1 (Option) 3 Key counter 4 (Option) Key card*1 2 e Booklet stitcher (Option) B8 B9 B6 B7 2–B2 2–B3 6 8 8 7 7 5 6 5 4 3 2 3 1 1 2 4 6 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 Finisher (Option) A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 5 4 8 8 7 6 5 4 1 1 2 3 7 2 PFCL–U PSW–U LICSW–U PFCL–L PSW–L LICSW–L 8–B11 8–B10 8–A5 8–A4 2 A2 A3 A4 A5 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 B10 B11 2 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 A9 A1 A11 A12 A13 A14 A10 1 1 3 4 6 10 8 5 9 17 18 12 14 16 11 13 15 7 1 2 3 5 7 8 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 QR/P15(40P) DF11(18P) 6 4 QR/P15(40P) DF11(22P) 1 2 4 3 6 5 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 3 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 4 3 6 Upper primary Paper feed unit Lower primary Paper feed unit E 5.1 V 5 g N.C 8–A3 2–1 CN 4 8–A2 2–10 CN 3 CLM–U G(5 V) CN 2 R24 V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 E 5.1 V 2–2 CN 1 G(5 V) 6 1 2 B G(12 V) 2–1 2–7 RXD 6 2 1 FCL3 +12 V 10–7 G(5 V) IPC boad (Option) N.C 5 5 N.C 4 1 2 FCL2 Z CROSS SIG E 5.1 V 2–8 N.C 4 2 1 A 7–13 7–12 7–11 7–10 7–9 7–8 7–7 7–6 7–5 7–4 7–3 7–2 7–1 5.1 V 6 3 1 2 FCL1 5 6 N.C 3 A2 A1 3 1 FCL5 5 6 4 2 A2 A1 1 3 FCL4 4 2 3 N.C 2 A4 A3 2 1 RCL 2 3 1 1 15–2 1 2 CLM–L R5 V G(5 V) /ADJUST 1 G(5 V) /ADJUST 2 G(5 V) /EN G(5 V) /VD1 + /VD1 – /VD2 + /VD2 – G(5 V) G(5 V) 2–1 15–6 DM CLM–U 1–1 1–2 1–3 1–4 1–5 1–6 1–7 1–8 1–9 1–10 1–11 1–12 1–13 8–5 8–4 8–3 8–2 8–1 SLEEP SIG FG 15–4 5V A8 A7 1 N.C 1 A10 A9 R5 V G(5 V) /BD + /BD – G(5 V) 9–1 9–2 9–3 9–4 1 2 3 4 5 21–4 f G(24 V) 1 2 1 B4 B3 2–1 2–2 2–3 2–4 2–5 4 3 2 1 21–3 6 6 21–2 5 5 21–1 4 4 21–5 3 3 9 N.C 21–6 2 G(24 V) 2 G(24 V) 8 9 G(24 V) 7 8 24 V 6 7 24 V 5 6 24 V 4 5 24 V 3 4 N.C 2 3 2 E 5.1 V 1 2 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 SBESW 3 8 1 1 8 3 3 7 2 2 7 2 2 FSSOL 1 1 G(5 V) 1 FRXD 1 G(5 V) 6 3 3 6 FTXD 5 4 4 5 G(5 V) 4 5 5 4 RESET 3 6 6 3 SET SIG 2 7 7 2 1 8 8 1 1 2 B2 B1 PM CLOK G(5 V) PM START PM READY E 5.1 V 2–2 18–5 FSSW 2 1 3 GND 2 2 5V 3 1 3–A3 SBESW 3– 1 3–2 3–3 3–4 LSU 18–10 EPCB A8 A7 3 –5 f 18–9 3 1 6 FSSOL2 2 5 FSSOL1 3 4 3–A2 15–8 7 A10 A9 G(24 V) 18–8 1 1 4 CFM2 REM 7–2 3 –6 18–6 PFSW4 2 3 R24 V 5 GND 2 5V 6 FSSW 1 3–B6 R24 V 18–3 PFSW3 3 1 3 15–12 R24 V 7– 1 18–4 PFSW2 1 2 2 G(5 V) 3–B5 CFM2 5V LICSW–L 15–10 1 2 G(5 V) 3–A9 3–A1 2 1 PSW–L 3 RSW 1 2 3 3 2 1 3–A7 CFM1 15–14 CFM1 REM 1 2 3–A6 5 1 PFCL–L 3–B4 1 2 15–16 2 1 R24 V R24 V 10–6 18–1 PFSW1 2 1 1 3–A5 3–A8 3–B3 10–5 LD circuit FSW 3 3 1 4 2 5V 3–A4 3 3 RSW 10–1 BD circuit 1 GND 1 5V 2 PFSW4 CCM 2 G(5 V) 10–3 18–2 3 GND 2 PCFM CCM FWD 2 4 8–B1 CCM REV 7 1 15–1 8–B2 13–14 13–15 6 2 15–5 8–B3 13–13 1 5 15–3 5V 8–B4 R24 V 1 2 15–7 8–B5 PCFM REM 5 3 G(5 V) 15–11 8–B6 4 4 5V LICSW–U 15–9 8–B7 3 5 G(5 V) 15–13 2 6 PSW–U 15–15 10–2 PM PLSW–L 2 1 5V 2 13–12 2 1 PFCL–U 10–4 18–12 3 5 1 2 19–B10 19–A10 19–B9 19–A9 19–B8 19–A8 19–B7 19–A7 19–B6 19–A6 19–B5 19–A5 19–B4 19–A4 19–B3 19–A3 19–B2 19–A2 19–B1 19–A1 PLSW–U 2 18 17 11 13 15 12 14 16 8 6 10 5 9 7 3 4 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 STKSW DUPESW 2 1 3 2 DUPPCSW PWSW–L*2 3 3 PFSW3 1 13–11 1 7 6 R24 V MPCB 1 18–11 13–10 4 CCDPCB N.C SRHPSW 2 20–1 20–2 KC SET SIG 20–3 SET G 20–4 4 DUPRSW 1 1 SBFSSOL DUPFWDSOL DUPPTSOL 2 3 KC COUNT CN 1 PWSW–U*2 3 2 GND 1 13–9 5V 3 EHUMSENS PFSW2 2 SRM 4 3 GND 2 5–A5 N.C G(5 V) 5V 5V 3 5–A4 PFSW1 1 10–2 1 SRM A_ 6 10–1 5–A3 2 SRM B_ ETTH 5 5–A2 HUMPCB 5–A1 10–4 1 4 10–3 SRM A 2 3 SRM B 13–8 3 2 10–6 GND 4 R24 V 18–7 13–7 R24 V 3 TC 13–6 4 3–B2 R24 V 4 13–5 3–B1 3 13–4 5V 5 10–5 13–3 FSW 2 10–8 R24 V 13–2 6 DUPFWDSOL 13–1 1 10–7 PLSW–L 1 4 10–10 R24 V 8–A10 G(5 V) 2 3 SBFSSOL1 8–A9 PLSW–U 3 2 10–9 G(5 V) 8–A8 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 TC R24 V 14–B1 BYPPWSW DIG 2 1 10–12 BYPPWSW DIG 1 G(5 V) 4 1 14–B2 G(5 V) 8–A7 BYPPWSW 14–B3 10–11 BYPEDSW BYPPWSW DIG 0 2 10–14 PWSW–L DIG 2 8 2 14–B4 3 SBFSSOL2 14–B5 4 10–13 N.C(R24 V) PWSW–L DIG 1 DF11(8P) 5 6 7 3 4 1 10–16 1 N.C 14–B6 1 10–15 G(5 V) 2 10–18 14–B7 G(5 V) 3 1 10–17 BYPPLSW 8 2 14–B8 DF11(8P) 5 6 7 3 4 1 9–1 5V BYPPLSW BYPEDSW 14–B9 DUPPTSOL BYPPFCL 9–2 R24 V PWSW–L DIG 0 9–26 2 SET SIG N.C(GND) 3 9–8 14–A9 2 2 DUPPCSW N.C G(5 V) 9–22 9–25 1 3 9–6 N.C(5 V) 4 1 SRM A_ 9–4 5V N.C PWSW–U DIG 2 9–21 9–24 14–A1 GND N.C PWSW–U DIG 0 PWSW–U DIG 1 9–20 9–23 1 2 SRM B_ 9–7 BYPSOL 2 1 SRM A 9–5 DUPRSW GND 2–6 G(5 V) TXD MMI MMIACK G(5 V) RXD MMI ENGACK MMI MMI ERROR ENG ERROR MMI RESET MMI G(5 V) N. C 17–16 17–13 17–6 17–5 17–4 17–3 17–7 2–B6 2–B7 4 –3 3–B7 3–B8 3–B9 3–B10 3–B11 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 9–19 9 1 R24 V SRM B 5V 14–A8 8 2 R24 V 9–3 7 3 DUPFWDSOL 9–11 GND 6 4 R24 V DUPESW R24 V 5 5 SBFSSOL1 9–13 BYPPFCL 4 6 R24 V 5V 14–A6 3 7 SBFSSOL2 14–A7 9–9 2 8 DUPPTSOL 9–14 GND R24 V 1 9 5 R24 V 5V BYPPSW BYPSOL DUPPCSW 14–A5 BYPPSW 5V 9–10 3 3 GND GND 1 1 DUPRSW 14–A4 2 2 5V 9–12 14–A2 14–A3 1 1 GND 9–16 SRHPSW 9–15 1 7 DUPESW STKSW 9–17 3 5 5V 5V 2 6 GND GND 4 4 5V 24 V 5V BUZZER N.C DIG LED_R3 DIG LED_R2 DIG LED_R1 SCAN_R4 SCAN_R3 SCAN_R2 SCAN_R1 DIG KEY_R4 DIG KEY_R3 DIG KEY_R2 DIG KEY_R1 N.C DESK OE 5-2 G(24 V) 3 OMPCB N.C DESK SIN 17–9 N.C DESK SOUT 17–12 N.C DESK SCLK 17–11 N.C DESK RESET 17–10 5-3 G(5 V) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 DECK TXD G(5 V) 17–8 G(5 V) G(24 V) 17–1 DECK RXD 5V 17–18 PFSW4 24 V 17–17 17–2 GND SET SIG FTH 5 V FTH ESW ESW 5 V ESW GND SSW3 SSW3 SOURCE 4 –8 4 –7 SSW2 SSW2 SOURCE SSW1 SOURCE 4 –6 PRY SOURCE MSW OFF REM PRY REM 4 –9 4 –4 24 V 4 –5 6 –5 4–10 R24 V H2 REM 6 –8 H1 REM 6 –7 6 –6 A2 A4 A3 A5 A6 A7 A8 G(24 V) E 5.1 V G(24 V) 24 V G(5 V) 6 –4 1 6 –3 2 5 3 6 –1 5-4 5.1 V 2 –7 2 –6 2 –5 2 –4 2 –3 2 –2 2 –1 3 G(5 V) 6 2 4 GND d 1–11 1–10 1 –9 1 –8 1 –7 1 –6 1 –5 1 –4 1 –3 1 –2 1 –1 5V 24 V 3–14 3–13 3–12 3–11 3–10 3 –9 3 –8 3 –7 3 –6 3 –5 3 –4 3 –3 3 –2 3 –1 1 –1 1 –2 1 –3 1 –4 1 –5 1 –6 1 –7 1 –8 1 –9 1–10 1–11 1–12 1–13 1–14 5 1 15 14 13 12 11 N.C(G) 9–18 SRHPSW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6–11 6–10 6–9 6–8 6–7 6–6 6–5 6–4 6–3 6–2 6–1 1 2 24 V –23 V G(24 V) CNT.VR DIG KEY_L1 DIG KEY_L2 DIG KEY_L3 SCAN_L1 SCAN_L2 SCAN_L3 DIG LED_L1 DIG LED_L2 DIG LED_L3 DIG LED_L4 CFL REM 5V 5V N.C Large paper deck 1 1 2 1 3 1 3 7 1 Shield box STKSW A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 B19 A20 A21 A22 A23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 1415 16 2 –1 2 –2 2 –3 2 –4 2 –5 2 –6 2 –7 2 –8 2 –9 2–10 2–11 2–12 2–13 2–14 2–15 2–16 2–17 2–18 VLCD VEE(–23 V) XD3 XD2 XD1 XD0 –23 V G(5 V) 5V XSCL LP DIN N.C LCD.REM (Option) 4–5 4–4 1–7 3–7 2–7 1–6 1–3 5–1 5–2 5–3 5–4 6–1 6–2 6–3 6–4 7–5 7–1 3 1 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 5V SM A ORPCB OLPCB Touch panel Paper feed desk SSW3 3 1 6 –2 24 V 5.1 V G(24 V) G(5 V) N. C G(12 V) +12 V G(5 V) 5.1 V CFL LCD (Option) 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V G(24 V) G(24 V) G(24 V) G(24 V) G(5 V) E 5.1 V 1–1 2–1 1–5 3–2 3–9 3–1 4–1 3–4 2–3 3–6 3–5 2–5 4–3 2–4 3–3 4–2 2–2 2–6 G(5 V) E 5.1 V G(5 V) E 5.1 V Z CROSS SIG E 5.1 V G(5 V) SSW2 3 a GND B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 G (Analog) G (Analog) +12 V VO_E– VO_E+ VO_O– VO_O+ SLEEP SIG 2 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12–1 12–2 12–3 12–4 12–5 12–6 12–7 5.1 V 2 1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7–8 Finisher 2–5 (Service part) 1 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 EFSSOL OFCL SBPSOL1 SBPSOL2 OSLED(GN) OSLED(RED) 4 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 OFM ENABLE OFSOL1 OFSOL2 SBFSSOL 4 CH 2 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 13A–11 13A–10 13A–9 13A–8 13A–7 13A–6 13A–5 13A–4 13A–3 13A–2 13A–1 3 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 M1 M2 M3 Vref CWB CLK RET ENABLE CWB CLK RET 2 3 6–5 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 OCM OCM OCM OCM OCM OCM OCM OCM OFM OFM OFM 2 2 SMPCB 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 10 OMPCB 2 1 5V 5V 5V φ SHIFT – φ SHIFT + φ CLP – φ CLP + φ RS – φ RS + φ CLK – φ CLK + 8 SRDF 2 3 11–1 11–2 11–3 11–4 11–5 11–6 11–7 11–8 11–9 11–10 11–11 7 3 1 1 b 6 1 FG FG A 24 V OUT SSW1 e 2 3 24 V 24 V G(24 V) G(24 V) E 5V E 5V G(5 V) G(5 V) N.C K b 2 1 G(24 V) 6–1 E 5.1 V 6–6 HSW (Service part) 1 4 –2 7–4 1 OSD1 2 1 1–1 1–2 1–3 1–4 1–5 1–6 1–7 1–8 1–9 1–10 1–11 1–12 1–13 1–14 1–15 1–16 A1orA2 5 SSW1 5–7 N.C 3 2 1 G(5 V) SHPSW EL ON REM SM ENABLE SM RET SM CWB SW CLK SM M5 SM M4 SM M3 SM M2 SM M1 SM Vref ODSW OSD1 OSD2*2 A1orA2 4 –1 N.C 3 24 V SM B_ OPH 2 1–2 5 4 6–4 G(24 V) 6–3 24 V 6–2 1 17–15 c 1–4 1–8 5–8 6–5 7–9 3–8 2 1 2 1 17–14 d SRDF SMPCB 24 V G(24 V) 24 V G(24 V) E 5.1 V G(5 V) 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 43or44 4 8–1 3 2 24 V 43or44 MSW 6 c 5–5 5–6 6–6 6–7 7–6 7–7 7–2 7–3 3 5 5 6 SM B 33or34 8–2 24 V 24 V G(24 V) G(24 V) G(5 V) G(5 V) E 5.1 V E 5.1 V N.C 4 2 1 4 2–4 33or34 LIVE TB 3 PSPCB 3 3 2 3 2–3 NF TB 1 BLACK 3 2 5 4 1 2–1 23or24 4–1 Y2(OUT) X1(IN) 4 –2 Y1(IN) 4–3 X2(OUT) 4 –4 120 V 1 6 2–2 1 23or24 ESW NEUTRAL 3 2 1 9– 1 2 2 1 OSD2* 1 NEUTRAL 11 10 9 12 13 11 10 9 12 13 TB 4 TB 2 WHITE LIVE 2 FTH 2 2 NEUTRAL 3 3 PRY ODSW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 BROWN SHPSW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LIVE 220-240 V INPCB 2 L. BLUE SM 1 1 9–3 2–4 1 10–2 850W H2 NEUTRAL 1 H1 10–1 8 8 Phase control circuit 7 7 1 DB G H I J 3-7-48 E E A A A E A E E E A A A A E E 2A3/4 General connection diagram (52 ppm copier) A B C D E F G H I J EL Fixing unit 1 850W 2–1 TH (Service part) G(5 V) HSW (Service part) 1 –1 1 –2 1 –3 1 –4 1 –5 1 –6 1 –7 1 –8 1 –9 1–10 1–11 1–12 1–13 1–14 4–5 1 2 5-2 G(24 V) 5-1 A9 A10 A11 1–6 1–5 1–4 1–3 1–1 1–2 N.C 7–1 7–2 7–3 7–4 7–5 N.C N.C GND 5V GND OSD1 5V GND ODSW 5V OSD2 7–6 5–3 5–2 5–1 4–3 4–2 4–1 3–1 3–2 3–3 3–4 GND SHPSW 5V EL EL 24 V 24 V G(24 V) G(24 V) 3–5 3–6 SM A_ 24 V CN 1 13B–11 13B–10 13B–9 13B–8 13B–7 13B–6 13B–5 13B–4 13B–3 13B–2 13B–1 1 1 3 2 14 13 5 4 7 6 3 2 14 13 5 4 7 6 MCPCB2 a CN 1 2–4 CN 1 G(5 V) 2–5 CN 17 TXD 2–6 12 11 10 12 11 10 Printer boad (Option) N. C N. C N. C N. C CN 1 21–4 21–2 21–1 21–5 21–6 21–3 N. C N. C N. C N. C RESET SET SIG RESET SET SIG 9 8 G(5 V) MCPCB1 2–2 9 8 1 2 3 4 5 2–9 2–3 2–2 2–1 *1 For 120 V specifications only. *2 For inch specifications only. 7 8 9 10 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 PFM 2 5–B1 5–B2 5–B3 5–B4 5–B5 5–B6 5–B7 5–B8 5–B9 5–B10 5–B11 5–B12 5–B14 5–B13 2–B1 2–A2 2–A1 2–A4 2–A3 2–A6 2–A5 2–A8 2–A7 2–A9 2–A10 2–A11 2–A12 2–B8 2–B7 2–B5 2–B6 2–B10 2–B11 2–B12 2–B9 2–B4 3 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 1 3 1 2 Cleaning earth 1 1 2 3 4 TLS TRM 8 16–4 16–3 16–2 N.C N.C 16–7 6 7 16–1 16–9 5 16–8 16–10 3 4 9 10 1 TFM MC IFFM TC MMD* (Option) SC GRID CL TNS E 2 G(5 V) 16–11 TXD 16–6 16–12 G( 5V) RXD 16–5 G(24 V) 24 V TC CONT TC REM DB CONT GND(5 V) DB REM 4 TLDS D MC ALM 3 1 8 C GRID CONT 2 2 2 2 PCM ESCL MC REM CL REM + TFM R24 V – TFM IFFM REM + TRM R24 V – TRM 5V TLS GND GND TNS SIG 1 3 1 1 REM (METER PULSE) 6 HVTPCB 3 3 5 12 11 10 9 R24 V (METER PULSE) 5 4 6 SET SIG 4 3 4 G(5 V) 3 2 2 3 RXD 1 1 6 2 TXD 1 1–13 2 R24 V 3 GND(24 V) 4 1 1–12 5 2 1–11 6 3 7 1 F 8 1 7 4 8 1 8 ST ALM 10 9 5 1–10 1 9 8 7 CN2 2 13 12 11 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1–9 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 9 1–8 4 9 8 1–7 5 8 7 1–6 6 7 6 1–5 N.C 7 6 5 1–4 PCM CLK 8 5 4 TB PCM LOCK 10 9 4 3 1–3 PCM REM 1 3 2 1–2 5V 2 2 1 1–1 G(5 V) 3 R24 V GND G(24 V) 4 TNS CONT 5–A6 G(24 V) 5 5V 5–A14 R24 V 6 R24 V 7 TLDS 11–1 N.C 5–A7 11–2 PFM CLK 5–A8 11–3 PFM LOCK 5–A9 11–4 PFM REM 5–A10 11–5 5V 8 R24 V 10 9 R24 V G(5 V) 5–A11 11–6 1 G(24 V) 5–A12 11–7 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 G(24 V) 5–A13 11–9 11–8 12–B2 12–B3 12–B4 12–B5 12–B6 12–B7 12–B8 12–B9 12–B10 12–B1 12–A6 9 N.C ESCL 8 DM CLK R24 V 7 DM LOCK FCL3 6 DM REM R24 V 5 5V FCL2 4 G(5 V) R24 V 3 G(24 V) FCL1 2 G(24 V) R24 V 1 R24 V FCL5 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 R24 V R24 V 2 1 7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 N.C FCL4 1 2 REM R24 V 2 1 R24 V RCL 1 2 N.C R24 V 2 1 N.C(5 V) CLM–L 1 2 A6 A5 B10 N.C R24 V 2 1 12–A5 8–A11 8–A6 8–A1 3–A11 3–A10 12–A9 12–A10 12–A8 12–A7 12–A4 12–A3 12–A2 12–A1 8–B9 8–B8 2–6 G(5 V) TXD MMI MMIACK G(5 V) RXD MMI ENGACK MMI MMI ERROR ENG ERROR MMI RESET MMI G(5 V) N. C 6– 1 6–2 6–3 6–4 6–5 6–6 6–7 6–8 6–9 6–10 6–11 1 (Option) 3 Key counter 4 (Option) Key card*1 2 e Booklet stitcher (Option) B8 B9 B6 B7 2–B2 2–B3 6 8 8 7 7 5 6 5 4 3 2 3 1 1 2 4 6 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 Finisher (Option) A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 5 4 8 8 7 6 5 4 1 1 2 3 7 2 PFCL–U PSW–U LICSW–U PFCL–L PSW–L LICSW–L 8–B11 8–B10 8–A5 8–A4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 A2 A3 A4 A5 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 B10 B11 2 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 A9 A1 A11 A12 A13 A14 A10 1 1 3 4 6 10 8 5 9 17 18 12 14 16 11 13 15 7 1 2 3 5 7 8 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 QR/P15(40P) DF11(18P) 6 4 QR/P15(40P) DF11(22P) 1 2 4 3 6 5 17 18 15 16 13 14 11 12 9 10 7 8 3 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 4 3 6 Upper primary Paper feed unit Lower primary Paper feed unit E 5.1 V 5 g N.C 8–A3 2–1 CN 4 8–A2 2–10 CN 3 CLM–U G(5 V) CN 2 R24 V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 E 5.1 V 2–2 CN 1 G(5 V) 6 1 2 B G(12 V) 2–1 2–7 RXD 6 2 1 FCL3 +12 V 10–7 G(5 V) IPC boad (Option) N.C 5 5 N.C 4 1 2 FCL2 Z CROSS SIG E 5.1 V 2–8 N.C 4 2 1 A 7–13 7–12 7–11 7–10 7–9 7–8 7–7 7–6 7–5 7–4 7–3 7–2 7–1 5.1 V 6 3 1 2 FCL1 5 6 N.C 3 A2 A1 3 1 FCL5 5 6 4 2 A2 A1 1 3 FCL4 4 2 3 N.C 2 A4 A3 2 1 RCL 2 3 1 1 15–2 1 2 CLM–L R5 V G(5 V) /ADJUST 1 G(5 V) /ADJUST 2 G(5 V) /EN G(5 V) /VD1 + /VD1 – /VD2 + /VD2 – G(5 V) G(5 V) 2–1 15–6 DM CLM–U 1–1 1–2 1–3 1–4 1–5 1–6 1–7 1–8 1–9 1–10 1–11 1–12 1–13 8–5 8–4 8–3 8–2 8–1 SLEEP SIG FG 15–4 5V A8 A7 1 N.C 1 A10 A9 R5 V G(5 V) /BD + /BD – G(5 V) 9–1 9–2 9–3 9–4 1 2 3 4 5 21–4 f G(24 V) 1 2 1 B4 B3 2–1 2–2 2–3 2–4 2–5 4 3 2 1 21–3 6 6 21–2 5 5 21–1 4 4 21–5 3 3 9 N.C 21–6 2 G(24 V) 2 G(24 V) 8 9 G(24 V) 7 8 24 V 6 7 24 V 5 6 24 V 4 5 24 V 3 4 N.C 2 3 2 E 5.1 V 1 2 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 SBESW 3 8 1 1 8 3 3 7 2 2 7 2 2 FSSOL 1 1 G(5 V) 1 FRXD 1 G(5 V) 6 3 3 6 FTXD 5 4 4 5 G(5 V) 4 5 5 4 RESET 3 6 6 3 SET SIG 2 7 7 2 1 8 8 1 1 2 B2 B1 PM CLOK G(5 V) PM START PM READY E 5.1 V 2–2 18–5 FSSW 2 1 3 GND 2 2 5V 3 1 3–A3 SBESW 3– 1 3–2 3–3 3–4 LSU 18–10 EPCB A8 A7 3 –5 f 18–9 3 1 6 FSSOL2 2 5 FSSOL1 3 4 3–A2 15–8 7 A10 A9 G(24 V) 18–8 1 1 4 CFM2 REM 7–2 3 –6 18–6 PFSW4 2 3 R24 V 5 GND 2 5V 6 FSSW 1 3–B6 R24 V 18–3 PFSW3 3 1 3 15–12 R24 V 7– 1 18–4 PFSW2 1 2 2 G(5 V) 3–B5 CFM2 5V LICSW–L 15–10 1 2 G(5 V) 3–A9 3–A1 2 1 PSW–L 3 RSW 1 2 3 3 2 1 3–A7 CFM1 15–14 CFM1 REM 1 2 3–A6 5 1 PFCL–L 3–B4 1 2 15–16 2 1 R24 V R24 V 10–6 18–1 PFSW1 2 1 1 3–A5 3–A8 3–B3 10–5 LD circuit FSW 3 3 1 4 2 5V 3–A4 3 3 RSW 10–1 BD circuit 1 GND 1 5V 2 PFSW4 CCM 2 G(5 V) 10–3 18–2 3 GND 2 PCFM CCM FWD 2 4 8–B1 CCM REV 7 1 15–1 8–B2 13–14 13–15 6 2 15–5 8–B3 13–13 1 5 15–3 5V 8–B4 R24 V 1 2 15–7 8–B5 PCFM REM 5 3 G(5 V) 15–11 8–B6 4 4 5V LICSW–U 15–9 8–B7 3 5 G(5 V) 15–13 2 6 PSW–U 15–15 10–2 PM PLSW–L 2 1 5V 2 13–12 2 1 PFCL–U 10–4 18–12 3 5 1 2 19–B10 19–A10 19–B9 19–A9 19–B8 19–A8 19–B7 19–A7 19–B6 19–A6 19–B5 19–A5 19–B4 19–A4 19–B3 19–A3 19–B2 19–A2 19–B1 19–A1 PLSW–U 2 18 17 11 13 15 12 14 16 8 6 10 5 9 7 3 4 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 STKSW DUPESW 2 1 3 2 DUPPCSW PWSW–L*2 3 3 PFSW3 1 13–11 1 7 6 R24 V MPCB 1 18–11 13–10 4 CCDPCB N.C SRHPSW 2 20–1 20–2 KC SET SIG 20–3 SET G 20–4 4 DUPRSW 1 1 SBFSSOL DUPFWDSOL DUPPTSOL 2 3 KC COUNT CN 1 PWSW–U*2 3 2 GND 1 13–9 5V 3 EHUMSENS PFSW2 2 SRM 4 3 GND 2 5–A5 N.C G(5 V) 5V 5V 3 5–A4 PFSW1 1 10–2 1 SRM A_ 6 10–1 5–A3 2 SRM B_ ETTH 5 5–A2 HUMPCB 5–A1 10–4 1 4 10–3 SRM A 2 3 SRM B 13–8 3 2 10–6 GND 4 R24 V 18–7 13–7 R24 V 3 TC 13–6 4 3–B2 R24 V 4 13–5 3–B1 3 10–5 13–4 5V 5 10–8 R24 V 13–3 FSW 2 DUPFWDSOL 13–2 6 10–7 13–1 1 10–10 R24 V PLSW–L 1 4 SBFSSOL1 8–A10 G(5 V) 2 3 10–9 G(5 V) 8–A9 PLSW–U 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 TC R24 V 14–B1 BYPPWSW DIG 2 1 10–12 BYPPWSW DIG 1 8–A8 3 2 14–B2 G(5 V) 4 1 14–B3 10–11 G(5 V) 8–A7 BYPPWSW 10–14 BYPEDSW BYPPWSW DIG 0 2 SBFSSOL2 14–B4 3 N.C(R24 V) 14–B5 4 10–13 PWSW–L DIG 2 8 2 10–16 1 N.C 14–B6 1 DUPPTSOL 10–15 G(5 V) 2 R24 V 10–18 14–B7 G(5 V) 3 1 N.C 10–17 BYPPLSW BYPPLSW BYPEDSW 14–B8 2 9–1 5V 3 14–B9 2 2 9–2 1 3 SET SIG N.C PWSW–L DIG 1 9–26 4 1 SRM A_ 9–8 N.C(GND) 1 2 SRM B_ DUPPCSW 14–A9 2 1 SRM A 9–6 N.C PWSW–L DIG 0 9–25 9 1 R24 V SRM B 9–4 5V N.C(5 V) 8 2 R24 V GND GND G(5 V) 9–22 9–24 14–A1 7 3 DUPFWDSOL 9–7 PWSW–U DIG 2 9–21 9–23 6 4 R24 V 9–5 DUPRSW BYPSOL 5 5 SBFSSOL1 5V 14–A8 4 6 R24 V 9–3 3 7 SBFSSOL2 9–11 GND 2 8 DUPPTSOL DUPESW R24 V 1 9 5 R24 V 9–13 BYPPFCL DF11(8P) 5 6 7 3 4 1 DUPPCSW 5V 14–A6 PWSW–U DIG 1 9–20 8 2 5V 14–A7 9–9 PWSW–U DIG 0 9–19 DF11(8P) 5 6 7 3 4 1 GND 9–14 GND R24 V BYPPFCL DUPRSW 5V BYPPSW BYPSOL 5V 14–A5 BYPPSW GND 9–10 3 3 DUPESW GND 1 1 5V 14–A4 2 2 GND 9–12 1 1 5V 9–16 SRHPSW 14–A2 14–A3 1 7 GND STKSW 9–15 3 5 SRHPSW 9–17 2 6 STKSW 5V 4 4 4 5V SM A N.C N.C N.C N.C N.C 17–16 17–15 17–14 17–13 17–6 17–5 17–4 17–3 17–7 17–9 17–12 17–11 17–10 17–8 17–1 17–18 17–17 17–2 2–B6 2–B7 4 –3 3–B7 3–B8 3–B9 3–B10 3–B11 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 N.C(G) 9–18 GND 3 OMPCB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 DECK TXD G(5 V) DECK RXD PFSW4 G(5 V) G(5 V) G(24 V) 5V 24 V GND SET SIG FTH 5 V FTH ESW ESW 5 V ESW GND SSW3 SSW3 SOURCE 4 –8 4 –7 4 –2 SSW2 SSW2 SOURCE SSW1 SOURCE SSW1 4 –1 4 –6 PRY SOURCE MSW OFF REM PRY REM 4 –9 4 –4 24 V 4 –5 6 –5 4–10 R24 V H2 REM 6 –8 H1 REM 6 –7 G(5 V) E 5.1 V G(24 V) 24 V G(24 V) 6 –6 A2 A4 A3 A5 A6 A7 A8 1 6 –4 2 5 3 6 –3 6 2 6 –1 5-3 G(5 V) 2 –7 2 –6 2 –5 2 –4 2 –3 2 –2 2 –1 3 G(5 V) 5-4 5.1 V 1–11 1–10 1 –9 1 –8 1 –7 1 –6 1 –5 1 –4 1 –3 1 –2 1 –1 5V 7 1 Shield box 1 3 1 3 24 V 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 4–4 1–7 3–7 2–7 1–6 1–3 5–1 5–2 5–3 5–4 6–1 6–2 6–3 6–4 7–5 7–1 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 –2 24 V 5.1 V G(24 V) G(5 V) N. C G(12 V) +12 V G(5 V) 5.1 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V G(24 V) G(24 V) G(24 V) G(24 V) G(5 V) E 5.1 V 1–1 2–1 1–5 3–2 3–9 3–1 4–1 3–4 2–3 3–6 3–5 2–5 4–3 2–4 3–3 4–2 2–2 2–6 G(5 V) E 5.1 V G(5 V) E 5.1 V Z CROSS SIG E 5.1 V G(5 V) 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111213 1415 16 5–16 5–15 5–14 5–13 5–12 5–11 5–10 5 –9 5 –8 5 –7 5 –6 5 –5 5 –4 5 –3 5 –2 5 –1 3 2 3 3 5V BUZZER N.C DIG LED_R3 DIG LED_R2 DIG LED_R1 SCAN_R4 SCAN_R3 SCAN_R2 SCAN_R1 DIG KEY_R4 DIG KEY_R3 DIG KEY_R2 DIG KEY_R1 SSW3 6–11 6–10 6–9 6–8 6–7 6–6 6–5 6–4 6–3 6–2 6–1 SSW2 3–14 3–13 3–12 3–11 3–10 3 –9 3 –8 3 –7 3 –6 3 –5 3 –4 3 –3 3 –2 3 –1 Touch panel 9 10 a GND d G (Analog) G (Analog) +12 V VO_E– VO_E+ VO_O– VO_O+ SLEEP SIG ORPCB OLPCB 12–1 12–2 12–3 12–4 12–5 12–6 12–7 5.1 V CFL LCD OSSW OFSW OSBSW 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 DFTSW OSLSW DFSSW1 DFSSW2 OSWSW DF SHORT 2 1 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 B19 A20 A21 A22 A23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 SSW1 Finisher 2–5 (Service part) 1 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14–11 14–10 14–9 14–8 14–7 14–6 14–5 14–4 14–3 14–2 14–1 4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 EFSSOL OFCL SBPSOL1 SBPSOL2 OSLED(GN) OSLED(RED) 4 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CH 2 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 OFM ENABLE OFSOL1 OFSOL2 SBFSSOL 3 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 13A–11 13A–10 13A–9 13A–8 13A–7 13A–6 13A–5 13A–4 13A–3 13A–2 13A–1 2 3 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 M1 M2 M3 Vref CWB CLK RET ENABLE CWB CLK RET 24 V OUT 2 6–5 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 OCM OCM OCM OCM OCM OCM OCM OCM OFM OFM OFM A 2 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 FG FG K OMPCB 2 1 5V 5V 5V φ SHIFT – φ SHIFT + φ CLP – φ CLP + φ RS – φ RS + φ CLK – φ CLK + 8 SRDF 2 3 11–1 11–2 11–3 11–4 11–5 11–6 11–7 11–8 11–9 11–10 11–11 7 3 1 1 b 6 1 24 V 24 V G(24 V) G(24 V) E 5V E 5V G(5 V) G(5 V) N.C 1 e 2 3 1–1 1–2 1–3 1–4 1–5 1–6 1–7 1–8 1–9 1–10 1–11 1–12 1–13 1–14 1–15 1–16 A1orA2 5 b 1 2 1 G(5 V) SHPSW EL ON REM SM ENABLE SM RET SM CWB SW CLK SM M5 SM M4 SM M3 SM M2 SM M1 SM Vref ODSW OSD1 OSD2*2 A1orA2 7–8 3 3 2 1 SMPCB G(24 V) 6–1 E 5.1 V 6–6 SC CONT 7–4 24 V SM B_ OPH SC REM 5–7 N.C 2 1 24 V –23 V G(24 V) CNT.VR DIG KEY_L1 DIG KEY_L2 DIG KEY_L3 SCAN_L1 SCAN_L2 SCAN_L3 DIG LED_L1 DIG LED_L2 DIG LED_L3 DIG LED_L4 CFL REM 5V 5V N.C N.C 3 6–4 G(24 V) 6–3 24 V 6–2 1 2 1–2 5 4 2 –1 2 –2 2 –3 2 –4 2 –5 2 –6 2 –7 2 –8 2 –9 2–10 2–11 2–12 2–13 2–14 2–15 2–16 2–17 2–18 c 1–4 1–8 5–8 6–5 7–9 3–8 2 1 2 1 VLCD VEE(–23 V) XD3 XD2 XD1 XD0 –23 V G(5 V) 5V XSCL LP DIN N.C LCD.REM d SRDF SMPCB 24 V G(24 V) 24 V G(24 V) E 5.1 V G(5 V) 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 43or44 4 8–1 3 OSD1 24 V 43or44 MSW c 5–5 5–6 6–6 6–7 7–6 7–7 7–2 7–3 6 Large paper deck 5 5 6 SM B 33or34 8–2 24 V 24 V G(24 V) G(24 V) G(5 V) G(5 V) E 5.1 V E 5.1 V N.C 4 2 1 4 2–4 33or34 LIVE TB 3 PSPCB 3 3 2 3 2–3 NF TB 1 BLACK 3 2 5 4 1 2–1 23or24 4–1 Y2(OUT) X1(IN) 4 –2 Y1(IN) 4–3 X2(OUT) 4 –4 120 V 1 6 2–2 1 23or24 ESW NEUTRAL 3 2 1 9– 1 2 2 1 OSD2* 1 NEUTRAL 11 10 9 12 13 11 10 9 12 13 TB 4 TB 2 WHITE LIVE 2 FTH 2 2 NEUTRAL 3 3 PRY ODSW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 BROWN 220-240 V SHPSW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LIVE 2 INPCB 2 L. BLUE SM 1 1 9–3 2–4 1 10–2 850W H2 NEUTRAL 1 H1 10–1 8 8 Phase control circuit 7 7 1 DB G H I J 3-7-49 E E A A A E A E SRDF wiring diagram A 2A3/4 B C D E F G H I J OFSOL BN GN 3 2 3 OFSOL2 C31 OE OFSW YW BE 1 C30 1 5V 2 OFSW 3 3 SG 1 2 OSLED PCB Wire color Mark BK Black BN Brown YW Yellow GN Green BE Blue WE White PK Pink RD Red OE Orange LB Light blue PE Purple GY Gray Green/yellow GN/YW 1 SG 2 OSLED (RED) 3 C5-B12 GY C1 C5-B13 GY (CN1) C7-4 C7-5 C7-6 C7-7 C6-B4 GY C6-B5 GY C6-B6 GY C7-8 C7-9 C7-10 C7-11 C6-B9 GY 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 C3 C19-3 GY C19-2 GY C19-1 GY C10-6 GY C10-5 GY C10-4 GY C10-3 GY C10-2 GY C10-1 GY C20-3 GY C20-2 GY C20-1 RD PG PG 24 V 24 V C4 6 OSSW EFSSOL BE BE SBSFSOL BE BE LB BE C27 1 24 V 2 EFSSOL C29 1 24 V 2 SBSFSOL 24 V 1 24 V (VEN) 2 DFSSW2 3 C25 C4-2 RD SG SG DSBSW 5V SG OSWSW 5V SG OSLSW 5V SG DFTSW 5V 5V SG 5V OSLED (GN) SG OSLED (RED) SG OFSW 5V SG OSSW 5V G (5 V) G (5 V) E5V E5V G (24 V) G (24 V) 24 V 24 V DF SHORT OSWSW DFSSW2 DFSSW1 OSLSW DFTSW FG FG OSBSW OFSW OSSW C1-10 C1-9 C1-8 C1-7 C1-4 C1-3 C1-2 C1-1 C9-8 C9-7 C9-6 C9-5 C9-4 C9-3 C9-2 C9-1 C10-12 C10-11 C10-10 C10-9 C10-8 C10-7 C10-6 C10-5 C10-4 EFSSOL OFCL SBPSOL (A) SBPSOL (R) OCM Vref OCM CWB OCM CLK OCM RET OCM ENABLE OFM CWB OFM CLK OFM RET OFM ENABLE OFSOL (A) OFSOL (R) SBSFSOL B-15 B-14 B-13 B-12 B-11 B-10 B-9 B-8 B-7 B-6 B-5 B-4 B-3 B-2 B-1 C5 (CN5) C15-3 GY C15-2 GY C15-1 GY C13-2 GY C13-1 GY C26-2 GY C26-1 GY C17-6 GY C17-5 GY C17-4 GY C17-3 GY C17-2 GY C17-1 RD C32-1 GY C32-2 GY C32-3 GY C30-1 GY C30-2 GY C30-3 GY C24-1 GY C24-2 GY C24-3 RD A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 A-8 A-9 A-10 A-11 A-12 A-13 24 V SBPSOL (A) SBPSOL (R) 24 V OFCL 24 V EFSSOL OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN) OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN) OCM A OCM _ B OCM A _ OCM B 3 SG 1 C5-A6 GY C5-A7 GY B-13 B-12 B-11 B-10 24 V B-9 SBSFSOL B-8 24 V _ B-7 OFM B B-6 _ OFM A B-5 OFM B B-4 OFM A B-3 OFM BCOM 24 V (VEM) B-2 OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN) B-1 P1 C24 C26 OFSOL (R) OFSOL (A) 24 V C22-1 GY C22-2 GY C-22-3 GY C28-1 GY C28-2 GY C11-1 GY C11-2 GY C11-3 GY C11-4 GY C11-5 GY C11-6 RD 5 C4-3 RD 3 1 DFSSW1 DFSSW2 24 V 24 V (VEN) A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 A-8 A-9 A-10 A-11 A-12 A-13 A-14 A-15 P1-1 RD 1 5V 2 OSSW 2 4 3 2 1 4 (CN2) (CN6) C6-B8 GY P1-3 RD P2-3 RD P2-1 RD P1-2 RD DFDPCB C2 C6 (CN3) SG SG 5V 5V C6-B7 GY C9-11 C9-10 C9-9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 OCM M1 OCM M2 OCM M3 C8-4 C8-3 C8-2 C8-12 C8-11 C8-10 C8-9 C8-8 C10-3 C10-2 C8-7 C8-6 C8-5 C5-B11 GY P2 DFSSW2 C3-3 C3-2 C3-1 C3-13 C3-12 C3-11 C3-8 C3-7 C3-6 C3-5 C3-4 M1 GN M1 GN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 C3-10 C3-9 C2-22 C2-21 C2-20 C2-19 C2-18 C2-17 C2-16 C2-15 C2-14 C2-13 C2-12 C2-11 C2-10 C2-9 C2-8 C2-7 C2-6 C2-3 C2-2 C2-1 M1 (CN4) OE 7 OSLED (GN) Mi2 (11P) WHITE OE C7-1 GN C7-2 GN C32 5 C7 Mi2 (12P) WHITE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 C22 C8 Mi2 (11P) RED 3 OFM 1 24 V 2 OFSOL1 C9 Mi2 (12P) RED OSSW OFSW OSBSW DFTSW OSLSW DFSSW1 DFSSW2 OSWSW OSLED (GN) OSLED (RED) C23 RD SBSFSOL OFSOL2 OFSOL1 OFM ENABLE OFM RET OFM CLK OFM CWB OCM ENABLE OCM RET OCM CLK OCM CWB OCM Vref OCM M3 OCM M2 OCM M1 OSLED (RED) OSLED (GN) SBPSOL2 SBPSOL1 OFCL EFSSOL B-23 B-22 B-21 B-20 B-19 B-18 B-17 B-16 B-15 B-14 B-13 B-12 B-11 B-10 B-9 B-8 B-7 B-6 B-5 B-4 B-3 B-2 B-1 A-23 A-22 A-21 A-20 A-19 A-18 A-17 A-16 A-15 A-14 A-13 A-12 A-11 A-10 A-9 A-8 A-7 A-6 A-5 A-4 A-3 A-2 A-1 C5-B5 GY C5-B3 GY C5-B4 GY 4 OFM B _ 5 OFM A _ 6 OFM B YW C5-B2 GY C5-B1 RD C5-B6 GY 1 2 3 4 3 OFM A BE RD C11 2 OFM BCOM 24 V (VEN) 5 1 OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN) 6 C12 BK WE C5-A4 GY C5-A5 GY 1 2 C13 1 24 V 2 OFCL C14 BK GN BK C5-A2 GY C5-A1 GY C5-A3 GY 1 3 SBPSOL2 2 3 C15 1 24 V 2 SBPSOL1 C16 RD OE BN C5-A12 GY C5-A13 RD 1 2 3 4 OCM B _ 5 OCM A _ 6 OCM B YW 4 3 OCM A BE RD C17 2 OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN) 5 C18 1 OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN) 6 WE BK OSBSW C6-A5 GY C6-A6 GY OF CL C10 C6-A4 GY 3 SG 2 OSBSW C19 1 5V C6-A14 GY C6-A15 RD 1 DFT SW SBP SOL OCM 3 5V C6-A13 GY 3 C20 2 OE 1 SG 2 DFTSW C21 BE 4 LB 3 C5-A11 GY 2 C5-A10 GY 2 C5-A9 GY 1 C5-A8 RD 1 2 P2-2 RD C4-1 RD C4-4 RD C6-B1 RD C6-B2 GY C6-B3 GY C10 C6-A12 GY C6-A11 GY C6-A10 GY C6-A9 GY C6-A8 GY C6-A7 GY 1 2 3 4 5 6 5V OSLSW SG 5V OSWSW SG DFSSW1 1 24 V 2 24 V (VEN) 3 DFSSW1 6 C9 6 5 4 3 2 1 C7-1 OE C7-2 GY C7-3 BE C8-1 OE C8-2 YW C8-3 BE Original table C7 C8 C9-3 OE C9-2 YW C9-1 BE 1 5V 2 OSWSW 3 SG OE YW BE OSWSW C9-6 OE C9-5 GY C9-4 BE OSLSW 1 5V 2 OSLSW 3 SG C28 2 1 C5-B7 GY 7 C5-B8 GY 8 8 A B C D E F G H I J 3-7-50 Large paper deck wiring diagram A 2A3/4 B 1 CN-1 CN-2 CN-3 CN-4 CN-5 CN-6 CN-7 CN-8 CN-9 CN-10 CN-11 CN-12 CN-13 CN-14 CN-15 CN-16 INTERFACE 2 3 G (5 V) G (24 V) 5V 24 V DECK RXD G (5 V) DECK TXD G (5 V) ACIN-L ACIN-N NC NC NC NC NC PFSW4* (Service part) DH2 (Service part) DH1 C D RD BE OE GN CN3-1 CN3-2 CN3-3 CN3-4 LB GY PK BN PL BK CN-1 WE CN-2 AC-N AC-L RD CN-1 RD CN-2 AC-N AC-L 5V G (5 V) 24 V G (24 V) DECK TXD G (5 V) DECK RXD G (5 V) PFSW4* RD RD AC-L AC-N RD CN-1 RD CN-2 CN9-1 CN9-2 CN9-3 CN9-4 CN9-5 +24 V +24 V N.C PFCL1 PFCL2 CCL +5 V SGND PPSENS1 N.C SCSW N.C RD RD PDM1 CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 WE WE RD RD WE WE WE RD RD RD +5 V SGND PDMSENS1 CN-2 CN-1 6 CN1-1 CN1-2 CN1-3 CN1-4 CN1-5 CN1-6 CN1-7 CN1-8 CN1-9 CN1-10 CN1-11 CN4-1 CN4-2 CN4-3 CN4-4 CN4-5 CN4-6 CN4-7 CN4-8 CN4-9 CN4-10 CN4-11 CN4-12 LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE F DCNJ-11 DCNJ-10 DCNJ-9 DCNJ-8 DCNJ-7 DCNJ-6 DCNJ-5 DCNJ-4 DCNJ-3 DCNJ-2 DCNJ-1 DCNJ-22 DCNJ-21 DCNJ-20 DCNJ-19 DCNJ-18 DCNJ-17 DCNJ-16 DCNJ-15 DCNJ-14 DCNJ-13 DCNJ-12 LED CLK N.C N.C DOSSW PESENS PPSENS2 DLSW1 UPSW1 DLSW2 UPSW2 PPSENS3 +24 V +24 V N.C PFCL1 PFCL2 CCL +5 V SGND PPSENS1 N.C SCSW DCNP-11 DCNP-10 DCNP-9 DCNP-8 DCNP-7 DCNP-6 DCNP-5 DCNP-4 DCNP-3 DCNP-2 DCNP-1 DCNP-22 DCNP-21 DCNP-20 DCNP-19 DCNP-18 DCNP-17 DCNP-16 DCNP-15 DCNP-14 DCNP-13 DCNP-12 WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB G LED CLK N.C N.C DOSSW PESENS PPSENS2 DLSW1 UPSW1 DLSW2 UPSW2 PPSENS3 N.C N.C +24 V +24 V N.C PFCL1 PFCL2 CCL +5 V SGND PPSENS1 N.C SCSW CN2-1 CN2-2 CN2-3 CN2-4 CN2-5 CN2-6 CN2-7 CN2-8 CN2-9 CN2-10 CN2-11 CN2-12 CN2-13 CN1-1 CN1-2 CN1-3 CN1-4 CN1-5 CN1-6 CN1-7 CN1-8 CN1-9 CN1-10 CN1-11 +24 V PDM2 CN7-1 CN7-2 CN7-3 CN7-4 CN7-5 CN7-6 CN7-7 CN7-8 CN7-9 CN7-10 PDM1 +24 V +24 V PDM2 +5 V SGND PDMSENS1 +5 V SGND PDMSENS2 +5 V SGND PLDSENS1 +5 V SGND PLDSENS2 CN2-1 CN2-2 CN2-3 CN2-4 CN2-5 CN2-6 +5 V CN-3 SGND CN-2 PLDSENS1 CN-1 WE WE WE LB LB LB +5 V CN-3 SGND CN-2 PLDSENS2 CN-1 CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 +5 V SGND PDMSENS2 Wire color BLACK BROWN YELLOW GREEN BLUE WHITE PINK RED ORANGE LIGHT BLUE PURPLE 7 CM +5 V PPSENS3 LED CLK +5 V PESENS LED CLK +5 V PPSENS2 LED CLK +5 V PPSENS1 LED CLK N.C +24 V CCL +24 V PFCL2 +24 V PFCL1 N. C N. C PLDSENS1 CN3-1 CN3-3 CN3-2 CN3-4 CN3-6 CN3-5 CN3-7 CN3-9 CN3-8 CN3-10 CN3-12 CN3-11 CN4-1 CN4-2 CN4-3 CN4-4 CN4-5 CN4-6 CN4-7 CN4-8 CN4-9 CN7-1 CN7-2 CN7-3 CN7-4 YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB OE OE OE OE OE +24 V PGND CM PWM +5 V CM CLK CN-5 CN-4 CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 CN12-1 CN12-2 CN12-3 CN12-4 CN12-5 +24 V PGND CM PWM +5 V CM CLK CN5-1 CN5-2 CN5-3 CN5-4 CN5-5 CN5-6 CN5-7 CN5-8 I J +5 V DLSW1 SGND CN-1 CN-3 CN-2 DLSW1 +5 V UPSW1 SGND CN-1 CN-3 CN-2 UPSW1 +5 V DLSW2 SGND CN-1 CN-3 CN-2 DLSW2 +5 V UPSW2 SGND CN-1 CN-3 CN-2 UPSW2 +5 V PPSENS3 LED CLK CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 PPSENS3 +5 V PESENS LED CLK CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 PESENS +5 V PPSENS2 LED CLK CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 PPSENS2 +5 V PPSENS1 LED CLK CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 1 2 3 WE WE WE +24 V CCL OE OE OE OE OE OE +24 V PFCL2 +24 V PFCL1 BE BE BE BE BE BE 4 PPSENS1 +24 V CCL CN-1 CN-2 CCL +24 V PFCL2 CN-1 CN-2 PFCL2 +24 V PFCL1 CN-1 CN-2 PFCL1 5 PLDSENS2 6 PDM2 PDMSENS2 +5 V DLSW1 SGND +5 V UPSW1 SGND +5 V DLSW2 SGND +5 V UPSW2 SGND H PDM1 +24 V CN-2 CN-1 PDMSENS1 LED CLK N.C N.C DOSSW PESENS PPSENS2 DLSW1 UPSW1 DLSW2 UPSW2 PPSENS3 RD RD 4 5 E +5 V SGND SCSW DOSSW +24 V Mark BK BN YW GN BE WE PK RD OE LB PL CN6-1 CN6-2 CN6-3 CN6-4 CN6-5 RD RD RD RD RD +5 V SGND SCSW CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 DOSSW +24 V CN-1 CN-2 SCSW DOSSW N. C N. C N. C 7 CN8-1 CN8-2 CN8-3 8 8 PDMPCB A B C I/FPCB D E F * Switch on the copier G H I J 3-7-51 KYOCERA MITA EUROPE B.V. Hoeksteen 40, 2132 MS Hoofddorp, The Netherlands Phone: (020) 6540000 Home page: http://www.mita.nl, Email: [email protected] KYOCERA MITA NEDERLAND B.V. Gyroscoopweg 122, 1042 AZ Amsterdam, The Netherlands Phone: (020) 5877200 KYOCERA MITA (U.K.) LTD. Mita House, Hamm Moor Lane, Addlestone, Weybridge, Surrey KT15 2SB, U.K. Phone: (01932) 858266 KYOCERA MITA ITALIA S.P.A. Via Marconi 8, 20041 Agrate Brianza, Milano, Italy Phone: (039) 65641 S.A. KYOCERA MITA BELGIUM N.V. Hermesstraat 8A 1930 Zaventem, Belgium Phone: (02) 7209270 KYOCERA MITA FRANCE S.A.R.L. 1 Rue Pelloutier, 77183 Croissy Beaubourg, France Phone: (1) 60175152 KYOCERA MITA ESPAÑA S.A. KYOCERA MITA PORTUGAL LDA. CASCAISTOCK-Armazem nº8, Rua das Fisgas, Alcoitão, 2765 Estoril, Portugal Phone: 1-4602221 KYOCERA MITA SOUTH AFRICA (PTY) LTD. Unit 3, "KYALAMI CRESCENT", KYALAMI BUSINESS PARK, 1685 Midrand, South Africa Phone: (011) 4663290 KYOCERA MITA AMERICA, INC. Headquarters: 225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008 Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008 U.S.A. Phone: (973) 808-8444 KYOCERA MITA ASIA OCEANIA SALES DIVISION 2-28, 1-chome, Tamatsukuri, Chuo-ku, Osaka 540-8585, Japan Phone: (06) 6764-3668 KYOCERA MITA AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. Edificio Mita, Avda. De Manacor Nº 2, Urb. Parque Rozas, Apartado De Correos 76, 28230 Las Rozas, Madrid, Spain Phone: 34-91-631-8392 P.O. Box 211, Regents Park Estate Unit 2, Block V 391 Park Road, Regents Park N.S.W. 2143, Australia Phone: 61-2-9645-5100 KYOCERA MITA FINLAND OY KYOCERA MITA NEW ZEALAND LTD. Kirvesmiehenkatu 4, 00810 Helsinki, Finland Phone: (09) 478 05200 5 Howe Street, Newton, Auckland 1, P.O. Box 68343, Auckland, New Zealand Phone: (09) 377-2088 KYOCERA MITA (SCHWEIZ) AG KYOCERA MITA (THAILAND) CORP., LTD. Hölzliwisen Industriestrasse 28, 8604 Volketswil, Switzerland Phone: (01) 9461600 KYOCERA MITA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH Industriestrasse 17, D-61449 Steinbach/TS, Germany Phone: (06171) 7005-0 KYOCERA MITA GMBH AUSTRIA Eduard Kittenberger Gasse 95 A-1230 Wien, Austria Phone: (01) 86338 210 KYOCERA MITA SVENSKA AB Siktgatan 2 162 26 Vällingby, Sweden Phone: (08) 4719999 9/209 Ratchada-Prachacheun Road, Bang Sue, Bangkok 10800, Thailand Phone: (02) 586-0333 KYOCERA MITA SINGAPORE PTE LTD. 121 Genting Lane, 3rd. Level, Singapore 349572 Phone: 65-7418733 KYOCERA MITA HONG KONG LIMITED. 11/F., Mita Centre, 552-566 Castle Peak Road, Tsuen Wan, New Territories, Hong Kong Phone: 852-2423-2163 KYOCERA MITA DANMARK A/S Industrivej 11, DK-4632 Bjæverskov, Denmark Phone: 53671100 KYOCERA MITA CORPORATION 2-28, 1-chome, Tamatsukuri, Chuo-ku, Osaka 540-8585, Japan Phone: (06) 6764-3555 Fax: (06) 6764-3981 ©2000 KYOCERA MITA CORPORATION is a trademark of Kyocera Corporation is a registered trademark of KYOCERA MITA CORPORATION Printed in Holland